Determination of Royalty Rates and Terms for Making and Distributing Phonorecords (Phonorecords III), 1918-2036 [2019-00249]
Download as PDF
1918
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
37 CFR Part 385
For access to the docket to read the final
determination and submitted
background documents, go to eCRB and
search for docket number 16–CRB–
0003–PR (2018–2022).
[Docket No. 16–CRB–0003–PR (2018–2022)]
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS
Copyright Royalty Board
Anita Blaine, CRB Program Assistant, by
telephone at (202) 707–7658 or by email
at crb@loc.gov.
Determination of Royalty Rates and
Terms for Making and Distributing
Phonorecords (Phonorecords III)
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Copyright Royalty Board,
Library of Congress.
ACTION: Final rule and order.
AGENCY:
Final Determination
The Copyright Royalty Judges
announce their final determination of
the rates and terms for making and
distributing phonorecords for the period
beginning January 1, 2018, and ending
on December 31, 2022.
DATES:
Effective Date: February 5, 2019.
Applicability Date: The regulations
apply to the license period beginning
January 1, 2018, and ending December
31, 2022.
ADDRESSES: The final determination is
posted in eCRB at https://app.crb.gov/.
SUMMARY:
The Copyright Royalty Judges (Judges)
commenced the captioned proceeding to
set royalty rates and terms to license the
copyrights of songwriters and
publishers in musical works made and
distributed as physical phonorecords,
digital downloads, and on-demand
digital streams. See 81 FR 255 (Jan. 5,
2016). The rates and terms determined
herein shall be effective during the rate
period January 1, 2018, through
December 31, 2022. Under the
Copyright Act, royalty rates for uses of
musical works shall end ‘‘on the
effective date of successor rates and
terms, or such other period as the
parties may agree.’’ 17 U.S.C. 115(c)(3));
The Judges included the designation
(2018–2022) in the docket number for
this proceeding for the purpose of
designating the relevant five-year period
with the knowledge that affected parties
may agree to successor rates and terms
for a different or additional period. In
this proceeding, each party included in
its Proposed Findings of Fact (PFF) and
Proposed Conclusions of Law (PCL) a
designation of the rate period as January
1, 2018, through December 31, 2022.
The Judges, therefore, adopt that agreed
rate period.
For the reasons detailed in this
Determination,1 the Judges establish the
following section 115 royalty rate
structure, and rates, for the period 2018
through 2022.
For licensing of musical works for all
service offerings, the all-in rate for
performances and mechanical
reproductions shall be the greater of the
percent of service revenue and Total
Content Cost (TCC) rates in the
following table.
2018–2022 ALL-IN ROYALTY RATES
2018
Percent of Revenue .............................................................
Percent of TCC ....................................................................
2019
11.4
22.0
2020
12.3
23.1
The Judges also adopt for the new rate
period existing royalty floors in effect
for certain streaming configurations.
In the Initial Determination issued on
January 27, 2018, the Judges
promulgated regulatory terms that made
changes in style and substance of the
regulatory terms governing
administration of the section 115
licenses. In February 2018, the Judges
received a motion from Copyright
Owners (Owners’ Motion) and a joint
motion from four Services (Services’
Motion) seeking clarification of
regulatory terms promulgated with the
Initial Determination.2 The Judges
treated both motions as general motions
governed by 37 CFR 350.4 and issued
their ruling on the motions by separate
Order dated October 29, 2018. The
Judges incorporate the reasoning and
rulings in that Order and to the extent
necessary for clarity, include portions of
that Order in this Final Determination.
The final text of the amended
regulations is set out below this
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section.
1 This rate determination is not unanimous. Judge
Strickler prepared, to a disproportionately large
degree, the initial drafts of this Determination.
Notwithstanding the Judges’ concurrence on most
of the factual recitation and economic analysis, they
were unable to reach consensus on their
conclusions. Judge Strickler’s dissenting opinion is
appended to and is a part of this rate determination.
Note that all redactions in this publication were
made by the Copyright Royalty Judges and not by
the Federal Register.
2 National Music Publishers’ Association and
Nashville Songwriters Association International
together filed the Copyright Owners’ Motion for
Clarification or Correction . . . (Owners’ Motion).
Amazon Digital Services, LLC; Google Inc.; Pandora
Media, Inc. and Spotify USA Inc. filed a Joint
Motion for Rehearing to Clarify the Regulations
(Services’ Motion). The Judges did not treat the
motions as motions for rehearing under 17 U.S.C.
803(c)(2), as neither requested a literal rehearing of
evidence or legal argument.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
I. Background
A. Statute and Regulations
The Copyright Act (Act) establishes a
compulsory license for use of musical
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2021
13.3
24.1
2022
14.2
25.2
15.1
26.2
works in the making and distribution of
phonorecords. 17 U.S.C. 115. For
purposes of section 115, phonorecords
include physical and digital sound
recordings embodying the protected
musical works, digital sound recordings
that may be downloaded or streamed on
demand by a listener, and downloaded
telephone ringtones. Entities offering
bundled music services and digital
music lockers are also permitted to do
so under the section 115 compulsory
license.
The section 115 compulsory license
created in 1909, reflected Congress’s
attempt to balance the exclusive rights
of owners of copyrighted musical works
with the public’s interest in access to
the protected works. However, Congress
made that right subject to a compulsory
license because of concern about
monopolistic control of the piano roll
market (and another burgeoning
invention, phonorecords). 17 U.S.C. 1
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
(1909); see also H.R. Rep. No. 60–2222,
at 9 (1909). This license is often referred
to as the ‘‘phonorecords’’ license, but is
also identified, synonymously, as the
‘‘mechanical’’ license.
Congress revised the mechanical
license in its 1976 general revision of
the copyright laws. The 1976 revision
also created a new entity, the Copyright
Royalty Tribunal (CRT), to conduct
periodic proceedings to adjust the
royalty rate for the license.3
In 1995, Congress passed the Digital
Performance Right in Sound Recordings
Act (DPRA),4 extending the mechanical
license to ‘‘digital phonorecord
deliveries’’ (DPDs), which Congress
defined as each individual delivery of a
phonorecord by digital transmission of
a sound recording which results in a
specifically identifiable reproduction by
or for any transmission recipient of a
phonorecord of that sound recording,
regardless of whether the digital
transmission is also a public
performance of the sound recording or
any nondramatic musical work
embodied therein. 17 U.S.C. 115(d).
Accordingly, the section 115
mechanical license now covers DPDs, in
addition to physical copies.
By statute, the Judges commence a
proceeding to determine royalty rates
and terms for the section 115 license
every fifth year. See 17 U.S.C.
803(b)(1)(A)(i)(V). The Act favors
negotiated settlements among interested
parties, but in absence of a settlement,
the Judges must determine ‘‘reasonable
rates and terms of royalty
payments. . . .’’ The Judges must
further set rates that comport with the
itemized statutory policy considerations
described in section 801(b)(1) of the Act.
Rates and terms for the mechanical
license are codified in chapter III, part
385, title 37, Code of Federal
Regulations.
As currently configured, the
applicable regulations are divided into
three subparts.5 Subpart A regulations
govern licenses for reproductions of
musical works (1) in physical form
(vinyl albums, compact discs, and other
physical recordings), (2) in digital form
3 In 1993, Congress abolished the CRT and
replaced it with copyright arbitration royalty panels
(CARPs). Copyright Royalty Tribunal Reform Act of
1993, Public Law 103–198, 107 Stat. 2304. In 2004,
Congress abolished the CARP system and replaced
it with the Copyright Royalty Judges. Copyright
Royalty and Distribution Reform Act of 2004, Public
Law 108–419, 118 Stat. 2341.
4 Public Law 104–39, 109 Stat. 336.
5 For clarity, references to the regulations
applicable to the sec. 115 license are to the
regulations as configured before conclusion of the
present proceeding. The Judges discuss appropriate
regulatory changes in section VII of this
determination.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
when the consumer purchases a
permanent digital copy (download) of
the phonorecord (PDD), and (3)
inclusion of a musical work in a
purchased telephone ringtone. Subpart
B regulations include licenses for (1)
interactive streaming and limited
downloads. The regulations in subpart C
relate to limited offerings, mixed
bundles, music bundles, paid locker
services, and purchased content locker
services. The current regulations
resulted from a negotiated settlement of
the previous mechanical license
proceeding.
B. Prior Proceedings
Until 1976, Congress legislated
royalty rates for the mechanical
reproduction of musical works and
notes. In 1980, the CRT conducted the
first contested proceeding to set rates for
the section 115 compulsory license. The
CRT increased the then-existing rate by
more than 45%, from the statutory 2.75¢
rate per phonorecord to 4¢ per
phonorecord. 45 FR 63 (Jan. 2, 1980).6
By 1986, the CRT had increased the
mechanical rate to the greater of 5¢ per
musical work or .95¢ per minute of
playing time or fraction thereof. 46 FR
66267 (Dec. 23, 1981); see 37 CFR
255.3(a)–(c). The next adjustment of the
section 115 rates was scheduled to begin
in 1987. However, the parties entered
into a settlement setting the rate at 5.25¢
per track beginning on January 1, 1988,
and the CRT established a schedule of
rate increases generally based on
positive limited percentage changes in
the Consumer Price Index every two
years over the following 10 years. See 52
FR 22637 (June 15, 1987). The rate
increased until 1996, when the rate was
set at 6.95¢ per track or 1.3¢ per minute
of playing time or fraction thereof. See
37 CFR 255.3(d)–(h).
The rates set by the 1987 settlement
were to expire on December 31, 1997.
The Librarian of Congress announced a
negotiation period for copyright owners
and users of the section 115 license in
late 1996. The parties reached a
settlement regarding rates for another
ten-year period to end in 2008.7 Under
the settlement, ultimately adopted by
the Librarian, the parties agreed to a rate
for physical phonorecords of 7.1¢ per
track and established a schedule for
fixed rate increases every two years for
6 The United States Court of Appeals for the
District of Columbia Circuit affirmed the CRT.
Recording Industry Ass’n. of America v. Copyright
Royalty Tribunal, 662 F.2d 1 (D.C. Cir. 1981) (1981
Phonorecords Appeal) (remanded on other
grounds).
7 The Librarian initiated the 1996 proceeding
during the CARP period, when controversies
regarding royalty rates and terms were referred to
privately retained arbitrators.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1919
a 10-year period. At the beginning of
January 2006, the mechanical rate was
the larger of 9.1¢ per track or 1.75¢ per
minute of playing time or fraction
thereof. See 37 CFR 255.3(i)–(m); see
also 63 FR 7288 (Feb. 13, 1998).
In 2006, with expiration of the
previous settlement term nearing, the
Judges commenced a proceeding to
adjust the mechanical rates under
section 115. On January 26, 2009, they
issued a Determination, effective March
1, 2009. In that Determination, the
Judges noted that the parties had settled
their dispute regarding rates and terms
for conditional downloads, interactive
streaming, and incidental digital
phonorecord deliveries (i.e., rates in the
new subpart B) (2008 Settlement). See
Mechanical and Digital Phonorecord
Delivery Rate Determination, 74 FR
4510, 4514 (Jan. 26, 2009)
(Phonorecords I). The parties who
negotiated the 2008 Settlement included
the National Music Publishers
Association (NMPA) and the Digital
Music Association (DiMA), the trade
association representing its member
streaming services. Written Direct
Testimony of Rishi Mirchandani, Trial
Ex. 1, at ¶ 59 (Mirchandani WDT).
The 2008 Settlement rates that the
Judges adopted maintained the existing
rate and rate structure at the greater of
9.1¢ per song or 1.75¢ per minute of
playing time (or fraction thereof) for
physical phonorecords and permanent
digital downloads (PDD). The Judges
also adopted a license rate of 24¢ per
ringtone, a newly regulated product. 74
FR at 4515. Physical sales, PDDs, and
ringtones were included in subpart A of
the regulations.
In 2011, the Judges commenced a
proceeding to again determine section
115 royalty rates and terms. See 76 FR
590 (Jan. 5, 2011). The participants in
that proceeding negotiated a settlement
(2012 Settlement) that carried forward
the existing rates and added a new
subpart C to the regulations to cover
several newly regulated service offering
categories, viz., limited offerings, mixed
service bundles, music bundles, paid
locker services, and purchased content
locker services.8 The Judges adopted the
participants’ settlement in 2013. See
Adjustment of Determination of
Compulsory License Rates for
Mechanical and Digital Phonorecords,
78 FR 67938 (Nov. 13, 2013)
(Phonorecords II).
The present section 115 proceeding is
the third since the establishment of the
Copyright Royalty Board (CRB) program
8 Once again, the parties to the negotiations
included the NMPA and DiMA. Mirchandani WDT
at ¶ 59.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1920
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
under the Copyright Royalty and
Distribution Reform Act of 2004.9 In the
Phonorecords II settlement, the parties
agreed that any future rate
determination presented to the Judges
for subparts B and C service offering
configurations would be a de novo rate
determination. See 37 CFR 385.17,
385.26 (2016).
C. Statement of the Case
In response to the Judges’ notice
commencing the present proceeding, 21
entities filed Petitions to Participate.10
The participants engaged in negotiations
and discovery. On June 15, 2016, some
of the participants 11 notified the Judges
of a partial settlement with regard to
rates and terms for physical
phonorecords, PDDs, and ringtones, the
service offerings covered by the extant
regulations found in subpart A of part
385. The Judges published notice of the
partial settlement 12 and accepted and
considered comments from interested
parties.13
On October 28, 2016, NMPA,
Nashville Songwriters Association
International (NSAI), and Sony Music
Entertainment (SME) filed a Motion to
Adopt Settlement Industry-Wide. The
motion asserted that SME, NMPA, and
NSAI had resolved the issue raised by
SME in its response to the original
notice. The Judges evaluated the
remaining objection to the settlement
filed by George Johnson dba GEO Music
Group (GEO) and found that GEO had
not established that the settlement
agreement ‘‘does not provide a
reasonable basis for setting statutory
9 Public
Law 108–419, 118 Stat. 2341.
Participants were: Amazon Digital
Services, LLC (Amazon); Apple, Inc. (Apple);
Broadcast Music, Inc. (BMI); American Society of
Composers, Authors and Publishers (ASCAP);
David Powell; Deezer S.A. (Deezer); Digital Media
Association (DiMA); Gear Publishing Company
(Gear); George Johnson d/b/a/GEO Music Group
(GEO); Google, Inc. (Google); Music Reports, Inc.
(MRI); Pandora Media, Inc. (Pandora); Recording
Industry Association of America, Inc. (RIAA);
Rhapsody International Inc.; SoundCloud Limited;
Spotify USA Inc.; ‘‘Copyright Owners’’ comprised
of National Music Publishers Association (NMPA),
The Harry Fox Agency (HFA), Nashville
Songwriters Association International (NSAI),
Church Music Publishers Association (CMPA),
Songwriters of North America (SONA), Omnifone
Group Limited; and publishers filing jointly,
Universal Music Group (UMG), Sony Music
Entertainment (SME), Warner Music Group (WMG).
11 The settling parties were: NMPA, NSAI, HFA,
UMG, and WMG. As part of the settlement
agreement, UMG and WMG withdrew from further
participation in this proceeding.
12 See 81 FR 48371 (Jul. 25, 2016).
13 Three parties filed comments. American
Association of Independent Music (A2IM), Sony
Music Entertainment (SME), and George Johnson
dba GEO Music Group (GEO). A2IM urged adoption
of the settlement and SME approved of all but one
provision of the settlement. GEO objected to the
settlement.
10 Initial
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
rates and terms.’’ See 17 U.S.C.
801(b)(7)(A)(iii). As a part of the second
settlement, SME withdrew from this
proceeding. The Judges published the
agreed subpart A regulations as a Final
Rule on March 28, 2017.14
During the course of the present
proceeding, the Judges dismissed some
participants and other participants
withdrew. Remaining participants at the
time of the hearing were NMPA and
NSAI, representing songwriter and
publisher copyright owners (Copyright
Owners) and GEO, a songwriter/
publisher/copyright owner, appearing
pro se. Copyright licensees appearing at
the hearing were Amazon Digital
Services, LLC (Amazon), Apple Inc.
(Apple), Google, Inc. (Google), Pandora
Media, Inc. (Pandora), and Spotify USA
Inc. (Spotify), (collectively, the
Services).
Beginning on March 8, 2017, the
Judges conducted a hearing that
concluded on April 13, 2017. During the
course of the hearing, the Judges heard
oral testimony from 37 witnesses.15 The
Judges admitted over 1,100 exhibits,
exclusive of demonstrative or
illustrative materials the participants
offered to explicate oral testimony. The
participants submitted Proposed
Findings of Fact (PFF) and Proposed
Conclusions of Law (PCL) on May 12,
2017, and Replies to those filings on
May 26, 2017. Under 37 CFR
351.4(b)(3), a participant may amend its
rate proposal at any time up to and
including the time it files proposed
findings and conclusions. In this
proceeding, Copyright Owners and
Google filed amended rate proposals
contemporaneously with their
respective PFF and PCL. The parties
delivered closing arguments on June 7,
2017.
Based on the record of this
proceeding, the Judges have determined
that the mechanical license rate shall be
an All-In rate derived from a Greater-Of
rate structure. Weighing the advantages
and disadvantages highlighted by the
participants in this proceeding, the
Judges conclude that a rate that balances
a percent-of-service revenue with a
percent-of-TCC (total cost of content)
shall be the basis for the All-In
phonorecords royalty. The mechanical
portion of the royalty shall be the
greater of those figures, less the actual
amount services pay for the
14 See
82 FR 15297 (Mar. 28, 2017).
stipulation of the participants, the Judges
also accepted and considered written testimony
from six additional witnesses who did not appear.
Amazon designated and other participants counterdesignated testimony from the Phonorecords I
proceeding, which was admitted as Exhibits 321
and 322.
15 By
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
phonorecord performance right. The
Judges have no role in setting the
performance right license rates. Further,
performance right licensees pay the
performance royalties to music
publishers and songwriters. Services
pay mechanical royalties primarily to
music publishers.
II. Context of This Proceeding
A. Changes in Music Consumption
Patterns and Revenue Allocation
In recent years, music consumption
patterns have undergone profound
shifts—first from purchases of physical
albums to downloads of digital singles,
and then from downloads to on-demand
access through digital streaming
services. These shifts in music
consumption patterns have led to
corresponding changes in the magnitude
and relative mix of income streams to
copyright owners; in particular,
copyright owners note an increased
reliance on performance royalties as
compared to reproduction and
distribution royalties. Witness
Statement of David M. Israelite, Trial
Ex. 3014, ¶ 63 (Israelite WDT).
While earlier format changes (piano
rolls to wax cylinders to lacquer or vinyl
discs to CDs) had altered the way
households consumed music, they did
not fundamentally alter the distribution
of music. For all these music formats,
copyright owners distributed music to
consumers physically, either directly or
through record stores. In addition, with
the exception of ‘‘singles,’’ after
conversion to the vinyl format,
purveyors of music typically distributed
a bundle of songs (an album). Witness
Statement of Bart Herbison, Trial Ex.
3015, ¶ 20 (Herbison WDT).
By the early 2000s, digital data
compression and higher-bandwidth
internet connections allowed relatively
fast transmission of recorded music files
over the internet, drastically altering the
distribution and consumption of music.
Music services 16 began to offer
individual tracks or songs online as
‘‘digital downloads.’’ In 2008,
approximately 435 million albums were
sold in the U.S. (both digital and
physical). By 2015, that number fell to
249 million.17 Sales of singles, by
16 Digital download sales gained popularity in
2003 when Apple introduced the iTunes Music
Store. The iTunes Store provided a convenient way
for iTunes users to purchase a song or an entire
album, legally, with a single click of the computer
mouse. The iTunes Store also allowed users of
Apple’s iPod to sync songs directly to the device.
Expert Report of Jui Ramaprasad, Trial Ex. 1615, at
25–26 (Ramaprasad WDT). Prior to the launch of
the iTunes Music Store, virtually all music was sold
as albums. Eisenach WDT at 44, n.58.
17 Some evidence in the record suggests, however,
that since 2013, with the inclusion of ‘‘streaming
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
contrast, have remained fairly stable
over the same period, averaging
approximately one billion per year from
2008 to 2015 (with a peak of 1.4 billion
in 2012). Expert Report of Jeffrey A.
Eisenach, Trial Ex. 3027, at ¶ 67 & Table
4 (Eisenach WDT).
Changes in consumption patterns
have had an impact on industry
revenues. For example, between 2004
and 2015, record label revenues from
physical sales declined from $15.3
billion to $2 billion, while digital
revenues increased from $230 million to
about $4.8 billion. Id. at ¶ 44. In 2004,
over 98% of music industry revenue
was the result of physical sales.
Copyright and the Music Marketplace: A
Report of the Register of Copyrights 70
(Feb. 2015) (Register’s Report), citing
RIAA-sourced chart.18 Digital
downloads made up most of the
remaining revenue. Id. By 2013,
revenues from physical sales fell to 35%
of industry total revenues.19 Digital
downloads, which made up 1.5% of
industry revenues in 2004, had climbed
to 40% of industry revenues.
Changes in music consumption
patterns have coincided with an
increase in the use of musical works.
Review of relevant market factors imply,
however, that the ways in which those
works are used currently do not
compensate copyright owners as well as
they did in the past. See Register’s
Report at 72–74.20
equivalent’’ albums, overall album consumption
may have increased. See Katz WDT at 42.
18 The Judges cite the Register’s Report as a source
of industry background, developed by the Register
of Copyrights following public hearings held
nationwide in 2013 and 2014. The Judges do not
base their conclusions in this Determination on any
background information from the Register’s Report
that the parties did not also present as evidence in
this proceeding.
19 Industry total revenues in this analysis include
digital downloads (40%), physical sales (35%),
subscription and streaming (21%), and ringtones
and ringbacks (1%). Copyright and the Music
Marketplace at 70, citing RIAA-sourced chart.
20 Musical works copyright owners complain that
streaming services are at least partially responsible
for the paucity of revenues that the musical works
generate for writers and publishers. They blame
streaming services’ business practices that favor
growth in user base and market share over
maximizing profitability. Digital services counter
that they pay a substantial portion of the revenues
they receive to license copyrighted works and
compete with terrestrial radio, which is exempt
from paying performance royalties. Digital services
and broadcasters also argue that the lack of royalty
compensation that makes its way to content creators
is due in large part to the content creators’
agreements with intermediaries, which, they argue,
keep a large portion of royalties earned by content
creators for their own account or to recoup
advances. Id. at 76–77.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
B. Emergence of New Streaming
Services
Many diverse enterprises have
launched music streaming services to
meet growing consumer demand for
streaming. Currently, there are at least
31 music streaming services available
from 20 identifiable providers. Some of
the well-known of these include:
Amazon, Apple, Google (and its recently
acquired YouTube), Deezer (partnered
with Cricket/AT&T), iHeartRadio,
Napster, Pandora, SoundCloud, Spotify,
and Tidal (partnered with Sprint).
Written Rebuttal Testimony of Jim
Timmins, Trial Ex. 3036, ¶ 20 (Timmins
WRT). Most of the companies entering
the on-demand streaming music market
have done so recently. Id. ¶ 21. In the
last five years, new entrants to the
market have initiated at least five
interactive streaming services, joining
Spotify which launched in the United
States in 2011. See id. ¶ 22.
The largest players in the interactive
streaming market by song catalog are
Apple Music, Google Play, and Spotify,
each of which each has a catalog that
exceeds [REDACTED] million songs.
Tidal, which provides an outlet for
unsigned artists,21 has a catalog of over
40 million songs. See Written Direct
Testimony of Michael L. Katz, Trial Ex.
885, ¶ 34, Table 1 (Katz WDT). By one
estimate, in 2016 there were 18 million
U.S. on-demand subscribers: Spotify
accounted for [REDACTED] million,
followed by Apple Music (4 million),
Rhapsody and Tidal (2 million each)
and all others accounting for the
remaining 4 million. See id.
Some of the services that offer music
streaming are pure-play music
providers, such as Spotify and
Pandora.22 Others, such as Amazon,
Apple Music, and Google Play Music,
are part of wider economic
‘‘ecosystems,’’ in which a music service
is one part of a multi-product, multiservice aggregation of activities,
including some that are also related to
the provision of a retail distribution
channel for music. For example,
Amazon is a multi-faceted internet retail
business. Amazon offers a buyers’
program for an annual fee (Amazon
Prime) that affords loyalty benefits to
members, such as free or reduced rate
shipping or faster delivery on the
21 An ‘‘unsigned artist’’ is one recording music
but not under contract to a recording company.
22 Until late 2016, Pandora operated as a
noninteractive streaming service that, did not incur
a compulsory license fee for mechanical royalties.
Pandora recently began offering more interactive
features, including a full on-demand tier. Pandora
WDS Introductory Memo at 1–2; Written Direct
Testimony of Christopher Phillips, Trial Ex. 877, at
8 (Phillips WDT).
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1921
products members purchase. Amazon
Prime reportedly has approximately
[REDACTED] subscribers.23 For its
music service offering, Amazon bundles
interactive streaming at no additional
cost with its Prime membership. In
addition to the Prime Music service
offering, Amazon’s U.S.-based business
also includes a physical music store, a
digital download store, a purchased
content locker service, Amazon Music
Unlimited (a full-catalog subscription
music service), and Amazon Music
Unlimited for Echo (a full-catalog
subscription service available through a
single Wi-Fi enabled device, Amazon
Echo).24 In launching Prime Music,
Amazon relied on the section 115
license as it did for Amazon Music
Unlimited and Amazon Music
Unlimited for Echo.25
Google describes its ‘‘Google Play’’
offerings as its ‘‘one-stop-shop’’ for the
purchase of Android applications. The
Google Play Store allows users to
browse, purchase, and download
content, including music. Google Play
Music is Google Play’s entire suite of
music service offerings. Google Play
Music, launched in 2011, is bundled
with the YouTube Red video service
subscription.26 It includes several
functionalities: (1) A Music Store; (2) a
cloud-based locker service; (3) an ondemand digital music streaming service;
and (4) a section 114 compliant noninteractive digital radio service (in the
U.S.).27 Levine WDT, Trial Ex. 692, ¶ 43.
The evidence is conflicting regarding
whether the market for streaming
services is faring poorly financially or
performing about the same as other
emerging industries. See, e.g., Timmins
WRT, Trial Ex. 3036, ¶¶ 16–17; Levine
WDT ¶ 16 (‘‘streaming music services
generally remain unprofitable
businesses’’ with content acquisition
costs being ‘‘the biggest barrier to
profitability.’’) For example, Spotify,
one of the largest pure-play streaming
services, has reportedly [REDACTED].
Katz WDS at ¶ 65. Some estimates place
23 Amazon Prime is a $99-per-year service that
offers Amazon customers access to a bundle of
services including free two-day shipping, video
streaming, photo storage and e-books, in addition to
Prime Music. Expert Report of Glenn Hubbard, Trial
Ex. 22, at 15 (Hubbard WDT).
24 Mirchandani WDT at 5.
25 3/15/17 Tr. 1315–16 (Mirchandani).
26 Google’s experience with music licensing dates
at least far back as 2006, when it acquired YouTube.
Written Direct Testimony of Zahavah Levine, Trial
Ex. 692, at 3 (Levine WDT). Google’s music services
were part of Google’s Android Division but were
recently combined within the YouTube business
unit. Id. at 3–4.
27 Section 114 of the Act includes requirements
for the compulsory license to perform digitally
sound recordings over noninteractive internet
music streaming services.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1922
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Spotify’s market value at more than $8
billion, suggesting perhaps, investors’
expectations regarding future profits.
Written Rebuttal Testimony of Marc
Rysman, Trial Ex. 3032, ¶ 11, n.3
(Rysman WRT).28 Spotify forecasts
being profitable in [REDACTED]. Id. at
¶ 65 n.80.
C. Effects of Streaming on Publishers’
and Songwriters’ Earnings
Although many songwriters perform
their own musical works, it is also
common for songwriters to compose
songs to be performed by others.
Songwriters typically enter into
contractual arrangements with music
publishers, which promote and license
the songwriters’ works and collect
royalties on their behalf. Music
publishers and songwriters negotiate a
split of the royalty payments. In some
cases, songwriters are commissioned to
write a song and are compensated with
a flat fee for the work in exchange for
giving up ownership rights to the song
and any royalties it might earn.
The four largest publishers—Sony/
ATV, Warner/Chappell, Universal
Music Publishing Group, and Kobalt
Music Publishing—collectively
accounted for just over 73 percent of the
top 100 radio songs tracked by
Billboard 29 as of the second quarter in
2016. In addition, there are several other
significant publishers, including BMG
and Songs Music Publishing, and many
thousands of smaller music publishers
and self-publishing songwriters. See
Katz WDT ¶ 46.
Songwriters have three primary
sources of ongoing royalty income,
which they generally share with music
publishers: Mechanical royalties,
synchronization (‘‘synch’’) royalties for
use of their works in conjunction with
video or film, and performance
royalties.30 See Katz WDT ¶ 41;
Copyright and the Music Marketplace at
69. Songwriters who are also recording
artists receive a share of revenues from
their record labels for the fixing of the
musical work in a sound recording.
Sound recording royalties include those
from the sale of physical and digital
albums and singles, sound recording
synchronization, and digital
28 In
2016, Spotify had over [REDACTED] million
monthly active users, [REDACTED]% of which
were in the U.S. [REDACTED] million of those U.S.
users were also Premium subscribers. Written
Direct Testimony of Barry McCarthy, Trial Ex. 1060,
¶ 2 (McCarthy WDT).
29 This Billboard measure tracks songs played on
AM–FM terrestrial radio broadcasters, which are
not required to license the works or the sound
recordings they play.
30 Another revenue source is folio licenses, lyrics,
and musical notations in written form. See Katz
WDT ¶ 31.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
performances. Id. Recording artists can
also derive income from live
performances, sale of merchandise, and
other sources. Id. at 69–70.
The shift in consumption from
physical sales to streaming coincided
with a reallocation of publisher revenue
sources. In 2012, 30% of U.S. music
publisher revenues came from
performance royalties and 36% from
mechanical royalties, with the rest
coming from synch royalties and other
sources. See Register’s Report at 70. By
2014, 52% of music publisher revenues
came from performance royalties 31
while 23% came from musical works
mechanical royalties, with the
remainder coming from synchronization
royalties and other sources. Id at 71,
n.344, citing NMPA press release. By
one estimate, mechanical license
revenues from interactive streaming
services accounted for only
[REDACTED] percent of total music
publishing revenues in 2015. Katz WDT
¶ 42.32
Evidence in the present record
indicates that total publishing revenue
declined by [REDACTED] percent
between 2013 and 2014, but increased
by [REDACTED] percent between 2014
and 2015. See Katz WDT ¶ 58. Large
publishers, such as Sony/ATV, UMPG,
and Warner Chappell, were
[REDACTED] in 2015, earning a
combined $[REDACTED] million from
U.S. publishing operations for that year.
Id. ¶ 59.
III. The Present Rate Structure and
Rates
Subpart B of the current regulations
contains mechanical royalty rates
payable for the delivery and offering of
interactive streams and/or limited
downloads. There are three product
distinctions within the subpart B rate
structure:
• Portable vs. Nonportable Services
• Bundled vs. Unbundled Services
• Subscription vs. Ad-Supported
Services
37 CFR 385.13. The regulations also
separate certain promotional uses for
separate treatment, setting the rate for
those promotional uses at zero.
31 Performance royalties are administered
primarily by Performing Rights Organizations acting
as collectives and clearinghouses for songwriters
and publishers as licensors, and broadcasters and
streaming services as licensees.
32 It is noteworthy that the shift from mechanical
royalties to performance royalties coincides with
the shift from sales of physical phonorecords (e.g.,
CDs) and downloads, for which no performance
royalty is required, to the use of interactive
streaming, which pays both a mechanical royalty
(when a DPD results) and a performance royalty,
and to the use of noninteractive streaming, which
historically pays only a performance royalty but no
mechanical royalty.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Each of these offering characteristics
can be combined independently with
almost every other characteristic,
resulting in a very complex web of rate
calculations. In the 2012 Settlement, the
parties structured rate calculations for
both subpart B and subpart C into three
arithmetic segments.
In the first step of the calculation, the
parties determine the All-In royalty
pool; that is, the royalty that would be
payable based on a formula balancing
the greater of a percent-of-service
revenue and a percentage of one of two
other expense measures. One expense
measure if a percent-of-royalties
services pay to record companies for
sound recording performance rights,
differing depending upon whether the
sound recording licenses are passthrough or not pass-through. For certain
subscription services, the percent-of
service revenue is balanced against the
lesser of two or three other potential
mathematical outcomes.33
The second calculation reduces the
All-In royalty pool to the ‘‘payable’’
royalty pool in a two-step process. First
the parties subtract royalties the services
pay for musical works performance
rights from the All-In royalty
established in the first calculation. This
remainder is considered the payable
royalty pool for certain service offerings;
viz., non-subscription, ad-supported,
purchased content lockers, mixed
service bundles, and music bundles. For
subscription service offerings, whether
standalone or bundled, and depending
upon whether the offering is portable or
non-portable, streaming only or mixed
use, determining the payable royalty
pool requires a balancing of the
mechanical remainder against a set rate
for ‘‘qualified’’ subscribers per month to
determine the greater-of result. The set
rate for qualified subscribers differs for
each variation of subscription offering.
The final step in the rate
determination for each service offering
is an allocation among licensors based
upon the number of plays from each
licensor’s catalog.34
The Services, the licensor participants
in the present proceeding, refer to this
convoluted process as the establishment
of royalty rates with ‘‘minima.’’
According to the Services, these minima
are designed to protect copyright
owners from the potential downside of
Services’ business models that might
33 The lesser-of prongs include a per-subscriber
per month prong and percent-of-service payments
for sound recording royalties, differing depending
upon whether the sound recording licenses are
pass-through or not pass-through.
34 Calculation of royalties for paid locker services
varies slightly from this formula, but the complexity
is similar.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
minimize service revenue and thus
manipulate the percent-of-service
revenue rate standard. The Services,
whose current royalty payments are
determined under the minima prongs of
the formulae, point to the minima as a
reason to keep the percent-of-service
revenue ‘‘headline’’ rate low, reasoning
that the headline rate is not, or is rarely,
binding in any event.
Notwithstanding the parties’ prior
agreement to the apparent complexity,
the alternative calculation methods, or
the variations in the descriptions of the
service offerings, evidence presented in
this proceeding does not support
continuing the fractionalization of the
rate determination for the service
offerings at issue. At the conclusion of
the tortured rate calculations required
by the present regulations, the evidence
suggests that differences in the rates
Services pay are not great enough to
justify the complexity of the formulae.
Some of the rate determination prongs
are rarely if ever triggered. Despite the
myriad configurations of rate
calculations, some of the service
offerings are incapable of categorization
under the extant rate structure. Apple
and Google entered the digital music
delivery marketplace by negotiating
direct licenses covering several
compulsory licenses, avoiding the
regulatory scheme entirely.
IV. Analysis of Rate Structure
Proposals
A. Parties’ Proposals
1. The Services (Excluding Apple and
Google)
The Services propose rates and rate
structures that, while varying in their
particulars, share a number of common
elements. Broadly, the Services propose
a rate structure that, in the main,
continues the current rate structure.
More particularly, the Services’
proposals share core elements: (1) An
‘‘All-In’’ rate for mechanical and
performance rights; (2) based upon a
10.5 percent-of-service revenue headline
rate with minima; (3) without a
‘‘Mechanical Floor.’’
a. Amazon
In its Proposed Rates and Terms
(Amazon Proposal), Amazon proposes
that the rate structure as currently in the
applicable regulations rollover into the
2018–22 rate period, except: (1) The per
subscriber minimum and/or subscriberbased royalty floors for a ‘‘family
account’’ should equal 150% of the per
subscriber minimum and/or subscriberbased royalty floor for an individual
account; (2) a student subscription
account discount of 50% should be
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
included in the regulations to the per
subscriber minimum and subscriberbased royalty floor that would otherwise
apply under the current regulations; (3)
a discount for annual subscriptions
equal to 16.67% of the minimum royalty
rate (or rates) and subscriber-based
royalty floor (or floors) that would
otherwise apply under § 385.13; and (4)
15% discount to the minimum royalty
rate (or rates) and subscriber-based
royalty floor (or floors) to reflect a
service’s actual ‘‘app store’’ and carrier
billing costs, not to exceed 15% for
each. Amazon Proposal at 1–2.
b. Pandora
Pandora’s amended proposed rates
and terms (Pandora Amended
Proposal),35 seek the following changes
from the current regulations: (1)
Elimination of the ‘‘Mechanical Floor;’’
(2) elimination of the alternative
computation of sub-minima I and II now
in § 385.13 and in § 385.23 (for subparts
B and C, respectively) ‘‘in cases in
which the record company is the section
115 licensee;’’ (3) A broadening of the
present ‘‘not to exceed 15%’’ reduction
of ‘‘Service Revenues’’ in § 385.11 to
reflect, in toto, an exclusion of costs
attributable to ‘‘obtaining’’ revenue,
‘‘including [but not expressly limited to]
credit card commissions, app store
commissions, and similar payment
process charges;’’ 36 and (4) a discount
on minimum royalties for student plans
‘‘not to exceed 50%’’ off minimum
royalty rates set forth in § 385.13. Id. at
1, 7.
c. Spotify
In its amended proposed rates and
terms, Spotify proposed the following
changes from the current regulations: (1)
Removal of the ‘‘Mechanical Floor’’ for
all licensed activity; and (2) a
broadening of the present ‘‘not to exceed
15%’’ reduction of ‘‘Service Revenues’’
in § 385.11 to reflect, in toto, an
exclusion of the actual costs attributable
to ‘‘obtaining’’ revenue, ‘‘including [but
not expressly limited to] credit card
commissions, app store commissions
similar payment process charges, and
actual carrier billing cost.’’ See Second
Amended Proposed Rates and Terms of
Spotify USA Inc., passim.
2. Apple
Apple proposed that the Services pay
$0.00091 for each nonfraudulent stream
35 The Pandora Amended Proposal superseded its
original proposal filed on November 1, 2016, by
adding definitions (for ‘‘fraudulent streams’’ and
‘‘play’’) that do not directly relate to the royalty
rates. See Pandora PFF/PCL, Appx. C.
36 Pandora does not expressly describe this
change as a change in rates per se.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1923
of a copyrighted musical work lasting 30
seconds or more. Apple Inc. Proposed
Rates and Terms (as amended) at 3–4
(Apple Amended Proposal). Apple
proposed defining a use as any play of
a sound recording of a copyrighted work
lasting 30 seconds or more.
Additionally, Apple proposed an
exemption for a ‘‘fraudulent stream,’’
which it defined as ‘‘a stream that a
service reasonably and in good-faith
determines to be fraudulent.’’ Id. at 2.
For paid locker services, Apple
proposes a $0.17 per subscriber fee, also
as a component of an All-In musical
works royalty rate that would include
the ‘‘subpart C’’ royalty. Id. at 7–8. For
purchased content locker services,
Apple proposed a zero royalty fee. Id. at
7.
3. Google
In its amended proposed rates and
terms (Google Amended Proposal),37
Google parts company with the other
Services and proposes that the rate
structure ‘‘eliminat[e] . . . different
service categories’’ in both subparts B
and C and replace them with ‘‘a single,
greater-of rate structure between 10.5%
of net service revenue and an uncapped
15-percent TCC component.’’ Google
Amended Proposal at 1.38 That 15%
TCC rate is reduced to 13% for passthrough licenses (i.e., where a record
company is the licensee under section
115, and the record company has
granted streaming rights to a service). Id.
at 33–34. Google’s proposed rate does
not include a ‘‘Mechanical Floor.’’
Similar to one of Amazon’s proposals,
Google also seeks a discount in rates for
‘‘carrier billing costs’’ and ‘‘app store
commissions,’’ plus ‘‘credit card
commissions’’ and ‘‘similar payment
process charges,’’ all not to exceed 15%.
Id. at 6 (for subpart B); 26 (for subpart
C).39 In addition, Google’s proposal
includes a zero rate for certain free trial
periods. Id. at 35–37.
37 The Google Amended Proposal amended its
original proposal filed on November 1, 2016. Google
originally proposed a subpart B rate structure that
generally followed the existing structure. Google
Written Direct Statement, Introductory
Memorandum at 3 (Nov. 1, 2016).
38 ‘‘TCC’’ is an industry acronym for ‘‘Total
Content Cost’’, a shorthand reference to the extant
regulatory language describing generally the
amount paid by a service to a record company for
the section 114 right to perform digitally a sound
recording. Google’s proposed regulatory terms
retain some of the distinctions in service offerings
for purposes of computing per-work royalty
allocations. See, e.g., id. at 29–31. This does not
affect the total royalty charged to the service.
39 Google describes this proposed change as a
change in the definition of ‘‘Service Revenue,’’
unlike Amazon, which described its proposed 15%
discount as a change in rates. The difference is
mathematically irrelevant.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1924
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
4. Copyright Owners (Excluding GEO)
The Copyright Owners proposed that
the Judges adopt a unitary rate structure
for all interactive streaming and limited
downloads that are currently covered by
subparts B and C.40 Copyright Owners’
Amended Proposed Rates and Terms, at
3 (May 11, 2017) (CO Amended
Proposal). The Copyright Owners
structured the proposal as the greater-of
a usage charge and a per-user charge.
Specifically, under the Copyright
Owners’ proposal, each month the
licensee would pay the greater of (a) a
per-play fee ($0.0015) multiplied by the
number of interactive streams or limited
downloads during the month and (b) a
per-end user 41 fee ($1.06) multiplied by
the number of end users during the
month. Id. at 8. The license fee would
be for mechanical rights only, and
would not be offset by any performance
royalties that the licensee paid for the
same activity. Id.
5. GEO Music Group
The Judges accepted written and oral
testimony from Mr. George Johnson dba
GEO Music Group. Mr. Johnson
appeared pro se. Mr. Johnson is a selfemployed songwriter, music publisher,
and performer, who formerly operated
his own recording company.42 The
other participants in the proceeding
agreed to preserve objections to Mr.
Johnson’s testimony to avoid
interruptions and to submit any
objections in writing after his testimony.
The crux of Mr. Johnson’s case is that
‘‘songs and copyrights have real
intrinsic value in dollars’’ and that
current royalty rates do not fairly
account for that value. Second
Amended Written Direct Statement of
George D. Johnson (GEO) for Proposed
Subpart C or New Subpart D Rates and
Terms at 3 (Johnson Second AWDS).
Mr. Johnson proposes what he refers to
as a ‘‘Buy Button’’ or ‘‘Paid Permanent
Digital Song Sale’’ (PDS) under a newly
created subpart C or subpart D of the
applicable regulations. Id. at 2. Mr.
Johnson contends that the PDS would
‘‘eliminate the unpaid limited download
in 37 CFR 385, Subparts B and C.’’ Id.
at 3. Under Mr. Johnson’s proposal all
‘‘interactive and non-interactive Subpart
40 The Copyright Owners’ rate proposal would
apply the subpart A rates to so-called ‘‘music
bundles’’ (‘‘offerings of two or more subpart A
products to end users as part of one transaction’’)
which are currently covered by subpart C. Id. at 3
nn. 2 & 4.
41 The proposal would consider each paying
subscriber to a service, or each active user, to be an
‘‘end user.’’ Id. at 8–9.
42 At the time of hearing in the present
proceeding, Mr. Johnson had stepped back from his
music business and was employed in real estate.
See 3/9/17 Tr. 418–19 (Johnson).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
B and C streaming services’’ would be
required to include a ‘‘buy button’’ that
‘‘allows customers to voluntarily buy or
purchase a work as a permanent paid
digital download.’’ § 385 Regulation
Redline and Changes of George D.
Johnson (GEO) at 4 (Feb. 20, 2017)
(Johnson Redline and Changes). Mr.
Johnson proposes that the cost to the
consumer for these permanent paid
digital song sales would be, for 2018:
$1.00; 2019: $1.50; 2020: $2.00; 2021:
$2.50; 2022: $3.00. Id.
Mr. Johnson also proposes that
proceeds from sales of permanent
downloads purchased through the
proposed ‘‘buy button’’ be allocated to
the following groups of interested
parties under one of two alternatives (A
or B): Artist ($.19 or $.18 per dollar paid
by the consumer), ‘‘record’’ (presumably
the label or record company) ($.21 or
$.20), ‘‘AFM’’ (presumably American
Federation of Musicians) ($.01),
‘‘AFTRA’’ (presumably American
Federation of Television and Radio
Artists) ($.01), Songwriter ($.21 or $.20),
Publishers ($.21 or $.20), and Services
($.16 or $.20). Id. Mr. Johnson refers to
the alternative allocations as royalties
but they appear instead to be shares of
sales proceeds that he would allocate to
what he believes are all of the interested
parties. He does not explain why or
when alternative A should be applied as
opposed to alternative B.
The allocations he proposes would
include royalties for the section 112/114
licenses and the section 115 license,
divided equally between the section 115
and section 114 copyright owners.
Johnson Redline and Changes at 4.
However, under his proposal the
copyright users (the Services) would
still pay a mechanical royalty for
streaming performances of ‘‘$.0015,
etc.’’ Johnson Second AWDS at 4. It is
unclear what year the $.0015 rate would
apply to and what the ‘‘etc.’’ means.43
In short, Mr. Johnson proposes two
alternatives for allocating revenues from
sales that might occur if a customer
were to buy a song directly from a
Service. Under Alternative A, the
Services would effectively pay in the
aggregate 84% of the PDS revenues to
all copyright owners for licenses under
both the section 114 (which includes
section 112 royalties) and 115. Under
Alternative B, the Services would pay
43 In his oral testimony, Mr. Johnson appears to
concede that if a customer purchased a song and
paid whatever price he proposes that an additional
streaming rate might not be necessary. 3/9/17 Tr.
432: 14–17 (Johnson) (‘‘my proposal is that if you
paid up front . . . you might not need those
Subpart B [streaming] rates.’’).
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
80% of PDS revenues for the same two
licenses. Johnson Second AWDS at 4–5.
In his written direct statement Mr.
Johnson does not propose any
benchmark or other evidence that would
justify a ‘‘buy button’’ requirement with
a rate of 80% or 84% of PDS revenues.
He does assert, however, that it is the
‘‘only reasonable proposal that captures
the true value of a music copyright
today and historically.’’ Johnson Second
AWDS at 5. Ultimately, Mr. Johnson
concedes that the Judges previously
rejected his proposal to combine the
section 112/114 and 115 rates in Web IV
and that the proposal continues to be
impracticable. 3/9/17 Tr. 433: 2–3, 11–
12 (Johnson) (‘‘that didn’t happen in
Web IV and . . . it won’t happen here
. . . it’s so segmented, all the different
licenses, it’s probably impossible.’’).
While the Judges appreciate Mr.
Johnson’s participation in the
proceeding, they must view his proposal
through the prism of the Copyright Act.
Nothing in section 115 would authorize
the Judges to require all Services
availing themselves of the section 115
license to include a mandatory ‘‘buy
button’’ as part of any service offering.
Services may install a ‘‘buy button’’ if
they wish, but the Judges cannot
mandate that service business
innovation as Mr. Johnson proposes.
Likewise, the Judges have no
authority to set the price that Services
charge consumers for purchasing a
download whether from a PDD service
offering or through Mr. Johnson’s
proposed buy button. Even if the Judges
had the authority to impose a ‘‘buy
button’’ requirement on the Services, it
is unclear what purpose that button
would serve other than to alert
consumers to the possibility of buying a
song they happen to stream. The Judges
believe consumers of music are already
aware that if they want to buy a song
they can do so. Perhaps Mr. Johnson
believes with a buy button, consumers
might be more willing to click on the
button and buy the song than if the
button were not visible and readily
available. Mr. Johnson provides no
evidence to support that premise. As for
the 80% or 84% combined royalty that
Mr. Johnson proposes for the section
112/114 and 115 licenses, he provides
no evidence upon which the Judges
might base such a royalty other than his
belief that it is the ‘‘only reasonable
proposal that captures the true value of
a music copyright today and
historically.’’ See Johnson Second
AWDS at 5. Mr. Johnson’s opinion alone
is insufficient evidence upon which to
support his ‘‘buy button’’ proposal.
Given the lack of sufficient substantial
and persuasive evidence to support the
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
GEO proposal, the Judges will not
further analyze it.44 The Judges
respectfully decline to adopt Mr.
Johnson’s proposed approach to rate
setting.
B. Arguments Concerning Elements of
the Proposed Rate Structures
1. Per-Unit Rate
Copyright Owners and Apple
emphasize that a per-play royalty rate
structure, as compared with a percentof-revenue structure, provides
transparency and simplicity in reporting
to songwriters and publishers, because
it requires only one metric besides the
rate itself, i.e., the number of plays,
making it much easier to calculate,
report, and understand. See, e.g., Expert
Report of Marc Rysman, Trial Ex. 3026,
¶ 56 (Rysman WDT); Wheeler WDT,
Trial Ex. 1613, ¶ 19; Expert Report of
Anindya Ghose, Trial Ex. 1617, ¶¶ 83–
84 (Ghose WDT); Expert Report of Jui
Ramaprasad, Trial Ex. 1615, ¶ 41
(Ramaprasad WDT); Witness Statement
of Peter Brodsky, Trial Ex. 3016, ¶ 76
(Brodsky WDT); 3/22/17 Tr. 2476–78
(Dorn); 3/23/17 Tr. 2855–56 (Ghose).
Relatedly, Copyright Owners argue that
a transparent metric tied to actual usage
is superior because, under the
alternative percent-of-revenue approach,
services might manipulate revenue
through bundling, discounting, and
accounting techniques, or might defer
service revenues and emphasize
increasing market share rather than
profits. See Rysman WDT ¶¶ 43–45.
Copyright Owners and Apple contrast
their proposed per play approaches with
the current rate structure, which they
characterize as cumbersome and
convoluted. They emphasize that under
the current rate structure, the Services
must perform a series of different greater
of and lesser of calculations, depending
on a service’s business model, to
determine which prong of the rate
structure is operative. See Copyright
Owners’ Proposed Findings of Fact
(COPFF) (and record citation therein).
Copyright Owners assert that because of
this complexity, publishers and
songwriters cannot easily verify the
accuracy of data the Services input
44 Mr. Johnson’s oral testimony went well beyond
his ‘‘buy button’’ proposal and included criticism
of the current Copyright Act as well as criticism of
the Services’ rate proposals and business models
and other concerns about the music industry more
generally. While the Judges considered Mr.
Johnson’s testimony in determining the appropriate
royalty rates for the upcoming rate period, as a lay
witness sponsored by no party other than himself
the Judges placed little weight on his opinions
regarding the various rate proposals of the Services
and the condition of the industry. As for his
criticism of the Copyright Act, those opinions are
more appropriately directed to Congress.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
when calculating royalty payments. See
Brodsky WDT ¶ 76; Ghose WDT ¶¶ 80,
81, 82; Ramaprasad ¶¶ 4, 38, 42–44;
Rysman WDT ¶ 57; Tr. 2865 (Ghose); Tr.
824 (Joyce); Tr. 247778 (Dorn).
Beyond the issue of complexity,
Copyright Owners and Apple argue that
interactive streaming services do not
need the present upstream rate structure
in order to adopt any particular
downstream business model. Rather,
Copyright Owners and Apple assert that
a per-play structure would establish a
level of equality in the royalty rates
across the Services, without regard to
business models. Songwriters and
publishers would be paid on the same
transparent, fixed amount without
advantaging any one business model
over another. 3/23/17 Tr. 2849, 2863
(Ghose). Thus, Copyright Owners and
Apple maintain that a royalty based on
the number of plays aligns the
compensation paid to the creators of the
content with actual demand for and
consumption of their content. Ghose
WDT ¶ 84; Rysman WDT ¶¶ 9, 58;
Testimony of David Dorn, Trial Ex.
1611, ¶ 33 (Dorn WDT).
Copyright Owners further argue that
the present rate structure’s failure to
measure royalties based on per-play
consumption is counterintuitive,
because it permits a decreasing effective
per-play rate even as the quantity of
songs listeners consume via interactive
streaming is increasing. Israelite WDT
¶ 39. Copyright Owners note, for
example, that listening to [REDACTED]
increased from [REDACTED] streams in
July 2014 to [REDACTED] streams in
December 2016, a [REDACTED] increase
in the number of streams. Rebuttal
Report of Glenn Hubbard, Trial Exs.
132–33, Ex. 1 and ¶ 2.22 (Hubbard
WRT); 4/13/17 Tr. 5971–72 (Hubbard).
However, contemporaneously
[REDACTED]’s mechanical royalty
payments to the Copyright Owners only
increased [REDACTED], from
$[REDACTED] in mechanical royalties
in July 2014 to only $[REDACTED] in
December 2016. Hubbard WRT ¶ 3.9; 4/
13/17 Tr. 5971–73 (Hubbard). The
upshot, Copyright Owners assert, is that,
as streaming consumption increased
dramatically from 2014 to 2016, the
effective per stream mechanical
royalties paid by [REDACTED] to
Copyright Owners decreased from
[REDACTED] per hundred streams in
July 2014 to [REDACTED] per hundred
streams in December 2016—only
[REDACTED]% of the effective per
stream rate in July 2014. 4/13/17 Tr.
5972–73 (Hubbard).
The Services made four arguments in
opposition to the use of a per-play
royalty rate. The overarching theme of
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1925
these arguments is that an inflexible
‘‘one size fits all’’ rate structure would
be ‘‘bad for services, consumers, and the
copyright owners alike.’’ See Services’
Joint Proposed Findings of Fact (SJPFF)
at 89.
First, the Services argued that an
upstream per-play rate would not align
with the downstream demand for ‘‘allyou-can-eat’’ streaming services. As
Professor Marx testified, a per stream fee
introduces a number of distortions and
inefficiencies, encouraging a capping of
downstream plays and reduces
incentives for services to meet the
demand of consumers ‘‘who are going to
stream a lot of music.’’ Written Direct
Testimony of Leslie Marx, Trial Ex.
1065, ¶¶ 130–131 (Marx WDT). In this
vein, Pandora’s then-president, Michael
Herring, noted that a per-play
consumption-based model where the
revenue is fixed creates uncertainty and
volatility, which discourage investment
and hamper profitability. 3/14/17 Tr.
894–95 (Herring). Mr. Herring noted that
this is a general economic problem that
occurs when a retail subscription
business has fixed subscription
revenues per customer, but variable
(and unpredictable) costs derived from
variable (and unpredictable)
downstream usage. Written Rebuttal
Testimony of Michael Herring, Trial Ex.
888, at ¶ 17 (Herring WRT); 3/14/17 Tr.
894–98 (Herring); see Mirchandani WDT
¶ 39 (one-size-fits-all rate is not
‘‘offering agnostic’’ as Copyright Owners
claim, but rather is ‘‘offering
determinative.’’).
Second, the Services argued that there
is no ‘‘revealed preference’’ in the
marketplace for a per-play royalty rate
structure for licensing musical works or
sound recordings rights, as opposed to
a percent-of-revenue (with minima)
royalty structure. In particular, they
contended that mechanical royalties
have never been set on a per-play basis.
See Herring WRT ¶ 19. The Services
also pointed to the interactive services’
direct licenses with music publishers,
PROs and record companies, claiming
that all rely on a percent-of-revenue
royalty calculation. SJPFF ¶¶ 174–175
(and record citations therein). They
acknowledged that some of the direct
license agreements with record
companies contain alternative per-user
prongs but they noted that this is
consistent with the existing rate
structure which already contains a persubscriber minimum, but not a per-play
prong. Id. ¶ 175. Further, the Services
noted that Apple, which is proposing a
per-play rate, in fact has [REDACTED].
See 3/23/17 Tr. 2857 (Ghose); 3/22/17
Tr. 2479 (Dorn).
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1926
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Third, the Services discounted the
argument that Copyright Owners’
proposed rate structure is superior to
the present rate structure because the
latter is too complicated or
cumbersome. They characterized this
criticism as ‘‘overblown’’ and assert that
any problems arising in the use of a
revenue-based headline rate is mitigated
by the inclusion of per subscriber and
TCC minima. SJPFF ¶ 174. They further
noted that section 801(b)(1) does not list
as a criterion or objective that the rates
be simple, easy to understand, or
otherwise ‘‘transparent.’’ Services’ Joint
Reply to Apple PFF (SJR(Apple)) at 34,
36. Thus, they argued, the Judges cannot
jettison an otherwise appropriate rate
structure because some unquantified
segment of the songwriting community
might be uncertain as to how their
royalties were computed.
Separate from these four arguments
against per-play rate proposals, the
Services noted a practical problem
related to Apple’s specific proposal:
Apple’s proposal calls for deducting
performance royalties from the per-play
mechanical royalty, yet it does not
explain how to convert the typical
percent-of-revenue performance royalty
into a per play rate in order to perform
that computation.45 The Services noted
that Apple Music’s Senior Director,
David Dorn, was unable to explain how
this calculation would be made. See 3/
22/17 Tr. 2508–09 (Dorn). Thus, the
Services asserted that Apple’s proposal
would introduce ‘‘more complexity, not
less,’’ SJR (Apple) at 34.
2. Flexible Rate
The Services propose a rate structure
for configurations in extant subparts B
and C that follows the structure in the
existing regulations adopted after the
2012 Settlement.46 The Services
asserted that they are not advocating
preservation of the basics of the
settlement rate structure merely to
preserve the status quo. See 3/13/17 Tr.
564 (Katz). Rather, the Services, through
their economic experts, argue that the
settlement rate structure as an
appropriate benchmark for the Judges to
weigh, consider, adjust (if appropriate),
and apply or reject, as they would any
proffered benchmark. The Services note
that considering the current rate
structure as a benchmark is instructive
because it allows for identification of
market value by analogy. The Services
45 This problem is irrelevant to Copyright
Owners’ proposal, because they propose the
elimination of the All-In provision in the rate
structure.
46 Except when it doesn’t. The Services seek the
elimination of the ‘‘Mechanical Floor,’’ a significant
departure from the existing structure.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
assert that examination of a comparable
circumstance obviates the need for
experts and the Judges to build a
theoretical model from the ‘‘ground up.’’
See 3/13/17 Tr. 691–2 (Katz).
The Services’ experts opine that, for a
number of reasons, the 2012 rate
structure is a highly appropriate
benchmark. First, they note that it
applies to (1) the same rights; (2) the
same uses; and (3) the same types of
market participants. See 3/15/17 Tr.
1082–83 (Leonard); 3/13/17 Tr. 551,
566–67 (Katz). Additionally, the
Services maintain that because the 2012
rate structure resulted from a negotiated
settlement, it reflects market forces,
including an implicit consensus on such
issues as substitutional effects. See 3/
13/17 Tr. 580, 722 (Katz). More broadly,
the Services assert the 2012 Settlement
demonstrates the ‘‘revealed preferences’’
of these economic actors. See 3/15/17
Tr. 1095 (Leonard); see also Amended
Written Direct Statement of Gregory K.
Leonard, Trial Ex. 695, ¶ 72 (Leonard
AWDT) (direct license agreements that
track statutory structure evidence
‘‘revealed preference’’). Finally, the
Services assert that the 2012 Settlement
rate structure as benchmark is relevant
and helpful because, although it was
adopted five years ago, it is nonetheless
a relatively recent agreement, covering
the current rate period. See Katz WDT
¶¶ 6, 71; 3/13/17 Tr. 608–09 (Katz);
Leonard AWDT ¶ 45 et seq.; 3/15/17 Tr.
1082 (Leonard).
The Services’ experts candidly
acknowledge that the rate structure they
advocate cannot be construed
economically as the ‘‘best’’ approach to
pricing in this market. See, e.g., 4/7/17
Tr. 5574–76 (Marx). Rather, the
Services’ experts uniformly link the fact
that the marginal physical cost of
streaming is zero to the need for a
flexible rate structure, such as now
exists. See, e.g., 3/20/17 Tr. 1829
(Marx); 3/13/17 Tr. 558 (Katz); 3/15/17
Tr. 122 (Leonard). Indeed, Copyright
Owners’ economic experts acknowledge
this underlying fact. See, e.g., 3/30/17
Tr. 4086 (Gans) (streamed music is
‘‘non-rival good.’’); 3/27/17 Tr. 3167
(Watt); 4/3/17 Tr. 4318 (Rysman); 4/13/
17 Tr. 5917–18 (Hubbard).
Professor Katz noted that the existing
revenue-based rate structure captures
important specific aspects of the
economics of the interactive streaming
market, accounting for the variable
willingness to pay (WTP) among
listeners and the corollary variable
demand for streaming services. See 3/
13/17 Tr. 586–87 (Katz); see also
Written Rebuttal Testimony of Leslie M.
Marx, Trial Ex. 1069, ¶¶ 239 et seq.
(Marx WRT); 4/7/17 Tr. 5568 (Marx)
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(present structure serves customer
segments with variety of preferences
and WTP).47 Professor Rysman, an
expert for Copyright Owners,
hypothesized that under the current rate
regime overall revenues might be
increasing because of movements
‘‘down the demand curve’’ (i.e., changes
in quantity demanded in response to
lower prices), rather than because of, or
in addition to, an outward shift of the
demand curve (i.e., increase in demand
at every price). 4/3/17 Tr. 4373–74
(Rysman). Professor Hubbard perceives
a link between the existing rate
structure and the ‘‘growth in the number
of consumers, number of streams, entry,
the number of companies providing the
streaming services, and the identity of
the companies providing those services
. . . .’’ 4/13/17 Tr. 5978 (Hubbard); see
Hubbard WDT ¶ 4.7 (settlement rate
structure provides ‘‘necessary flexibility
to accommodate the underlying
economics of [REDACTED]’s various
digital music service offerings.’’); 48
3/15/17 Tr. 1176 (Leonard)
(notwithstanding changes in streaming
marketplace, economic structure of
marketplace, which made percent-ofrevenue appropriate, has not changed).
The Services’ experts further assert
that the multiple pricing structures
necessary to satisfy the WTP and the
differentiated quality preferences of
downstream listeners relate directly to
the upstream rate structure to be
established in this proceeding. Professor
Marx opines that the appropriate
upstream rate structure is derived from
the characteristics of downstream
demand. 3/20/17 Tr. 1967 (Marx) (rate
structure upstream should be derived
from need to exploit WTP of users
downstream via a percentage of
revenue). This upstream to downstream
consonance in rate structures represents
an application of the concept of
‘‘derived demand,’’ whereby the
demand upstream for inputs is
dependent upon the demand for the
47 In more formal economic terms, Professor Katz
noted that the present structure enhances variable
pricing that allows streaming services ‘‘to work
[their] way down the demand curve,’’ i.e., to engage
in price discrimination that expands the market,
providing increased revenue to the Copyright
Owners as well as the Services.’’ 3/13/17 Tr. 701
(Katz).
48 The Copyright Owners sought to rebut
Professor Hubbard’s argument by confronting him
with the offerings of Tidal, a streaming service that
does not compete by offering a low-cost service.
Eisenach WDT ¶¶ 49–50. However, Tidal’s offering
of a higher priced subscription service that provides
enhanced features such as hi-fidelity sound quality
actually proves the point that Professor Hubbard
and the other Service economists are making: There
is a segmentation of demand across product
characteristics and WTP that permits differential
pricing in this industry.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
final product downstream. Id.; see P.
Krugman & R. Wells, Microeconomics at
511 (2d ed. 2009) (‘‘[D]emand in a factor
market is . . . derived demand . . .
[t]hat is, demand for the factor is
derived from the [downstream] firm’s
output choice’’).
The Services’ economists also
contend that the existing rate structure
has produced generally positive
practical consequences in the
marketplace. As the Services’ joint
accounting expert, Professor Mark
Zmijewski testified, the decrease in
publishing royalties from the sale of
product under subpart A since 2014 has
been offset by an increase in music
publisher royalties (mechanical +
performance royalties) over the same
period. Expert Report of Mark E.
Zmijewski, Trial Ex. 1070, ¶¶ 38, 40
(Zmijewski WRT); 4/12/17 Tr. 5783
(Zmijewski). Professor Hubbard
dismisses as economically
‘‘meaningless’’ the argument that
Copyright Owners have suffered relative
economic injury under the current rate
structure simply because the increase in
their revenues from interactive
streaming has been proportionately less
than the growth in the number of
interactive streams. 4/13/17 Tr. 5971–73
(Hubbard). There is no evidence in this
record that, if the price of the services
available to these low to zero WTP
listeners had been increased, they
would have paid the higher price. In
fact, the only survey evidence in the
record suggests that listeners to
streaming services have a highly elastic
demand, i.e., they are highly sensitive to
price increases.49
On the Licensee Services’ side of the
ledger, Professor Katz identifies the
entry of new interactive streaming
services and new investment in existing
interactive streaming services during the
present rate period as evidence that the
present rate structure is ‘‘working.’’ 3/
13/17 Tr. 667 (Katz). He notes the
ubiquity of percent-of-revenue based
royalty structures in the music industry,
indicating (as a matter of revealed
49 In a real-life example of this phenomenon,
[REDACTED] explained [REDACTED]’s internal
analysis of the marketplace impact of
[REDACTED]’s decision to discount the monthly
subscription price of its [REDACTED] service
[REDACTED]. The analysis indicated that
[REDACTED]% of the subscribers were new to the
interactive streaming segment of the market, and
[REDACTED]% came from existing subscribers to
other services at the standard $9.99 monthly price.
As [REDACTED] explained, music publishers
would lose royalties on $[REDACTED] of revenue
on the [REDACTED]% who migrated away from a
$9.99 service, but would add royalties on the
$[REDACTED] for each subscriber who was part of
the [REDACTED]% cohort. See 3/16/17 Tr. 1576–
1639 ([REDACTED]); see also 3/21/17 Tr. 2243–44
(Hubbard).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
preference) the practicality of a revenuebased royalty system. See 3/13/17 Tr.
766–67 (Katz).50
Although the Services’ economic
experts extol the benefits of the current
rate structure, they acknowledge the
problem, whether hypothetical or real,
that the Services have an incentive and
a capacity to minimize the amount of
revenue that is attributed to the revenue
base. Further, even absent any wrongful
intent with regard to the measurement
of revenue, the Services recognize that
attribution of revenue across product/
service lines of various service offerings
can be difficult and imprecise. See, e.g.,
4/5/17 Tr. 5000 (Katz). Additionally, the
Services might focus on long-term profit
maximization, thereby deferring shorterterm profits through temporarily lower
downstream pricing in a manner that
suppresses revenue over that shorterterm. The Services might also use music
as a ‘‘loss leader,’’ displacing streaming
revenue to encourage consumers to
enter into the so-called economic
‘‘ecosystem’’ of the streaming services,
especially the multi-product/service
firms in this proceeding, such as
Amazon, Apple, and Google. The
operators of these multi-product
environments might assume music
consumers can be exposed to other
goods and services available for
purchase. Third, the Services might
obscure royalty-based streaming
revenue by offering product bundles
that include music service offerings
with other goods and services, rendering
it difficult to allocate the bundle
revenue between royalty-bearing service
revenue and revenue attributable to
other products in the bundle.
Professor Katz testified, however, that
the existing rate structure
accommodates these bundling, deferral,
and displacement issues by the use of
minima that are triggered if the royalty
resulting from the headline percent-ofservice revenue falls below the
established minima. Katz WDT ¶¶ 82–
83; 3/13/17 Tr. 670 (Katz). Moreover, he
concluded that because the marketplace
appears to be functioning, the
alternative minimum rates must be
adequately handling revenue
measurement issues. Id. at 738; 4/5/17
Tr. 5055–57 (Katz). In similar fashion,
Dr. Leonard opined that the 2012
50 There is a facially discordant aspect to the
Services’ argument. They are consistently incurring
losses under this rate structure and the present
rates, yet they are essentially content for the present
rates and structure to be continued. The presence
of chronic losses would facially suggest that the
Services would be in need of rate reduction (as
some of their experts suggest would be proper given
their analyses). This conundrum is explained by the
Services’ engaging in competition for market share,
as discussed infra.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1927
Settlement rate structure created a
number of ‘‘buckets’’ to deal with
problems of this sort, although he
acknowledged that there was no reason
why adjustments could not be made to
the ‘‘buckets’’ going forward. 3/15/17
Tr. 1227–28 (Leonard); see also 3/13/17
Tr. 670–71 (Katz) (did not analyze
whether to adjust ‘‘specific rates’’ of the
minima).
Copyright Owners criticize the 2012
rate structure because of the inherent
problems with measurement of revenue.
Specifically, Copyright Owners focus on
deferral and displacement problems.
See Rysman WDT ¶ 13. With regard to
revenue deferral, Copyright Owners
argue that the services’ attempt to grow
their customer base and future profits is
fueled by a strategic decision to lower
retail prices, thus sacrificing current
revenue for future economic benefits.
Id.; see also 3/21/17 Tr. 2081–83
([REDACTED]).
The Services concede that there is a
period in the life-cycle of a streaming
service when ‘‘user numbers’’ may be
more important to a service, its
investors, and its market price; however
there comes a time, in the ‘‘late-stage
private and public markets,’’ when
‘‘[REDACTED].’’ Written Rebuttal
Testimony of Barry McCarthy, Trial Ex.
1066, ¶¶ 37 (McCarthy WRT).51 The
Services argue, however, that Copyright
Owners misunderstand the emphasis on
long term growth. That emphasis, they
argue, relates to the Services’
willingness to sacrifice short-term
profitability by incurring up-front costs,
which has no bearing on current period
revenues. 3/21/17 Tr. 2085
([REDACTED]). The Services
nonetheless acknowledge that they
focus currently on the second derivative
of revenue—the ‘‘growth of the
growth’’—rather than revenue growth.
The Judges find that the record in this
proceeding indicates that the Services
do seek to engage to some extent in
revenue deferral to promote a long-term
growth strategy. A long-term strategy
that emphasizes scale over current
revenue can be rational, especially
when a critical input is a quasi-public
good. Growth in market share and
revenues is not matched by a
commensurate increase in the cost of
inputs, whose marginal cost of
production (reproduction in this
context) is zero. It appears to the Judges
that the nature of the downstream
interactive streaming market and its
reliance on scaling for success, results
51 No witness offered any testimony that might
indicate whether the currently operating Services
perceive themselves to be at the beginning, middle,
or ‘‘late-stage’’ of this cycle.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1928
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
necessarily in a competition for the
market rather than simply competition
in the market. This competition
emphasizes the importance of the
dynamic creation of new markets and
‘‘new demand curves,’’ recognizing that
short-term profit or revenue
maximization might be inconsistent
competing for the market long-term.
When the Services pay royalties as a
percent of their current revenue, the
input suppliers, i.e., Copyright Owners,
are likewise deferring some revenue to
a later time period and assuming some
risk as to the ultimate existence of that
future revenue. One way the Copyright
Owners could avoid this impact would
be to refuse to accept a percent-ofrevenue form of payment and move to
a fixed per-unit price. Another way
would be to establish a pricing structure
that provides minima and floors, below
which the revenue could not fall. The
bargain struck between Copyright
Owners and Services in 2012 is an
example of the latter structure.
In this proceeding, the Services assert
there is no evidentiary support for
Copyright Owners’ conclusory assertion
that the Services intentionally displace
revenue by engaging in ‘‘cross-selling’’
or revenue bundling. See SJPFF at 308.
The Judges agree that there is no
support for any sweeping inference that
cross-selling has diminished the
revenue base.
Regardless of the existence or extent
of cross-selling, Copyright Owners argue
that the Services manipulate revenue
calculations in their favor, allegedly
defining revenue in opportunistic ways.
See Rysman WDT ¶ 44; Rysman WRT
¶ 15; see also Ghose WDT ¶¶ 78 (arguing
on behalf of Apple that ‘‘service revenue
for . . . bundles is subjective and can be
interpreted differently by different
service providers’’). Copyright Owners
maintain that they cannot discern the
alleged manipulation and opportunism
as it occurs, because the booking of
revenue among lines of business is
‘‘opaque to publishers.’’ Rysman WDT
¶ 43; Rysman WRT ¶ 15; Ghose WDT
¶¶ 80–81. In support of this assertion of
revenue manipulation, Copyright
Owners point to [REDACTED].
Before [REDACTED] engaged in
[REDACTED], it engaged in a pricing
analysis to determine its optimal price
point for [REDACTED] and interactive
streaming access. See [REDACTED]
Pricing Study—Final Report, Trial Ex.
113 ([red] Study). [REDACTED]
contends its pricing analysis
demonstrated that [REDACTED]. Trial
Ex. 111, ¶ 14 n.9 ([REDACTED] WRT).
In conjunction with [REDACTED].
[REDACTED] lowered the [REDACTED]
subscription price to $[REDACTED] per
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
month, compared to the full
$[REDACTED] per month price.
Amazon determined that Prime
members who were unwilling to pay the
full [REDACTED]/month subscription
price for [REDACTED] could be enticed
to pay $[REDACTED] per month less,
subscribing to [REDACTED] service at
$[REDACTED]/month. Id. ¶ 22.
[REDACTED] maintains these
[REDACTED] created ‘‘unique
distribution channels’’ generating new
listeners and thus new royalties for the
licensors without cannibalizing higher
royalties at the full $[REDACTED] per
month subscription price. Id. ¶¶ 25, 21–
22.52 [REDACTED] asserts that the net
benefits of its pricing strategies are
confirmed by a consumer survey
undertaken by [REDACTED] Mr. Robert
L. Klein, Chairman and co-founder of
Applied Marketing Science, Inc.
(‘‘AMS’’), a market research and
consulting firm. In that survey (Klein
Survey), Mr. Klein identified
[REDACTED]. At a high level, the Klein
Survey results indicated that
[REDACTED]’s music listeners had an
overall high elasticity of demand for
streamed music, meaning that their
subscription demand was highly
sensitive to changes in subscription
prices. Written Rebuttal Testimony of
Robert L. Klein, Trial Ex. 249, ¶ 67
(Klein WRT).53
Copyright Owners attack the Klein
Survey on several fronts. The arguments
made by Copyright Owners are
insufficient, however, to seriously
weaken the probative value of the Klein
Survey. In the end, the Judges are not
persuaded by the Copyright Owners’
revenue bundling arguments not to
adopt a flexible, revenue-based royalty
rate.
3. All-In Rate vs. Independent
Mechanical Rate
The current mechanical royalty rate is
calculated as a so-called ‘‘All-In’’ rate.
When calculating the mechanical rate
the parties subtract from the base rate
the amount paid by the interactive
52 More precisely, although some [REDACTED]
listeners might have paid the full subscription
price, the [REDACTED] pricing analysis indicated
that any revenue losses arising from discounts
obtained by these sub-groups were dwarfed in term
of revenue gains from the new subscribers at the
lower discounted rates [REDACTED]. [REDACTED]
WRT ¶ 22.
53 It is important to note that Copyright Owners’
attacks on the Klein Survey are not levelled by any
witnesses, nor contradicted by their own survey
expert, because Copyright Owners elected not to
proffer such an expert in their direct (or rebuttal)
cases. Rather, Copyright Owners elected to make a
descriptive argument regarding the elasticity of
demand among different segments of the market, as
opposed to a survey-based or econometric study of
price elasticity.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
streaming services to performing rights
organizations (PROS) for the musical
works performance right. All five
Services urge the Judges to establish a
statutory rate structure for the
forthcoming rate period that contains
this ‘‘All-In’’ feature; whereas Copyright
Owners request that the rate for the
forthcoming rate period be set without
regard to the amounts the Services pay
PROs for the performance rights.
According to the Services, a key
aspect of the 2008 and 2012 settlements
was the deduction of expenses for
public performance royalties; in other
words, the top-line rate the Services
paid under the section 115 license
would be added to the performance
rights royalties for an All-In musical
works fee from the Services’ point of
view. Levine WDT ¶ 35; Written Direct
Testimony of Adam Parness, Trial Ex.
875, ¶ 7 (Parness WDT); 3/8/17 Tr. 298–
99 (Parness). According to Apple, the
absence of any value in the mechanical
license separate from the performance
license is underscored by the fact that
interactive streaming is the only
distribution channel that pays both a
performance royalty and a mechanical
royalty. Noninteractive services,
SDARS, and terrestrial radio pay a
performance royalty but not a
mechanical royalty, whereas record
companies pay a mechanical royalty
under subpart A but not a performance
royalty. Rebuttal Testimony of David
Dorn, Trial Ex. 1612, ¶ 10 (Dorn WRT).
According to the Services this All-In
rate structure is consistent with the
parties’ expectations in settling
Phonorecords I and II. See SJPFF ¶ 112.
Additionally, the Services note that
many direct licenses between musical
works copyright owners and streaming
services incorporate the ‘‘All-In’’ feature
of the existing section 115 license. See
SJPFF ¶¶ 143–145 (and record citations
therein).
Separately, Apple concurs in the
proposal of an ‘‘All-In’’ rate in the
forthcoming rate period. According to
Apple, the Judges
should adopt an All-In rate for interactive
streaming because (1) mechanical and
performance royalties are complementary
rights that must be considered together in
order to prevent exorbitant costs, (2) the
current statute use an All-In rate, (3) All-In
rates provide greater predictability for
businesses, and (4) recent fragmentation and
uncertainty with respect to performance
licenses threaten to exacerbate the problems
of high costs and uncertainty already present
in the industry.
Apple PFF ¶¶ 138, et seq. (and record
citations therein). Apple maintains that,
as a policy matter, an All-In rate helps
maintain royalties at an economically
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
efficient level because it sets a single
value for all of the rights that interactive
streaming services must obtain from
publishers and songwriters. See
Rebuttal Report of Professor Jui
Ramaprasad, Trial Ex. 1616, ¶ 13
(Ramaprasad WRT) (separate
mechanical royalty could lead to
‘‘unreasonably high combined royalties
for publishers and songwriters’’); 3/23/
17 Tr. 2667–69, 2670 (Ramaprasad); see
also Leonard AWDT ¶ 56; Katz WDT
¶ 94; Written Direct Testimony of
Michael Herring, Trial Ex. 880, ¶ 59
(Herring WDT). Accordingly, Apple
asserts that adoption of an All-In rate
will ensure that these two
complementary rights are considered in
tandem, with the cost of one offset
against the cost of the other. See Dorn
WRT ¶ 15; see also 3/13/17 Tr. 587–588
(Katz); 3/15/17 Tr. 1191–92 (Leonard);
Herring WDT ¶ 59.
Apple, consistent with the other
Services, argues that the All-In rate
structure is particularly important
because of recent ‘‘fragmentation’’ 54
and uncertainty in performance rights
licensing. The Services all claim this
potential fragmentation threatens to
exacerbate existing uncertainty over
royalty costs. See Dorn WRT ¶¶ 17–18;
Ramaprasad WRT ¶¶ 13, 63; Parness
WDT ¶¶ 16–20; Katz WDT ¶¶ 87–94; 3/
13/17 Tr. 602–04 (Katz). Apple notes
that this problem may be amplified
because of the emergence of a fourth
PRO, Global Music Rights (GMR) in
addition to SESAC which, like GMR, is
not subject to musical works
performance license proceedings in the
Rate Court.55 Parness WDT ¶ 18; Katz
WDT ¶ 91; see 3/9/17 Tr. 382–83
(Parness); 3/13/17 Tr. (Katz) 602–04.56
The Services also raise the specter of
future ‘‘withdrawals’’ by music
publishers from one or more PROs.
54 In this context, ‘‘fragmentation’’ refers to the
existence of more than one owner of copyrights to
a single musical work.
55 Since 1941, ASCAP and BMI have been subject
to Consent Decrees they reached with the
Department of Justice in a DOJ antitrust suit. See,
e.g., United States v. Broadcast Music, Inc., 1940–
43 Trade Cas. ¶ 56,096 (W.D.Wis. 1941).
56 Apple also claims that there is recent legal
uncertainty because of the 2016 decision regarding
fractional licensing in United States v. Broadcast
Music Inc., 64 Civ. 3787 (LLS), 2016 WL 4989938
(S.D.N.Y. Sept. 16, 2016), which Apple claims has
created even more market power for the owners of
musical works. Apple hypothesizes fractional
licensing ‘‘almost certainly will lead to higher total
payments for performance rights, higher
transactions costs, and greater uncertainty.’’ Parness
WDT ¶ 20. In the BMI case, according to Apple, the
Rate Court confirmed that PROs can grant licenses
for fractional interests in musical works, meaning
that in order to offer a work, interactive streaming
services must obtain licenses from every entity with
any de minimis interest in the work. Id.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
Copyright Owners’ initial response to
the All-In structure is a jurisdictional
argument. They emphasize that this is a
proceeding to set rates and terms for the
section 115 compulsory mechanical
license to make and distribute
phonorecords, not to perform works. 17
U.S.C. 115, 801(b)(1). More particularly,
Copyright Owners note that, the section
115 compulsory license explicitly
applies solely to the exclusive rights
bestowed by clauses (1) and (3) of
section 106; that is the rights to make
and to distribute phonorecords of
[nondramatic musical] works.’’ This
proceeding does relate to the exclusive
right provided by clause (4) to perform
the work publicly. 17 U.S.C. 106, 115.
Thus, Copyright Owners argue, the
public performance right provided by 17
U.S.C. 106(4) is an entirely separate and
divisible right from the mechanical right
at issue in this proceeding and is not
subject to the section 115 license. See
COPCOL ¶ 314 (citing 17 U.S.C. 106,
115, 201(d) and 2 Nimmer on Copyright
sec. 8.04[B] (‘‘[T]he compulsory license
does not convey the right to publicly
perform the nondramatic musical work
contained in the phonorecords made
under that license. Similarly, a grant of
performing rights does not, in itself,
confer the right to make phonorecords
of the work.’’)).
Copyright Owners note that
performance royalties are negotiated
between licensors and licensees, subject
to challenge in a Rate Court proceeding.
They conclude that the Judges cannot
set an ‘‘All-In’’ rate because they have
‘‘not been vested with the authority to
set rates for performance rights because
they are not covered by section 115.’’
Copyright Owners’ Proposed
Conclusions of Law ¶ 315 (COPCL).
Copyright Owners further note that the
Services have not provided evidence in
this proceeding to justify an ‘‘All-In’’
rate, such as evidence showing the rates
and terms in existing performance
licenses; the duration of such licenses;
benchmarks for performance rights
licenses; and the impact of interactive
streaming on other sources of
performance income, including noninteractive streaming, terrestrial radio,
and satellite radio income. Further,
Copyright Owners point out that the
PROs and all music publishers would be
necessary parties for any such
determination. See id. ¶ 319.
For these reasons, Copyright Owners
decry as mere ‘‘sophistry’’ the Services’
argument that they are not asking the
Judges to set performance rates, but
rather only to ‘‘set’’ a ‘‘mechanical’’ rate
that permits them to deduct what they
pay as a performance royalty. More
particularly, they argue that this
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1929
approach, if adopted, would leave the
mechanical rate indeterminate, subject
to negotiations or judicial action
regarding the performance license rate.
See id. ¶ 320. Indeed, Copyright Owners
note, under the Services’ ‘‘All-In’’
proposal, the mechanical rate could be
zero (if performance royalties are agreed
to or set by the Rate Court at a rate that
is greater than or equal to the ‘‘All-In’’
rate proposed by the Services here).
Copyright Owners argue that a
mechanical royalty rate of zero ‘‘is
anything but reasonable. . . .’’ Id.
¶ 322.
In an evidentiary attack, Copyright
Owners demonstrate that the only
percipient witness who engaged directly
in the 2008 negotiations involving the
‘‘All-In’’ rate was the NMPA president,
David Israelite. By contrast, the
Services’ two witnesses, Mr. Parness
and Ms. Levine, did not participate
directly in those negotiations. See
Copyright Owners’ Reply Proposed
Findings of Fact ¶ 125 (CORFF). Thus,
Copyright Owners assert that the
Services cannot credibly argue based on
what the negotiating parties actually
intended with regard to, inter alia, the
‘‘All-In’’ rate.57
Copyright Owners also take aim at the
Services’ argument that it matters not
whether they pay royalties designated as
‘‘performance’’ or ‘‘mechanical,’’
because the same rights owners are also
receiving performance royalties.
According to Copyright Owners, this
argument (1) ignores the Copyright Act’s
separate and distinct mechanical and
performance rights; (2) ignores that the
rates for the use of those two rights, to
the extent not agreed, are set in different
jurisdictions; and (3) ignores the
disruption that would be caused by
eliminating mechanical royalties, e.g.,
disruptions arising from (a) the fact that
mechanical royalties are the most
significant source of recoupment of
advances to songwriters; and (b)
songwriters receive a greater share of
mechanical royalties than they do of
performance royalties (both because of
the standard splits in songwriter
agreements and the fact that
performance income, unlike mechanical
income, is diminished by PRO
commissions). COPCL ¶ 323; COPFF
¶ 640.
57 Copyright Owners take this argument one step
further—maintaining that consequently the Services
‘‘have presented no competent evidence that an
‘‘All-In’’ rate structure ‘‘is consistent with the
parties’ expectations in settling Phonorecords I and
II.’’ CORSJPCL ¶ 112. It is difficult to conclude that
this fundamental rate structure, agreed to in two
separate settlements between the parties, was not
consonant with their ‘‘expectations.’’
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1930
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Copyright Owners also assert that ‘‘a
single All-In payment will . . .
diminish payments to songwriters, and
will negatively impact the publishers’
ability to recoup advances, which will,
in turn, negatively impact the size and
number of future advances.’’ Witness
Statement of Thomas Kelly, Trial Ex.
3017, ¶ 66 (Kelly WDT); Witness
Statement of Michael Sammis, Trial Ex.
3019, ¶ 27 (Sammis WDT); Witness
Statement of Annette Yocum, Trial Ex.
3021, ¶ 23 (Yocum WDT); Israelite WDT
¶ 71.
Copyright Owners counter the
Services’ claim that increasing
‘‘fractionalization’’ of licenses justifies
an ‘‘All-In’’ rate as a red herring.
Specifically, they argue there has always
been fractional licensing of performance
rights by the PROs; there typically are
multiple songwriters and publishers
with ownership rights in a song and
they might not all be affiliated with the
same PRO. The recent litigation only
confirmed that there is no legal basis on
which any one PRO has the right to
license rights it does not have. Rebuttal
Witness Statement of David M. Israelite,
Trial Ex. 3030, ¶¶ 65–66 (Israelite
WRT); 3/29/17 Tr. 3662–63 (Israelite); 3/
9/17 Tr. 372–373 (Parness).
Moreover, contrary to the Services’
assertions, they presented no evidence
that the presence of GMR, a new PRO,
has altered the extent of fragmentation
in any manner, let alone increased the
degree of fragmentation in the
marketplace. Copyright Owners point
out that the Services admitted that GMR
represents fewer than 100 songwriters
and has a meager market share of
roughly 3 percent of the performance
market. 3/9/17 Tr. 365–67 (Parness); see
Israelite WRT ¶ 59. Copyright Owners
also note that the Services presented no
evidence either that there has been an
increase in performance rates in licenses
issued by GMR, or, more generally, of
any actual or potential impact of this
alleged ‘‘fragmentation’’ of the
performance rights marketplace on their
interactive streaming businesses. 3/9/17
Tr. 381 (Parness)).
Finally, Copyright Owners note that,
if it ever were a justification for an AllIn rate, the issue of publisher
withdrawals from PROs has been
overtaken by events. Specifically, they
note that the ASCAP and BMI Rate
Courts in the Southern District of New
York, the Second Circuit, and the
Department of Justice have determined
that partial withdrawals by publishers
are not permitted. Israelite WRT ¶¶ 62–
63, citing In re Pandora Media, 785 F.3d
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
73, 77–78 (2d Cir. 2015), aff’g 6 F. Supp.
3d 317 (S.D.N.Y. 2014).58
4. Mechanical Floor
Copyright Owners urge the Judges to
retain the feature of the extant rate
regulations establishing a Mechanical
Floor; that is, a rate below which the
calculated mechanical license rate could
not fall.59 They emphasize that the
revenue displacement and deferral
problems they perceive under a percentof-revenue rate structure are alleviated
with a Mechanical Floor because that
rate is based on a per-subscriber
calculation. COPFF ¶¶ 639–40.
Copyright Owners maintain that the
Services’ desire to eliminate the
Mechanical Floor is nothing other than
a ‘‘thinly veiled effort to sharply reduce
the already unfairly low mechanical
royalties.’’ COPFF ¶ 644. The import of
the Mechanical Floor is underscored by
Dr. Eisenach who testifies that, in 2015,
the Services triggered the Mechanical
Floor in over 43% of service-months (66
of 152 such months). Written Rebuttal
Testimony of Jeffrey A. Eisenach, Trial
Ex. 3033, ¶ 115 (Eisenach WRT).
Copyright Owners further argue that
the Mechanical Floor is necessary to
preserve a source of publishers’
advances to songwriters and
recoupments of prior advances. COPFF
¶ 640 (and record citations therein).
They assert that songwriters benefit
more from publishing agreements than
from performance agreements with
PROs because, under current publishing
agreements, songwriters typically
receive 75% or more of mechanical
royalty income; whereas, PRO’s split
performance royalty income 50/50
between publishers and songwriters. Id.
Moreover, PROs charge songwriters an
administrative fee, further reducing the
value of the performance royalty income
relative to mechanical royalty income.
Id.
Despite their proffer of the 2012 rates
as an appropriate benchmark, the
Services 60 propose elimination of the
58 See also Determination of Royalty Rates and
Terms for Making and Distributing Phonorecords
(Phonorecords III); subpart A Configurations of the
Mechanical License, Docket No. 16–CRB–0003–PR,
82 FR 15297, 15298 n. 15 (March 28, 2017).
(‘‘[M]usic licensing is fragmented, both by reason of
the Consent Decree and the fragmentation of the
statutory licensing schemes in the Act. These issues
are beyond the scope of authority of the Judges;
they can only be addressed by Congress.’’).
59 If the All-In Rate calculation results in a dollar
royalty payment below the stated Mechanical Floor
rate, then that floor rate would bind.
60 Although Apple does not join in the
endorsement of the 2012 rates as benchmark, Apple
does propose elimination of the Mechanical Floor
for the upcoming rate period. Apple Inc. Proposed
Rates and Terms, at 4, 7–8 (royalties calculated by
multiplying number of streams times per-stream
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Mechanical Floor in the forthcoming
rate period. In support of this position,
the Services assert that they acquiesced
to the Copyright Owners’ insistence on
the Mechanical Floor in the 2012
Settlement, because they believed the
Mechanical Floor was ‘‘illusory,’’ i.e.,
that it was ‘‘highly unlikely to ever be
triggered. . . .’’ SJPFF ¶¶ 127, 160 (and
record citations therein).61 According to
the Services, experience has shown that
the Mechanical Floor in the current rate
structure has added uncertainty and has
led to Services paying ‘‘windfall’’
royalties to Copyright Owners well
above the stated ‘‘All-In’’ amount. See
Apple PFF ¶¶ 85, 165; see also Google
PCOL ¶ 22 (triggering of Mechanical
Floor caused in some circumstances by
Copyright Owners leveraging market
power).
The Services argue that the
Mechanical Floor is tantamount to a
separate rate and defeats the benefits of
an All-In rate. Apple PFF ¶¶ 164–167
(and record citations therein). They
acknowledge the mechanical rights and
public performance rights are ‘‘perfect
complements’’ from the perspective of
an interactive streaming service, but
assert there is no economic rationale for
setting the two rates separately from one
another. Id. ¶ 88. The Services fear the
alternative minimum Mechanical Floor
could supersede a ‘‘reasonable headline
royalty rate.’’ Marx WDT ¶ 165; see
Leonard AWDT ¶¶ 54, 80–81 (‘‘perfect
complements’’ argue for elimination of
Mechanical Floor). The Services also
argue that removal or adjustment of the
Mechanical Floor would improve
economic efficiency. Marx WDT ¶¶ 135,
165.
5. Greater-Of per Unit/per User
Structure
Copyright Owners’ proposal
constitutes a ‘‘greater of’’ rate structure,
whereby the royalty would equal the
greater of $.0015 per play and $1.06 perend user per month. In support of this
approach, Copyright Owners contend it
establishes a value for each copy of a
musical work, independent of the
Services’ business models and pricing
strategies. Rysman WDT ¶ 89. They
argue that the greater-of structure is no
more complicated than a per-play rate
alone and is much less complicated
rate, subtracting public performance royalties, and
allocating per work) (May 11, 2017). Google’s
revised rate proposal, which also does not rely on
the 2012 rate as a benchmark, does not include a
Mechanical Floor. See, Google Amended Proposal,
at 1.
61 This claimed ‘‘illusion’’ became a reality, as the
[REDACTED], has been paying the vast majority of
its royalties pursuant to the Mechanical Floor, as
has [REDACTED]. See, e.g., Marx WDT ¶ 76; Marx
WRT ¶ 40.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
than the 2012 Settlement rate structure.
According to Copyright Owners, a peruser rate adds only one additional
metric for royalty calculation. Brodsky
WDT ¶ 76. Copyright Owners also assert
that their usage-based structure is
aligned with the value of the licensed
copies because couples rates with usage
and consumption. CORFF at 22. Finally,
Copyright Owners note that in music
licensing agreements it is not
uncommon to find royalty rates set in a
greater-of formula that includes a peruser and a per-play prong, as well a
percent-of-revenue prong. See CORFF at
97 (and record citations therein).
The Services assert that the greater-of
aspect of Copyright Owners’ rate
proposal would lead to absurd and
inequitable results, well above the rates
established under Copyright Owners’
per-play rate prong. Professor Ghose,
one of Apple’s economic expert
witnesses, calculated that under
Copyright Owners’ greater-of structure,
interactive streaming services would
pay under the per-user prong if the
number of monthly streams per user
averaged less than 707. 4/12/17 Tr.
5686–87 (Ghose). In other words, the
hypothetical service would be required
to pay $1.06 per user rather than
$0.0015 per stream.62 Id. at 5687.
Importantly, Apple argues that the
record in this proceeding shows that
Services’ monthly streams have been
historically less than 707 per user per
month. Specifically, relying on data in
Dr. Leonard’s Written Rebuttal
Testimony, Apple contends that the
annual weighted average number of
streams per user per month across
current subpart B and subpart C service
offerings has been below [REDACTED]
in each year from 2012 to 2016, while
the average number of streams per user
per month has exceeded 707 (which
would trigger the per play prong) only
[REDACTED] according to service-byservice data. Id.; 63 see Written Rebuttal
Testimony of Gregory K. Leonard, Trial
Ex. 698, at Ex. 3b (Leonard WRT). Apple
argues that these historical data indicate
that the Services would consistently pay
more than the $0.0015 per play rate
62 Professor Ghose used a hypothetical scenario in
which a service had one user who listened to 300
streams in a given month. Under Copyright Owners’
$0.0015 per play prong, the service would pay $
0.0015 × 300, or $.45 in royalties. Under Copyright
Owners’ per user prong, the service would pay a
royalty of $1.06 for the one user, which is an
effective per play rate of $0.0035 per play ($1.06 ÷
300) or more than twice the $0.0015 per-play rate.
4/12/17 Tr. 5687 (Ghose).
63 Deezer averaged [REDACTED] streams in 2014
and Tidal averaged [REDACTED] streams in 2016.
Id.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
emphasized by Copyright Owners in
this proceeding. See Apple PFF 284.64
According to Apple, even Copyright
Owners’ own expert, using different
data, found that if the Copyright
Owners’ proposal had been in effect,
[REDACTED] of the [REDACTED]
Services he reviewed would have been
required to pay under the per-user
prong in December 2015. Rysman WRT
¶ 87, Table 1. Professor Rysman’s data
for December 2014 indicated that
[REDACTED] of the [REDACTED]
Services would have been required to
pay under the per-user prong. Id. at
Table 2.
Copyright Owners do not dispute the
statistical analyses; rather, they claim
that the binding nature of the per-user
prong is not problematic. They cite
sound recording performance license
agreements in which a per-user of prong
binds interactive streaming services at a
rate of $[REDACTED], well above the
$1.06 proposed by Copyright Owners for
mechanical licenses. See CORPFF
(Apple) at 104. Copyright Owners also
attempt to support the higher effective
per play rates by explaining that peruser rates reflect the value of access to
the publishers’ repertoires, not just the
value of an individual stream. See
CORPFF (Apple) at 104–05 (and
citations therein).
C. 2012 Settlement as Rate Structure
Benchmark
The Services request a rate structure
that (although not uniform in the
respective particulars) generally tracks
the present rate structure (including the
All-In rate approach, but excluding the
present Mechanical Floor). More
particularly, they propose a structure
based on a ‘‘headline’’ percent-ofrevenue royalty, but, subject to certain
minima that are triggered if the revenue64 This analysis underscores the inconsistency
between Copyright Owners’ claim that each stream
of a musical work has ‘‘inherent value.’’ See, e.g.,
Israelite WDT ¶ 39 (it ‘‘makes no sense’’ if ‘‘[e]ach
service effectively pays to the publisher and
songwriter a different per-play royalty’’). But in
reality, Copyright owners understand that each
musical work also contributes to a different value—
access value (what economists call ‘‘option
value’’)—when the musical works are collectivized
and offered through an interactive streaming
service, resulting in different effective per play rates
paid by services if the per user prong is triggered.
To explain this inconsistency, Copyright owners
note the existence of a second ‘‘inherent value’’—
not created by the songwriter in his or her
composition—but rather created by the user—who
inherently values access to a full repertoire. But
these two purportedly ‘‘inherent’’ values are
inconsistent (which is why there are two prongs in
the proposal) and, given the heterogeneity of
listeners, the ‘‘access value’’ is not ‘‘homogeneous
throughout the market. These points illustrate but
some of the reasons why a single per play rate is
inappropriate.
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1931
based royalty is either too low or
inapplicable.
By contrast, Copyright Owners seek a
radical departure from the present rate
structure. First, Copyright Owners seek
to eliminate the All-In rate, thus
decoupling the mechanical rate from the
performance rate. Second, they advocate
for a replacement of the ‘‘percent-ofrevenue with minima’’ structure and a
substitution of a rate equal to the greater
of a per-play royalty and a per-user
royalty. Copyright Owners’ Amended
Proposed Rates and Terms at 8.
Copyright Owners criticize using the
2012 rate structure as a benchmark for
rates in the present market. Copyright
Owners contend that results of a
negotiated settlement have limited
evidentiary value in the present context.
They also argue that the parties arrived
at the 2012 rate structure and rates in a
market that was not mature and that,
thus, the settlement rates were merely
‘‘experimental.’’ The Copyright Owners
further contend that any benchmark
based upon a compulsory, statutory rate
is suspect because of the ‘‘shadow’’ of
the statutory construct.
1. Evidentiary Value of Settlement Rates
Copyright Owners criticize the
relevance of the 2012 settlement-based
rate structure. First, they note that, as
terms in a settlement, the elements of
the rate structure do not reflect the
structure the market would set, but
rather reflect the parties’ own
understanding of how the Judges would
rule in the absence of a settlement.
Second, Copyright Owners assert that,
assuming arguendo that the current rate
structure can be used for benchmarking
purposes, the Services have not
presented competent evidence or
testimony as to the intentions of the
settling parties who had negotiated the
2012 settlement, or, for that matter, the
2008 settlement that preceded it.
Specifically, Copyright Owners claim
that the witnesses who were called by
the Services to testify did not negotiate
directly with the Copyright Owners. 3/
29/17 Tr. 3621–22 (Israelite).65 More
particularly, the two Services’ witnesses
who provided testimony concerning the
negotiations, Adam Parness and
Zahavah Levine, acknowledged they
had no direct involvement in the
Phonorecords I negotiations, and Ms.
Levine did not engage in direct
negotiations with regard to the
Phonorecords II settlement either. 3/9/
17 Tr. 339–40 (Parness); 3/29/17 Tr.
3885–86 (Israelite); Israelite WRT ¶ 14
(indicating that Ms. Levine had left Real
Networks in 2006, before her former
65 See
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
supra note 57 and accompanying text.
05FER3
1932
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
subordinate was negotiating the 2008
settlement).
Mr. Parness testified, at the time of
the Phonorecords I settlement, he was
Director of Musical Licensing for
RealNetworks, Inc., an interactive
streaming service and a member of
DiMA, its bargaining representative. In
that capacity, Mr. Parness was ‘‘actively
involved’’ on behalf of Real Networks.
Parness WDT ¶ 5. Substantively, Mr.
Parness testified to his understanding
that the important aspects of the
Phonorecords I negotiations and
settlement were: (1) An agreement that
noninteractive services did not need a
mechanical license; (2) the interactive
mechanical license would be calculated
on an ‘‘All-In’’ basis; (3) the rate would
be structured as a percent-of-revenue
with certain minima; and the headline
rate would be 10.5%. Parness WDT ¶ 7.
He noted that the rate minima were
included at the behest of Copyright
Owners, who were concerned that low
retail pricing by the services would
cause a revenue-based rate to result in
too little royalty revenue. Id. ¶ 8. Mr.
Parness further testified, with regard to
the 2012 negotiations, that he directly
negotiated with Mr. Israelite and the
general counsel for the NMPA–
negotiations that led to the parties’
agreement essentially to maintain the
subpart B structure and to create what
became the new subpart C rate
structure. Id. at 11; see also 3/9/17 Tr.
325–27 (Parness).
Ms. Levine, who was employed by
Google YouTube at the relevant time,
testified that in the Phonorecords II
negotiations, Copyright Owners sought
an increase in the subpart B rates, the
services refused, and Copyright Owners
ultimately withdrew that demand.
Written Rebuttal Statement of Zahavah
Levine, Trial Ex. 697, ¶ 2 (Levine WRT).
Ms. Levine was not directly involved in
the negotiations, however, as DiMA
represented the interests of the services
in those negotiations. Knowing the
outcome of the negotiations does not
illuminate the thought processes (or the
horse-trading) that actually drove the
negotiations or shaped the settlement
structure.
The Copyright Owners proffered no
specific testimony as to how or why the
provisions of the 2008 and 2012
settlements were negotiated and valued,
either in their constituent parts or as
they were integrated into the rate
structure ultimately adopted.
2. The 2012 Rates Were ‘‘Experimental’’
Copyright Owners maintain that the
current rate structure was
‘‘experimental,’’ i.e., when it was first
agreed to there was no data to evaluate
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
the business and Copyright Owners
lacked knowledge as to the future
development of the interactive market.
Thus, they claim to have accepted the
present rate structure because it offered
protection against poorly monetized
services, through the establishment of
the alternate prongs. In fact, it was
Copyright Owners that first proposed
the three tiered rate structure that now
exists, but the specific percentages and
rates were the subject of negotiation.
Copyright Owners’ understanding of the
characterization of the 2012 rates is
informative; Mr. Israelite, who engaged
in the negotiations, did not view the
minima in the structure as minima, but
rather as alternative rate prongs by
which Copyright Owners would be paid
the greatest of the rates calculated. 3/29/
17 Tr. 3637 (Israelite). Copyright
Owners acknowledge that they had no
idea which prong would bind—because
they had no control over the services
business models or over the
performance rates that are deductions to
the All-In rate—so they negotiated all
three alternatives to reflect that
uncertainty. Id. at 3636–38.
With regard to the Mechanical Floor,
Copyright Owners assert that they
required this provision in part to protect
against a severe or complete reduction
in mechanical royalties that would as
possible by virtue of the All-In
structure. See Israelite WRT ¶¶ 19–22,
29, 81; 3/29/17 Tr. 3632, 3634–36, 3638,
3754, 3764–65 (Israelite); 3/8/17 Tr. 259
(Levine).66
The Services assert that there is no
record evidence, beyond Mr. Israelite’s
testimony, that the existing rate
structure was, or remains, experimental.
They further note that by 2012, when
this rate structure was renewed,
consumer adoption of streaming was
obvious, contrary to Copyright Owners’
allegations. Levine WRT ¶ 5. The
Services also assert that numerous
services, including those backed by
large companies, such as Yahoo and
Microsoft, had already entered the
market, and some of those services had
achieved significant subscriber
numbers. 3/8/17 Tr. 155–57 (Levine);
see also Parness WDT ¶ 12.
The Services also dispute the
assertion that there was no significant
market development by the time of
Phonorecords II. Levine WRT ¶¶ 5–6; 3/
8/17 Tr. 171–72, 270–72 (Levine).
Numerous services, including the more
recent large new entrants, had already
entered the market, with some realizing
significant subscriber numbers. Id. at
155–57 (Levine).
66 The Mechanical Floor is discussed in greater
detail, supra, section IV.B.4.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3. The ‘‘Shadow’’ of the Statutory
License
Copyright Owners assert that any
benchmark, including the Services’
proffered benchmarks, based on rates set
for a compulsory license, is inherently
suspect, because they are distorted by
the so-called ‘‘shadow’’ of the statutory
license. This is a recurring criticism.
See, e.g., Web IV, 81 FR at 26329–31.
More particularly, Copyright Owners
argue: ‘‘The royalty rate contained in
virtually any agreement made by a
music publisher or songwriter with a
license for rights subject to the
compulsory license will be depressed by
the availability of the compulsory
license.’’ COPFF ¶ 708 (and record
citations therein). In summary, this
alleged shadow diminishes the value of
a benchmark rate that was formed by
private actors who negotiated the rate
while understanding that either party
could refuse to consummate a contract
and instead participate in a proceeding
before the Judges to establish a rate.
Thus, neither side can utilize any
bargaining power to threaten to actually
‘‘walk away’’ from negotiations and
refuse to enter into a license. In that
sense, therefore, any bargain they struck
would be subject to the so-called
‘‘shadow’’ of the regulatory proceeding.
The metaphorical shadow actually
can be cast in two ways. First, when the
parties are negotiating, they are aware of
the rates established in prior
proceedings, which shape their
expectations of the likely outcome if
they do not enter into a negotiated
agreement. Second, there is the alleged
shadow of the upcoming proceeding,
should the parties fail to negotiate an
agreement. That in futuro shadow
reflects not merely the prior rulings of
this tribunal (and its predecessors), but
also any predictions the parties may
make regarding, for example, the Judges’
likely positions with regard to the
present and changing nature of the
industries involved, the economic
issues, the weight of various types of
evidence, the credibility of witnesses
and the Judges’ application of the
801(b)(1) standards.
The argument that the shadow taints
the use of statutory rates, and direct
agreements otherwise subject to the
statutory license must be considered in
light of section 115 of the Copyright Act,
which provides that in addition to the
objectives set forth in section 801(b)(1),
in establishing such rates and terms, the
Copyright Royalty Judges may consider
rates and terms under voluntary license
agreements described in subparagraphs
(B) and (C). 17 U.S.C. 115(c)(3)(D).
Subparagraphs (B) and (C), respectively,
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
refer to agreements on ‘‘the terms and
rates of royalty payments under this
section’’ by ‘‘persons entitled to obtain
a compulsory license under [17 U.S.C.
115(a)(1)]’’ and ‘‘licenses’’ covering
‘‘digital phonorecord deliveries.’’ Id.
Thus, it is beyond dispute that Congress
has authorized the Judges, in their
discretion, to consider such agreements
as evidence, notwithstanding the
argument that the compulsory license
may cast a shadow over those
agreements.
Additionally, the Judges may consider
the existing statutory rates themselves
as evidence of the appropriate rate for
the forthcoming rate period. Indeed, the
Judges may consider existing rates as
dispositive evidence when setting new
rates. Music Choice, supra, 774 F.3d at
1012 (the Judges may ‘‘use[ ] the
prevailing rate as the starting point of
their Section 801(b) analysis’’ and may
ultimately find that ‘‘the prevailing rate
was reasonable given the Section 801(b)
factors.’’). Of course, the fact that the
Copyright Act and the D.C. Circuit grant
the Judges statutory authority to
consider statutory rates and related
agreements as evidence does not
instruct the Judges as to how much
weight to afford such agreements. The
exercise of that judicial discretion
remains with the Judges.
Further, there is no reason to find
such benchmark agreements per se
inferior to other marketplace benchmark
agreements that may be unaffected by
the shadow, because the latter may be
subject to their own imperfections and
incompatibilities with the target market.
Thus, the Judges must not only consider
(i) the importance, vel non, of any
‘‘shadow-based’’ differences between
the regulated benchmark market and an
unregulated market; but also (ii) how
those differences (if any) compare to the
differences (if any) between the
unregulated market and the target
market (e.g., differences based on
complementary oligopoly power,
bargaining constraints and product
differentiation).67
67 The Judges note that one of the two
benchmarking methods relied upon by Copyright
Owners subtracts the statutory rate set in Web III
for noninteractive streaming from a royalty rate
derived from the unregulated market for sound
recording licenses between labels and interactive
streaming services. This would seem to violate the
Copyright Owners’ own assertion that statutorily set
rates cannot be used to establish reasonable rates.
However, Copyright Owners’ expert testified that,
in his opinion, the Judges in Web III accurately
identified the market rate for noninteractive
streaming, so that rate could be utilized as if it were
set in the market. 4/4/17 Tr. 4643 (Eisenach). This
assertion proves too much. If one expert on behalf
of a party may equate a rate set by the Judges with
the market rate, why cannot the Judges, or any other
party’s expert, do the same? The end result of such
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
In the present proceeding, the parties
weigh in on the shadow issue with
several additional arguments. Copyright
Owners emphasize that the purpose of
their benchmarking approach is to avoid
the distortions of the shadow, by
utilizing the unregulated sound
recording agreements between labels
and interactive streaming services and
then applying a ratio of sound recording
to musical works royalties, also in
unregulated contexts, to develop a
benchmark wholly free of the shadow
cast by the statute. See Eisenach WDT
¶¶ 34–40. The Judges agree that a
strength of the Copyright Owners’
benchmarking approach is that it allows
for the identification of marketplace
benchmarks, so that the Judges can
ascertain whether there are analogous
markets from which statutory rates can
be derived.
The Services’ experts discount the
shadow argument and, indeed,
essentially rely on the statutory rates in
subpart B and in subpart A as their
benchmarks. Professor Marx opines that
the statutory rates are superior in at
least one way, because they incorporate
the elements the Judges must consider—
both the market forces and the section
801(b)(1) factors that are the bases for
the statutory rates. 3/20/17 Tr. 1843–44,
1914 (Marx); see also 3/13/17 Tr. 575
(Katz) (the shadow leads the parties to
meet the 801(b)(1) objectives).
However, when the rates are the
product of settlements rather than a
Determination by the Judges, they do
not reflect the Judges’ application of the
elements of section 801(b)(1). Rather,
the settlement rates reflect (implicitly)
the parties’ predictions of how the
Judges may apply such factors.
Although the Judges reasonably can,
and do, accept the parties’
understanding of how market forces
shape their negotiations (indeed,
economic actors’ agreements are part
and parcel of the market),68 the Judges
cannot defer to any implicit
‘‘mindreading’’ by the parties as to the
Judges’ application of the elements of
section 801(b)(1). Rather, the Judges
have a duty to independently apply the
statute. Accordingly, the Judges reject
the idea that rates and terms reached
through a settlement can be understood
to supersede—or can be assumed to
embody—the Judges’ application of the
statutory elements set forth in section
an approach takes us back to the point the Judges
made at the outset in this section: Any rate set by
the Judges or influenced by the Judges’ rate-setting
process must be considered on its own merits.
68 For example, the Judges regularly assume that
the parties have ‘‘baked-in’’ the values of promotion
and substitution when agreeing to rates. See, e.g.,
Web IV, 61 FR at 26326.
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1933
801(b)(1). However, if on further
analysis, the Judges find that provisions
arising from a settlement reflect the
statutory principles set forth in section
801(b)(1), then the Judges may adopt the
provisions of that settlement if it is
superior to the evidence submitted in
support of alternative rates and terms.
With regard to the alleged impact of
the shadow, Professor Katz offers a
perspective. He opines that the so-called
shadow imbues licensees with
countervailing power, to offset or
mitigate the bargaining power of
licensors who otherwise have the ability
to threaten to ‘‘walk away’’ from
negotiations and thus decimate the
licensees’ businesses. 3/13/17 Tr. 661
(Katz). The Judges find merit in this
perspective, because it underscores the
fact that a purpose of the compulsory
license is to prevent the licensor from
utilizing or monetizing the ability to
‘‘walk away’’ as a cudgel to obtain a
better bargain. In this limited sense, the
agreements created under the so-called
shadow thus are beneficial, to the extent
that they provide one potential way in
which to offset the complementary
oligopoly power of the record
companies, especially the Majors.
Indeed, this countervailing power
argument is consistent with the Judges’
‘‘shadow’’ analysis in Web IV, 81 FR, at
26330–31 (noting the counterbalancing
effect of the statutory license in
establishing effectively competitive
rates).69
Professor Leonard presents yet
another perspective on the statutory
benchmarks, arguing that the alleged
shadow they cast acts as a ‘‘focal point’’
around which parties negotiate, with the
statutory license acting as either a
ceiling or a floor. 3/15/17 Tr. 1263
(Leonard). In a second-best market
where price discrimination is
economically appropriate, the
continuation of a rate structure, over
two rate cycles, might suggest the
parties’ acceptance of that structure as
an efficient ‘‘focal point,’’ absent
sufficient evidence to the contrary.
However, as the Judges noted in Web IV,
whatever theoretical appeal there may
be in this focal point analysis (if any),
it cannot be credited as an independent
basis for using an existing statutory rate,
absent ‘‘a sufficient connection between
theory and evidence.’’ Id. at 26630.
69 The Shapley analyses conducted by Professors
Marx and Watt also eliminate this ‘‘walk away’’
power by valuing all possible orderings of the
players’ arrivals. See discussion, infra, section
V.D.1.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1934
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
D. Greater-Of Percent of Revenue/TCC
Rate Structure
In its revised rate proposal Google
presents an all-in royalty rate for all
service offerings set as the greater of
10.5% of revenue and 15% of TCC. TCC
is one metric used in computing
mechanical royalties under the 2012
rates and numerous direct licenses. In
the 2012 rate structure a percentage of
TCC is generally combined with
percentage of revenue in a greater-of
calculation, but is capped by a fixed
per-subscriber royalty. See, e.g., 37 CFR
385.13(a)(3), (b). A number of direct
licenses in the record mirror this
approach, or directly incorporate the
terms of 37 CFR part 385. See, e.g.,
Leonard AWDT ¶ 54 (describing royalty
calculation methodology in direct
licenses between [REDACTED] and
several music publishers, including
[REDACTED], [REDACTED], and
[REDACTED]; License Agreement
between [REDACTED] and
[REDACTED], Trial Ex. 749, at ¶ 6(a)
([REDACTED]).
Several direct licenses between
[REDACTED] and music publishers base
royalties on a straight, uncapped 70
percentage of TCC, with no ‘‘greater-of’’
prong. See, e.g., Music Publishing
Rights Agreement between [REDACTED]
and [REDACTED], Trial Ex. 760, at
¶ 5(a) (all-in mechanical rate of
[REDACTED]% of TCC); accord Leonard
AWDT ¶ 64 (describing terms of
[REDACTED] direct licenses with music
publishers including [REDACTED],
[REDACTED], [REDACTED],
[REDACTED], and [REDACTED]). Still
other direct licenses include an
uncapped TCC metric in a threepronged ‘‘greater-of’’ calculation (along
with percentage of revenue and a persubscriber fee). See, e.g., [REDACTED]
Music Publishing Rights Agreement
with [REDACTED], Trial Ex. 757, at
¶ 4(a)(ii) and (iii). Some direct licenses
eschew TCC entirely and compute
royalties as the greater of a percentage
of revenue and a per-subscriber fee. See
Leonard AWDT ¶ 71 (describing terms
of six agreements with [REDACTED]).
Dr. Leonard, an expert for Google,
reviewed and analyzed a number of
direct licenses that Google and other
services have entered into with muCsic
publishers for, inter alia, mechanical
rights. Dr. Leonard found the
agreements to be useful benchmarks due
to the similarity of rights, parties,
economic circumstances, and time
period. See 3/15/17 Tr. 1084 (Leonard).
He found the direct agreements to
70 In other words, TCC is not part of a ‘‘lesser-of’’
calculation with another metric such as a persubscriber fee.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
support the reasonableness of Google’s
proposed rate structure,
notwithstanding variations among the
agreements and between many of the
agreements and Google’s rate proposal.
At the time, Google was proposing a
structure that (like other of the Services’
proposals) largely followed the statutory
rate structure, but without a Mechanical
Floor. Nevertheless, Dr. Leonard’s
analysis demonstrates that the
marketplace supports a number of rate
structures, and that no single structure,
or element of a structure, is
indispensable. The Judges find that Dr.
Leonard’s analysis, and the marketplace
benchmarks that he relies on, support
the rate structure that Google proposes
in its amended rate proposal.
E. Judges’ Conclusion Concerning Rate
Structure
In their rate determination
proceedings, the Judges are informed,
but not bound, by the parties’ proposals.
The Judges’ task is to analyze the record
evidence and determine a rate structure
and rates that are reasonable, even
though they might vary from any one
party’s proposals. Weighing all the
evidence and based on the reasoning in
this Determination, the Judges conclude
that a flexible, revenue-based rate
structure is the most efficient means of
facilitating beneficial price
discrimination in the downstream
market.71 The Judges, therefore, reject
the per-play/per-user rate structures
proposed by the Copyright Owners and
Apple.
The Judges also find that the All-In
rate is a necessary and proper element
of a mechanical rate determination and
conclude it must remain in the rate
structure for the forthcoming rate
period. Specifically, the Judges find that
the deduction of performance royalties
accounts appropriately for the perfect
complementarity of the performance
and mechanical licenses.72 The Judges
reject the argument that the All-In
71 Rates based on a percent-of-revenue (even
without any alternative rate prongs) are themselves
a form of price discrimination. See J. Cirace, CBS
v. ASCAP: An Economic Analysis of a Political
Problem, 47 Ford. Rev. 277, 288 (1978); W.R.
Johnson, Creative Pricing in Markets for Intellectual
Property, 2 Rev. Econ. Res. Copyrt., Issues 39, 40–
41 (2005). To the extent they incorporate revenuesharing in the underlying licenses between services
and record companies, percent of TCC rates are also
a form of price discrimination.
72 As discussed infra, the fact that the
performance right and the mechanical right are
necessary complements to the licensees does not,
however, end the inquiry. As Copyright Owners
point out, the publishers use mechanical royalties
in part to fund advances to songwriters or to assure
their subsequent recoupment. The Judges will,
therefore, retain the ‘‘Mechanical Floor’’ for the
upcoming rate period, to ensure the continuation of
this important source of liquidity to songwriters.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
feature is unlawful because the Judges
do not regulate performance rates. The
All-In feature does not constitute a
regulation of the performance rate, but
rather represents a cost exclusion (or
deduction) from the mechanical rate.
The Judges and the parties recognize
that the royalties otherwise due under a
revenue-based format may exclude
certain costs. See 73 CFR
385.11(Definition of ‘‘Service Revenue,’’
paragraph (3) therein).73
Two of the proposed rate structures—
the Services’ variations on the existing
structure and Google’s proposed
structure—have the foregoing elements.
Of those two, the Judges find that
Google’s proposal is superior for the
following reasons.
First, the use of an uncapped TCC
metric is the most direct means of
implementing a key finding of the
Shapley analyses conducted by experts
for participants on both sides in this
proceeding: The ratio of sound
recording royalties to musical works
royalties should be lower than it is
under the current rate structure.74
Incorporating an uncapped TCC metric
into the rate structure permits the
Judges to influence that ratio directly.75
Second, an uncapped TCC prong
effectively imports into the rate
structure the protections that record
companies have negotiated with
services to avoid the undue diminution
73 The Judges recognize that the reduction of the
mechanical rate interim calculation by the amount
of the performance rate in ‘‘Step 2’’ (see
§ 385.12(b)(2)), acts as an exclusion from royalties
rather than a deduction from revenue (by analogy,
just as a tax credit is a subtraction from taxes,
whereas a tax deduction is a subtraction from
income). However, there is no statutory or
regulatory impediment that prohibits this exclusion
from royalties, especially given the economic
interrelationship between performance rights and
mechanical rights, discussed in the text infra.
74 The Shapley analyses are discussed infra,
section V.D.
75 Google notes, concerning its proposal, that the
removal of a cap on TCC ‘‘does leave the services
exposed to the labels’ market power, and would
warrant close watching if adopted.’’ GPFF ¶ 73.
While true, Google fails to note that the services are
already exposed to the labels’ market power. Record
companies could, if they so chose, put the Services
out of business entirely. Uncapping the TCC rate
prong does not change that. Nor can any decision
by this tribunal. While the possibility of the record
companies using their market power in a way that
harms the Services is a real concern, the Judges
cannot allow that concern to grow into a form of
paralysis, where any change from the status quo is
deemed too dangerous to contemplate. Any increase
in mechanical royalty rates, whether or not they are
computed with reference to record company
royalties, has the potential of leading to a bad
outcome for the Services. Even maintaining the
status quo could lead to a bad outcome for the
Services, as it surely would for the songwriters and
publishers. Ultimately the Judges must go where the
evidence leads them and, as with any economic
exercise, trust in the rational self-interest of the
market participants.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
of revenue through the practice of
revenue deferral.76 The Judges find that
the present record indicates that the
Services do seek to engage to some
extent in revenue deferral in order to
promote their long-term growth strategy.
A long-term strategy that emphasizes
scale over current revenue can be
rational, especially when a critical input
is a quasi-public good. Growth in
market share and revenues is not
matched by a commensurate increase in
the cost of such inputs, whose marginal
cost of production, or reproduction as in
this case, is zero. It appears to the
Judges that the nature of the
downstream interactive streaming
market, and its reliance on scaling for
success, results necessarily in a
competition for the market rather than
simply competition in the market.77
Revenue deferral argues against
adopting a pure percent-of-revenue rate
structure.
Third, in the absence of Congressional
guidance as to the meaning of a
‘‘reasonable rate,’’ the Judges determine
that, as a matter of policy, transparency
and administrative rationality are
factors in determining whether a rate is
‘‘reasonable.’’ Those who pay and
receive royalties, those who calculate
the royalties, and those (like the Judges)
who are sometimes called upon to
interpret the regulations implementing
the royalties, are best served by a rate
structure that is understandable and
administrable. Absent compelling
reasons to adopt a more complex rate
structure (which are not present in the
record), simpler is better.78 Google’s
proposed rate structure reduces the
Rube-Goldberg-esque complexity and
impenetrability of the existing,
settlement-based rate regulations. In
particular, it merges ten separate rates
for different service offerings into a
single rate that would apply to all
service offerings, thus avoiding the
potential for confusion and conflict as
new service offerings emerge that do not
fall neatly into any of the existing
categories.
Fourth, Google’s proposed rate
structure is supported by voluntary
76 See 4/6/17 Tr. 5215–16 (Leonard); see also
GPFF ¶ 73 (arguing that ‘‘removing the caps allows
the TCC prong to flexibly protect against downside
risks associated with revenue deferment,
displacement, or attribution issues.’’).
77 This is the form of dynamic competition known
as Schumpeterian competition (named after the
economist Joseph Schumpeter). Such competition
emphasizes the importance of the dynamic creation
of new markets and ‘‘new demand curves,’’
recognizing that short-term profit or revenue
maximization may be inconsistent with the
rationality of competing for the market in this
manner.
78 ‘‘There is beauty in simplicity.’’ 3/23/17 Tr. at
2855 (Ghose).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
agreements that were reached outside
the context of litigation. They are thus
free from trade-offs motivated by
avoiding litigation cost, as distinguished
from the underlying economics of the
transaction. The same cannot be said of
the existing rate structure. While both
are affected by the ‘‘shadow’’ of the
compulsory license, the Judges find the
voluntary agreements more informative
of the behavior of market participants.
The Judges adopt Google’s proposed
rate structure for the foregoing
reasons.79 However, the Judges modify
Google’s proposed rate structure by
including the Mechanical Floor from
certain configurations in the existing
rate structure. The Mechanical Floor
appropriately balances the Service’s
need for the predictability of an All-In
rate with publishers’ and songwriters’
need for a failsafe to ensure that
mechanical royalties will not vanish
either through the actions of the
Services or the PROs and the Rate Court.
Testimony of publishers and
songwriters has established the critical
role that mechanical royalties play in
making songwriting a viable
profession.80
The Judges reject the Services’
arguments for eliminating the
Mechanical Floor. For example, the
Judges find the Services’ argument that
the mechanical right has no standalone
value to be incomplete and, to an extent,
self-serving. To the music publishers
and songwriters, the mechanical right
does have a value in the funding of
songwriters, a value not provided by the
performance royalty. By analogy, the
cost of any publisher input, not just the
cost of providing liquidity to
songwriters, such as, for example, the
cost of heating the buildings in which
songwriters toil, has no standalone
value to the Services, yet no one would
assert that the licensors are not entitled
79 The Copyright Owners have two overarching
objections to Google’s revised rate proposal. The
first is a procedural objection: Google’s revised
proposal was submitted after all evidence was taken
and the Copyright Owner’s had no opportunity to
cross-examine any witness about it. See CO Reply
to GPFF at 1–2, 18. Google was entitled, under the
Judges’ procedural regulations, to change its rate
proposal up to, and including, the filing of
proposed findings and conclusions. 37 CFR
351.4(b)(3). Google did so—at the Judges’ request.
See 4/13/17 Tr. 6019. The Judges find no merit in
the Copyright Owners’ procedural objection.
The Copyright Owners also argue that Google’s
revised rate proposal is without evidentiary
support. See, e.g., CO Reply to GPFF at 2, 15–18.
The Judges do not rely on Google’s proposed
findings. Rather, the Judges rely upon the evidence
in the record they deem relevant and persuasive.
The Judges have found sufficient evidence to
support the rate structure, and the rates within that
structure, as detailed in this Determination. The
Determination speaks for itself.
80 See infra, section VI.A.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1935
to royalties from which they can recover
their heating costs. Liquidity funding for
songwriters is a necessity, just as heat is
a necessity—the complementary nature
of the rights to the Services is of no
relevance.
The Judges also reject Apple’s
argument that the Mechanical Floor
should be eliminated because of the
potential for fragmented musical works
licenses due to threatened publisher
withdrawal from PROs, and the creation
of new PROs. The Services have offered
no evidence that the introduction of the
new PRO, Global Music Rights, will
have any impact on the performance
royalty rate. As confirmed by recent
litigation, partial withdrawals are not
permitted by the rate court, the Second
Circuit, or the Department of Justice.
There is no evidence of a trend of
increasing performance rates. Fractional
(a/k/a fragmented) licensing has always
been present in the market. See CORPFF
at pp. 87–90 (and record citations
therein).
Finally, the Judges reject Google’s
proposed rates within that structure.
Google’s proposed rates are derived
from the subpart A benchmark that the
Judges have rejected. See GPFF ¶¶ 21,
26–30.81 The Judges look elsewhere in
the record for reasonable percent-ofrevenue and TCC rates to use in the two
prongs of Google’s proposed greater-of
rate structure.
The Judges’ adoption of a Mechanical
Floor for the selected streaming services
satisfies the objectives of section
801(b)(1). The Mechanical Floor offers
protection for Copyright Owners, thus
maximizing the availability of creative
works to the public. The ‘‘safety net’’ of
the Mechanical Floor assures a fair
return to Copyright Owners, serving as
a counterweight to the All-In rate,
without an unfair impact on the income
of the copyright users. The balanced
protection of the songwriter’s livelihood
afforded by the Mechanical Floor
recognizes the contribution of musical
works to all music delivery
mechanisms. Finally, the current
regulations include Mechanical Floor
rates; the Judges’ retention of those rates
for streaming services is not disruptive
to the music industry.
In the Owners’ Motion, the Copyright
Owners argued that the Judges’
elimination of a subscriber-based
minimum fee for paid locker services
and limited downloads could only have
been an oversight. For all the reasons
detailed in the Judges’ Order on the
motions for clarification, the Judges’
decision was purposeful. Paid locker
81 The subpart A benchmark is discussed infra,
section V.B.3.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1936
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
services and limited offerings are
licensed uses that are of a nature totally
different from other streaming services.
The existing regulations treated them
differently and afforded them an
alternative minimum royalty. The
existing minimum for these services was
not a Mechanical Floor.
V. Determining Royalty Rates
Establishing a rate structure resolves
only one aspect of the overall rate
determination. The next issue for the
Judges to decide is the setting of rates
within the appropriate rate structure. In
that regard, it is noteworthy that several
of the Services’ expert economists have
asserted that, although the 2012 rate
structure is an appropriate benchmark,
the rates within that structure should be
modified.82 Thus, the Judges must
consider the record evidence that relates
to the rates themselves in order to
determine the rates to be set for the
forthcoming rate period within the price
discriminatory rate structure.
A. Rejection of the Copyright Owners’
Approach
Copyright Owners proposed a single
per-unit rate (in their greater-of format).
They did not propose a set of different
rates (per-unit or otherwise), that would
be applicable to a rate structure similar
to the 2012 rate structure. Thus, the
Judges consider the benchmarking
approach undertaken by Copyright
Owners for the purpose of determining
whether any portions of their
benchmarking exercise provides
evidence of rates that the Judges should
properly incorporate into the
differentiated rate structure they are
adopting in this determination.
Copyright Owners’ proposal for a perunit rate is based on an overarching
premise: A single musical work has an
‘‘inherent value.’’ See, e.g., Israelite
WDT ¶¶ 29, 31, 33, 48; Herbison WDT
¶ 35; Brodsky WDT ¶ 68. To make that
principle operational, Copyright Owners
presented a benchmarking analysis
through Dr. Eisenach, one of their
economic expert witnesses.
1. Dr. Eisenach’s Methodology
a. Benchmarking
Dr. Eisenach sought to identify
benchmarks that support Copyright
Owners’ per-play and per end-user rate
for the mechanical license. He began by
noting that ‘‘an economically valid
approach for assessing the value of
82 To be sure, those Services’ witnesses advocated
for a reduction in the rates, but their
acknowledgement that the usefulness of the 2012
structure does not ipso facto demonstrate the
appropriateness of the 2012 rates is a general point
that the Judges readily accept.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
intellectual property rights which are
subject to compulsory licenses is to
examine market-based valuations of
reasonably comparable benchmark
rights—that is, fair market valuations
determined by voluntary negotiations.’’
Eisenach WDT ¶ 8 (emphasis added). In
selecting potential benchmarks, Dr.
Eisenach identified what he understood
to be key characteristics’’ that would
make a benchmark useful:
‘‘[U]nderlying market factors . . . ; the
term or time period covered by the
agreements; factors affecting the relative
bargaining power of the parties; and
differences in the services being
offered.’’ Id. ¶ 80.
Dr. Eisenach found useful the license
terms for the sound recording rights
utilized by interactive streaming
services, because they are negotiated
freely between record companies (a/k/a
labels) and the interactive streaming
services. Id. These rates made attractive
inputs for his analysis because they: (1)
Relate to the same composite good—the
sound recording that also embodied the
musical work; and (2) the interactive
streaming service licensees were the
same licensees as in this proceeding.
Thus, to an important degree, Dr.
Eisenach found these agreements to
possess characteristics similar to those
in the mechanical license market at
issue in this proceeding. Moreover, Dr.
Eisenach found that ‘‘[d]ata on the
royalties paid under these licenses are
available and allow . . . estimat[ion of]
the rates actually paid by the
[interactive] streaming services to the
labels for sound recordings on both a
per-play and a per-user basis.’’ Id.
However, as Dr. Eisenach noted, these
benchmark agreements related to a
different right—the right to a license of
sound recordings—not the right to
license musical works broadly, or to the
mechanical license more specifically.
Thus, as with any benchmark that does
not match-up with the target market in
all respects,83 Dr. Eisenach had to
examine how the rates set forth in the
benchmark agreements for interactive
streaming of sound recordings could be
utilized. Id. More particularly, Dr.
Eisenach posited that there may be a
relationship (or ratio) between the
sound recording royalty rate and the
musical works royalty rate. To that end,
he ‘‘examine[d] a variety of markets in
83 The lack of a perfect identity is essentially
tautological. If a ‘‘benchmark’’ was identical to the
target market, it would be the target market. The
issue for economists and for the Judges is to identify
the differences, weigh the importance of those
differences, and then either rely on the benchmark,
reject or adjust the benchmark so that it is
probative, or find that the proffered benchmark is
so inapposite that it, even with any proffered
adjustments, it must be disregarded.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
which sound recording and musical
works rights are both required in order
to ascertain the relative value of the two
rights as actually reflected in the
marketplace.’’ Id. (emphasis added).
Through this examination, Dr.
Eisenach concluded that these proposed
benchmarks ‘‘establish upper and lower
bounds for the relative value of sound
recording and musical works rights . . .
estimate[d] to be between 1:1 and
4.76:1.’’ Id. To make these ratios more
instructive, the Judges note that the
inverse of these ratios (e.g., 1:4.76
instead of 4.76:1) can be expressed as a
percentage. Thus, the ratio of 1:4.76 is
equivalent to a statement that musical
works royalties equal 21% of sound
recording royalties in agreements struck
in the purported benchmark market.
More obviously, the 1:1 ratio means
that, in agreements within that
purported benchmark market, musical
works royalties equal 100% of sound
recording rates. By converting the ratios
into percentages, it is easier to see that
the high end of Dr. Eisenach’s
benchmark range is almost five times as
large as the low end of the range.
b. Dr. Eisenach’s Potential Benchmarks
Dr. Eisenach considered a variety of
benchmark categories in which the
licensee was obligated to acquire
licenses for musical works and licenses
for sound recordings. His selection and
consideration of each category of
benchmark markets are itemized below.
i. The Current Section 115 Statutory
Rates
The current statutory rate structure
contains several alternate rates
explicitly calculated as a percentage of
payments made by interactive streaming
services to the record companies for
sound recording rights. Such rates are
identified in the industry as the ‘‘TCC’’
rates, an acronym for ‘‘Total Content
Cost.’’ Id. ¶ 82.84 In the subpart B
category, the TCC is 22% for adsupported services and 21% for portable
subscriptions. Id.; see also 37 CFR
385.13(b)(2) and (c)(2).85 These
percentage figures correspond to sound
recording to musical works royalties of
4.55:1 and 4.76:1, respectively.
Dr. Eisenach notes that these statutory
rates were not set by the Judges
pursuant to a contested hearing, but
rather reflect two settlements, one in
84 This rate prong is sometimes identified as
‘‘TCCi,’’ which is an acronym the parties adopted
for ‘‘Total Content Cost Integrity.’’
85 Lower percentages apply if the record
companies’ revenue includes revenue to be ‘‘passed
through’’ by them to pay mechanical license
royalties. However, according to Dr. Eisenach, such
‘‘pass-throughs’’ are not typical. Id. at 82 n.67.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
2008 and the other in 2012. Id. ¶ 83.
However, Dr. Eisenach discounts the
value of these settlement rates for three
reasons. First, he notes that they were
established prior to the ‘‘marketplace
success’’ of Spotify in the interactive
streaming industry.86 Second, he notes
that the settlements, although voluntary,
‘‘were negotiated under the full shadow
of the compulsory license.’’ Third, he
finds that, although the settlement
incorporates rate prongs based on a
percent of sound recording rates (the
TCC prongs), those provisions are part
of a ‘‘lesser of’’ segment of the rate
structure, and thus capped by
alternative per subscriber rates. Id. &
n.70. Thus, Dr. Eisenach concludes: ‘‘In
my opinion, the evidence . . . indicates
that the relative valuation ratios implied
by the current section 115 compulsory
license . . . represent an upper bound
on the relative market valuations of the
sound recording and musical works
rights.’’ Id. ¶ 92 (emphasis added). (As
an ‘‘upper bound,’’ these ratios would
represent the lower bound of the
reciprocal percentage of the value
musical works rights relative to sound
recording rights, again, 21% and 22%.).
The Judges note that Dr. Eisenach
identifies the 21% and 22% TCC rates
within the current rate structure. Thus,
for example, if the sound recording
royalty rate for interactive streaming is
60% of revenue, then, using these TCC
figures, the implied musical work
royalty rate is calculated as 12.6% of
revenue (.21 × .60) (a ratio of 4.76:1), or
13.2% (.22 × .60) (a ratio of 4.5:1).
Again, because Dr. Eisenach opines that
these are upper bounds on the relative
market valuations,’’ that is the
equivalent of opining that they
represent the lower bound of a
percentage-based royalty calculated via
this ratio approach.
ii. Direct Licenses Between Parties
Potentially Subject to a Section 115
Compulsory License
Dr. Eisenach also examined direct
agreements between record companies
and interactive streaming services that
contained rates for sound recordings
and mechanical royalties, respectively.
See, e.g., id. ¶¶ 84–91. In such cases, the
ratio of sound recording to musical
works royalties ranged tightly between
4.2:1 and 4.76:1, closely tracking the
regulatory ratios implicit in the section
115 TCC. Id. ¶ 92. (The 4.2:1 ratio
equates to a TCC rate of 23.8%, and the
4.76:1 ratio equates to a mechanical rate
of 21%.).
86 Spotify was launched in the United States in
the summer of 2011. See 3/20/17 Tr. 1778 (Page).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
According to Dr. Eisenach, the
similarity of these direct contract rate
ratios to the statutory ratios reflects the
‘‘shadow of the statutory license,’’ by
which direct negotiations between
parties regarding rights that are subject
to (or can be fashioned to be subject to)
a statutory license are influenced by the
presence of statutory compulsory rates
and/or the prospect of a future rate
proceeding. 4/4/17 Tr. 4591 (Eisenach)
(‘‘The underlying problem with looking
at an agreement negotiated under the
shadow of a license’’ is that [i]t shifts
bargaining power from the compelled
party to the uncompelled party by the
very nature of the exercise.’’).87
Given these limitations, Dr. Eisenach
concluded, as he did with regard to the
actual section 115 rates licenses, that
‘‘[i]n my opinion, the evidence
presented . . . indicates that the relative
valuation ratios implied by the . . .
negotiations under [the statutory]
shadow—ranging from 4.2:1 [23.8%%]
to 4.76:1[21%]—represent an upper
bound on the relative market valuations
of the sound recording and musical
works rights.’’ Eisenach WDT ¶ 92.
iii. Synchronization Agreements
Synchronization (Synch) agreements
are agreements by audio-video
producers, such as movie and television
producers, with, respectively, music
publishers and record companies,
allowing for the use, respectively, of the
musical works and the sound recordings
in ‘‘timed synchronization’’ with the
movie or television episode. See
generally D. Passman, All you Need to
Know About the Music Business 265
(9th ed. 2015). Dr. Eisenach found these
Synch Agreements to be a mixed bag in
terms of their value as a benchmark. On
the one hand, he recognized that the
licenses they conveyed ‘‘do not apply to
music streaming services as such’’ but,
on the other hand, they ‘‘are negotiated
completely outside the shadow of the
compulsory license. . . .’’ Id. ¶ 93. Dr.
Eisenach notes, from his review of other
testimony and an industry treatise, that
these freely negotiated market
agreements grant the musical
composition royalty payments equal to
the corresponding royalty paid for the
sound recording,’’ which is the
equivalent of a 1:1 sound recording to
musical works ratio.88 Id. ¶¶ 94–95 &
nn.87, 88.
87 The Judges discuss the issue of the ‘‘shadow’’
of the statutory license in section IV.C.3.
88 Dr. Eisenach finds this 1;1 ratio to be present
in the two types of Synch agreements he identified.
One version represents an agreement relating to a
specific musical work and sound recording
combination. The other version, a ‘‘Micro-Synch’’
agreement, which he describes as ‘‘essentially
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1937
Dr. Eisenach finds this 1:1
relationship to be important benchmark
evidence, concluding:
The synch and micro-sync examples
confirm that in circumstances in which
licensees require both sound recording and
musical composition copyrights in order to
offer their service, and where that service is
not entitled to a compulsory license for either
right, the sound recording rights and the
musical composition rights are in many cases
equally valued, that is, the ratio of the two
values is 1:1.
Id. ¶ 98.
iv. YouTube Agreements
Dr. Eisenach also examined licenses
between: (1) YouTube (owned by
Google) and record companies; and (2)
YouTube and music publishers, to
determine their potential usefulness as
benchmarks. He noted that they provide
further insight into the relative value of
sound recordings and musical works.
He added that, because these licenses
also include [REDACTED] (which, he
noted, are not [REDACTED] uses) these
rights are partially outside the
purported shadow of compulsory
licensing. Moreover, these agreements
essentially grant to YouTube
[REDACTED], analogous to the
provision of on-demand streaming by
the interactive services licensed under
subpart B. Additionally, Dr. Eisenach
noted that these YouTube agreements
met certain standards for a useful
benchmark, viz. the parties, the
domestic (U.S.) market and the time
period all correspond to the parties,
market and time period involved here.
Id. ¶ 100. For these reasons, Dr.
Eisenach concluded that ‘‘for purposes
of assessing the relative value of the
sound recording and musical works
rights, the YouTube agreements
represent reasonably comparable
benchmarks for the purpose of assessing
the relative value of sound recordings
and musical works rights.’’ Id.
In his original Written Direct
Testimony, Dr. Eisenach relied upon
seven agreements between YouTube and
several music publishers pertaining to
[REDACTED]. Id. ¶ 101 n.93. In those
[REDACTED] agreements, Dr. Eisenach
found that publishers receive
[REDACTED] when the video is
[REDACTED]. However, with regard to
the revenue received by the record
companies, Dr. Eisenach could only
speculate based on public reports as to
the percent of revenue received by the
record companies for the sound
‘blanket’ synch licenses, in that the license grants
the right to synchronize not just one particular song
. . . but any song in the publisher’s catalog (or a
significant portion thereof). . . .’’ Eisenach WDT
¶ 96.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1938
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
recordings embedded in the posted
YouTube videos. Id. ¶ 102. Thus, he was
unable to make an informed argument
in his original written testimony
regarding the ratio of sound recording
royalties to music publisher royalties in
his YouTube [REDACTED] benchmark
analysis.
However, after the Judges compelled
Google to produce in discovery copies
of the YouTube agreements with the
record companies, Dr. Eisenach filed
(with the Judges’ approval)
Supplemental Written Rebuttal
Testimony (SWRT) addressing these
agreements. In that testimony, Dr.
Eisenach examined 49 YouTube
licenses with eight record labels and
four form agreements (under which
approximately 1,350 independent labels
are actively licensed), spanning the
period 2012 to 2019. Eisenach SWRT ¶ 6
& n.5. Dr. Eisenach identified nine of
these licenses specifically in his SWRT,
and noted that YouTube paid to
[REDACTED] for sound recordings in a
[REDACTED]—which Dr. Eisenach
found to be the comparable YouTube
category—whereas the [REDACTED]
received [REDACTED]. Id. & Table 1.
As Dr. Eisenach accurately calculated,
the [REDACTED] revenue split reflects a
ratio of [REDACTED]:1, (a musical
works rate equal to [REDACTED]% of
the sound recording rate), whereas the
[REDACTED] revenue split reflects a
ratio of [REDACTED]:1 (a musical works
rate equal to [REDACTED]% of the
sound recording rate).
v. The Pandora ‘‘Opt-Out’’ Deals
Dr. Eisenach also examined certain
direct licensing agreements entered into
between Pandora and major music
publishers from 2012 through 2016, to
determine whether they constituted
useful benchmarks in this proceeding.
Id. ¶ 103. Pandora had negotiated these
direct agreements with major publishers
for musical works rights after certain
publishers had decided to ‘‘opt-out,’’
i.e., to withdraw their digital music
performance rights from performance
rights organizations (PROs), and
asserted the right to negotiate directly
with a digital streaming service. As Dr.
Eisenach acknowledges, the music
publishers’ legal right to withdraw these
rights remained uncertain during that
five year period. Nonetheless, Pandora
negotiated several agreements with an
understanding that the rates contained
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
in those direct agreements might not be
subject to rate court review.89
Given this phenomenon, and given
that the markets and parties involved in
the Pandora agreements are somewhat
comparable to the markets and parties at
issue in this proceeding,90 Dr. Eisenach
concluded that these agreements
provided ‘‘significant insight into the
relative value of the sound recording
and musical works rights in this
proceeding.’’ Id.
Dr. Eisenach compared the musical
works rates in these ‘‘opt-out’’
agreements with the sound recording
royalty rates paid by Pandora, which he
obtained from the revenue disclosures
in Pandora’s Form 10K filed with the
SEC that provided royalties (‘‘Content
Costs’’) as a percent of revenue, and he
also relied on data contained in prior
rate court decisions. Eisenach WDT
¶ 125 & Table 6. With this data, he
calculated that the ratio of sound
recording: Musical works royalties in
existing agreements was [REDACTED]:1
for 2018, i.e., the musical works rate
equaled [REDACTED]% of sound
recording royalties. This [REDACTED]%
ratio would correspond to a mechanical
rate of [REDACTED], assuming,
arguendo, the sound recording rate is
60%.
Dr. Eisenach also made an estimation
and forecast, linking the passage of time
to an assumption that after the Rate
Court proceedings concluded (and all
appeals were exhausted) the parties,
without further legal uncertainty, would
permanently be ‘‘permitted to negotiate
freely outside of the control of the rate
courts.’’ He made this estimation and
forecast through a temporal linear
regression, extrapolating from the prior
[REDACTED] in these Pandora ‘‘opt
out’’ musical works rates. See Eisenach
WDT ¶ 129. Dr. Eisenach’s linear
regression further [REDACTED] the ratio
to [REDACTED], which would be
equivalent to [REDACTED] the musical
works rate, as a percentage of sound
recording royalties, from the
89 The ‘‘rate court’’ is a short-hand reference to
the proceedings before designated judges in the U.S.
District Court for the Southern District of New York,
who set performance royalty rates, pursuant to
existing consent decrees between the U.S.
Department of Justice and, respectively ASCAP and
BMI.
90 At the relevant time, Pandora operated a
noninteractive service and only paid the
performance right royalty, not the mechanical right
royalty, for the right to use musical works. Because
the parties agree that the performance right and the
mechanical right are perfect complements,
Pandora’s payments for the performance right are
relevant and probative.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
[REDACTED]% noted above for actual
agreements in force in 2018 to
[REDACTED]%, almost a
[REDACTED]% [REDACTED] based on
the extrapolation alone. Id. ¶¶ 104; 128
& Table 8, Fig. 13. (This [REDACTED]%
ratio would correspond to a musical
works rate of [REDACTED], assuming
the sound recording rate is 60%.)
However, the assumption behind Dr.
Eisenach’s regression was not borne out.
In 2015, the Second Circuit Court of
appeals affirmed a 2014 decision by the
Southern District of New York,
prohibiting such partial withdrawals. In
re Pandora Media, 785 F.3d 73, 77–78
(2d Cir. 2015), aff’g 6 F. Supp. 3d 317,
322 (S.D.N.Y. 2014). Subsequently, in
August 2016, the Department of Justice
issued a statement announcing that,
consistent with these judicial decisions,
it would not permit partial withdrawals
under the existing consent decrees. See
Eisenach WDT ¶ 114, n.109. Moreover,
there were actual Pandora ‘‘Opt-Out’’
agreements that set rates through 2018
that established a sound recording to
musical works ratio of [REDACTED]:1,
that Dr. Eisenach chose to disregard in
favor of his extrapolated lower ratio.
Having calculated these five
benchmarks, Dr. Eisenach applied them
in two separate methods to estimate the
mechanical rate to be adopted in this
proceeding.
c. Dr. Eisenach’s Ratio Equivalency
Approach
Dr. Eisenach testified that ‘‘[f]or music
users that require both sound recording
rights and musical works rights, the two
sets of rights can be thought of in
economic terms, as perfect complements
in production: Without both inputs,
output is zero.’’ Id. ¶ 76 (emphasis
added).91 Dr. Eisenach also notes that,
‘‘for interactive streaming services, the
two categories of rights [sound
recordings and musical works] are
further divided into a reproduction
license [i.e., the mechanical license] and
a performance license . . . .’’ Id. (Thus,
the mechanical license and the
performance license likewise are perfect
complements with each other and with
the sound recording license.)
91 Google’s economic expert, Dr. Gregory Leonard,
made an important qualification regarding this
point: At the time a musical work is selected by a
label for recording by an artist, ex ante recording,
the label can choose among competing and
substitutable musical works. Thus, it is only ex post
recording that the particular musical work that had
actually been selected is necessary to create a level
of output (and value) greater than zero. 4/5/17 Tr.
5180–81 (Leonard).
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1939
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Dr. Eisenach acknowledges that [t]he
relative value of sound recording [to]
musical works licenses may depend on
a variety of factors, and traditionally the
relationship has differed across different
types of services and situations.’’ Id.
¶ 78. Dr. Eisenach eschewed
unnecessary ‘‘assumptions,
complexities and uncertainties
associated with theoretical debates’’ as
to why the particular existing market
ratios existed. Id. ¶ 79. Rather, instead of
‘‘put[ting] forward a general theory of
relative valuation,’’ he found it
‘‘sufficient . . . to assume that the
relative values of the two rights should
be stable across similar or identical
market contexts.’’ Id.
d. Dr. Eisenach’s Two Methods for
Estimating the Mechanical Rate
i. Method #1
Dr. Eisenach’s Method #1 for
estimating the mechanical rate is based
on the following premises:
1. The sound recording royalty paid
by interactive streaming services is
unregulated and thus negotiated in the
marketplace. Eisenach WDT ¶ 16.
2. The sound recording royalty paid
by noninteractive services is regulated,
but, Dr. Eisenach finds the royalties set
by the Judges in Web III to reflect a
market rate. 4/4/17 Tr. 4643 (Eisenach);
see also Eisenach WDT ¶ 136 & n.123.
3. The interactive streaming services
require a mechanical license (the license
at issue in this proceeding), whereas the
noninteractive services are not required
to obtain a mechanical licenses.92
4. According to Dr. Eisenach, the
difference between the rates paid by
interactive services and non-interactive
services for their respective sound
recording licenses equals the value of
the remaining license, i.e., the
mechanical license. Id. ¶ 137 (‘‘[T]he
difference between these two rights is
akin to a ‘mechanical’ right for sound
recordings, directly paralleling the
mechanical right for musical works in
this proceeding.’’).93
5. The mechanical rate implied by
this difference in sound recording rates
must be ‘‘adjust[ed] for the relative
value of sound recordings [to] musical
works’’ (as discussed supra). Id. ¶ 140.
Dr. Eisenach combines these steps
and expresses his Method #1 in the form
of an algebraic equation:
MRMW = (SRIS ¥ SRNIS)/RVSR/MW,
Where
MRMW = Mechanical Rate for Musical Works
SRIS = Sound Recording Rate for Interactive
Streaming (All In)
SRNIS = Sound Recording Rate for NonInteractive Streaming (Performance
Only)
RVSR/MW = Relative Value of Sound
Recording to Musical Works Rights.
Eisenach WDT ¶ 140.
Dr. Eisenach determined the per play
rate paid by interactive services by
identifying certain services and
‘‘tally[ing] the total payments . . . and
divid[ing] by the total number of
interactive streams the service reports.’’
Id. ¶ 148. The average sound recording
per play royalty calculated by Dr.
Eisenach was $[REDACTED] (or
$[REDACTED] per 100 plays), when
excluding [REDACTED]. Id. Table 11.94
The final inputs for Dr. Eisenach’s
Method #1 have already been identified,
i.e., the $0.0020 per play (or $0.20 per
100 plays) royalty rate estimated for
noninteractive streaming, and the
several benchmark ratios of sound
recording: Musical works royalties in
the markets selected by Dr. Eisenach.
After Dr. Eisenach inserted the foregoing
data into the algebraic expression set
forth above, he presented his data in the
following tabular form:
MUSICAL WORKS MECHANICAL PER 100 PLAYS RATE CALCULATION
[Method 1]
SRIS per 100
SRNIS per 100
Difference
RVSR/MW
MRMW per 100
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
.................................
$0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
See id., Table 12.95 Thus, applying his
five potential benchmark ratios, Dr.
Eisenach determined that the
mechanical works royalty rate the
Judges should set in this proceeding
ranged from $[REDACTED] per play to
$[REDACTED] per play (see column (5)
above, dividing by 100 to reduce the
rate from ‘‘per 100’’ to per play).
ii. Method #2
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
...............................
1:1 ..................................................
[REDACTED]:1 ..............................
[REDACTED]:1 ..............................
[REDACTED]:1 ..............................
4.76:1 .............................................
Method #2 ‘‘derive[s] an All-In musical
works value based on the relative value
of sound recordings to musical works
and then remove[s] the amount of
public performance rights paid for
musical works, leaving just the
mechanical rate.’’ Id. ¶ 142. The
algebraic expression for Method #2 is:
MRMW = (SRIS/RVSR/MW) ¥ PRMW,
Dr. Eisenach describes his Method #2
as an alternative method of deriving a
market-derived mechanical royalty. His
Where PRMW is the public performance
royalty rate for musical works, and the
other variables are as defined and
described in Method #1.
92 The affected industries have agreed through
settlements that interactive services pay mechanical
royalties but noninteractive services do not. See
Parness WDT ¶ 7. No party in the present
proceeding has sought a mechanical license rate for
noninteractive services.
93 Dr. Eisenach refers at times to this difference
in sound recording royalties as the ‘‘implied value
of the mechanical right.’’ See, e.g., id. ¶ 138.
However, this difference is only an input for
deriving the mechanical rate implied by his
analysis (as noted in the subsequent step), and the
Judges choose to consider the final rate developed
by Dr. Eisenach in Method #1 as the ‘‘implied
mechanical rate’’ he advances through this method.
94 Dr. Eisenach’s decision to rely on a per play
calculation that excluded [REDACTED] and all of
Dr. Eisenach’s challenged data selections, are
discussed infra in the Judges’ analysis of his
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED].
Id.
Dr. Eisenach calculates PRMW, as an
average of $[REDACTED] per 100 plays
for the licensees that he included in his
data analysis. Id. ¶ 156, Table 13.
Applying all the inputs across the
various benchmark ratios, the results
from Dr. Eisenach’s Method #2 can also
be depicted in tabular form, as set forth
below:
benchmarking approach and the criticisms levelled
by the Services.
95 Dr. Eisenach testified that the [REDACTED]:1
ratio should be revised [REDACTED] to
[REDACTED]:1, to reflect the sound recording
royalty rates in the [REDACTED] licenses he
examined after the Judges compelled [REDACTED]
to produce [REDACTED]’s agreements with record
companies.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1940
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
MUSICAL WORKS MECHANICAL PER 100 PLAYS RATE CALCULATION
[Method 2]
SRIS
RVSR/MW
Ratio adj.
(Avg.) PRMW
MRMW
(1)
(2)
(3) = (2) × (1)
(4)
(5)
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
.........................
.........................
.........................
.........................
.........................
1:1 ............................................
[REDACTED]:1 ........................
[REDACTED]:1 ........................
[REDACTED]:1 ........................
4.76:1 .......................................
See id., Table 14.
After considering all of his
benchmarks from both of his methods,
Dr. Eisenach concluded that ‘‘the
YouTube and Pandora [Opt Out]
agreements represent the most
comparable and reliable benchmarks,
implying ratios of [REDACTED]:1 and
[REDACTED]:1, respectively, with a
mid-point of [REDACTED]:1.’’ Id. ¶ 130
(The Judges note that converting these
end-points and mid-point of his range to
TCC percentages results in a range from
[REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]% and a
mid-point of [REDACTED]%.) 96
2. Analysis of Dr. Eisenach’s Benchmark
Methods
a. Dr. Eisenach’s Ratio of Sound
Recordings-to-Musical Works
The Judges find Dr. Eisenach’s
attempt to identify comparable
benchmarks and corresponding ratios of
sound recording rates to musical works
rates to be a reasonable first step in
seeking to identify usable benchmarks.
The Judges find potentially useful his
decision to rely on empirics over
abstract theory, viz., that a tightly
clustered set of ratios across several
markets would tend to support applying
a reasonably central tendency from
among those ratios to identify a ratio
that could aid in the identification of
the statutory rates.97
96 Dr. Eisenach also calculates a per user rate,
using his Method #2. As he explains, ‘‘this is
accomplished by calculating All-In publisher
royalties on a per user basis and subtracting the
average effective per-user performance royalties to
publishers, leaving an appropriate rate for
mechanical royalties.’’ Id. ¶ 159. He finds that the
sound recording rate per user is $[REDACTED] (the
per user analog to the $[REDACTED] per 100 plays
in his per play analysis). Applying the same ratios
and utilizing similar market data as in his per play
approach, Dr. Eisenach concludes that a
‘‘mechanical rate of between $[REDACTED] and
$[REDACTED] per user reflects the range of relative
values for sound recordings and musical
works. . . .’’ Id. ¶ 165. Finally, he notes that, at the
[REDACTED]:1 ratio (his mid-point of the YouTube
and Pandora benchmarks, the ‘‘mechanical only’’
rate would be $[REDACTED] per user (greater than
the $1.06 per user rate proposed by Copyright
Owners.) Id.
97 Dr. Eisenach eschewed unnecessary
‘‘assumptions, complexities and uncertainties
associated with theoretical debates’’ as to why the
particular existing market ratios existed. Id. ¶ 79. In
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
.........................
.........................
.........................
.........................
.........................
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
$[REDACTED]
However, the data that Dr. Eisenach
identified was not sufficiently clustered
to establish a predictive ratio within the
data set. That is, the problem does not
lie in the analysis, but rather in the
implications from the data regarding
ratios of sound recording royalties to
musical works royalties. The Services
make this very criticism, noting the
instability of the ratio across the several
markets in which Dr. Eisenach
identified potential benchmarks. See
SJRPFF ¶ 241 (and record citations
therein). Apple finds that the wide
range of ratios is unsurprising, because
Dr. Eisenach’s benchmarks do not relate
to the same products and same uses of
the two rights. Indeed, Apple’s
[REDACTED], confirming, according to
Apple, that there is no fundamental
market ratio that can be applied in this
proceeding. Dorn WRT ¶¶ 6, 24, 28–29.
To be sure, this point does not go
unnoticed by Dr. Eisenach, who focuses
on the royalty ratios arising from two
potential benchmarks in the middle of
his range—the Pandora ‘‘Opt-Out’’
agreements and the User Audio
YouTube agreements.
The Services assert an additional and
fundamental criticism of Dr. Eisenach’s
approach. They note that his use of
sound recording royalties paid by
interactive services embeds within his
analysis the inefficiently high rates that
arise in that unregulated market through
the complementary oligopoly structure
of the sound recording industry and the
Cournot Complements inefficiencies
that arise in such a market. See
Corrected Written Rebuttal Testimony of
Michael L. Katz, Trial Ex. 886, ¶ 56;
Marx WRT ¶¶ 137–141; Hubbard CWRT
¶¶ 6.26–6.27; Leonard WRT ¶¶ 24, 44.
The Judges agree with this criticism.
The Judges explained at length in Web
IV how the complementary oligopoly
nature of the sound recording market
this regard, the Judges understand that Dr. Eisenach
was following a well-acknowledged principle of
economic analysis, articulated by the Nobel laureate
economist Milton Friedman, who famously
eschewed excessive theorizing that failed to match
the predictive power of empirical analysis. See M.
Friedman, The Methodology of Positive Economics,
reprinted in D. Hausman, The Philosophy of
Economics at 145, 148–149 (3d ed. 2008).
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
.........................
.........................
.........................
.........................
.........................
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED].
$[REDACTED].
compromises the value of rates set
therein as useful benchmarks for an
‘‘effectively competitive’’ market. In
Web IV, the Judges were provided with
evidence of the ability of noninteractive
services to steer some performances
toward recordings licensed by record
companies that agreed to lower rates in
exchange for increased plays. Here, the
Judges were not presented with such
evidence, likely because an interactive
streaming service needs to play any
particular song whenever the listener
seeks to access that song (that is the
essence of an interactive service). Thus,
the Judges have no direct evidence
sufficient to apply a discount on the
interactive sound recording rate to
adjust that potential benchmark in order
to fashion an effectively competitive
rate, as required by the ‘‘reasonable
rate’’ language in section 801(b)(1).
b. Dr. Eisenach’s Specific Benchmarks
i. Section 115 Benchmark
The Services assert that Dr. Eisenach’s
calculation of a section 115 ‘‘valuation
ratio’’ of 4.76:1 is incomplete, because
he limited this statutory ratio to the
21% and 22%TCC prongs. They note
that under the percentage-of-revenue
prong of section 115 (10.5%), this
statutorily-derived ratio would have
ranged between 5:1 and 6:1, see 4/5/17
Tr. 5152 (Leonard), implying a musical
works rate equal to only 16.67% to 20%
of sound recording royalty rates. The
Judges agree that Dr. Eisenach’s
statutory benchmarks would have been
more comprehensive if he had included
the ‘‘valuation ratios’’ derived from this
headline prong of the present royalty
rate structure. However, the fact that the
existing rate structure, on which the
Services rely in this proceeding,
includes the potential use of the 21%
and 22% prongs, demonstrates the
usefulness of this benchmark as a
representation of a rate the parties are
willing to accept.
ii. Direct Licenses
The Services disagree with Dr.
Eisenach’s minimization of the
relevance of this benchmark. They argue
that the direct licenses between
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
interactive services and music
publishers ‘‘are by far the most directly
apposite benchmarks used in Dr.
Eisenach’s analysis,’’ because they, like
the section 115 rates and terms
themselves, possess the characteristics
of a useful benchmark, viz. they: (1) Are
voluntary; (2) concern the same
licensors/publisher; (3) relate to the
same market; and (4) pertain to the same
rights. See Katz WDT ¶¶ 97–113;
Leonard AWDT ¶¶ 45–70; see also 4/5/
17 Tr. 5152 (Leonard) (noting that, for
services paying under the percentage-ofrevenue prong under section 115 and
based on prevailing sound recording
rates, ‘‘[t]he ratio would be more like
. . . 5-to-1 to 6-to-1’’).
The Judges find that these direct
licenses are as useful, if not more so,
than the 115 benchmark itself. The socalled ‘‘shadow’’ of section 115 provides
a default rate for the licensing parties,
so direct licenses that deviate in some
manner from the rates in the statutory
license are revealing a preference for
other rates and terms that, at least
marginally, are below the statutory rate.
Thus, as the Services note, these
benchmarks are useful, because ‘‘these
agreements . . . were voluntarily
entered both in 2008 and 2012, by the
very same publishers in the same
markets and for the same rights. . . .’’
SJPFF ¶ 261 (and record citations
therein). More generally, the Judges find
that the so-called ‘‘shadow’’ of the
statutory license on a benchmark does
not disqualify that benchmark as useful
evidence, though it goes to its weight.
iii. Synchronization Licenses
The Services also take issue with Dr.
Eisenach’s inclusion of synchronization
licenses in his collection of benchmarks.
See, e.g., Leonard WRT ¶¶ 37–40
(testifying that synchronization licenses
are not comparable for interactive
streaming licenses because
synchronization differs in important
economic respects from streaming);
Hubbard CWRT ¶¶ 6.31–6.32 (testifying
on various ‘‘economic characteristics of
synch licenses, that render the ratio
between sound recording royalties and
musical works royalties different
between synch and interactive
streaming services’’); Marx WRT
¶¶ 148–151 (‘‘Synch royalty rates are a
poor benchmark for streaming royalty
rates’’). Even Dr. Eisenach
acknowledged that, at best, the low ratio
in the synch licenses indicates an
unusually high musical works royalty
rate among his collection of
benchmarks. 4/4/17 Tr. 4671, 4799
(Eisenach); Eisenach WDT Appx. A–9.
In a prior proceeding, the Judges
rejected the synch license benchmark as
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
useful ‘‘[b]ecause of the large degree of
its incomparability.’’ See Phonorecords
I, 74 FR at 4519. The Judges find that
nothing in the present record supports
a departure from that prior finding. The
lack of comparability remains because
the synchronization market differs in
important economic respects from the
streaming market. See Leonard WRT
¶ 39. Because synch rights pertain to
media such as music used in films or in
television episodes,98 the historical
equal valuation of publishing rights and
sound recording rights arises from the
particular conditions faced in those
industries. Id. Movie and television
producers may have a certain musical
work in mind as a good fit for a
particular scene in the film. Id.
However, these producers have the
option of making their own sound
recording of that musical work, and for
this reason, cover songs are quite
common in films. Id.; see also Ex. 1069,
Marx WRT ¶ 149 (‘‘Both film and
television production companies have
the option of recording their own
versions of songs, rather than paying
royalties to use a pre-recorded
song. . . . This option gives the users of
synch rights, such as movie producers,
more bargaining power relative to the
labels than would be the case with
streaming services.’’). Thus, the
contribution to value of the sound
recording is less vis-a`-vis the musical
work in the synch market. Leonard WRT
¶ 39.
Additionally, in the case of
synchronization rights, the marketplace
for sound recording rights is more
competitive than other music licensing
contexts because individual sound
recordings compete against one another
for inclusion in the final product (e.g.,
a movie or television episode). By
contrast, in the interactive streaming
market, services must build a catalog of
sound recordings and their included
musical works, so that many works can
be streamed to listeners. Id.99 That is, in
the interactive streaming market, the
sound recordings are ‘‘must have’’
complements, not in competition with
each other. However, in the synch
98 The Copyright Owners also rely on blanket
(‘‘microsynch’’) licenses by which publishers grant
their entire catalogs for use in synchronized audiovideo productions, and they also rely on synch
licenses for mobile and video game applications.
The Judges’ critique of synch licenses as
benchmarks is equally applicable to these licenses.
99 As discussed infra, Dr. Leonard makes an
analogous point with regard to the weaker
bargaining position of musical works when record
companies and artists select a song to be recorded.
Like the movie or television producer who can
choose among a number of somewhat substitutable
recordings, a record producer can choose among a
number of somewhat substitutable musical works.
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1941
market the sound recording of any given
musical work identified by the movie or
television produce is a substitute good,
in competition with any other existing
or future sound recording of the same
musical work for inclusion in the movie
or television show.
iv. YouTube Licenses
The Services disagree with Dr.
Eisenach’s opinion that the YouTube
licenses on which he relies constitute
strong benchmarks. As an initial point,
they note that, from a statutory
perspective, the video component of the
YouTube licenses renders those licenses
inapposite as benchmarks in this
proceeding. See SJRPFF ¶ 249 (and
record citations therein) (noting that
YouTube’s ability to utilize the ‘‘safe
harbor’’ provisions of 17 U.S.C. 512
provides YouTube with strong
negotiating power against publishers
and labels because the copyright holders
must identify unauthorized uploadings
and issue ‘‘take down notices,’’ a
cumbersome and often futile process).
The Judges agree that this statutory
provision significantly alters the
bargaining landscape between the sound
recording and the musical works
licensors, on the one hand, and
YouTube as the licensee, on the other.
The Services further maintain that,
even assuming YouTube licenses are
appropriate benchmarks, Dr. Eisenach
has relied on the wrong type of
YouTube licenses for his benchmark
analysis. As noted, Dr. Eisenach
selected the agreements and rates
pertaining to [REDACTED]. He selected
this type of YouTube contract because
neither the musical works license nor
the sound recording license is subject to
the section 115 license. See SEJRPFF
¶ 350 (and record citations therein).
However, the Services maintain that
the more appropriate YouTube
benchmarks would be the agreements
between YouTube and publisher and
record companies, respectively, for
[REDACTED]—agreements that contain
a [REDACTED] royalty rate, rather than
the [REDACTED] figure from the
[REDACTED] YouTube agreements. If
the Services’ are correct in their
assertion that the [REDACTED]
YouTube agreements are the appropriate
benchmark inputs, the sound recording:
Musical works ratio (applying the
[REDACTED] royalty rate) thus
increases to as low as [REDACTED],
implying a ratio as high as
[REDACTED]:1, implying a musical
works rate of [REDACTED]%, far lower
than Dr. Eisenach’s calculated YouTube
royalty of [REDACTED]% (but still
above Copyright Owners’ proposed
rate). If the [REDACTED] royalty rate of
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1942
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
[REDACTED]% is applied instead, the
ratio rises to [REDACTED], or
[REDACTED]:1, implying a musical
works rate of [REDACTED]%.
The Judges find that the static-image
YouTube rates are more analogous to
the interactive market, compared with
the YouTube agreements concerning
embedded videos. The salient rationale
in Dr. Eisenach’s analysis is the sound
recording to musical works ratio, so
injecting the video as another element of
value into the mix renders the sound
recording to musical works ratio too
difficult to identify with sufficient
certainty. However, the Services assert
that, given that the Majors comprise
[REDACTED]% of the YouTube market,
the appropriate ratio should be
[REDACTED], implying the
[REDACTED]% of sound recording
percentage identified above. The Judges
find that it would be proper to weight
the YouTube benchmark by applying a
[REDACTED]% weight to
[REDACTED]%, and a [REDACTED]%
weight to [REDACTED]%, which results
in a benchmark rate of [REDACTED]%
([REDACTED]).100
Finally, the Services take issue with
Copyright Owners’ assertion that
YouTube is a competitor to interactive
streaming services, despite the
acknowledgements by those services
that such competition is present.
Compare CPFF ¶¶ 263–266 (and record
citations therein) with SJRPFF ¶¶ 263–
266 (and record citations therein). The
Judges find that competition does not in
itself make the rates in those YouTube
agreements particularly helpful
benchmarks, because the addition of
video content creates a bundling of
value distinguishable from the value of
interactive streaming alone. However,
Google’s/YouTube’s acknowledgement
of the competitive posture of YouTube
vis-a`-vis interactive streaming services
renders the ratio of sound recording:
Musical works royalty ratio in the
YouTube stati-screen agreements a
useful benchmark in this proceeding.
Even in those cases, however, the
YouTube royalty rates and ratios remain
imperfect because other relevant factors
are not necessarily constant. The Judges
agree that the relatively strong
bargaining power of the licensee created
by the DMCA ‘‘safe harbor’’ provisions,
distinguishes the YouTube market from
the market for streaming services.
Copyright Owners seek to minimize this
lack of comparability by arguing that,
although YouTube’s relatively strong
100 If the sound recording royalty rate for
interactive streaming is 60%, as discussed infra,
this YouTube benchmark equals [REDACTED] ×
0.60 = [REDACTED]%.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
bargaining power depresses the
copyright holders’ royalties, ‘‘[s]ince the
DMCA safe harbor applies equally to
sound recording and musical works
copyrights, there is no reason to think
that their relative valuation would be
affected.’’ Eisenach WRT at 66.
However, Copyright Owners do not
provide any factual support for this
conclusory assumption of a ‘‘relative
value’’ effect, and the Judges thus
cannot find with sufficient certainty that
it in fact is likely that the enhanced
bargaining position of YouTube affects
the publishers and the labels equally.
Accordingly, the Judges do not find the
YouTube market and licenses to be
sufficiently analogous to the interactive
streaming market to make the
benchmark derived from the YouTube
analysis to be useful in determining
rates in this proceeding.
His change in the ratio to
[REDACTED]:1 was driven by
expectations regarding the likelihood of
an uncertain change in the legal
landscape regarding publisher
withdrawals from performing rights
organizations. Such uncertain potential
changes are not well-captured by
mapping them over a time horizon.
Moreover, as the Services note and as
Dr. Eisenach concurs, even assuming
such a change in relative uncertainty
could be captured in a regression, other
regression forms, such as a quadratic
form, could be used to demonstrate a
return of the ratio to its prior level (an
equally plausible future event) rather
than a continuation of its shorter-term
increase. See 4/5/17 Tr. 495963 (Katz);
Katz CWRT ¶¶ 104–107, Table 1, F; 4/
4/17 Tr. 4807–08 (Eisenach) (linear form
of regression not ‘‘material’’).
v. Pandora ‘‘Opt-Out’’ Agreements
Together with his YouTube
benchmark, Dr. Eisenach finds the
Pandora ‘‘Opt-Out’’ agreements to be the
most useful among the several potential
benchmarks he examined. The Judges
agree. The Judges agree with Dr.
Eisenach that the Pandora ‘‘Opt-Out’’
agreements are useful benchmarks.
These agreements have the level of
comparability necessary for a
benchmark to be useful. However, the
Judges do not agree with Dr. Eisenach’s
attempt to extrapolate from the actual
rates in those Opt-Out Agreements.
Rather, the Judges find that the
[REDACTED]:1 ratio Dr. Eisenach
identified for the year 2018 in existing
agreements is the most useful
benchmark derived from the ‘‘Opt-Out’’
data. As the Services note, Pandora’s
most recent direct license agreements
during the ‘‘Opt-Out’’ period with the
publishers who control many of the
works embodied in the sound
recordings performed by Pandora
provide that publisher royalties will be
determined [REDACTED].101 This
resulted in a shift of the sound
recording: Musical works ratio to
[REDACTED]:1, implying a musical
works TCC percentage of
[REDACTED]%. See Katz CWRT
¶¶ 101–104; Herring WRT ¶¶ 28–29).
The Judges reject Dr. Eisenach’s
identification of a useful trend in the
shrinking of that ratio (i.e., a growth in
the musical works royalty percentage).
c. Dr. Eisenach’s per Play Sound
Recording Rate
The Judges also have difficulty relying
on the data set Dr. Eisenach developed
for his estimation of a $[REDACTED]
per play sound recording royalty rate.
He used that $[REDACTED] per play
figure in several benchmark ratios. Two
principal problems with Dr. Eisenach’s
data are:
101 Pandora’s status as a purely noninteractive
service prior to 2018 does not decrease the
relevancy of this benchmark, because: (1)
Noninteractive and interactive services both pay
performance royalties; (2) noninteractive services
historically have not paid mechanical royalties; and
(3) the performance license and the mechanical
license are perfect complements.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1. The data covered a non-random sample
of only approximately 15% of all interactive
plays; and
2. the data excluded [REDACTED]’s
[REDACTED] services, large portions of the
interactive streaming market. Inclusion of
those [REDACTED] services would have
reduced his per play rate from $[REDACTED]
to $[REDACTED]. Inclusion of only
[REDACTED] service would have reduced the
$[REDACTED] estimate to $[REDACTED].
SJRFF ¶ 22 (and record citations
therein).
Dr. Eisenach explained his small data
sample as resulting in part from his
deliberate decision to omit several
sound recording labels [REDACTED],
which he asserted gave them an
incentive to allow [REDACTED] to pay
below-market royalties. Eisenach WDT
¶ 150. The Judges acknowledge Dr.
Eisenach’s assertion that this fact could,
on the margin, drive down the royalties
paid by [REDACTED] to those labels.
However, the evidence does not bear
that out, because the royalty rates
[REDACTED] pays to these labels are
comparable to the rates it pays to other
labels that do not have [REDACTED].
More particularly, the [REDACTED]
contracts with record labels that Dr.
Eisenach reviewed show the same
[REDACTED], a rate no lower than the
rate paid by other interactive streaming
services. 4/4/17 Tr. 473953 (Eisenach);
see also, e.g., Trial Ex. 2760 (Digital
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Product Agreement Specific Terms
between [REDACTED] and
[REDACTED], 2013,
[REDACTED]0005221); Trial Ex. 2765
(Digital Audio Distribution Agreement
between [REDACTED] and
[REDACTED], July 1, 2013,
[REDACTED]0005548). Further, for
every dollar in royalties a label
[REDACTED], the label would
[REDACTED].
With regard to the specific omission
of data from Spotify’s ad-supported
service, Copyright Owners make
additional arguments. They claim that
the ad-supported service does not reflect
the actual value of the sound recordings,
because that service acts as a funnel to
draw listeners to the subscription
service. Therefore, Copyright Owners
maintain, the ad-supported service is
essentially a loss-leader, with the
difference between the higher effective
per play rates for subscription services
and the lower effective per play rates for
ad-supported services more in the
nature of a marketing expense that
should not be deducted from Dr.
Eisenach’s royalty calculations. See
Eisenach WDT ¶ 148, n.127.
That analysis, however, omits the fact
that Spotify’s ad-supported service only
[REDACTED]. See Marx WDT ¶ 55, n.77.
[REDACTED]. These listeners and the
advertising revenue they generate are
real and reflect the WTP of a large swath
of interactive listeners.102 See Marx WRT
¶ 115–16 (‘‘[O]ne aspect of the adsupported service is to provide an onramp to paid services, it also has
another important aspect, namely to
serve low WTP customers. . . .’’).
Copyright Owners’ economists err in not
calculating the impact of Copyright
Owners’ proposal on ad-supported
services. Ad-supported services
currently make up [REDACTED] and
[REDACTED]% of all streams in the
industry. The Judges agree with
Professor Marx that Dr. Eisenach’s
omission of the Spotify data undercuts
his analysis.103
102 In the parlance of platform economics,
Spotify’s ad-supported service provides a multiplatform approach, in which listeners, advertisers,
sound recording rights holders and musical works
holders all combine to obtain revenue based on the
mutual values each brings to that platform.
103 Copyright Owners belatedly propose that if the
Judges intend to include the Spotify ad-supported
service in the rate structure and rate calculations,
they should establish (1) separate rates for adsupported services that are not incorporated into
the calculation of rates set for other services; and
(2) separate terms for an ad-supported service that
limit the functionality of the service, to avoid
potential cannibalization of services paying higher
royalties. COPCL at 106, n.34. This argument is a
tacit acknowledgement by Copyright Owners that a
segmented market might require a differentiated
rate structure, even as they strenuously dispute the
appropriateness of such a structure.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
The Judges accept, to some degree,
Copyright Owners’ argument that adsupported services are a marketing tool
to identify future subscribers. Until
those subscribers are identified and
‘‘signed,’’ however, they are not
subscribers. In that sense, ad-supported
services may be marketing tools, but
they do not reduce present royalties
because the future subscribers have not
yet been identified. There is no record
evidence that Spotify’s hard cost saving
translates directly into royalty revenue
lost to Copyright Owners. Apparently,
Copyright Owners argue that their loss
is in the form of an opportunity cost,
i.e., losing the opportunity to obtain
subscription-level royalties from the adsupported listeners. But if Spotify paid
subscription-level royalties for all adsupported listeners, it would be paying
an implicit marketing cost that
inefficiently was allocated to the
[REDACTED]% or so ad-supported
listeners who, historically, will not
become paid subscribers.
The use of an ad-supported service as
a ‘‘freemium’’ model serves a dual
purpose: First, it is an efficient means of
marketing—segregating listeners
according to WTP—still allowing them
to ‘‘experience’’ interactive streaming,
while, second, simultaneously
providing ad-revenue-based royalties to
Copyright Owners. If Spotify substituted
advertising as a marketing tool,
Copyright Owners would realize zero
royalties until the advertising resulted
in new subscribers.104
d. Analysis of Dr. Eisenach’s Method #1
The Services criticize Dr. Eisenach’s
Method #1 calculation as being based
upon the incorrect assumption that the
entire difference between interactive
and noninteractive rates must be
attributed to the mechanical license
right. As the Services properly note,
there are several reasons, all unrelated
to the mechanical right and license, why
interactive rates are higher than
noninteractive rates for musical works
performance rights. Leonard WRT ¶ 55;
Katz CWRT ¶¶ 117–118; Hubbard
CWRT ¶ 6.4; 4/5/17 Tr. 4972–74 (Katz).
Dr. Eisenach’s Method #1 did not
account for the presence of the
ephemeral right in licensing
noninteractive streaming, which
accounts for 5% of the noninteractive
104 The provision of a monetarily free-to-the user
service is a reasonable marketing tool, and the
Judges are loathe to second-guess the business
model incorporating that marketing approach,
especially while it provides royalties to rights
owners. Also, the Judges do not find it relevant that
other interactive streaming services have not
utilized an ad-supported service. There is no record
evidence regarding why other Services have ceded
that market to Spotify.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1943
rate. See 4/4/17 Tr. 485152 (Eisenach);
4/5/17 Tr. 5158–61 (Leonard); see also
Leonard WRT ¶¶ 55–56.
Further, there is a difference in the
performance rights royalty rates PROs
charge interactive and noninteractive
services that is not captured by Method
#1. See, e.g., In re Petition of Pandora
Media, Inc., 6 F. Supp. 3d at 330. Had
Dr. Eisenach considered other
explanations for the difference between
the All-In sound recording royalty rates
for interactive and noninteractive
services, he might well have estimated
a mechanical rate ‘‘[REDACTED]’’ See
Katz CWRT ¶ 122.
The Services also note the impact in
Method #1 of Dr. Eisenach’s decision to
omit [REDACTED] data from his
modeling. The Services contend adding
the [REDACTED] data to Dr. Eisenach’s
effective per play rate for sound
recording results in a per-play rate of
$[REDACTED]. See 4/4/17 Tr. 4771–74
(Eisenach).
Combining the foregoing criticisms,
the Services conclude:
If one were to use $[REDACTED] per
hundred plays for the sound recording rate
(which includes the [REDACTED] data) (id.
at 4771–74), reduce that by 12% as the Board
did in Web IV for complementary oligopoly
power, increase the $[REDACTED] per
hundred plays Dr. Eisenach uses for musical
works performance rights by 60% to account
for the difference in ASCAP rates identified
by Judge Cote, and then apply Dr. Eisenach’s
invalid ‘‘valuation ratio’’ of [REDACTED]:1,
the result would be $[REDACTED] per
hundred plays ($[REDACTED] per play), way
below the $0.15 per hundred plays rate
($.0015 per play) that Dr. Eisenach attempts
to validate.
SJPFF ¶ 279 (and record citations
therein).
The Judges agree with the Services
that Eisenach’s Method #1 does not
provide a useful benchmark in this
proceeding. The absence of interactive
streaming data from [REDACTED] is a
critical omission. The fact that much of
that data relates to [REDACTED]
services [REDACTED] does not justify
removing the data from a market
analysis; that service is a part of the
market. In fact, Copyright Owners’
argument proves too much. That is,
their willingness to distinguish and
isolate the [REDACTED] service and
related data actually underscores the
need for a differentiated/price
discriminatory rate structure, such as
the Judges have adopted in this
proceeding.
The Judges are less sanguine,
however, with regard to the Services’
argument for a 12% reduction to the
sound recording rates to reflect the
complementary oligopoly effect arising
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1944
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
from the ‘‘must have’’ status of the
sound recordings in the interactive
streaming distribution channel. The
Judges are reluctant to simply import
the 12% rate reduction from Web IV
into other determinations, even though
that figure was used to adjust from
interactive streaming rates to
noninteractive streaming rates. The
specific 12% figure was based on record
evidence derived from steering
experiments and agreements analyzed
in Web IV.
The Judges agree with the Services
that it is inaccurate in Method #1 to
subtract a performance rate that reflects
the higher interactive performance rate,
rather than the lower noninteractive
performance rate.
e. Analysis of Dr. Eisenach’s Method #2
The Judges find that Dr. Eisenach’s
Method #2 does not contain sufficient
industrywide performance royalty and
sound recording data to provide a
meaningful analysis for determining a
per-user monthly mechanical works
royalty. The Judges are also troubled by
the apparent inconsistent use of Rate
Court established rates in Method #2,
when Dr. Eisenach had indicated in
other contexts that rates unshackled
from Rate Court decisions provide a
truer indication of market rates.
The Judges understand that Dr.
Eisenach omitted [REDACTED] user
data because of [REDACTED], which is
itself a function of its [REDACTED]
service. The Judges recognize that
combining [REDACTED] user data with
other interactive streaming services’
data would significantly change the
results, in a manner that Copyright
Owners find to be anomalous. See
CORPFF at 183–184 (noting what
Copyright Owners describe as ‘‘[t]he
profound impropriety of ‘‘blending’’
[REDACTED] rate into Copyright
Owners’ benchmarking and
calculations.) However, that seeming
anomaly actually underscores why the
Judges find a differentiated rate
structure to be appropriate.
The royalty rates paid by all Services
should be reflective of the differentiated
WTP of listeners.
f. Conclusion
For the foregoing reasons, the Judges
do not adopt Dr. Eisenach’s proposed
benchmark rates as the mechanical rates
for the upcoming rate period. However,
the Judges do find several of the
benchmark rates implied by his sound
recording to musical works ratios to be
useful guideposts for identifying the
headline percent-of-revenue rate to be
incorporated into the rate structure in
the forthcoming rate period.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
B. Rejection of Services’ 2012-Based
Proposals
1. Section 115 Benchmark Rates
The Services do not examine in detail
the particular rates within the existing
rate structure. Rather, they treat the
rates within that structure as
benchmarks, i.e., generally indicative of
a sufficiently analogous market 105 that
has ‘‘baked-in’’ relevant economic
considerations in arriving at an
agreement. Dr. Eisenach did not analyze
why he chose the levels for the rates and
ratios on which he relied as benchmarks
or consider the subjective
understandings of the parties who
negotiated his benchmarks. Similarly,
the Services’ economists elected to rely
on the 2012 rates as objectively useful
without further inspection.106
Copyright Owners take the Services to
task for failing to present evidence of
the negotiations that led to the prior
settlements. They argue that, without
relevant evidence or testimony, the
Services cannot provide support for
their proposed rates. The Services take
a very broad approach in their attempt
to establish the usefulness of the rate
levels within the 2012 benchmark. They
note that music publishers have
consistently realized profits under these
rates, including profits from musical
works royalties. Copyright Owners
counter that mechanical royalties have
not created a profit for Copyright
Owners, and the Services’ assertion of
overall publisher profitability is based
on their lumping of performance
royalties together with mechanical
royalties.
The Services maintain that they relied
on the continuation of the existing rates
in developing their business models.
For example, Pandora, the latest entrant
into the interactive streaming market,
asserts that it based its decision to enter
this market on its assumption that
mechanical royalty rates would not
increase. Herring WRT ¶ 3.
105 Here,
the ‘‘analogous market’’ is the same as
the target market across all dimensions, except that
the benchmark is temporally removed from the
target, with the rates in the benchmark having been
formed five years ago.
106 This point is not made to be critical of Dr.
Eisenach’s approach, but rather to show that the
Services’ reliance on the 2012 settlement as a
benchmark shares this similar analytical
characteristic, typical and appropriate for the
benchmarking method. (The factual wrinkle here is
that, hypothetically, the Services could have called
witnesses and presented testimony regarding the
negotiations that led to the 2012 (and 2008)
settlements, but did not, rendering the 2012
benchmark similar to other benchmarks taken from
other markets. Mr. Israelite provided some
testimony on behalf of Copyright Owners regarding
those negotiations (as discussed supra), but even
that testimony related to the rate structure, rather
than to the level of the rates themselves.
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The Judges categorically reject this
argument. The statute is plain in its
requirement that the rates be established
de novo each rate period. A party might
feel confident that past is prologue and
that the parties will agree to roll over
the extant rates for another period. A
party could be sanguine as to its ability
to make persuasive arguments to keep
the rates unchanged. A party might
conclude that the mechanical rate is
such a small proportion of a licensee’s
total royalty obligation that its increase
would be unlikely to alter long-term
business plans. But for sophisticated
commercial entities to claim that they
assumed the rates would remain static
is incredible.
The record indicates that an increase
in the rates might affect different
interactive streaming services in
different ways. In particular, there might
be a dichotomous effect as between
essentially pure play streaming services
(such as Spotify and Pandora) and the
larger new entrants with a wider
commercial ‘‘ecosystem’’ (such as
Amazon, Apple and Google). As
Spotify’s CFO testified:
The Copyright Owners argue that ‘‘a
change in market-wide royalty rates such as
this would affect all participants in a similar
way,’’ suggesting that the industry as a whole
could increase prices without affecting their
relative price points. Rysman WDT ¶ 94.
However, not all Digital Services use the
same business model. For example, several
Digital Services are owned by large corporate
parents who can use streaming music as a
‘‘loss leader’’ to build brand awareness, keep
users in their broader ecosystem, or promote
other products and/or services. See, e.g.,
Rysman WDT ¶ 29 . . . . The industry has
already seen a few examples of downward
pressure on prices from this strategy. See
WDT ¶ 50. [REDACTED] See WDT ¶ 73.
McCarthy WRT ¶ 38; see Written Direct
Testimony of Barry McCarthy, Trial Ex.
1060, ¶ 50–51 (McCarthy WDT)
([REDACTED]); McCarthy WRT ¶ 36
([REDACTED]).107
107 As noted elsewhere, the Judges find it highly
informative that the Services agree to a continuation
of the present rates even though: (1) They are all
losing money under these rates; and (2) their
experts suggest much lower rates than the Services
propose. While the assertions of ‘‘conservatism’’
and reasonableness’’ suggest strategic prudence, the
Services’ acquiescence to these rates indicates that
year-over-year accounting losses are not of great
concern—certainly not great enough for the
Services to rely on their own experts’ opinions to
advocate for lower rates. Rather, they seem to be
locked in a battle for market share, in which the
single survivor, or the several survivors serving
discrete downstream segments, can acquire the
market power sufficient to appropriate a sufficient
share of the surplus, as explained in the discussion
of the Shapley value. That is, the interactive
streaming services seemed to be in a Schumpeterian
competition for the market, not merely in
competition in the market. Given this finding, the
Judges do not find that the year-over-year losses
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
The Judges construe this argument as
an iteration of the ‘‘business model’’
argument that they have consistently
rejected. The Judges cannot and will not
set rates to protect any particular
streaming service business model. The
Judges distinguish between: (1) Business
models that are necessary reflections of
the fundamental nature of market
demand, particularly, the varied WTP
among listeners; and (2) business
models that may simply be unable to
meet dynamic competition. If pure play
interactive streaming services are unable
to match the pricing power of
businesses imbued with the selffinancing power of a large commercial
ecosystem, nothing in section 801(b)(1)
permits, let alone requires, the Judges to
protect those pure play interactive
streaming services from the forces of
horizontal competition. Moreover, any
disruption arising from the disparate
impact of a rate increase among
interactive streaming services would not
constitute ‘‘disruption’’ under Factor D.
Disruption resulting from competition
would not upend the structure of the
industry or generally prevailing
industry practices; rather it would
influence particular business models.
2. The Services’ Subpart A Benchmark
The Services utilize the rate in extant
subpart A as an additional benchmark
for the subpart B rates to be determined
in this proceeding. Subpart A describes
the rates record companies pay
Copyright Owners for the mechanical
license, i.e., the right to reproduce
musical works in digital or physical
formats. The particular subpart A
benchmark rate on which the Services’
rely is the existing rate, which the
subpart A participants have agreed to
continue through the forthcoming rate
period through settlement.108
suffered by the Services constitute a serious
competitive detriment. Accordingly, in setting
effectively competitive rates, the Judges are more
concerned with providing the Copyright Owners
with a rate that appropriately compensates them in
a manner consistent with the relevant and
persuasive benchmarks, even if the Services may
incur a somewhat higher level of accounting losses.
Alternately stated, the Judges find that it would be
highly coincidental (and is unsupported by any
evidence) that the present rate levels establish in
essence a maximum level of losses the Services
collectively can sustain, such that a reduction in
losses is unnecessary but an increase in losses will
lead to their demise.
108 The Services did not rely on the settlement
that led to the continuation of these rates into the
next rate period as a benchmark. The Services
moved for discovery regarding this most recent
settlement but the Judges denied that motion on the
grounds that the new settlement was not a
benchmark on which the Copyright Owners had
relied and therefore was not within the scope of
allowable discovery. See 37 CFR 351.5 (scope of
discovery limited to materials relevant to the
responding party’s Written Direct Statement). The
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
In support of this benchmark, the
Services emphasize that the total
revenue created by the sale of digital
phonorecord downloads and CDs is
essentially commensurate with the
revenues created through interactive
streaming, indicative of an equivalent
financial importance to publishers when
negotiating rates with licensees in
subparts A and B respectively. See 3/20/
17 Tr. 1845 (Marx) (‘‘downloads, in
particular, are comparable to interactive
streaming.’’). Also, although the subpart
A rate is the product of a settlement, the
Services argue that the rate is a useful
benchmark because it reflects both the
industry’s sense of the market rate and
the industry’s sense of how the Judges
would apply the section 801(b)(1)
considerations to those market rates. 3/
15/17 Tr. 1184, 1186 (Leonard); 3/20/17
Tr. 1842–43 (Marx).
In opposition, Copyright Owners
argue, for several reasons, that the
subpart A rates are not proper
benchmarks. First, they emphasize that
revenue from the sale of PDDs and CDs
has been declining over the past several
years. Second, they note, as the Services
acknowledge, that the parties are not
identical; specifically, the licensees in
subpart A are record companies whereas
in subpart B the licensees are interactive
streaming services. See, e.g., 3/15/17 Tr.
1193 (Leonard). Third, Copyright
Owners emphasize that the existing
subpart A rate is itself the product of a
settlement, rather than a market rate.
Fourth, and relatedly, they raise their
overarching argument against any
purported benchmark rate set in ‘‘the
shadow’’ of the statutory license,
because the licensee record companies
had the option of refusing to settle and
to seek instead a potentially lower
statutory rate.
Copyright Owners note that the
subpart A settlement establishes a perunit royalty rate of $0.091 per physical
or digital download delivery (with
higher per-unit rates for longer songs),
rendering that rate inapposite as a
benchmark for the Services’ present
subpart B proposal. See 3/20/17 Tr.
1960 (Marx). In support of this position,
Copyright Owners argue that because
the subpart A rate is expressed as a
monetary unit price, Copyright Owners
have eliminated the risk that retailers’
downstream pricing decisions will
affect the Copyright Owners. More
specifically, they note that, ‘‘[u]nder the
subpart A rate structure, the [record
company] (as licensee) pays the same
[penny rate] amount in mechanical
royalties regardless of the price at which
Copyright Owners did not proffer any evidence
regarding their most recent settlement.
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1945
the sound recording is ultimately sold
[within the] range of price points for
individual tracks in the market ranging
from $0.49 to $1.29 and the mechanical
penny rate binds regardless of the price
of the track. COPFF ¶ 727 (citing
Ramaprasad WDT ¶ 28 & Table 1; 3/20/
17 Tr. 1956–58 (Marx)).
Copyright Owners further attempt to
distinguish subpart A from subpart B
based on the fact that downstream
listeners to PDDs and CDs (and any
other physical embodiment of a sound
recording) become owners of the sound
recording and the musical work
embodied within it, whereas under
subpart B the listeners only obtain
access to the musical works for as long
as they remain subscribers or registered
listeners (to a non-subscription service).
The Judges find this point to be a
distinction without a sufficient
economic difference. The Judges note
with favor the testimony of Professor
Leonard, who said of the ‘‘ownership vs.
access’’ distinction that, although it is a
real legal distinction, it does not reflect
as fundamental an economic difference
as might appear on the surface. Leonard
WRT ¶ 27; 3/15/17 Tr. 1098, 1113
(Leonard).
The Judges accept Professor Leonard’s
economic analogy. Ownership is in
essence a more comprehensive and
unconditional form of access. A
downstream purchaser acquires
ownership of the digital or physical
reproduction of a sound recording and
the embodied musical work for an upfront charge (the purchase price). The
purchaser then has unlimited free
access to that sound recording/musical
work going forward. A subscriber to an
interactive streaming service pays an
up-front charge (usually monthly), and
then likewise has unlimited access to
the entire catalog of sound recordings
(and the embodied musical works) for
each paid period.
In economic terms, each approach
contains the features of a ‘‘two-part
tariff,’’ where the end user pays a fixed
access fee (an ‘‘option’’ price, i.e., the
right to use the owned or accessible
music) and a zero marginal per play
charge that efficiently corresponds with
the zero physical marginal cost of
creating another play of the owned or
accessible sound recording/musical
work.109 The salient difference is that
the subscriber does not get unlimited
marginal plays for zero additional
charge. The monthly subscription fee is
the measure of the marginal cost to the
109 This point is more general in nature. Any item
that is ‘‘owned’’ creates value in use because it is
capable of being accessed, not that it is
continuously accessed.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1946
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
listener who streams. Determination of
the allocation of that marginal cost is
impossible, however, as the Judges
recognize that the subscription fee
allows for access to a large,
comprehensive repertoire, whereas
access stemming from the purchase of a
download, CD, or vinyl record is limited
to the specific sound recording and
embodied musical work. For this
reason, there is less access value in the
sale of a download or a CD, compared
to the access value of a subscription to
a streaming service, rendering the
subpart A rate at best a guideline as to
the rates below which the subpart B and
C rates cannot fall.110
In other respects, the Judges find the
subpart A settlement to be somewhat
useful. The licensed right in question is
identical: The right to reproduce
musical works for sale into a
downstream market. Further, the
licensors, i.e., the music publishers and
songwriters, are identical. Finally, the
time period is reasonably recent and
Copyright Owners have not explained
whether or how the particular market
forces in the subpart A market sectors
have changed since 2012 to make the
rate obsolete. The usefulness of the
subpart A rate as a benchmark is
limited, however, because: (1) The
access value of downstream services is
greater than the access value of an
individual purchase of a sound
recording/musical work; (2) there is a
partial difference in economic risk to
the licensors between a per-unit royalty
and a royalty based on a percent-ofrevenue (with minima); and (3) the
licensees in the benchmark market are
not the same.
3. The Two Subpart A Benchmarking
Approaches
In their first benchmarking exercise,
the Services attempt to convert the perunit rate in subpart A into a subpart B
percent-of-revenue rate. To that end,
they attempt to identify an equivalency
between a given number of interactive
streams and a single play of a purchased
DPD.
Professor Marx first applies a
conversion ratio of PDDs to streams of
1:150, calculated by the RIAA. Second,
she takes note of an academic study
which estimated that marketplace 137
interactive streams was equivalent to
110 The Judges note though that Copyright
Owners’ appropriate reliance on the different access
value in subpart A is an argument relating to the
downstream value, confirming that upstream value
demand is a ‘‘derived demand,’’ based on values in
the downstream market. This argument therefore
further undercuts Copyright Owners’ claim that
there is an ‘‘inherent value’’ in musical works that
applies in these proceedings.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
the sale of one DPD. Marx WDT ¶ 108
& n.21 (citing L. Aguiar and J.
Waldfogel, Streaming Reaches Flood
Stage: Does Spotify Stimulate or Depress
Music Sales?, (working paper, National
Bureau of Economic Research, 2015));
Katz WDT ¶ 110 (same). Apple’s
economic expert, Professor Ramaprasad,
also relied on the Aguiar/Waldfogel
article to support Apple’s benchmark
per play proposal. Ramaprasad WDT
¶ 56, n.102.111
Professor Marx applied this approach
and formula to Spotify’s revenues. She
calculated that, given the number of
songs played on Spotify that were
longer than five minutes, the perrecording rate in subpart A is
$[REDACTED]. Dividing that per
recording rate by 137 yields
$[REDACTED] royalty per stream. She
then multiplied that per stream
‘‘equivalent’’ royalty by the total
number of streams to estimate a total
royalty. Professor Marx then divided the
total royalty by total revenues. Given the
All-In approach proposed by the
Services, Professor Marx subtracted
Spotify’s performance royalty rate of
[REDACTED]% of revenue to determine
a mechanical royalty rate of
[REDACTED]% of revenue using this
approach. Marx WDT ¶ 112, Fig. 22.
When she applied the Aguiar/Waldfogel
137:1 ratio, she identified a musical
works All-In royalty rate derived from
subpart A of [REDACTED]% of revenue,
and a mechanical royalty rate (i.e., after
subtracting the [REDACTED]%
performance rate) of [REDACTED]% of
revenue.
On behalf of Pandora, Professor Katz
used the same 1:150 conversion ratio as
Professor Marx. He calculated a
mechanical rate implied by the subpart
A rate of [REDACTED]% of revenue,
higher than Professor Marx’s implied
rate, but still lower than the existing
headline rate of 10.5% in subpart B.
Katz WDT ¶ 111.
On behalf of Apple, Professor
Ramaprasad utilized the same 1:150
ratio, which she adopted from Billboard
magazine’s ‘‘Stream Equivalent
111 Professor Ramaprasad also relied on two other
equivalency ratios, the first from Billboard
magazine, and the second from another entity, UK
Charts Company (UK Charts). However, she
acknowledges that the Billboard ratio combines
video streaming royalty data with audio streaming
royalty data, which results in an overestimation of
the ratio of streams to track sales relative to an
audio-stream-only analysis. 3/26/17 Tr. 2760–61
(Ramaprasad). She also acknowledges that UK
Charts changed its ratio from 100:1 to 150:1 without
explanation, rendering uncertain that purported
industry standard. See COPFF ¶ 683 (and record
citations therein). Also, there was no evidence
indicating that streaming and download activity in
the United Kingdom would be comparable to U.S.
activity.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Albums’’ analysis. Ramaprasad WDT
¶ 84. Because Apple has advocated for
a per-stream rate, her conversion was
expressed on a per-stream basis, at
$0.00061 per stream. Professor
Ramaprasad noted that this rate was not
only lower than the $0.0015 per stream
rate proposed by Copyright Owners, but
also significantly lower than Apple’s
own proposed per-stream rate of
$0.00091. Ramaprasad WDT ¶ 86. When
Professor Ramaprasad applied the
Waldfogel/Aguiar 1:137 ratio, expressed
on a per-play basis, she calculated a rate
of $0.00066 per stream for interactive
streaming, which she noted was even
lower than the per-stream rate of
$0.00091 Apple had proposed.
The Judges do not base any
conclusions on this ‘‘conversion’’
approach. Copyright Owners express
numerous criticism of the ratio
approach, and many of those criticisms,
each on its own merit, serve to discredit
the ratio approach. First, the Services
and Apple simply adopted the
equivalence ratios without defining
what ‘‘equivalence’’ means. For
example, the RIAA used the concept to
identify albums that were sufficiently
popular to garner ‘‘gold’’ or ‘‘platinum’’
awards. That use, absent other evidence,
does not indicate that the conversion
ratio is appropriate for rate-setting
purposes. See generally Rysman WRT
¶ 96; 3/23/17 Tr. 2775–76 (Ramaprasad).
Second, and relatedly, the experts who
relied on the Aguiar/Waldfogel article
did not verify that the input data that
was used by the authors was
appropriate for the purposes for which
it has been relied upon in this
proceeding. See 3/20/17 Tr. 1945–46
(Marx); 3/23/17 Tr. 2789–90
(Ramaprasad). Third, the Aguiar/
Waldfogel article appears not to
specifically address two issues that
would make the equivalency ratio
meaningful: (a) What happens to the
download behavior of an individual
who adopts streaming; and (b) how the
availability of streaming alters the
consumption of a particular song. See
Rysman WRT ¶ 97. Fourth, the experts
for the Services and Apple ignore that
Aguiar and Waldfogel conducted an
additional analysis described in the
same article on which they rely. In that
second analysis, the authors compared
the weekly data from Spotify for the
period April to December 2013 with
weekly data from Nielson on digital
download sales for the same songs
during the same overlapping time
period. That approach, which Aguiar
and Waldfogel called their ‘‘matched
aggregate sales’’ analysis, yielded a ratio
of 43:1, implying a much higher
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
mechanical rate for streaming. See
COPFF ¶¶ 663–64 (and record citations
therein).
The Services and Apple offer
insufficient evidence to overcome these
criticisms of their ‘‘equivalence’’
approach to applying the subpart A
rates in this proceeding. Accordingly,
the Judges do not rely on these
‘‘equivalence’’ approaches in this
determination.
By contrast, the Services’ second
subpart A benchmarking approach,
utilized by both Professor Marx and Dr.
Leonard, is more straightforward; it does
not require a conversion of downloads
into stream-equivalents. Rather, under
this approach, Professor Marx simply
divides the effective per-unit download
royalty of $.096 by the average retail
price of a download, $1.10, to calculate
an All-In musical works royalty percent
of [REDACTED]%. Subtracting Spotify’s
[REDACTED]% performance rate nets a
mechanical works rate of [REDACTED].
In similar fashion, given an average CD
price of $1.24 per song, she finds that
the All-In musical works rate equals
[REDACTED]%. Subtracting Spotify’s
[REDACTED]% performance rate nets
an ‘‘effective’’ mechanical royalty rate of
[REDACTED]% under this approach.
Thus, she concludes that the Services’
proposal in general, and Spotify’s
proposal in particular, are conservative
and reasonable, because those proposals
provide for substantially higher royalty
rates than suggested by this subpart A
benchmark analysis. Marx WDT ¶¶ 113–
114 & Fig. 23.
Dr. Leonard did a similar calculation.
He found that, applying the subpart A
rates expressed as a percentage of
revenue, interactive streaming services
would pay an All-In rate to Copyright
Owners of 8.7% of revenue, based on
the average retail price of digital
downloads in 2015. Leonard AWDT
¶ 42. Dr. Leonard further calculated that,
expressed as a percentage of payments
to the record labels (rather than total
downstream revenues) the subpart A
settlement reflects a payment of 14.2%
of sound recording royalties, when
compared to payments to record labels
in 2015. Leonard AWDT ¶ 46.
Using updated 2016 data, which
lowered the DPD retail price to $.99, Dr.
Leonard calculated an ‘‘effective’’
percentage royalty rate of 9.6%. 3/15/17
Tr. 1108–09 (Leonard). Dr. Leonard then
adjusted this result to make it
comparable to Google’s proposal, which
seeks a reduction of up to 15% of
certain costs incurred to acquire
revenues. Adjusting for this cost
reduction, Dr. Leonard concludes that
the equivalent percent of revenue (after
deducting similar costs) in subpart A
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
was 10.2% in 2015 and 11.3% in 2016.
Id. at 1109.
Copyright Owners do not dispute the
calculations made by Professor Marx
and Dr. Leonard. However, their general
criticisms of the overall concept of using
subpart A as a benchmark, discussed
and rejected below, are equally
applicable to this second approach.
The Judges find that the subpart A
benchmark determined by this second
approach is useful—not to establish the
appropriate benchmark—but to
incorporate into the development of a
zone of reasonableness of royalty rates
within the rate structure adopted by the
Judges in this proceeding. The subpart
A rates satisfy important criteria for a
useful benchmark: The licensors are the
same in the benchmark and target
market; the rights licensed are the same
in both markets; the time period of the
rates in both markets is proximate; and
the amount of revenue realized by the
licensors in both markets is comparable.
Additionally, the second approach is
straightforward—simply converting a
per unit price into a percent of revenue.
Finally, the Judges take note of a point
made by Professor Marx: Copyright
Owners, like any seller/licensor, would
rationally seek to equalize the rate of
return from each distribution channel,
i.e., from licensing rights to sell DPDs/
CDs under subpart A and from licensing
interactive streaming services under
subpart B. As she explains:
This principle of equalizing rates of return
across different platforms has some
similarities with that underlying the
approach of W. Baumol and G. Sidak, ‘‘The
Pricing of Inputs Sold to Competitors,’’ . . . .
They propose an efficient component pricing
rule whose purpose is to ensure that the
bottleneck owner (in our case, the copyright
holder) should get compensation for access
from all downstream market participants,
whether existing or new entrants, that leaves
him as well off as he would have been absent
entry.
Marx WDT ¶ 104, n.118.
The Judges first identified this
principle in Web IV, through a colloquy
with an economic witness, and it
remains persuasive in this proceeding.
See Web IV, 81 FR at 26344 (Economic
expert, Professor Daniel Rubinfeld,
acknowledging as ‘‘a fundamental
economic process of profit
maximization . . . [licensors] would
want to make sure that the marginal
return that they could get in each sector
would be equal, because if the marginal
return was greater in the interactive
space than the noninteractive . . . you
would want to continue to pour
resources, recordings in this case, into
the [interactive] space until that
marginal return was equivalent to the
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1947
return in the noninteractive space.’’).
Further, the Judges only recently
credited this ‘‘efficient component
pricing rule’’/opportunity cost approach
in SDARS III.112
C. Rejection of Apple’s Proposed Rate
Apple proposes an All-In per-unit rate
of $0.00091 per play. However, that rate
is premised on two analytical factors
that the Judges have rejected in this
proceeding. First, as a single, per-play
rate, Apple’s proposal fails to reflect the
variable WTP in the market, rendering
it a less efficient upstream royalty rate.
Second, Apple’s proposed $0.00091 perplay rate is derived from the subpart A
conversion ratio approach that the
Judges rejected in this proceeding.
D. Deriving Royalty Rates From Shapley
Analyses
The Judges look to the Shapley
analyses 113 utilized by the Professors
Marx and Watt and, to a lesser extent,
the ‘‘Shapley-inspired’’ analysis utilized
by Professor Gans, as one means of
deriving a reasonable royalty rate (or
range of reasonable royalty rates).114
The Judges defined and described the
Shapley value in a prior distribution
proceeding: ‘‘[T]the Shapley value gives
each player his ‘average marginal
contribution to the players that precede
him,’ where averages are taken with
respect to all potential orders of the
players.’’ Distribution of 1998 and 1999
Cable Royalty Funds, 80 FR 13423,
13429 (Docket No. 2008–1) (March 13,
2015) (citing U. Rothblum,
Combinatorial Representations of the
Shapley Value Based on Average
Relative Payoffs, in The Shapley Value:
Essays in Honor of Lloyd S. Shapley 121
(A. Roth ed. 1988)); see Expert Report of
Joshua Gans, Trial Ex. 3028, ¶ 64 (Gans
WDT) (‘‘The Shapley value approach
. . . models bargaining processes in a
free market by considering all the ways
each party to a bargain would add value
by agreeing to the bargain and then
assigns to each party their average
contribution to the cooperative
bargain.’’); Marx WDT ¶ 144 (‘‘The idea
of the Shapley value is that each party
should pay according to its average
contribution to cost or be paid according
112 Of course, because copies of musical works
(embodied in copies of sound recordings) are nonrivalrous quasi-public goods, licensing a copy to
licensees in one platform does not prevent the
licensing of another copy to licensees on a different
platform. The equalization of returns for such goods
relates to the elimination of opportunity costs.
113 The ‘‘Shapley Analysis’’ or ‘‘Shapley Models’’
are so called based on the work of Nobel Economics
Prize winner, Dr. Lloyd S. Shapley.
114 The Judges will revisit the Shapley Analyses
in evaluating factors B and C under section
801(b)(1).
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1948
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
to its average contribution to value. It
embodies a notion of fairness.’’); Written
Rebuttal Testimony of Richard Watt,
Trial Ex. 3034, ¶ 23 (Watt WRT) (‘‘The
Shapley model is a game theory model
that is ultimately designed to model the
outcome in a hypothetical ‘fair’ market
environment. It is closely aligned to
bargaining models, when all bargainers
are on an equal footing in the process.’’).
1. Shapley Models
A Shapley Analysis requires the
economic modeler to identify
downstream revenues available for
division among the parties. The
economic modeler must also input costs
that each provider must recover out of
downstream revenues, in order to
identify the residue, i.e., the Shapley
‘‘surplus,’’ available for division among
the parties. A Shapley Model is costbased, similar to a public utility-style
rate-setting process, which identifies a
utility’s costs to be recovered before
determining an appropriate rate of
return.115 In the present case, Copyright
Owners and the Services have applied
this general approach in different ways,
and each challenges the appropriateness
of the other’s model.
To summarize the differences in their
approaches, Professor Marx utilizes a
Shapley Model that purposely alters the
actual market structure in order to
obtain results that intentionally deviate
from the market-based distribution of
profits. She makes these alterations in
her model to determine rates she
identifies as reflecting a ‘‘fair’’ division
of the surplus (Factor B) and
recompense for the parties’ relative roles
(Factor C). By contrast, Professor Watt’s
‘‘correction’’ of Professor Marx’s model
rejects her alteration of the market
structure. Rather, he maintains that the
incorporation of ‘‘all potential orders of
the players’’ in her model (as in all
Shapley Models) already eliminates the
hold-out power of any input provider
who might threaten to walk away from
a transaction.
Professor Gans, like Professor Watt,
does not attempt to alter the market
structure. However, Professor Gans
concedes that he is not attempting to
derive Shapley values from a ground–up
analysis. Rather, Professor Gans takes as
a given Dr. Eisenach’s estimation that
record companies receive a royalty of
$[REDACTED] per play from interactive
streaming services. Since Professor Gans
identifies musical works and sound
115 Unlike in public utility regulation, the
Shapley Analysis considers the costs of all input
providers whose returns will be determined. In
traditional public utility rate regulation, the utility
is a monopoly and thus the only provider of a
regulated input.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
recordings as perfect complements, he
assumes that the musical works
licensors would receive the same profit
as the record companies (but not the
same royalty rate, given their different
costs). Because this is not a Shapley
ground-up approach, which would
require estimating the input costs of all
three input providers—the record
companies, the music publishers, and
the interactive streaming services,
Professor Gans candidly acknowledged
on cross-examination that he did not
perform a full-fledged Shapley Analysis.
He describes his methodology as a
‘‘Shapley-inspired’’ approach. 3/30/17
Tr. 4109 (Gans).
a. Professor Marx’s Shapley Analysis
Professor Marx testified that, as an
initial matter ‘‘[t]he Shapley value
depends upon how [the modeler]
delineate[s] the entities contributing to
a particular outcome.’’ Marx WDT ¶ 145.
More particularly, Professor Marx
delineated the entities in a manner that
she claimed to ‘‘adjust[ ] the model for
monopoly power.’’ 3/20/17 Tr. 1862–63
(Marx). She modeled the downstream
interactive streaming services as a
combined single service and added to
her model other distribution types as
another form of downstream
distribution to account for the potential
opportunity cost of interactive
streaming. By modeling the downstream
market in this manner, Professor Marx
artificially, but intentionally, treated the
Services as a single service, a device to
countervail the allegedly real market
power of the collectives (the music
publishers and the record companies
respectively) that owned the other
inputs. Professor Marx concluded the
publishers’ and record companies’ must
be offset to establish a fair division of
the surplus and a fair rate. See 3/20/17
Tr. 1865, 1907 (Marx).
With regard to the upstream market of
copyright holders, Professor Marx
utilized two separate approaches. In her
self-described ‘‘baseline’’ approach, she
‘‘treat[ed] rights holders as one
upstream entity, reflecting the broad
overlap in ownership between
publishers and record labels.’’ Marx
WDT ¶¶ 146, 162. In her ‘‘alternative’’
approach, she uncoupled the two
collectivized copyright holders,
grouping the songwriters/publishers, on
the one hand, and the recording artists/
record companies, on the other. Id. The
two purposes of her alternative
approach were: (1) To separately
allocate surplus and indicate rates for
musical works (the subject of this
proceeding); and (2) to illuminate the
additional ‘‘bargaining power’’ of each
category of copyright holder when these
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
two categories of necessary
complements arrive separately in the
input market under the Shapley
methodology. 3/20/17 Tr. 1883–84
(Marx).
i. Professor Marx’s Baseline Approach
Professor Marx noted the undisputed
principle that ‘‘[t]he calculation of the
Shapley value depends on the total
value created by all the entities together
and the values created by each possible
subset of entities.’’ Marx WDT ¶ 147.
Equally undisputed is the
understanding that ‘‘[t]hese values are
functions of the associated revenue and
costs.’’ Id.
The surplus to be divided (from
which rates can be derived) is realized
at the downstream end of the
distribution chain when revenues are
received from retail consumers. That
surplus can be measured as the profits
of the downstream streaming services
(and the alternative services in her
model), i.e., their ‘‘revenue minus . . .
non-content costs.’’ 116 The total
combined value created by the delivery
of the sound recordings through the
interactive (and substitutional)
streaming services consists of: (1) The
aforementioned profits downstream
(i.e., service revenue ¥ non-content
cost) minus (2) ‘‘the copyright owners’
non-content costs. Simply put,
‘‘surplus’’ reflects the amount of retail
revenue that the input providers can
split among themselves after their noncontent costs (i.e., the costs they do not
simply pay to each other) have been
recovered.
In her Shapley Analysis, Professor
Marx relied on 2015 data from Warner/
Chappell for her music publisher noncontent cost data and its ownershipaffiliated record company, Warner
Music Group, for record company noncontent costs.117 Utilizing the Warner
cost data and extrapolating to the entire
industry, Professor Marx estimated that
‘‘Musical Work Copyright Holders’ Total
Non-Content Costs’’ equaled $424
million; and ‘‘Sound Recording
Copyright Holders’ Total non-content
116 Content costs, as opposed to non-content
costs, are not deducted because the content costs
comprise the surplus to be allocated in terms of
royalties paid and residual (if any) that remains
with the interactive streaming (and substitute)
services. The non-content costs, as discussed infra,
must be recovered by each input provider as part
of its Shapley value, because entities must recover
costs to the extent their share of revenues allows
such recovery.
117 Professor Marx was limited to the Warner data
for non-content costs because, among all major
holders of musical works and sound recording
copyrights, ‘‘only Warner . . . breaks down its cost
by geographic region and by source in enough detail
to estimate the amounts needed.’’ Marx WDT
¶¶ 149–150.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
costs equaled $2.605 billion (more than
six times musical works’ copyright
holders’ non-content costs). Total
licensors’ upstream non-content costs
totaled $3.028 billion. Id. ¶ 150, Fig. 26.
Turning to the downstream
distribution outlets, Professor Marx
identified and relied on Spotify’s 2015
revenue and cost data from for
interactive streaming services; for the
alternative distribution modes, she
relied on Pandora’s and Sirius XM’s
revenue and cost data. Id. ¶ 152 &
nn.149–52. Using that data, Professor
Marx estimated interactive streaming
revenue of $[REDACTED] billion; and
(2) interactive streaming profit of
$[REDACTED]. For the alternative
distributors (Pandora and Sirius XM),
she estimated (1) revenues of $8.514
billion; and (2) profits of $3.576 billion.
The total downstream revenue,
according to Professor Marx, equaled an
estimated $10.118 billion. Id. ¶ 153 &
Fig. 27.
Professor Marx noted some degree of
substitution between interactive
streaming services and alternative
distribution channels (e.g., noninteractive internet radio and satellite
radio). Id. ¶ 154. She opined that ‘‘it is
difficult to determine the exact value of
this substitution effect,’’ so she reported
a range of Shapley value calculations
that corresponded to ‘‘a range of
possible substitution effects.’’ Id.
These data were inputs into Professor
Marx’s Shapley algorithm, i.e., assigning
value to each input provider for each
potential order of arrival among these
categories of providers to the market.
The multiple values were summed and
averaged as required by the Shapley
methodology to arrive at the ‘‘Shapley
value,’’ which accounts for each entity’s
revenues and (non-content) costs under
each possible ordering of marketarrivals.
Based on the foregoing, Professor
Marx estimated that the total royalty
payment due from the Services to
Copyright Owners would range from
$[REDACTED] million to $[REDACTED]
million, depending on varying
assumptions as to the substitution
between interactive services and
alternate delivery channels. This range
of revenues reflected a ‘‘percent of
revenue’’ paid by interactive streaming
services to all copyright holders
(musical works and sound recordings)
ranging from [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]%. Id. ¶¶ 159–160.
Professor Marx then noted that this is
well below the combined royalty rate of
[REDACTED]% Spotify pays for musical
works and sound recording rights,
indicating that the actual combined
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
royalty payments are clearly too high.
Id. ¶ 161.118
1949
COPFF ¶ 741. More technically,
Copyright Owners object to Professor
Marx’s joinder of the sound recording
ii. Professor Marx’s Alternative
and musical works rights holders as a
Approach
single upstream entity in her ‘‘baseline’’
Professor Marx also performed an
model, claiming that combination had
‘‘alternative’’ Shapley Analysis in which the undisputed effect of lowering
she modeled the upstream market as two Shapley values, and hence royalties,
entities: ‘‘a representative copyright
available to be divided between the two
holder for musical works and a
categories of rights holders. Gans WRT
representative copyright holder for
¶ 21; Watt WRT App. 3 at 2 (in real
sound recordings.’’ Id. ¶ 163. In all other world, as opposed to stylized Shapleyrespects, Professor Marx’s methodology
world, rights holders would not jointly
was the same as in her baseline
negotiate with licensees); see also
approach. See id. ¶ 199, App. B.
COPFF ¶ 742. Further, Professor Gans
Under the alternative approach with
questions Professor Marx’s rationale for
two owners of collective copyrights
her joint negotiation assumption, viz.,
upstream, interactive streaming
the overlapping ownership interests of
services’ total royalty payments range
record companies and music publishers.
from [REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]%
Gans WRT ¶ 21.
of service revenue. Id. Sound recording
The Judges find this criticism of
copyright holders’ total royalty income
Professor Marx’s baseline approach to
under this alternative approach ranged
be appropriate, in that it was not
from [REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]%
necessary to combine the two rights
of revenue. Id. Professor Marx explained holders in a Shapley Analysis. As
that this higher range of combined
Professor Watt explained in his separate
royalties arose from the fact that
criticism, there is no need to collapse
splitting the copyright holders into two
the rights holders into a single
creates two ‘‘must-haves’’ providing
bargaining entity to eliminate holdout
each upstream entity with more ‘‘market power by the respective rights holders,
power and consequently higher payoffs
because the ‘‘heart and soul’’ of the
than the baseline calculation.’’ Id. ¶ 164, Shapley Model is exclusion of the
n.153. By splitting the upstream
holdout value that any input supplier
licensors into two categories (record
could exploit in an actual bargain. 3/27/
companies and songwriters/publishers), 17 Tr. 3073 (Watt). He emphasized that,
Professor Marx calculated that ‘‘musical because the Shapley Model incorporates
work copyright holders’ total royalty
all possible ‘‘arrivals’’ of input
income as a percentage of revenue
suppliers, it eliminates from the
ranges from [REDACTED]% to
valuation and allocation exercise the
[REDACTED]%.’’ Id. ¶ 163. By way of
effect of an essential input supplier
comparison, Spotify actually pays
holding out every time or arriving
[REDACTED]% of its revenue for
simultaneously with another input
musical works royalties (i.e., All-In
supplier (or apparently creating Cournot
royalties). Accordingly, Professor Marx
Complement inefficiencies). Id. at 3069–
concludes that ‘‘[b]ecause this
70.
proceeding is about mechanical rates,
However, the foregoing criticism does
the fairness component of 801(b) factors not pertain to Professor Marx’s second
suggests that interactive streaming’s
Shapley Model—her ‘‘Alternative’’
mechanical rates should be reduced
model—in which she maintains the two
from their current level.’’ Id. ¶ 161.
separate rights holders for musical
works and sound recordings. Marx WDT
iii. Copyright Owners’ Criticisms
¶ 146, n.153; 3/20/17 Tr. 1871–72
Copyright Owners criticize Professor
(Marx). With regard to this Alternative
Marx’s model for ‘‘failing to accurately
model, Copyright Owners level a more
reflect realities of the market, where
general criticism of Professor Marx’s
current observed market rates for sound approach that does pertain to her
recording royalties alone are
Alternative model (as well as her
approximately 60% of service revenue.
Baseline model). They assert, through
See Watt WRT ¶ 23; Written Rebuttal
both Professors Gans and Watt, that
Testimony of Joshua Gans, Trial Ex.
Professor Marx wrongly distorted the
3035, ¶¶ 19, 28 (Gans WRT); see also
actual market in yet another manner—
by assuming the existence of only one
118 Because her baseline approach combines
interactive streaming service—rather
sound recording and musical works licensors into
than the presence of competing
a single entity, Professor Marx does not break out
interactive streaming services. Watt
separate royalties for musical works performances
or mechanical licenses. However, she recommends
WRT ¶¶ 25, 32 n.19, 17; Gans WRT
that the mechanical rate should be lowered based
¶¶ 55–56; see also COPFF ¶ 755. By this
on this finding. Professor Marx does specifically
change, they argue, Professor Marx
estimate the musical works rate under her
Alternative approach.
inflated the Shapley surplus attributable
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1950
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
to the interactive streaming services
compared to the actual proportion they
would receive in the market.
According to Professor Gans, this
simplified assumption belies the fact
that the market is replete with many
substitutable interactive streaming
services, whose competition inter se
reduces each service’s bargaining
power. The problem, he opines, is that
to the extent the entities being
combined are substitutes for one
another–such as alternative music
services–then combining them ignores
the effects of competition between them,
thereby inflating their combined share
of surplus from the joint enterprise (i.e.
their Shapley value). Gans WRT ¶ 21.
Professor Marx does not deny that she
intentionally elevated the market power
of the services by combining them in the
model as a single agent. However, she
explained that she made this adjustment
to offset the concentrated market power
that the rightsholders possess, separate
and apart from any holdout power,
which the Shapley ordering algorithm
would address. Thus, Professor Marx
explained that her alteration of market
power apparently was designed to
address an issue—market power—that
the Shapley Analysis does not address.
3/20/17 Tr. 1863 (Marx) (‘‘I want a
model that represents a fair outcome in
the absence of market power, so I am
going to have to be careful about how
I construct the model that I am not
putting in market power into the
model.’’).119
Professor Gans testified that Professor
Marx’s approach was erroneous because
Shapley values are meant to incorporate
market power asymmetries, not to
eliminate them. Gans WRT ¶ 31
(Shapley values incorporate market
power asymmetries). However, the
Judges note that Professor Gans
acknowledged that in an Australian
legal proceeding, he too combined
119 Although at first blush it would seem more
appropriate for Professor Marx to have directly
adjusted the copyright holders’ market power by
breaking them up into several entities each with
less bargaining power, such an approach would
make Shapley modeling less tractable (by increasing
the number of arrival alternatives in the algorithm),
compared with the practicality of equalizing market
power by inflating the power of the streaming
services (by reducing them to a single
representative agent). For example, in Professor
Marx’s ‘‘alternative’’ Shapley Model, she models
four entities, two upstream (musical works holders
and sound recording holders), and two downstream
(the representative single streaming service and a
single alternate distribution outlet). With these four
entities, the number of different arrival orders is 4!
(factorial), or 24. If Professor Marx instead had
broken the musical works copyright holders and the
sound recording copyright holders respectively into
two entities, the number of total entities would
have increased from 4 to 6. The number of arrival
orders would then have increased from 24 to 720.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
multiple downstream entities into a
single entity in his Shapley Model in
‘‘comparison’’ to two upstream rights
holders. 3/30/17 Tr. 4179 (Gans).
Additionally, Professor Watt has
authored and published an article (cited
at Gans WDT ¶ 65, n.36) in which he too
‘‘artificially’’ equalized market power
between rights holders and licenses
(radio stations) in the same manner. See
R. Watt, Fair Copyright Remuneration:
The Case of Music Radio, 7, 25, 35
(2010) 7 Rev. of Econ. Res. on Copyright
Issues 21, 25, 35 (2010) (‘‘artificially’’
modeling the ‘‘demand side of the
market as a single unit, rather than
individual radio stations . . . thereby
. . . add[ing] (notionally) monopsony
power to the demand side’’ to offset the
monopoly power of the input supplier).
In essence, the import of this criticism
is not the faithfulness of Professor
Marx’s testimony to the Shapley Model;
rather, it pertains to her decision to
include an adjustment for market power
asymmetry that seeks to equalize market
power as between Copyright Owners
and the streaming services. Her
adjustment is consistent with testimony
by Professor Katz, who cautioned that a
Shapley Analysis takes the parties’
market power as a given, locking-in
whatever disparities exist. 4/15/15 Tr.
4992–93 (Katz).
The Judges agree with Professor Watt
and find that the Shapley Analysis,
taking the number of sellers in the
market as a given, eliminates the ‘‘holdout’’ problem that would otherwise
cause a rate to be unreasonable, in that
it would fail to reflect effective (or
workable) competition. However,
Professor Marx’s Shapley Model also
attempts to eliminate a separate factor—
market power—that she asserts renders
a market-based Shapley Analysis
incompatible with the objectives of
Factors B and C of section 801(b)(1). The
Judges will consider the appropriateness
of Professor Marx’s adjustment for
market power in their discussion of
these two factors.120 For purposes of
deriving a reasonable (and effectively
competitive) rate prior to application of
the 801(b)(1) factors, it is sufficient to
note that Professor Marx’s adjustment is
not inconsistent with the traditional
Shapley Analysis (as both Professors
Watt and Gans have acknowledged in
their work outside of this proceeding),
120 See infra, section VI.B. Although the Judges
find a market power adjustment relevant in a
section 801(b)(1) Factor B and C analysis, it is not
a consideration when determining a rate that
reflects ‘‘effective competition.’’ An effectively
competitive rate need not adjust for market power
because such a rate does not include consideration
of these two factors or their public utility style
legislative history antecedents.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and does not disqualify her Shapley
value analysis from further
consideration.
Professor Marx’s alternative approach
yielded a musical works royalty rate of
between [REDACTED]% and
[REDACTED]% of service revenue.
3/20/17 Tr. 1885 (Marx). In that
alternative model, Professor Marx found
that Spotify’s total royalties for musical
works and sound recordings combined
would range from [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]% of total revenue,
meaning that payments for sound
recording rights would be
approximately [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]% of total revenue. Id. The
ratio of sound recording royalties to
musical works royalties under Professor
Marx’s model is no lower than
[REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]%, or
[REDACTED]:1. Stated as a percentage
of sound recording royalties (i.e., TCC),
musical works royalties would thus be
[REDACTED]%.121
b. Professor Gans’s ‘‘Shapley-Inspired
Approach’’
On behalf of Copyright Owners,
Professor Gans presented a model that
he described as ‘‘inspired’’ by the
Shapley approach, but not per se a
Shapley Analysis. 3/30/17 Tr. 4109
(Gans). At a high level, his Shapleyinspired approach attempted to
determine the ratio of sound recording
royalties to musical works royalties that
would prevail in an unconstrained
market. After calculating that ratio, he
estimated what publisher mechanical
royalty rates would be in a market
without compulsory licensing by
multiplying the benchmark sound
recording rates by this ratio. Gans WDT
¶ 63.
Professor Gans began his analysis
with two critical assumptions: (1)
Publishers and record companies must
have equal Shapley values (i.e., must
recover equal profits from total surplus),
because musical compositions and
sound recording performances are
perfect complements and essential
components of the streamed
performance; 122 and (2) record
121 TCC percentage is the reciprocal of the sound
recording to musical work royalty ratio, expressed
as a percentage. Thus, 1/[redacted] = [redacted]
(rounded) or [REDACTED]%.
122 Modeling the market as having two upstream
suppliers of complementary inputs (i.e., a musical
works copyright owner and a sound recordings
copyright owner) produces the result that Professor
Gans assumed in his analysis: The upstream
suppliers reap equal profits, though their royalties
differ due to differences in their cost structures.
Professors Marx, in her ‘‘alternative approach,’’ and
Watt, in his ‘‘Shapley Model with 3 Streaming
Services, models the market in this way. Marx WDT
¶ 201 (Figure 33 in Appendix B) (fifth column
shows identical Shapley values for both upstream
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
company profits from interactive
streaming services are used as
benchmark Shapley values. Gans WDT
¶ 77. The royalties that result from
Professor Gans’s analysis will differ,
given the different level of costs
incurred by music publishers and
record companies respectively. See
Gans WDT ¶¶ 23, 71, 74, 76; Gans WRT
¶¶ 15–17; see also 3/30/17 Tr. 3989
(Gans).
Echoing Dr. Eisenach, Professor Gans
found these assumptions critical
because agreements between record
companies and interactive streaming
services are freely negotiated, i.e., they
are not set by any regulatory body or
formally subject to an ongoing judicial
consent decree and, accordingly, are
also not subject to any regulatory or
judicial ‘‘shadow’’ that arguably might
be cast from such governmental
regulation in the market. Accordingly,
Professor Gans uses the profits arising
from these unregulated market
transactions to estimate what the
mechanical rate for publishers would be
if they too were also able to freely
negotiate the rates for the licensing of
their works. See Gans WDT ¶ 75.
Professor Gans utilized data from
projections in a Goldman Sachs analysis
to identify the aggregate profits of the
record companies and the music
publishers, respectively. See 3/30/17 Tr.
4017 (Gans). Given his assumption that
sound recordings and musical works
were both ‘‘essential’’ inputs and thus
able to claim an equal share of the
profits, Professor Gans posed the
question: ‘‘[H]ow much revenue do we
need to hand to the publishers so that
they end up earning the same profits as
the labels? Id. at 4018.
He found that, for the music
publishers to recover their costs and
achieve profits commensurate with
those of the record companies under his
approach, the ratio of sound recording
royalties to musical works royalties
derived from his Shapley-inspired
analysis was 2.5:1 (which attributes
equal profits to both classes of rights
holders and acknowledges the higher
costs incurred by record companies
compared to music publishers). See
Gans WDT ¶ 77, Table 3.
As noted, Professor Gans made a key
assumption, treating as accurate Dr.
Eisenach’s calculation of an effective
per play rate for sound recordings of
$[REDACTED]. Given those two inputs
(the 2.5:1 ratio and the $[REDACTED]
per play rate) Professor Gans’s approach
indicated a market-derived musical
works per play royalty rate of
$[REDACTED] (rounded). Id. ¶ 78, Table
3. However, because the musical works
royalty is comprised of the mechanical
rate and the performance rate paid to
PROs (not to publishers), Professor Gans
had to subtract the performance rate. He
determined that the percent of revenues
attributable to mechanical royalties was
81% of the total musical works
royalties, under his approach. Thus, he
estimated a mechanical royalty rate of
$[REDACTED].123 well above the
Copyright Owners’ proposed $0.0015
statutory per play rate, and thus
confirming the reasonableness of the
Copyright Owners’ proposal. Id. ¶ 78.
On this basis, Professor Gans also
concluded that his Shapley-inspired
approach supports the Copyright
Owners’ per-user rate proposal.
Applying the Shapley -based ratio of
2.5:1 to the benchmark per-user rate
negotiated by the labels of
$[REDACTED] per user per month, and
after subtracting the value of the
performance rights royalty, Professor
Gans obtains an equivalent publisher
mechanical rate of $[REDACTED]
(rounded) per user per month (i.e.,
($[REDACTED]/2.5) × 80%124). Id. ¶ 85.
The Judges do not accept the rates
derived by Professor Gans’s Shapleyinspired model, because of its
assumption and use of the
$[REDACTED] per play sound recording
interactive rate. Dr. Eisenach’s
$[REDACTED] per play sound recording
rate is not supported by the weight of
the evidence. Moreover, the record
company profits are inflated by the
inefficient rates created through the
Cournot Complements problem that
affects the agreements between record
companies and streaming services, as
noted by the Services’ experts in this
proceeding, and as the Judges noted in
Web IV.
However, the Judges find the ratio of
sound recording to musical work
royalties that Professor Gans derived
from his analysis to be informative.
Professor Gans computed this ratio
based on an assumption of equal
Shapley values between musical works
and sound recording copyright owners.
The Judges find this assumption to be
reasonable and confirmed by Professor
Marx’s Shapley Analysis. The Judges
also find Professor Gans’s reliance on
× 0.81 = 0.0025 (rounded).
Gans multiplies the per play rate by
81% but the per user rate by 80%. Compare Gans
WDT ¶ 78 with Gans WDT ¶ 85. The rate derived
by Professor Gans was the 80% figure. Gans WDT
¶ 77, Table 3, line 17. This discrepancy has no
impact on the relevance of his analysis.
123 [redacted]
124 Professor
providers); Trial Ex. 2619, at 8 (Appendix 3 to Watt
WRT) (‘‘Since there are only two players in this
game, and each would have veto rights over the
business, the net surplus would be shared equally
between them.’’).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1951
financial analysts’ projections for the
respective industries to be reasonable.
Expressed as a percentage of sound
recording royalties, Professor Gans’s
2.5:1 sound recordings to musical works
royalty ratio yields a musical works
royalty rate of 40% of TCC.
c. Professor Watt’s Shapley Analysis
As a rebuttal witness, Professor Watt
testified regarding purported defects in
Professor Marx’s Shapley Model. In
addition, he presented alternative
modeling intended to apply an adjusted
version of Professor Marx’s Shapley
Model.
Professor Watt found that Professor
Marx’s approaches contained several
flaws and methodological issues. See
3/27/17 Tr. 3057 (Watt). Accordingly,
he, like Professor Gans, attempted to
adjust her modeling in a manner that, in
his opinion, generated ‘‘decent,
believable results.’’ Id. at 3058.
In his Shapley Model adjusting
Professor Marx’s analysis, Professor
Watt found that at least [REDACTED]%
of interactive streaming revenue should
be allocated to the rights holders (as
distinguished from a range of
[REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]% of
total revenues going to rights holders
under Professor Marx’s analysis). Of this
[REDACTED]%, [REDACTED]% should
be retained by the musical works
copyright holders and [REDACTED]%
should be allocated to record
companies. Expressed as percentages of
revenue, musical works copyright
owners would receive
[REDACTED]%125 of total interactive
streaming revenue while record
companies would receive
[REDACTED]%.126 See Watt WRT ¶ 35;
3/27/17 Tr. 3083, 3115–16 (Watt).127
The ratio of sound recording to musical
works royalties under Professor Watt’s
analysis is thus [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]%, or [REDACTED]:1.
Expressed as a percentage of sound
recording royalties, musical works
royalties would be [REDACTED]%.
2. Deriving a Royalty Rate
Professors Marx, Gans, and Watt
reached conclusions that were broadly
consistent insofar as they all found that
the ratio of sound recording to musical
125 [REDACTED]
(rounded).
(rounded).
127 At present, record companies receive
approximately 60% of total interactive streaming
revenue, substantially higher than the
[REDACTED]% calculated by Professor Watt. He
explains that the reason for this difference is clear;
the mechanical rate is artificially depressed by
regulation, allowing the sound recording rate (set in
an unregulated market) to appropriate a larger share
of the royalties, given the perfect complementarity
of the two rights. Watt WRT ¶ 36.
126 [REDACTED]
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1952
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
works royalty rates should decline. The
following table summarizes these
experts ratios, expressed both as ratios
and percentages, and includes for
comparison the actual ratio of sound
recording to musical works royalties
paid by Spotify, as well as the ratio
implied by the prevailing headline
percent of revenue rates for musical
works and sound recordings.
SOUND RECORDING TO MUSICAL WORKS RATIOS AND TCC PERCENTAGES
TCC percentage 128
Scenario
Ratio
Watt Shapley Analysis ...................................................................................................
Gans Shapley-inspired Analysis ....................................................................................
Marx Shapley Analysis ..................................................................................................
Spotify Actual .................................................................................................................
Headline Percent of Revenue Rates .............................................................................
[REDACTED]:1 ...................
[REDACTED]:1 ...................
[REDACTED]:1 ...................
[REDACTED]:1 ...................
5.71:1 .................................
All of the experts’ ratios are well
below the current ratio of approximately
[REDACTED]:1 for Spotify, and
approximately 5.71:1 comparing the
10.5% headline rate to an average sound
recording rate of approximately 60% of
revenue. Accordingly, under their
respective Shapley Models, Professors
Marx, Gans, and Watt appear to be in
general agreement that the ratio of
sound recording to musical works
royalties should decline.
Both Professor Marx’s and Professor
Watt’s models show lower combined
royalties being paid by services than are
currently paid in the marketplace.
Professor Marx’s model produces
combined royalties of between
[REDACTED]% and [REDACTED]% of
service revenue, while Professor Watt’s
model produces combined royalties of
between [REDACTED]% and
[REDACTED]%.129 Even the highest of
these values is less than [REDACTED].
The discrepancy in total royalties
between the models and the real world
is explained, in part, by the absence of
supranormal complementary oligopoly
profits in the Shapley Model, and the
presence of those profits in the actual
market. In addition, the total royalties
paid in Professor Marx’s model are
lowered still further by her decision to
equalize bargaining power between the
content providers and services by
modeling the services as a single entity.
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
17.5
Even with lower combined royalties,
the models also show musical works
royalties at or above the prevailing
headline rate of 10.5%. Mathematically
that is possible only because the models
also yield lower royalties for sound
recordings at all levels of total royalties.
The following tables show the
percentage revenue royalty rates for
musical works and sound recordings
that are produced by applying the
experts’ ratios to the different levels of
total royalties. The final column shows
the rates yielded by applying the ratios
to Spotify’s total royalty obligation of
[REDACTED]%.
IMPLIED MUSICAL WORK ROYALTY (% OF REVENUE) BASED ON RATIO AND TOTAL ROYALTIES 130
Expert
Ratio
TCC
%
[REDACTED]
%
[REDACTED]
%
[REDACTED]
%
[REDACTED]
%
[REDACTED]
%
[REDACTED]
%
Watt ...................................................
Gans ..................................................
Marx ..................................................
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
IMPLIED SOUND RECORDING ROYALTY (% OF REVENUE) BASED ON RATIO AND TOTAL ROYALTIES 131
Expert
Ratio
TCC
%
[REDACTED]
%
[REDACTED]
%
[REDACTED]
%
[REDACTED]
%
[REDACTED]
%
[REDACTED]
%
Watt ...................................................
Gans ..................................................
Marx ..................................................
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[The reason] my predicted fraction of
revenues for sound recording royalties is
significantly less than what is observed in the
market [is] simple. The statutory rate for
mechanical royalties in the United States is
significantly below the predicted fair rate,
and the statutory rate effectively removes the
musical works rightsholders from the
bargaining table with the services. Since this
leaves the sound recording rightsholders as
the only remaining essential input,
bargaining theory tells us that they will
successfully obtain most of the available
surplus.
Watt WRT ¶ 36.132
Applying the ratios derived from the
experts’ models to the higher total
royalties that prevail in the marketplace
would yield musical works royalty rates
higher than the models predict. For
example, based on Professor Marx’s
lowest estimate of overall royalties of
[REDACTED]%, her [REDACTED]:1
128 TCC percentage is the reciprocal of the sound
recording to musical work royalty ratio, expressed
as a percentage.
129 Professor Watt identified [REDACTED]%—the
arithmetic mean of these two numbers—as his
preferred figure.
130 The royalty rate is computed using the
formula Rmw = Rt ÷ (1 + r) where Rmw is the musical
work royalty rate, Rt is the combined royalty rate
for musical works and sound recordings, and r is
the ratio of sound recording to musical work
royalties.
131 The royalty rate is computed using the
formula Rsr = Rt ÷ (1 + 1/r) where Rsr is the musical
work royalty rate, Rt is the combined royalty rate
for musical works and sound recordings, and r is
the ratio of sound recording to musical work
royalties.
132 More specifically, Professor Watt calculates
that, for each dollar that the statutory rate holds
down fair market musical works royalties,
[REDACTED] cents is captured by the record
companies (and [REDACTED] cents is captured by
the streaming services). Watt WRT ¶ 23, n.13 &
App. 3.
Professor Watt explains the
discrepancy between the sound
recording royalty rates yielded by the
Shapley Analysis and the higher rates
that exist in the market:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
ratio (or [REDACTED]% TCC
percentage) would yield percent-ofrevenue rates for musical works of
[REDACTED]%.133 Using Spotify as an
example, however, actual combined
royalties for musical works and sound
recordings are approximately
[REDACTED]% of revenue. That same
[REDACTED]:1 ratio would yield a
percent-of-revenue rate for musical
works of [REDACTED]%.134 or nearly
[REDACTED] percentage points higher
than the model.
This is problematic because the sound
recording rate against which the TCC
rate would be applied is inflated both by
the existence of complementary
oligopoly conditions in the market for
sound recordings and what Professor
Watt describes as the record companies’
ability to obtain most of the available
surplus due to the music publishers’
absence from the bargaining table. In
order to derive usable TCC rates from
the Shapley Analyses the Judges must
address these two issues.
The Judges find that the problem of,
in essence, importing complementary
oligopoly profits into the musical works
rate through a TCC percentage can be
avoided by reducing the TCC
percentage. Specifically, the TCC
percentage should be reduced to a level
that produces the same (noncomplementary-oligopoly) percentage
revenue rate when applied to the
1953
existing [REDACTED]% combined
royalty as the Shapley-produced TCC
percentage yields when applied to the
theoretical combined royalties in the
model. For example, Professor Watt’s
Shapley Analysis produces a
[REDACTED]:1 sound recording to
musical work ratio, or a [REDACTED]%
TCC percentage. At his preferred
combined royalty rate of
[REDACTED]%, the implied musical
works rate is [REDACTED]% of revenue.
The TCC rate that produces the same
[REDACTED]% of revenue rate under
existing conditions would be
[REDACTED]%.135 These adjusted TCC
rates are summarized in the following
table.
Expert
TCC from model
Adjusted TCC
using [REDACTED]% combined royalties
Adjusted TCC
using [REDACTED]% combined royalties
Adjusted TCC
using [REDACTED]% combined royalties
Adjusted TCC
using [REDACTED]% combined royalties
Adjusted TCC
using [REDACTED]% combined royalties
Watt .......................................................
Gans ......................................................
Marx ......................................................
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
As to the issue of applying a TCC
percentage to a sound recording royalty
rate that is artificially high as a result of
musical works rates being held
artificially low through regulation, the
Judges rely on Professor Watt’s insight
(demonstrated by his bargaining model)
that sound recording royalty rates in the
unregulated market will decline in
response to an increase in the
compulsory license rate for musical
works.
[T]he reason why the sound recording rate
is so very high is because the statutory rate
is very low. And if you increase the statutory
rate, the bargained sound recording rate will
go down.
3/27/17 Tr. 3090 (Watt). Professor
Watt’s bargaining model predicts that
the total of musical works and sound
recordings royalties would stay ‘‘almost
the same’’ in response to an increase in
the statutory royalty. Id. at 3091.
As must-have suppliers in an
unregulated market, record companies
are in a position to walk away from
negotiations with the Services and,
effectively, put them out of business.
That they have not done so
demonstrates that it is not in their
economic interest to do so.136 The
decline in sales of physical copies and
133 [REDACTED]
(rounded).
134 [REDACTED]
135 The target TCC rate is computed using the
formula TCC = 1 ÷ ((Rt/Rmw)¥1), where Rt is the
combined royalty rate in the marketplace
([REDACTED]%), and Rmw is the musical work
royalty rate yielded by the Shapley value analysis.
136 The evidence in Web IV revealed that the
record companies’ strategy has been to
‘‘[REDACTED].’’ Web IV (restricted version) at 63.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
permanent digital downloads, along
with the growth of streaming, is a
powerful economic motivation for
record companies to pursue deals with
the Services that ensure the continued
survival and growth of the music
streaming industry. In negotiating those
deals both sides will be cognizant of the
effect on the Services’ content cost of a
decision by this body.
In his separate opinion, Judge
Strickler expresses concern that ‘‘if
mechanical royalty rates were to
increase to a level that significantly
reduced the profits of the record
companies from streaming, there is no
evidence in the record in this
proceeding that indicates whether the
record companies would decide to
maintain the current vertical structure
of the market and docilely accept such
a revenue loss.’’ 137 The Judges
acknowledge the concern articulated by
Judge Strickler, but note that it applies
potentially to any rate increase for
musical works that reduces record
company streaming profits.138 Just as
the Judges have noted that there is no
evidence to suggest that the current
level of short-term losses is the
maximum that the Services can absorb
in their Shumpeterian competition for
market share, they note that there is no
basis to assume that record companies
will head for the exits if their profits
from streaming drop below current
levels. At bottom, this concern goes not
to the decision whether or not to
increase the mechanical rate, or to adopt
a particular rate structure, but to the
magnitude of any rate increase, and
measures that should be taken to reduce
any disruption the increase might cause
to the industry. The Judges take both
concerns into account in this
Determination.
The foregoing exercise produced a
broad range of potential rates: TCC rates
ranging from [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]%, which correspond to
implied percent of revenue rates from
[REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]%. The
Judges narrow that range by reference to
the strength of the evidence supporting
the numbers underlying those rates.
Professor Watt testified that the data
Professor Marx used in her Shapley
model was derived from 2015 Spotify
financials and, as a result, understated
current downstream revenue. Watt WRT
¶¶ 37, 43–44. In addition, Professor
Marx included a number of items as
downstream costs that, in Professor
Watt’s view, should be excluded from
137 Judge Strickler expresses concern that an
increase in the mechanical rate might prompt the
record companies to create (or acquire) their own
streaming services, rather than accept a lower
royalty rate from the existing Services. It is wellestablished that it is not the Judges’ role to protect
the current players in the industry. Companies—
even major players in the industry—enter and exit
the market regularly. That market fluidity is not the
sort of disruption the Judges consider under the
fourth 801(b)(1) factor.
138 The Judges note that Professor Watt’s insight
applies not only to a Shapley-derived TCC rate, but
to any rate structure that results in an increase in
what services pay for musical works. Bargaining
theory instructs that the services and the record
companies will take into account any increase in
the statutory royalties that the services must pay.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1954
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
the model. Id. ¶¶ 57–59. The net effect
of understating downstream revenue
and overstating downstream costs is to
drive down the amount of surplus
allocated to the upstream content
providers. Id. ¶ 42. Although Professor
Marx addressed the reasons for her
decision to use 2015 cost and revenue
data in her model, she did not address
the effect that her choice had on
allocation of surplus, or attempt in any
way to correct for it. See 3/20/17 Tr.
1880–81, 1906–08 (Marx). The Judges
find that the total royalty values
produced by Professor Marx’s models
understate what would be a fair
allocation of surplus to the upstream
content providers. Consequently, the
Judges view Professor Marx’s top value
for total royalties ([REDACTED]%) to
constitute a lower bound for total
royalties in computing a royalty rate.
As Professor Watt’s total royalty
figures were presented as rebuttal
testimony, Professor Marx, on behalf of
the services, did not have an
opportunity to rebut them. The Judges
give them weight only to the extent of
viewing his lowest figure
([REDACTED]%) as an upper bound for
total royalties in computing a royalty
rate.
In a similar vein, Professor Marx did
not have an opportunity to rebut
Professor Watt’s [REDACTED]:1 sound
recording to musical work royalty ratio.
Professor Watt derived that ratio using
data from Professor Marx’s model, yet
produced vastly different results. See
Trial Ex. 2619, at 9 (Appendix 3 to Watt
WRT). The reason for this disparity in
outcome was not adequately explored or
explained. The Judges give Professor
Watt’s [REDACTED]:1 ratio no
weight.139
The Judges are left with the following
potential royalty rates.
Expert
TCC from model
Adjusted TCC
using [REDACTED]% combined royalties
Implied percent of
revenue rate using
[REDACTED]%
Adjusted TCC
using [REDACTED]% combined royalties
Implied percent of
revenue rate using
[REDACTED]%
Gans ........................................................................................
Marx ........................................................................................
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
[REDACTED]%
The Act requires the Judges in setting
phonorecord mechanical license royalty
rates and terms to distinguish between
(i) digital phonorecord deliveries where
the reproduction or distribution of a
phonorecord is incidental to the
transmission which constitutes the
digital phonorecord delivery, and (ii)
digital phonorecord deliveries in
general. 17 U.S.C. 115(c)(3)(C), (D). The
extant regulations do not mention
incidental DPDs, but provide that a
limited download is ‘‘a general digital
phonorecord delivery under 17 U.S.C.
115(c)(3)(C) and (D).’’ 37 CFR 385.11
(and incorporated into § 385.21). It
appears the parties’ 2012 Settlement
terms failed to make the distinction the
statute requires of the Judges.
Legislative history leading up to the
enactment of the Digital Performance
Right in Sound Recording Act of 1995
describes incidental DPDs as the
transmission of copies that are made
solely to facilitate streaming, i.e., via a
transmission system ‘‘designed to allow
transmission recipients to hear sound
recordings substantially at the time of
transmission.’’ See S. Rep. No. 104–138,
at 39 (1995). If the recipient does not
retain those copies for subsequent
playback, then the copies are considered
‘‘incidental deliveries.’’ Id. Copies
retained for subsequent playback,
whether ‘‘limited’’ or ‘‘permanent’’ fall
into the category of ‘‘general
phonorecord delivery.’’ Id. Further, if a
transmission system supports retention
of digital phonorecords for subsequent
playback, but the transmission recipient
chooses not to do so, then the initial
delivery could be consider incidental.
Id.
The Copyright Office explored the
question of identifying incidental DPDs
in an extended rulemaking
proceeding.140 During the study of the
issue, Services identified potentially
incidental copies at the service offering
level (variously called ‘‘server-, root-,
encoded-, or cached-’’ copies) as well as
at the end user level (often called
‘‘buffer’’ copies). The question,
however, remained unresolved. In
Phonorecords I, the Judges adopted the
2008 Settlement which included ‘‘an
incidental digital phonorecord delivery’’
in the definition of ‘‘Interactive
Stream.’’ 74 FR at 4529. After a finding
of legal error by the Register of
Copyrights (Register),141 the Judges
deleted the reference. See 74 FR 6832,
6833 (Feb. 11, 2009). The distinction
did not reappear in the Phonorecords II
adoption of the 2012 Settlement. See 78
FR 67938, 67943 (Nov. 13, 2013).
The record in this proceeding is
devoid of factual evidence that demands
the rate distinction. The Judges
conclude, however, that they may,
indeed must, address the distinction as
a matter of law. Reviewing the
legislative history, the statutory
language, and the history of study of the
issue by the Copyright Office, the Judges
conclude that classification of an
incidental DPD is a function of a
Service’s technological functionality
and, to some extent, an end user’s
subsequent conduct.
In the context of interactive streaming
and similar modes of delivery where
there is no general DPD, the royalty
rates in this determination covering that
mode of delivery are, de facto, the
royalty rates for the incidental DPDs
that enable the activity. To the extent
139 By contrast, Professor Marx had ample
opportunity to critique Professor Gans’s report. See
Marx WRT ¶¶ 73–75. Her criticism focuses on his
decision not to use the Shapley model to determine
the division of surplus between the downstream
services and the upstream copyright owners. Id.
¶ 74. She does not challenge the specific ratio of
sound recording to musical works royalties that he
derives from his model and that the Judges use
here.
140 When it issued an interim rule, the Copyright
Office concluded that in a determination turning
upon a conclusion of ‘‘when a DPD is an incidental
DPD,’’ the Judges should make that determination
‘‘in the context of a factual inquiry . . . if such a
determination proves to be relevant.’’ 73 FR 66173,
66179 (Nov. 7, 2008).
141 The Register noted that the regulation the
Judges adopted as part of a settlement among the
parties ‘‘overstates the scope of the section 115
license with respect to interactive streams.’’ 74 FR
at 4539. By way of clarification, the Register noted
that ‘‘an interactive stream that delivers a
reproduction of a sound recording that qualifies as
a DPD is, for purposes of the license, an incidental
DPD.’’ Id. (‘‘a stream—whether interactive or noninteractive—may or may not result in a DPD
depending on whether all the aforementioned
criteria are met.’’).
The Judges find, therefore, that the
zone of reasonable rates ranges from
[REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]% of
TCC, or, expressed as equivalent percent
of revenue rates, [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]%. Taking into
consideration the totality of the
evidence presented in this proceeding,
the Judges select [REDACTED]% of
TCC/[REDACTED]% of revenue as the
most appropriate rate within that zone
of reasonableness.
E. Other Royalty Rates
1. Royalty Rate for Incidental Digital
Phonorecord Deliveries
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
any of the configurations covered by the
royalty rates set in this determination
entail both incidental and general DPDs,
the royalty rate is for all DPDs,
incidental or general, that result from
the activity.142
2. Royalty Rates for Non-Revenue
Bearing Service Offerings
In the 2012 rates and terms, the
parties essentially rolled forward the
rate structure first constructed in the
2008 Settlement. In 2012, the parties
created a separate aggregation of service
offerings in a new subpart C 143 to the
regulations, agreeing to rates and terms
similar to those to which they agreed in
subpart B for interactive streams and
limited digital downloads. Based on the
evidence in this record, it appears
limited offerings, and bundled service
offerings are not different in kind from
interactive streaming and limited
downloads. No party offered compelling
evidence to establish the necessity for
segregating the current subpart C service
offering configurations from current
subpart B service offering
configurations.
In their review of the current and
proposed rates and terms, however, the
Judges see a basis to distinguish
promotional or non-revenue producing
offerings from revenue-producing
offerings. In some instances locker
services—particularly purchased
content locker services—are free to the
user and produce no revenue for the
Service separate from the purchase price
for the content. In some instances, a
service may transmit a sound recording
embodying a musical work that fits the
definition of a promotional offering; that
is, a sound recording that a Record
Company makes available at no cost to
the service and for a limited period. The
Services’ transmissions of those sound
recordings are made solely for the
purpose of promoting a particular sound
recording, an album, or the artist
performing the musical work. Record
companies distributing promotional
recordings bear responsibility, if any
there be, for the licensing of the
embodied musical work. In other
instances, a Service might offer a free or
reduced-price subscription to its
streams, or modified versions of its
subscription-based services, to entice
142 The rates for permanent digital downloads and
limited downloads set by the parties to the March
2017 subpart A settlement do not distinguish
between incidental DPDs and DPDs in general. The
Judges deem those rates to cover all DPDs,
incidental and general, that result from those modes
of delivery.
143 The so-called subpart C service offerings
included limited offerings, mixed service bundles,
music bundles, paid locker services, and purchased
content locker services.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
free users to become paying subscribers
after the free trial period. When services
choose to deliver no-cost or nonrevenue bearing offerings qualifying as
promotional, ‘‘free trial,’’ or no-charge
locker services, the Services will not
pay mechanical musical works royalties.
Neither shall the Services deduct the
costs of those service offerings from
service revenue, for purposes of
calculating royalties payable on a
percent of service revenue.
VI. The Four Itemized Factors in
Section 801(b)(1)
The Copyright Act requires that the
Judges establish ‘‘reasonable’’ rates and
terms for the section 115 license. In
addition, section 801(b)(1) instructs the
Judges to set these rates ‘‘to achieve the
following objectives’’:
Factor A: To maximize the availability of
creative works to the public;
Factor B: To afford the copyright owner a
fair return for his or her creative work and
the copyright user a fair income under
existing economic conditions;
Factor C: To reflect the relative roles of the
copyright owner and the copyright user in
the product made available to the public with
respect to relative creative contribution,
technological contribution, capital
investment, cost, risk, and contribution to the
opening of new markets for creative
expression and media for their
communication; and
Factor D: To minimize any disruptive
impact on the structure of the industries
involved and on generally prevailing
industry practices.
17 U.S.C. 115(c), 801(b)(1).144
The four itemized factors in section
801(b)(1) require the Judges to exercise
‘‘legislative discretion’’ in making
independent policy determinations that
balance the interests of copyright
owners and users.’’ SoundExchange,
Inc. v. Librarian of Cong., 571 F.3d
1220, 1224 (D.C. Cir. 2009); see
Recording Indus. Ass’n Am. v. CRT, 662
F.2d 1, 8–9 (D.C. Cir. 1981)
(‘‘Phonorecords 1981 Appeal’’)
(analyzing identical factors applied by
predecessor rate-setting body and
holding that statutory policy objectives
of 801(b)(1) ‘‘invite the [Board] to
exercise a legislative discretion in
determining copyright policy in order to
achieve an equitable division of music
industry profits between the copyright
owners and users’’).
The four factors ‘‘pull in opposing
directions,’’ leading to a ‘‘range of
reasonable royalty rates that would
144 The 1976 Act applied section 801(b)(1) and its
four-factor test to new licenses. The lone existing
statutory license carried forward into the 1976 Act
from the 1909 Copyright Act and made subject to
this standard was the mechanical license at issue
in this proceeding.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1955
serve all these objectives adequately but
to differing degrees.’’ Phonorecords
1981 Appeal, 662 F.2d at 9. (D.C. Cir.
1981) (citations omitted). Certain factors
require determinations ‘‘of a judgmental
or predictive nature,’’ while others call
for a broad fairness inquiry. Id. at 8
(citations & quotations omitted).
Accordingly, the Judges are ‘‘free to
choose’’ within the range of reasonable
rates . . . within a ‘zone of
reasonableness.’ ’’ Id. at 9 (citations
omitted).
In prior rate determination
proceedings, the Judges have
undertaken the ‘‘reasonableness’’
analysis followed by consideration of
the four itemized factors. They followed
that approach in this proceeding. The
Judges conclude, however, that their
consideration of the four itemized
section 801(b)(1) factors in this
proceeding also provides further
support for their findings regarding a
reasonable rate structure and reasonable
rates.
The D.C. Circuit recently reiterated
the relationship between the 801(b)
standard and market-based rates by
contrasting that standard with the
willing buyer/willing-seller standard set
forth in 17 U.S.C. 114(f)(2)(B). The court
noted that the two standards are
distinguishable by the fact that, unlike
section 114(f)(2)(B), section 801(b)(1)
does not focus on unregulated
marketplace rates. SoundExchange, Inc.
v. Muzak LLC, 854 F.3d 713, 715 (D.C.
Cir. 2017). However, to the extent
market factors may implicitly address
any (or all) of the four itemized factors,
the reasonable, market-based rates may
remain unadjusted. If the evidence
suggests that market-based rates fail to
address any (or all) of these four
itemized policy factors, the Judges may
adjust the reasonable, market-based rate
appropriately. See Determination of
Rates and Terms . . . , 73 FR 4080,
4094 (Jan. 24, 2008) (SDARS I) (applying
same factors, holding ‘‘[t]he ultimate
question is whether it is necessary to
adjust the result indicated by
marketplace evidence in order to
achieve th[e] policy objective[s].’’).145
A. Factor A: Maximizing Availability of
Creative Works to the Public
Factor A provides that rates and terms
should be determined to ‘‘maximize the
availability of creative works to the
public.’’ 17 U.S.C. 801(b)(1)(A). Of
particular importance, this provision
unambiguously links the upstream rates
145 Thus, the Judges reject Copyright Owners’
argument that the first three itemized section
801(b)(1) factors per se reflect the same forces that
shape the rate set in the marketplace. See 4/4/17 Tr.
4589, 4666 (Eisenach).
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1956
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
and terms that the Judges are setting
with the downstream market, in which
‘‘the public’’ is listening to sound
recordings that embody musical works.
In the SDARS I Determination, the
Judges made a general statement,
attributed to an expert economic
witness, Dr. Ordover, that ‘‘[w]e agree
. . . that ‘voluntary transactions
between buyers and sellers as mediated
by the market are the most effective way
to implement efficient allocations of
societal resources.’ ’’ SDARS I, 73 FR at
4094 (quoting from Written Direct
Testimony of Janusz Ordover at 11).
However, as the Judges’ present
discussion of the economics of this
market should make plain, they do not
agree that such a broad statement
captures all the economic realities of the
market. In fact, Professor Ordover’s full
testimony in SDARS I demonstrates that
he based his statement on the same
particular aspects of the pricing of
copies of intellectual property (such as
musical works or sound recordings) that
the Services’ expert witnesses and the
Judges have identified in this
proceeding.
On behalf of the Services in the
present proceeding, Professor Marx
approaches Factor A in a manner that is
at once novel (for these proceedings)
and consistent with fundamental and
relevant economic principles.
Specifically, she asserts that
maximization of the availability of
musical works (embodied in sound
recordings) to the public, through
interactive streaming, requires that the
combined ‘‘producer surplus’’ and
‘‘consumer surplus’’ be maximized,
because that leads to listening by all
segments of the public regardless of
their WTP. In Professor Marx’s analysis
‘‘producer surplus’’ means ‘‘the amount
by which the total revenue received by
a firm for units of its product exceeds
the total marginal cost. . . .’’ A
Schotter, Microeconomics: A Modern
Approach at 389 (2009).146 The
‘‘consumer’ surplus’’ means ‘‘[t]he
difference between what the consumer
would be willing [and able] to pay and
what the consumer actually has to pay.’’
Mansfield & Yohe, at 93.
When a perfectly competitive market
is in equilibrium (or tending that way)
‘‘the sum of consumer surplus . . . and
producer surplus . . . is maximized.’’
Schotter, at 420. By contrast, if a market
is not perfectly competitive because the
sellers have some degree of market
power, then the level of output is
146 For present purposes, marginal cost includes
opportunity cost as well as marginal production
cost, regarding the marginal cost of distributing
copies of the musical works (embodied in
interactively streamed sound recordings).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
somewhat restricted, producer surplus
is increased and consumer surplus is
decreased—with a portion of the overall
surplus redistributed to producers/
sellers. Another portion lost as ‘‘a pure
‘deadweight’ loss . . . the principal
measure of the allocation of harm’’
arising from the exercise of market
power. Mansfield & Yohe, supra, at 499;
see Schotter, at 398 (accepted definition
of ‘‘deadweight loss’’ is ‘‘[t]he dollar
measure of the loss that society suffers
when units of a good whose marginal
social benefits exceed the marginal
social cost of providing them are not
produced because of the profitmaximizing motives of the firm
involved.’’).147
As the foregoing definitions imply,
the two surpluses are measured by
reference to a single equilibrium price.
However, when Copyright Owners, like
any sellers, are able to price
discriminate, they enlarge the total
value of the combined surpluses,
diminish the ‘‘deadweight loss’’ and
appropriate the larger, combined
surplus for the producers. See H.
Varian, Intermediate Microeconomics: A
Modern Approach 462–63 (2010) (With
price discrimination, ‘‘[j]ust as in the
case of a competitive market, the sum of
producer’s and consumer’s surplus is
maximized [but with] the producer . . .
getting the entire surplus generated in
the market. . . .’’).
Professor Marx marshals these
microeconomic principles to explain
why the 2012 Settlement rate structure
tends to incentivize and support the
maximization of musical works
available to the public under Factor A.
Marx WDT ¶¶ 119–122, 123–133. As
she testified at the hearing:
[H]aving different means of price
discrimination is going to allow greater
efficiency to be achieved [i]f we have a way
for low willingness to pay consumers to
access music, for example, student discounts,
family discounts or ad-supported streaming,
where low-willingness-to-pay consumers can
147 To be clear, this ‘‘harm’’ is not conclusive
evidence that such static market power is harmful,
or even inefficient, on balance, in a dynamic sense.
A monopoly may be more efficient in reducing unit
costs because of necessary scale (such as a natural
monopoly) or because of superior production
techniques. And again, when marginal production
costs (of copies) are essentially zero, exercise of
market power by copyright owners (including
owners of collectivized repertoires such as record
companies, music publishers and PROS) can be
necessary to induce the production of copyrighted
goods (such as musical works and sound
recordings), because without production there is
nothing to be copied. But these efficiencies only
demonstrate why such market power should not be
dissipated, and are not relevant to the narrower
issues at hand: how to maximize the availability of
goods and to set reasonable rates given the
otherwise beneficial existence of such market
power.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
still access music in a way that still allows
some monetization of that provision of that
service.
3/20/17 Tr. 1894–95 (Marx) (emphasis
added); see Marx WDT ¶ 12 (‘‘An
economic interpretation of [F]actor A is
that the royalty structure should
‘‘maximize the pie’’ of total producer
and consumer surplus. . . .’’).
Professor Marx contends that the
price discriminatory rate structure is
superior to a per play model in
maximizing the availability of musical
works to the public:
The subscription model provides an
efficiency benefit because the price of a play
is equal to the marginal cost of roughly
zero—a subscriber faces the true marginal
cost of playing a song over the internet and
thus consumes music at the efficient level.
When subscribers face a per-play royalty cost
of zero, interactive streaming services have
the appropriate incentive to encourage music
listening at the margin.
In contrast, if interactive streaming services
faced a positive per-play royalty cost, they
would have a diminished incentive to attract
and retain high-use consumers, the very type
of consumers who create the most social
surplus through their listening. They would
also have an incentive to discourage music
listening among the high-use consumers they
retain. The higher the level of per-play
royalties is, the more this incentive might
affect the behavior of interactive streaming
services.
Id. at ¶¶ 130–131 & n. 135.148
Professor Marx’s analysis is based on
an understanding that maximizing the
availability of musical works is a
function of incentives to distributors
and a function of downstream demand.
She notes, however, that the variable,
percent-of-revenue rate structure is
consistent with agreements in the
unregulated upstream sound recording
market, where record companies license
sound recordings to these same
interactive streaming services. She
notes:
Ironically, given the preference of . . .
Copyright Owners’ economists for market
outcomes, . . . they support a proposal that
would tend to eliminate [REDACTED]
interactive streaming, which the unregulated
sound recording side of the market has
facilitated. [Copyright Owners’] proposal
would also completely do away with
percentage-of-revenue rates that form a key
part of unregulated rates negotiated between
148 With regard to Factor A as it relates to
Copyright Owners’ proposal, Professor Marx also
notes the supply-side ‘‘Cournot Complements’’
problem created by Copyright Owners’ reliance on
the unregulated sound recording market. This is a
problem because rates in such a ‘‘must have’’
unregulated market can be even higher than
monopoly rates, thereby depressing the quantity
supplied—contrary to a goal of maximizing the
availability of musical works. See 4/7/17 Tr. 5532
(Marx).
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
music labels and interactive streaming
services.
Marx WRT ¶ 84 (emphasis added).
Beyond Professor Marx’s theoretical
arguments, Dr. Leonard notes that the
existing (price-discriminatory) rate
structure that has existed for two rate
periods. He contends there is no
evidence that songwriters as a group
have diminished their supply of musical
works to the public. In fact, he notes
that the music publishing sector has
been profitable throughout the present
rate period. 3/15/17 Tr. 1120 (Leonard).
Dr. Leonard is correct that there is no
evidence in the record that songwriters
as a group have diminished their supply
of musical works to the public. No
participant performed such an empirical
study. Nevertheless, there is ample,
uncontroverted testimony that
songwriters have seen a marked decline
in mechanical royalty income over the
past two decades, and that this decline
has rendered it increasingly difficult for
non-performing songwriters (i.e.,
songwriters with income from
songwriting only and not from
performing or recording music) to earn
a living practicing their craft. For
example, Mr. Steve Bogard, a successful
veteran songwriter from Nashville,
testified that ‘‘I have written many songs
that have become hits and continue to
do so. However, over the past few years,
my income has not reflected my
continued success because the
interactive streaming services are paying
a fraction of what I earn from physical
sales and permanent downloads.’’
Witness Statement of Steve Bogard,
Trial Ex. 3025, ¶ 32 (Bogard WDT). Lee
Thomas Miller, another successful
Nashville-based songwriter, when asked
to describe the mechanical royalty
income he earns from on-demand
streaming, stated ‘‘[i]t is so insignificant
that we rarely even scroll down and
look at the line items. . . . [Y]ou look
at these numbers of millions of spins
and then you look at the tens of dollars
that they pay.’’ 3/28/17 Tr. 3517–18
(Miller).
Mechanical royalties play a critical
role in enabling professional
songwriters to write songs as a full-time
occupation.149 Professional songwriters
have traditionally subsisted on a
‘‘draw,’’ a periodic advance against
future mechanical royalties that music
publishers pay out like a salary. See 3/
23/17 Tr. 2931 (Herbison). ‘‘In many
cases, the advances we pay our
149 Justin Kalifowitz, founder and CEO of an
independent music publisher, testified that
‘‘[q]uality songwriting cannot be relegated to a parttime hobby; it is a calling and a career.’’ Witness
Statement of Justin Kalifowitz, Trial Ex. 3022, ¶ 14
(Kalifowitz WDT).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
songwriters are their main source of
income to cover living expenses,
allowing them to dedicate as much of
their time as possible to songwriting
instead of having to take other work to
make ends meet.’’ Witness Statement of
Justin Kalifowitz, Trial Ex. 3022, ¶ 15
(Kalifowitz WDT). If the mechanical
royalties from which music publishers
can recoup advances decrease, so too do
the advances that music publishers are
willing to pay out. ‘‘[I]n the non-digital
era, those draws for brand new writers,
it wasn’t uncommon for them to be in
the $20,000, $30,000 range when those
dollars meant more, 20 years ago. Today
the standard is $12,000.’’ 3/23/17 Tr.
2932 (Herbison).
The decline in royalties has
diminished some music publishers’
willingness to make or continue
publishing agreements with songwriters:
The availability of publishing deals has
significantly decreased. It is alarming that in
Nashville there are so many fewer
songwriters than there were just a few years
ago. Most estimates say that there are less
than one-quarter of the number of
professional songwriters than there were just
10 years ago. Many songwriters in Nashville
who earned a full-time living from royalty
payments are no longer signed to publishing
deals.
Bogard WDT ¶ 41. Diminished
availability of publishing deals means
fewer new songwriters entering the
profession:
Publishers cannot afford to sign as many
songwriters as they did in the past. Music
publishers typically invested in younger
writers who might not produce immediate
results and then recouped their money when
those writers started earning royalties on
album cuts. Now, when they do sign writers,
music publishers increasingly turn to
recording artist and producer writers, so they
can hedge their bets with a better chance of
recordings being released.
Bogard WDT ¶ 42; see also Witness
Statement of Liz Rose, Trial Ex. 3024,
¶ 20 (Rose WDT) (‘‘we used to sign more
songwriters and give them five or six
years to hone their craft . . . but we
can’t afford to do that anymore’’).
Development of those songwriters who
are fortunate enough to sign publishing
deals is also suffering.
When I first arrived in Nashville,
experienced and established songwriters
would invite young, talented songwriters to
write with them. This was a very
illuminating experience for the young
songwriters and helped them grow into better
professionals. It also gave the established
writer new ideas and influences. Today, a
professional non-performing songwriter
cannot simply try to write a great song alone
or with co-writers who are also professional
songwriters, then hope that an artist records
it.
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1957
Now, an established songwriter cannot
mentor young songwriters if he or she wants
to maintain his living. Veteran songwriters,
such as myself, simply do not have time.
Instead, I spend three to four days a week
with young recording artists who already
have record deals and need help writing their
songs. These recording artists are sometimes
very talented songwriters, but it often takes
the craft and art of the professional writer to
turn their thoughts into commercial songs.
Id. ¶¶ 44–45; see also Witness Statement
of Lee Thomas Miller, Trial Ex. 3023, at
¶ 6 (L. Miller WDT) (‘‘Publishers can
simply not afford to ‘develop’ as many
writers as they once did.’’).
To be sure, not all of the diminution
of mechanical royalty income has been
a result of the shift from physical
product and permanent downloads to
streaming. Digital piracy, and the
unbundling of the album 150 have
played significant parts in reducing
songwriter income. See 3/23/17 Tr.
2937, 2940–41 (Herbison). It is not
within the Judges’ authority to roll back
the clock, as it were, and remedy every
economic force that has diminished
songwriters’ income over the past two
decades. Nevertheless, the Judges find
that the evidence in this proceeding
supports a conclusion that the existing
rates for mechanical royalties from
interactive streaming are a contributing
factor in the decline in songwriter
income, and that this decline has led to
fewer songwriters. If this trend
continues, the availability of quality
songs will inevitably decrease.151
Copyright Owners, principally
through the rebuttal testimony of
Professor Watt, argue that Professor
Marx has made a fundamental error in
equating the maximizing of availability
of musical works with a maximization
of the sum of the producer and
consumer surplus. Watt WRT ¶ 10.
According to Professor Watt, ‘‘A better
understanding of criterion A is that the
royalty payments should ensure that a
150 Album sales provided songwriters income
from ‘‘album cuts,’’ i.e., songs that were not hits, but
provided royalty income from album sales. In the
current singles market that dominates download
sales, hit singles get sold (and provide royalty
income), but lesser-known tracks generally have
much lower sales and royalties. 3/23/17 Tr. 2938–
40 (Herbison). Similarly, interactive streaming
permits listeners to stream individual songs, even
if they were released as part of an album.
Noninteractive streaming of albums is not permitted
without a waiver of the sound recording
performance complement. 17 U.S.C. 114(d)(2)(C)(i),
j(13)(A)).
151 The Judges do not discount the quality of
existing songs. Indeed, music publishers continue
to market the ‘‘old standards’’ to young performers.
The Judges do not measure availability of creative
works by looking at music publishers’ profits or by
counting recycled songs contributing to those
profits. Maximizing the availability of creative
works includes, if not focuses on, new creative
works.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1958
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
plentiful supply of works is forthcoming
into the future. . . .’’ Id. To accomplish
that end, Professor Watt argues the rates
should be set to ensure that ‘‘creators
are given the correct incentives to
continue to create and make available
valuable works.’’ Id.
Professor Watt argues that even if the
rates and rate structure are designed to
maximize consumer and producer
surplus, that maximization would not
inform the Judges as to whether that
result satisfies Factor A. Rather,
according to Professor Watt
In effect, a royalty structure is simply a
way in which producer surplus, once
created, is shared between the interactive
streaming firms and the copyright holders,
but in and of itself, the structure does not
determine the size of either producer or
consumer surplus. Consumer surplus and
producer surplus are both entirely
determined by the interplay of the demand
curve for the product in question (here,
interactive music streaming) and the way the
product is priced by the interactive streaming
industry to its consumers. That is, regardless
of the structure of the royalty payments, the
‘‘size of the pie’’ is determined by the
unilateral decisions made by interactive
streaming firms about their pricing to
consumers.
Watt WRT ¶ 11.
Professor Watt also attempts to decouple the upstream and downstream
rate structures by analogizing interactive
streaming to a retail restaurant offering
of an ‘‘all you can eat buffet.’’ He
concludes that a retailer, such as an
interactive streaming service or a buffet
restaurant, can pay for inputs (musical
works or food) per-unit while still
charging an up-front access fee ($9.99
per monthly subscription or $9.99 for a
buffet meal). By this analogy, Professor
Watt purports to demonstrate that
interactive streaming services do not
require non-unit royalty rates to serve
their downstream listeners. Id. ¶ 12.
Professor Watt asserts that Spotify’s
claim that listeners to it ad-supported
service do not pay a marginal positive
price is inaccurate. He notes that
listening to advertising that interrupts
the music imposes a time-related/
annoyance cost that the listeners must
accept.152 This suggests to Professor
Watt that per-unit pricing (at least in a
non-monetary manner) indeed is
possible downstream. Id. ¶ 13.
Professor Watt further opines that any
positive marginal cost pricing of songs
by interactive streaming services on
subscription plans necessarily would be
152 The record does not address an assessment of
the advertising interruption cost. Advertising in
today’s technological environment is often
informative, especially when it is targeted to
specific listeners, adding some measure of value,
rather than cost, to the listener.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
offset by a reduction in the up-front
subscription price. He suggests that this
consequence would not necessarily be
deleterious for the streaming service
because ‘‘[w]ith the reduction in the
fixed fee (along with the positive perunit price), it becomes entirely possible
that consumers who were not initially
in the market now find it to be in their
interests to join the market, consuming
positive amounts of streamed music
where previously they consumed none.’’
Id. ¶ 15.
In their affirmative case regarding
Factor A, Copyright Owners argue that
‘‘availability maximization’’ should be
considered through the lens of the
creators, who seek high rates as a signal
to spur creation and would see low rates
as a disincentive.
In undertaking a Factor A evaluation,
the Judges are cognizant of the double
meaning of ‘‘availability’’ of creative
works in a tiered market such as the
music streaming business at issue in
this proceeding. On the one (upstream)
hand, maximizing availability of
creative works might refer to
encouraging artists to produce more
prolifically. On the other (downstream)
hand, maximizing availability might
refer to encouraging more entry into the
music streaming business to maximize
options for end-users and, presumably
expand the overall consumption of
music. The Judges must weigh the
impact of their rate decisions so as not
to favor one interpretation of availability
of creative works over the other.
With regard to the downstream
market, the Judges find that Professor
Marx’s analysis of how a price
discriminatory model maximizes
availability is correct. Price
discrimination not only serves low WTP
listeners, but it also indirectly serves
copyright owners, by incentivizing
interactive streaming services to
increase the total revenue that price
discrimination enables. Any seller or
licensor would prefer to maximize its
revenue, and a rate structure that will
effect such maximization thus would be
the best structural inducement. For
purposes of applying Factor A, a rate
structure that better increases revenues,
ceteris paribus, should induce more
production of musical works, a result
that Copyright Owners should desire.153
153 This point appears to raise a question: How
could Copyright Owners and their economic
experts argue against a rate structure that inures to
their benefit as well? The answer is: They do not.
As stated supra, they advocate for a rate set under
the bargaining room theory, through which
mutually beneficial rate structures can still be
negotiated, but not subject to the ‘‘reasonable rate’’
and itemized factor analysis required by law. In
those negotiations, as Dr. Eisenach candidly
acknowledged, Copyright Owners would have a
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
By contrast, to equate ‘‘availability’’
solely with a higher rate would produce,
ultimately, a lower surplus. The Judges
find that Copyright Owners have taken
a cramped and unrealistic view of
incentives created by price
discrimination. Although a per-unit rate
structure with higher royalty rates might
have an immediate superficial appeal,
the consequence will most assuredly be
lower revenues both downstream and
upstream.
The Judges find that the objective of
maximizing the availability of musical
works downstream to the public is
furthered by an upstream rate structure
that enhances the ability of the
interactive streaming services to engage
in downstream price discrimination
(‘‘down the demand curve,’’ increasing
revenue for both Copyright Owners and
the interactive streaming services).
In sum, the Judges are persuaded that
Professor Marx’s analysis of Factor A is
consistent with the purpose of that
statutory objective and sound economic
theory. An upstream rate structure
based on monetizing downstream
variable WTP will facilitate beneficial
price discrimination. In turn, that price
discrimination will allow for more
affordable access ‘‘down the demand
curve,’’ making musical works available
to more members of the public. The rate
structure determined by the Judges, in
which both rate prongs monetize
downstream variable WTP, satisfies
Factor A.
Although largely anecdotal and
unsupported by sophisticated surveys,
studies, or economic theories, the
uncontroverted evidence from
songwriters and publishers should not
go unheeded. That evidence points
strongly to the need to increase royalty
rates to ensure the continued viability of
songwriting as a profession. The rate
determined by the Judges represents a
44% increase over the current headline
rate, and thus satisfies the Factor A
objective in this respect as well.
B. Factors B and C: Fair Income and
Returns and Consideration of the
Parties’ Relative Roles
Factor B directs the Judges to set rates
that ‘‘afford the copyright owner a fair
return for his or her creative work and
the copyright user a fair income under
existing economic conditions.’’ Factor
C, instructs the Judges to weigh ‘‘the
relative roles of the copyright owner and
copyright user in the product made
available to the public,’’ across several
dimensions. 17 U.S.C. 801(b)(1)(B), (C).
different threat point to use in order to obtain better
rates and terms.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Congress included Factors B and C in
section 801(b)(1) to establish a legal
standard for the Judges to use to move
their determination of new rates for
existing licenses beyond a strictly
market-based analysis. In an attempt to
pass constitutional muster, Congress
crafted statutory language that
paralleled public utility-style regulatory
principles.154 According to 1967
Congressional testimony, these
principles were ill-suited for setting
rates that equitably divided
compensation for the ‘‘relative roles’’ of
licensors and licensees in order to
provide a ‘‘fair’’ outcome.155 However,
as the parties’ economic experts make
clear in their approaches to Factors B
and C in this proceeding, the discipline
of economics has evolved since Mr.
Nathan criticized as economically
impossible any regulatory attempt to
equitably divide creative
contributions.156
In the present proceeding, the parties’
economic experts agreed on the
propriety of joint consideration of
Factors B and C either through a
Shapley value analysis or an analysis
154 Public utility-style regulation, especially in
1967 when Congress was working on copyright
reform legislation, was classic rate-of-return
regulation. Essentially, the regulator would
establish the utility’s costs and determine the rate
charged to customers (or rates charged to different
customers), sufficient to provide the utility with a
reasonable rate of return. See generally Decker,
Modern Economic Regulation at 104 (2014).
155 See Hearing on S. 597, Subcomm. on Patents,
Trademarks and Copyrights of the S. Committee on
the Judiciary (Mar. 20–21, 1967).
156 Economics experts in the present proceeding
for both Copyright Owners and the Services
acknowledge that microeconomic principles (preShapley values) do not provide insights as to what
constitutes ‘‘fairness.’’ See, e.g., 3/30/17 Tr. 3991
(Gans) (‘‘fairness . . . is not a topic that is sitting
in an economics textbook somewhere.’’); 3/20/17
Tr. 1830 (Marx) (‘‘Fairness is not a notion that has
a unique definition within economics.’’); 1128–29
(Leonard) (‘‘economists . . . typically don’t do
‘fair’ ’’); 4/13/17 Tr. 5919 (Hubbard) (‘‘Economists
aren’t philosophers. I can’t go to the biggest picture
meaning of ‘fair’. . . .’’). Rather, economists
attempt to identify ex ante ‘‘fairness’’ by identifying
fair processes in the workings of and structure of
markets, in bargaining, and in the efficiency of
outcomes generated by these processes, although
their understanding of what constitutes a fair
‘‘process’’ varies. See, e.g. 3/13/17 Tr. 555 (Katz)
(‘‘[T]he most useful or practical way of thinking
about it here was really to focus on whether the
process is fair’’ . . . [and] a conception that’s often
used in economics is that a process is fair if it’s . . .
competitive or the outcome of a competitive market.
A competitive bargaining process is fair. And so
that’s the—the central notion of fairness that I used
here.’’); 3/15/17 Tr. 1129 (Leonard) (‘‘My concept of
fair . . . and what I think a lot of economists would
say is that if you have . . . a negotiation between
two parties and there are no . . . constraints such
as holdup . . . and there’s no market power . . .
again I hesitate to use the word, so maybe I’ll put
it in quotes, would be fair.); Eisenach WDT ¶ 24 (‘‘a
rate set at the fair market value by definition
provides fair returns and incomes to both the
licensee and licensor.’’)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
‘‘inspired’’ by the Shapley valuation
approach.157 See Marx WDT ¶¶ 11–2
(considering ‘‘a ‘fair return’ according to
. . . relative contributions (factors B
and C)’’ because of the use of ‘‘[a]n
economic interpretation of factors B and
C . . . a commonly used economic
approach, the Shapley value, which
. . . operationalizes the concept of fair
return based on relative
contributions.’’); Watt WRT ¶ 22 (‘‘I
agree with Dr. Marx’s assertion that the
Shapley model is a very appropriate
methodology for finding a rate that
satisfies factors B and C of 801(b); see
also Gans WDT ¶¶ 65 n. 35, 67 (noting
the Shapley approach provides for a
‘‘fair allocation’’ as among input
suppliers to reflect ‘‘the contributions
made by each party.’’). The Judges
concur with this joint analysis.
The Judges used Shapley analyses to
derive royalty rates in this
Determination, and discussed the
experts’ respective Shapley (or Shapleyinspired) models in that context.158 To
summarize briefly, Professors Marx,
Gans, and Watt’s analyses all produced
a lower ratio of sound record to musical
work royalties than exists under current
conditions, implying that a fair
allocation of surplus between those two
groups would be more even than under
the current market structure. Professors
Marx’s and Watt’s Shapley analyses also
pointed to a lower overall percentage of
service revenue being directed to
copyright royalties than exists under the
current rate structure. Due, in part, to
her decision to design the model to
equalize bargaining power between
copyright owners and users, Professor
Marx’s model produced lower overall
royalties for copyright owners than
Professor Watt’s model.
The Judges have determined a rate
that is computed based on the highest
value of overall royalties predicted by
Professor Marx’s model and the ratio of
sound recording to musical work
royalties determined by Professor Gans’s
analysis.159 The Judges find that these
rates are consistent with the experts’
analyses and constitute a fair allocation
of revenue between copyright owners
and services. The Judges’ analysis with
regard to Factors B and C demonstrates
(whether that analysis was undertaken
as part of the reasonable rate analysis or
157 The Shapley approach, named for Nobel
Memorial Prize winner Dr. Lloyd Shapley,
represents a method for identifying fair outcomes,
previously unaddressed in microeconomics.
Congress did not apply the Shapley value approach,
perhaps because this methodology, although
developed in 1953, was not yet widespread in the
economic literature in 1967.
158 See supra, section V.D.1.
159 See supra, section V.D.2.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1959
as a separate analysis), that there is no
basis to depart from the Judges’
determination of the reasonable rate
structure and rates as set forth supra.
C. Factor D: Avoidance of Disruption
The last itemized factor of section
801(b)(1) directs the Judges ‘‘to
minimize any disruptive impact on the
structure of the industries involved and
on generally prevailing industry
practices.’’ 17 U.S.C. 801(b)(1)(D). In
Phonorecords I, 74 FR at 4525, the
Judges reiterated their understanding of
Factor D, concluding that a rate would
need adjustment under Factor D if that
rate
directly produces an adverse impact that is
substantial, immediate and irreversible in the
short-run because there is insufficient time
for either [party] to adequately adapt to the
changed circumstance produced by the rate
change and, as a consequence, such adverse
impacts threaten the viability of the music
delivery service currently offered to
consumers under this license.
Id. The Judges adopt and apply in this
Determination the same Factor D test.
Copyright Owners and Apple
advocate a complete abandonment of
the current rate structure. The upshot of
each proposal is a dramatic swing in
royalties: Increases under Copyright
Owners’ proposal and decreases under
Apple’s proposal. For all the reasons
detailed in this Determination, the
Judges do not adopt either of the perunit rate structures these parties
advocate. The Judges decline to make
the requested changes in rate structure
not because the structure is different
and unfamiliar, but because of the
dramatic, disruptive effects of the
proposed per-unit rate structures.
The Services advocate essentially the
rate structure that now exists. See SJPFF
at 1. The Judges’ proposed rate structure
adopts some attributes of the existing
rate structure, incorporating the
economically reasonable features and
abandoning unsupported features that
unduly fracture and complicate the rate
structure.
The record shows that interactive
streaming services are failing to realize
an accounting profit under the current
structure and nothing the Judges do in
this proceeding will change the
Services’ business models to change that
circumstance.160 The Services remain in
business and new streaming services
enter the market despite the existence of
160 It is likely the Services have made and will
make business decisions that defer accounting
profits. The Judges’ approach offers no criticism of
the Services’ business decisions; rather, the Judges
attempt to assure a structure that permits the
Services’ competitive tactics without penalizing the
creators of the works they exploit.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1960
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
chronic accounting losses. The Services’
inability to become profitable will
persist based on the record, under
existing competitive conditions. As Mr.
Pakman testified: [N]o current music
subscription service—including
marquee brands like Pandora, Spotify
and Rhapsody—can ever be profitable,
even if they execute perfectly. . . .’’
Testimony of David B. Pakman, Trial
Ex. 696, ¶ 23 n.5 (citation omitted)
(Pakman WDT). Although Mr. Pakman
blames the lack of profitability (in part)
on the level of mechanical royalties, the
Judges find, based on the Services’ own
acknowledgement, that the lack of
profitability is a function of a lack of
scale (which is another way of
indicating that market share is divided
among too many competing interactive
streaming services). Id. Lowering
mechanical royalties to provide the
Services profitability, in the face of the
acknowledged problem of a lack of
scale, would constitute an unwarranted
subsidy to these services at the expense
of Copyright Owners.161
Although the Services have indicated
their ability to withstand short-term
losses as they compete for scale/market
share, the record also indicates that
there is a limit to such losses, however
imprecise and unknown, beyond which
services will be unable to attract capital
and survive until the long run market
de´nouement. As Dr. Leonard testified,
‘‘[REDACTED] is relevant and suggests
[REDACTED].’’ Leonard AWDT ¶ 101
n.151. This testimony reflects the wellunderstood principle that ‘‘[t]here is no
specific time period . . . that separates
the short run from the long run.’’ R.
Pindyck & D. Rubinfeld,
Microeconomics at 190 (6th ed. 2005).
Thus, although the Services appear able
to withstand current rates, a rate
increase of the magnitude sought by
2018
Percent of Revenue .............................................................
Percent of TCC ....................................................................
2019
11.4
22.0
Copyright Owners would run the very
real risk of preventing the services from
surviving the ‘‘short-run,’’ threatening
the type of disruption Factor D is
intended to prevent.
While the reasonable rate determined
by the Judges does not present the same
risk of disruption as the rates sought by
the Copyright Owners, it does represent
a not insubstantial increase of
approximately 44% over the current
headline rate. In order to mitigate the
risk of short-term market disruption,
and to afford the services sufficient
opportunity ‘‘to adequately adapt to the
changed circumstance produced by the
rate change,’’ the Judges will phase in
the new rate in equal annual increments
over the rate period. Thus, the rates for
the 2018–2022 rate period shall be the
greater of the percent of revenue and
percent of TCC rates in the following
table:
2020
12.3
23.1
2021
13.3
24.1
2022
14.2
25.2
15.1
26.2
VII. Terms
Before enactment of the Copyright
Royalty and Distribution Reform Act of
2004, the Register held exclusive
authority to set terms for use of the
section 115 compulsory license(s). In
the 2004 Act, Congress gave the Judges
authority to set ‘‘reasonable rates and
terms of royalty payments’’ for section
115 licenses, as well as terms
establishing ‘‘requirements by which
copyright owners may receive
reasonable notice of the use of their
works under . . . section [115], and
under which records of such use shall
be kept and made available. . . . ’’ See
17 U.S.C. 115(c)(3)(D), 801(b)(1). The
Register retained authority to regulate
‘‘notice of intention to obtain the section
115 license and requirements regarding
monthly payment and monthly and
annual statements of account. . . .’’ See
Final Order, Division of Authority
Between the Copyright Royalty Judges
and the Register of Copyrights under
Section 115 Statutory License, 73 FR
48396, 48397 (Aug. 19, 2008) (Register’s
Rulemaking Opinion). In adopting
terms, the Judges may adopt ‘‘additional
terms ‘necessary to effectively
implement the statutory license.’ ’’ Id. at
48398. In this Determination the Judges’
cleave to the division of authority
between them and the Register,
declining to adopt terms any of the
participants proposed that might
impinge on the Register’s authority.
The extant regulations for the section
115 license have developed over time.
Participants in prior proceedings crafted
the regulations to codify the structure
and terms of their settlements. The most
recent regulatory amendment occurred
in November 2017, when record labels
and Copyright Owners negotiated a
settlement relating to the use of musical
works embodied in physical
phonorecords, permanent digital
downloads and ringtones, the so-called
‘‘subpart A’’ configurations.
With the Judges’ determination to
change section 115 rate structures and
to realign service offerings for rate
purposes, the regulatory terms must
likewise change. Further, beginning in
2013–14 with the Web IV determination,
the Judges launched an initiative to
simplify copyright royalty regulations,
by eliminating duplication and, to the
extent possible, using plain English. The
regulations codifying the terms of the
present determination are no exception.
To standardize the part 385 regulations,
the Judges begin with a reorganization
that consolidates all regulations of
general application in a new subpart A.
In this Determination, it is not the
Judges’ intention to change the agreed
terms for extant subpart A. The Judges
do, however, move some of the agreed
subpart A regulations to the new
subpart A regulations of general
application. Further, given the changes
in rate structures effected by this
determination, the Judges now include
Music Bundle configurations in the
same regulatory category as the
constituent parts of the music bundle,
viz., physical phonorecords, permanent
digital downloads, and ringtones.
161 Copyright Owners argue that the services
could attempt to cut their non-content costs in
order to remain sustainable. They suggest that the
services emulate Sirius XM, which successfully
reduced its non-content costs as a percent of
revenue. See Rysman WDT ¶¶ 98–100. However, as
Spotify’s CFO, Mr. McCarthy notes, Sirius and XM
(the pre-merger predecessors to Sirius XM) ‘‘nearly
bankrupted themselves and merged in order to
survive.’’ McCarthy WRT ¶ 42. Moreover, not only
were Sirius XM’s content costs lower as a percent
of revenue, but also its ‘‘costs declined as a
percentage of revenue as they grew their subscriber
base. . . . Their costs declined as they achieved
scale.’’ Id. Once again, the necessity of scale
remains paramount.
The Judges’ rate structure continues to
produce an All-In rate, from which the
portion for the mechanical rights is
derived. The two rights are perfect
complements. Without sufficient
evidence to establish independent
respective values, any attempt to
segregate the two could result in
disruptive unintended consequences. In
the rate structure the Judges adopt, they
attempt to ensure that no one of the
myriad licenses required for the public
to enjoy broadcast music swallows up
payment for any other license.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Regulations specific to physical
phonorecords, PDDs, and ringtones
adopted by agreement together with
regulations specific to Music Bundles
will now appear in subpart B.
New subpart C includes all streaming
service offerings that are revenue
bearing, including offerings that the
Services market at discounted prices,
such as annual subscriptions, family
plans, or student plans. Regulations for
promotional streams and service
offerings for which the Licensee
receives no consideration and that are
free to the end-user are contained in
subpart D.
A. Definitions
1. Service Revenue
Participants in the present proceeding
disagree on the definition of Service
Revenue to be used in setting a base for
application of the percent of revenue
prong in the greater-of rate structure.
Copyright Owners’ proposed per-unit
rate structure obviates the need for a
Service Revenue definition;
consequently it does not include one.
Pandora seeks an express exclusion of
revenue from a Services’ products
outside the purview of the section 115
license, e.g., Pandora’s linked concert
ticket sales app, TicketFly. Pandora PFF
84. Pandora also seeks to expand the
current deduction from gross revenues
for the costs associated with producing
advertising revenue by permitting a
similar deduction for such costs of
doing business as credit card fees, app
store fees, and carrier service billings.
Id. PFF 85; see Herring WDT ¶ 63.
Interestingly, Amazon joins in this
request even though Amazon
[REDACTED]. See Amazon PFF ¶ 107
(and record citations therein).
For the Judges, it is almost axiomatic
that revenues from product offerings
unrelated to the section 115 license
should not be included in the revenue
base for calculation of section 115
royalties. On the other hand, the section
115 revenues should not be diminished
by such costs of doing business as
paying app store and carrier service fees
and commissions or credit card fees.
The Judges will retain the cost-ofrevenue-production deduction for
marketing to create advertising revenue
but decline to deduct other
administrative costs from the revenue
base.
Amazon and Pandora also ask for
adjustments to per-subscriber
calculations to accommodate
discounted service offerings, such as
discounted annual subscriptions, family
plans, and student accounts. See, e.g.,
Amazon PCL ¶¶ 36–39; Pandora PFF
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
¶ 83. The rationale offered by the
Services is that discounts for a family
group or for a student build the ultimate
customer base, by orienting the
discounted service users to their
particular formatting and increasing
user comfort and convenience. Id.
Copyright Owners urge the Judges to
require the Services to pay the same
royalty rate for discounted offerings as
they pay for full-price subscription
offerings.
Relying on their rationale for choosing
a percent-of-revenue rate structure
rather than a per-unit rate structure, the
Judges recognize that the Services are, to
some extent, focusing more on growth of
market share than growth of revenue.
But the Judges also recognize that
marketing reduced rate subscriptions to
families and students is aimed at
monetizing a segment of the market
with a low WTP (or ability to pay) that
might not otherwise subscribe at all.
The Services, as they work toward
profitability, are likely to continue to
market aggressively to users with the
WTP full subscription prices and to
monetize other users in hopes of getting
them into the ‘‘funnel’’ for full-price
subscriptions.
2. Fraudulent Streams
Apple, Google, Pandora, and Spotify
seek inclusion of a definition of
‘‘fraudulent streams’’ in the section 115
regulations to avoid royalty payments
for them. Google proposes defining a
fraudulent stream in terms of the origin
of the request with an alternative
quantitative limitation. See Google Inc.’s
Amended Proposed Rates and Terms at
3. Spotify combines the two criteria. See
Spotify’s PFF/PCL at 115. Apple revised
its original quantitative definition to a
reasonableness determination delegated
to the Service. See Apple Inc. Proposed
Rates and Terms at 2.
In light of technological developments
that permit non-human streaming of
sound recordings for purposes other
than consumer listening, the Judges
concur that these non-consumer streams
should not be counted in determining
the allocation of royalties. Accordingly,
a definition of Fraudulent Stream is
appropriate. The Judges conclude that
the definition should establish a
quantitative measure, removing the
subjective determinations of the various
Services from the equation.
3. Royalty-Bearing Streams
Apple led the Services in asking for
a definition of ‘‘Play’’ that eliminates
from any per-play calculation a stream
lasting fewer than 30 seconds. Apple
contends including these partial plays
are not indicative of true consumer
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1961
demand. See Ghose WDT ¶¶ 54, 60. Mr.
Vogel, testifying for Spotify asserted that
counting streams of under 30 seconds
affords a substantial windfall to
Copyright Owners. Written Rebuttal
Testimony of Paul Vogel, Trial Ex. 1068,
¶ ¶ 39–40 (Vogel WRT). Pandora and
Spotify join in the request to add a 30second threshold to the definition of
‘‘Play.’’ Apple contends that the time
threshold is a feature of [REDACTED].
Apple PFF ¶ 240. Copyright Owners
argue against the proposal arguing that
the definition for section 115 should
align with that adopted for
noninteractive streaming licenses under
section 114.
The Judges’ rate structure in this
proceeding does not stand on a per-play
base. Nonetheless, the section 115
regulations must clarify that allocation
of mechanical royalties is based on the
relative number of plays of a Copyright
Owners’ works. Copyright Owners
advocate for a per-unit rate structure
that reflects demand. The Judges cannot
find that a partial play of a work
signifies consumer demand; in fact, a
skip-though might indicate just the
opposite consumer conclusion. The
Judges adopt the definition of ‘‘Play’’
that exempts streams of under 30
seconds for tracks that are, in their
entirety longer than 30 seconds.
4. Pass-Through Licenses
The extant regulations provide
alternative measures in the calculus for
finding the greater-of all-in royalty pool
or, in some instances, the measure of the
lesser-of prong to be used to determine
the greater-of royalty pool. The
difference is in the percent-of-TCC
depending on whether the record
company’s licenses are ‘‘pass-through’’
or not. The parties offered minimal
evidence on the topic. Pandora
proposed to eliminate the distinction as
‘‘unnecessary.’’ Pandora PFF ¶ 79.
Pandora’s conclusion is consistent with
Professor Eisenach’s observation that
the pass-through rate is rarely used.
Eisenach WDT ¶ 82 n.67.
The Judges find the separate passthrough TCC rate is unnecessary and
decline to include one in the
regulations.
B. Offerings
1. Limited Downloads and Interactive
Streaming
The Judges do not alter definitions
identifying Limited Downloads and
Interactive Streaming, as the settling
parties defined those service offerings in
the 2012 Settlement. The Judges do,
however, add other offering
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1962
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
configurations to those configurations to
enlarge the rate category.
2. Mixed Bundles
In the current regulations based on
the 2012 Settlement, mixed service
bundles regulated in current subpart C
and are differentiated from music
bundles in the same subpart. Compare
37 CFR 385.21 (definition of ‘‘mixed
service bundle’’) with id. (definition of
‘‘music bundle’’).162 The rate structures
for the two bundle types, with one
exception, and the rates for the two
bundle types are identical. The
difference between the bundle
calculations occurs at the final step,
allocation of the payable royalty pool.
For mixed service bundles, the payable
royalty pool is allocated to musical
works rightsholders on the basis of
relative number of plays. For music
bundles, which include up to three
service configurations, the payable
royalty pool is subdivided by
configuration (CD, PDD, ringtone) and
the per-play allocation is calculated for
each configuration separately.
Copyright Owners proposed
combining regulations for mixed bundle
offerings with the regulations for their
component parts. The Judges conclude
that the differences in kind between
mixed offerings including streaming and
a mixed music offering including only
currently regulated configurations are
sufficient to separate them. Mixed
bundles will be subject to the streaming
rate structure, with allocation allowed
based on the relative values of music
streaming and any other bundled
offering.
3. Music Bundles
The Judges now include Music
Bundles with the regulations adopted
for physical phonorecords, permanent
downloads, and ringtones—the three
potential components of a ‘‘music
bundle.’’ Each separate offering within
the bundled configuration shall be
subject to the rate agreed by the parties
that proposed the subpart A settlement,
as applicable to that component part.
4. Lockers
In the existing regulations, Paid
Locker Services and Purchased Content
Locker Services are both royalty-bearing
configurations. In the present
proceeding, the only evidence regarding
locker services was expository. To the
162 ‘‘Mixed service bundles’’ are a product
package that includes music access together with a
non-music product, such as Internet services. A
‘‘music bundle’’ refers to packaging different music
access configurations in a single music sale for a
single price, such as authorizing a PDD with the
purchase of a CD.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
extent Services offered a purchased
content locker service, the evidence was
that those Services are exiting the arena.
For example, Apple described its
Purchased Content Locker Service as a
non-remunerative service that it is
phasing out and no longer marketing.
See, e.g., Apple PCL 52.
For Purchased Content Locker
Services that do not generate revenue
for the Service, no royalty should
accrue. For Paid Locker Services, a
Service receives subscription
payments 163 and subscription revenues
for those offerings are part of the service
revenue to which the percent-of-revenue
calculation applies.
5. Family and Student Plans
The Judges adopt here a greater-of rate
structure that measures a percent of
service revenue against a percent of
TCC. The basic rate calculations are
straightforward. The Judges also adopt a
Mechanical Floor for Offerings that
currently have a Mechanical Floor
alternative. In the present proceeding,
the Judges adopt a Mechanical Floor for
certain configurations. For purposes of
determining that minimum rate, should
the need ever arise, the parties ask for
clarification regarding subscriber
counts.
The Services presented evidence of
three subscription variations:
Discounted annual subscriptions, family
subscriptions, and student
subscriptions. A discounted annual
subscription is no different from any
subscription for purposes of calculating
the per-subscriber minimum mechanical
rate.
As an example, Spotify proposed,
albeit for a different purpose in a
different rate structure, that family
accounts be treated as 1.5 subscribers
per month and student accounts be
treated as .5 subscriber per month. See,
e.g., Spotify Second Amended Proposed
Rates and Terms at 16. Copyright
Owners’ rate proposal is based not on
subscribers, but on end users, which
they define to include any person who
streams at least one play during an
accounting period, apparently without
regard to that user’s subscription status.
For purposes of calculating a
Mechanical Floor rate, the Judges adopt
the Services’ proposal, in the form
articulated by Spotify. Family accounts
are to be counted as 1.5 subscribers and
student accounts are to be counted as .5
subscriber.
163 The Judges heard no testimony regarding adsupported locker services, but to the extent they
exist, the conclusions for subscription paid locker
services apply equally to ad-supported locker
services.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
6. Unremunerated Offerings
No party in this proceeding offered
evidence or argument against
continuing the zero royalty rate for
promotional streams, as they are defined
in the regulations. The Judges accept the
agreed definition in the extant
regulations, with substantial editing to
eliminate unnecessary complexity, and
adopt the agreed zero rate for
promotional streams.
In addition, the Judges include in the
new subpart D regulations other
offerings for which a Service receives no
remuneration. Free trial subscriptions
and purchased content locker services
that are free to the user and not
associated with any revenue (such as
advertising revenue) bear a royalty rate
of zero.
C. Reporting and Auditing
Among the areas open to the Judges
for rulemaking are notice and
recordkeeping, to the extent the Judges
find it necessary to augment the
Register’s reporting rules. The Judges’
regulations must be supported by record
evidence and may include guidance on
how payments are made and when,
accounting practices, audits, and
acceptable deductions from royalties.
See Register’s Rulemaking Opinion at
48398. With respect to the section 115
licenses, the Register’s regulations
address licensees’ Notice of Intent to
obtain a section 115 license, details of
the licensees’ monthly payments, and
specifications for licensees’ monthly
and annual Statements of Account. Id.
at 48397.
In the present proceeding, the parties’
proposed terms by and large described
rate structures and calculations of
payable rates. Given the rate structure
the Judges adopt, many of the parties’
proposed terms are inapplicable. Some
participants did propose rule changes
that are appropriate even with the new
rate structure and that would
appropriately augment the Register’s
rules. In some instances, however, the
parties’ regulatory proposals are
proffered as part of their legal argument
but are not supported by factual
evidence in the record.
The Judges include in the part 385
regulations provisions that augment the
part 210 statement of information
Services must record and retain with
regard to promotional and trial
streaming offerings. The Judges decline
to adopt other changes to part 210
requested by Spotify. The Judges will
forward those change requests to the
Register of Copyrights for such
consideration as the Register deems
appropriate.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1963
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
D. Late Fees
The Act expressly authorizes the
Judges to include in a determination
‘‘terms with respect to late
payment . . .’’ provided the late
payment terms in no way interfere with
other rights or remedies of copyright
holders. 17 U.S.C. 801(c)(7). In the
extant regulations, only subpart A
contains a provision for late fees. The
Judges did not previously include late
fee provisions in prior subparts B and C
because the settling parties did not
include those provisions. In the present
proceeding, Copyright Owners asked the
Judges to adopt late fee provisions for
all royalty payments. Copyright Owners
contend that adding the late fee
provision to all section 115 royalties
simply ‘‘clarifies’’ the intention of the
parties that settled on rates and terms in
2012.
The Judges cannot divine the
intentions or missed opportunities of
parties not before them. On the other
hand, the Judges are aware that section
115 establishes a royalty due date and
assigns to the Register of Copyrights
authority to develop regulations
detailing payment procedures. See 17
U.S.C. 115(c)(5). Rate terms under other
sections of the Act require licensees to
pay a late fee, if warranted. The Judges
see no reason for Copyright Owners to
receive late fees for ‘‘subpart A’’
activities, but forego late fees for other
licensed activities. A late fee provision
is now included in the subpart
containing regulations of general
application and applies to all section
115 royalties.
E. Part 210 Regulations
The Register’s rules are codified in
part 210 of 37 CFR. The Judges decline
to adopt proposed changes that
encroach on the settled part 210
regulations. The Judges defer to the
Copyright Office for terms that are the
responsibility of and under the
authority of the Register of Copyrights.
VIII. Conclusion
The section 115 phonorecords license
has a long history. Application of the
license has changed significantly as the
methods of musical works delivery have
evolved.164 While the current market,
increasingly dominated by digital
streaming, cannot be characterized as
immature, it cannot either be
characterized as stable.
Determination of royalty rates and
terms for the section 115 license is
complex and arduous, and reasonable
people can differ as to the best
approach—as evidenced by the issuance
of a dissenting opinion in this
proceeding. Judge Strickler’s dissent
follows this majority opinion and the
regulatory terms codifying the
Determination are set out below this
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section.
In this market, with the evidence
before them, the Judges have attempted
to establish royalty rates and terms that
compensate songwriters and music
publishers and offer to licensees
appropriate returns and incentives for
2018
(percent)
Percent of Revenue .............................................................
Percent of TCC 165 ...............................................................
2019
(percent)
11.4
22.0
continued development. The rates and
terms established in this Final
Determination shall supplant existing
rates and terms effective as of January 1,
2018.
The Register of Copyrights may
review the Judges’ Determination for
legal error in resolving a material issue
of substantive copyright law. The
Librarian shall cause the Judges’
Determination, and any correction
thereto by the Register, to be published
in the Federal Register no later than the
conclusion of the 60-day review period.
Suzanne M. Barnett,
Chief Copyright Royalty Judge.
Jesse M. Feder,
Copyright Royalty Judge.
Dated: November 5, 2018
DISSENTING OPINION OF
COPYRIGHT ROYALTY JUDGE DAVID
R. STRICKLER
I respectfully dissent from the
Majority Opinion, for the reasons set
forth below.
II. The Majority Opinion Lacks an
Adequate Basis in the Record
A. The Rate Structure Adopted by the
Majority was not proposed during the
Proceeding.
The Majority Opinion establishes an
all-in rate and rate structure for
performances and mechanical
reproductions, equal to the greater of the
percent of total service revenue and
Total Content Cost (TCC), as set forth in
the following table:
2020
(percent)
12.3
23.1
13.3
24.1
2021
(percent)
14.2
25.2
2022
(percent)
15.1
26.2
See Majority Opinion, supra at 1.166
The Majority does not deny that this
rate structure was never proposed by
any party during the proceeding. In fact,
this rate structure was only proposed
after the hearing, when the record had
already been closed. More particularly,
this rate structure was proposed posthearing by Google, Inc. (Google) in an
amended rate proposal, which Google
supported in its Proposed Findings of
Fact and Conclusions of Law (GPFF).
See GPFF ¶ 4.167 (However, the majority
expressly asserts that, although they
selected this rate structure after
consideration of Google’s post-hearing
amended rate proposal, they ‘‘did not
rely’’ on Google’s post-hearing proposal.
Majority Opinion at 37 n.39)
The fact that the two prongs in this
rate structure were not combined as the
only two parts of a rate structure
proposed by any party during the
hearing is critical. The gravamen of this
proceeding was the issue of how to
combine different proposed rate prongs
(and discard others) in order to establish
a rate structure that meets the statutory
requirements that the structure be
‘‘reasonable’’ and that it address the four
itemized statutory objectives. See 17
U.S.C. 801(b)(1). The majority has
selected two rates that, although parts of
164 Passage of the Hatch-Goodlatte Music
Modernization Act (MMA) introduces further
changes in the administration of the section 115
license. Under the MMA, the Register and the
Judges are required to make sweeping changes to
applicable regulations. Rather than attempt to adapt
the regulations the Judges adopt based on the record
before them in this proceeding, the Judges will
engage in a notice and comment rulemaking
procedure to conform all affected regulations to the
provisions of the MMA.
165 ‘‘TCC’’ is shorthand for ‘‘Total Content Cost,’’
the cryptic industry terminology used to measure
royalties paid by interactive streaming services to
music publishers for musical works, as a percent of
these services’ payment to record companies for
sound recording licenses.
166 As this Dissent was initially written, the
Majority Opinion was not final and therefore the
page citations had been left blank. Page numbers are
now included.
167 However, Google proposed rates that were
well below the rates adopted by the majority. See
GPFF ¶ 4 (proposing the greater of 10.5 percent of
service revenue or 15 percent of TCC). In the event
these rates are deemed too low by the Judges (as has
occurred), Google requests that the Judges abandon
this structure and adopt instead the 2012 rate
structure, because that structure ‘‘still adhere[s] to
the Sec. 801(b) factors by setting sustainable, fair
rates that would not disrupt the industry.’’ Id. ¶ 8.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1964
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
other proposals made during the
proceeding, were never combined in
this manner during the hearing. Because
it is the combination of rates that is
crucial, the majority erred by plucking
two rates from the record, combining
them post-hearing, and then wrongly
declaring that this ‘‘mash-up’’ was
actually based on the record.
Copyright Owners filed a post-hearing
submission that calls these matters to
the Judges’ attention, in connection with
Google’s identical rate structure
contained in its amended rate proposal
submitted after the record had
closed.168 Copyright Owners’ Reply to
Google’s Proposed Findings of Fact and
Conclusions of Law (CORPFF-Google).
In their submission, Copyright Owners
correctly noted the absence of an
evidentiary record to support the
combination of a percent-of-revenue rate
and a TCC rate. See CORPFF-Google at
p. 2 (‘‘Google’s new proposal is not only
unsupported by any evidence, it is
divorced from the evidence in the
record [and] neither Dr. Leonard
[Google’s expert witness] nor any other
expert opined on the new proposal, let
alone provide a basis for assessing its
reasonableness.’’). As a substantive
matter, Copyright Owners describe this
mix-and-match rate structure as a
Frankenstein’s Monster. Id. at pp. 2, 17.
Using a different analogy, they argue
that this jury rigged rate structure is
nothing more than an unlitigated, posthearing selection of one rate from
‘‘Column A’’ and another from ‘‘Column
B.’’ Id. at p. 15.
Because this particular rate structure
was not proffered at the hearing, the
parties had no ability to mount a
challenge to it during the proceeding.
The statute and the Judges’ regulations
set forth in detail how the parties must
present evidence, testimony and
arguments. See 17 U.S.C. 803(b)(6); 37
CFR 351.1 through 351.15. At the
hearing in this proceeding (as in all rate
proceedings), the parties submitted
detailed written testimonies, engaged in
extensive direct and cross-examination
of witnesses, including expert economic
witnesses, who supported and attacked
the rate proposals made a part of the
record. It must come as quite a shock
when, after all that testimony, evidence
and analysis has been presented, the
majority decides to ignore the parties’
168 A party is entitled to ‘‘revise its . . . requested
rate at any time during the proceeding up to, and
including, the filing of the proposed findings of fact
and conclusions of law.’’ 37 CFR 351.4(b)(3).
However, nothing in the regulations permits the
amendment to create a new rate structure that was
not supported by the evidence at the hearing.
Otherwise, a party could subvert the entire
adversarial process by inserting a new proposal
after the record had closed.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
rate proposals presented at the hearing
and create a new combination that no
party had presented. I do not think the
majority can overcome this problem by
relying on the fact that the two elements
of the majority’s new rate structure
appeared in different rate proposals,
because, again, the key issue in this
proceeding was how to establish a rate
structure that combined various rate
prongs.
This shock to the parties is not
speculative, and the inappropriateness
of using an amended rate proposal to
inject untested rate structures was
clearly articulated by Copyright Owners’
counsel at oral argument. As counsel
explained:
[Google] decided it would be a good idea
to give you something simple. . . . I agree
that they are allowed to change their
proposal, but when I talk about the inability
to address all the depth, no one has been able
to analyze it. They haven’t run numbers,
right? There are no forecasts for this
proposal. [N]o one has been able to test out
what this proposal would do. So that’s why
I say it is difficult to address it all because
we weren’t given an opportunity to have our
experts test out the structure.
6/7/17 Tr. 6275–76 (Copyright Owners’
Closing Argument).
The majority’s error in creating and
adopting its own rate structure
(identical in structure to Google’s posthearing structure) has created a real risk
of economic harm that the parties were
not able to address at the hearing. As
discussed below, this risk of harm
extends not only to Copyright Owners,
but also to the interactive streaming
services, a fact acknowledged by Google,
the proponent of this rate structure, as
explained below.
B. The Majority Opinion Causes Injury
to Licensees and Licensors
1. Injury to Licensees (the Services)
The crucial aspect of the majority’s
rate structure, absent from any rate
proposal presented at the hearing, is the
use of an uncapped TCC prong in a
greater of rate structure. Because the
TCC prong will be triggered when it is
greater than the percent-of-revenue
prong, the mechanical royalty rate will
be determined by reference to whatever
rate has been established by the record
companies for sound recording
royalties. However, it is undisputed that
the record companies, by statutory
design, have the unfettered legal ability
to set their sound recording royalty
rates, allowing them to exercise their
economic power to demand rates that
embody their ‘‘complementary
oligopoly’’ status, as previously
described by the Judges. See Web IV, 81
FR 26316, 26333–34 (May 2, 2016).
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Accordingly, whenever the record
companies demand and obtain a higher
sound recording royalty rate, under the
majority’s rate structure, the services’
section 115 mechanical royalty rate
must increase as well.169
Although it proposed such a
structure, Google candidly identified
this exact risk arising from an uncapped
TCC. Specifically, Google
acknowledged:
Having no cap on TCC . . . leaves the
services exposed to the labels’ market power,
and would warrant close watching if adopted
. . . .
Google PFF ¶ 73 (emphasis added). But
obvious and crucial questions arise:
Who would do the ‘‘watching’’? When
would such watching occur? Congress
directed the Judges to be the
‘‘watchers,’’ and Congress instructed
that the ‘‘watching’’ should occur only
through rate proceedings, scheduled at
specified intervals. The majority has not
adequately addressed Google’s candid
warning as to the risk of an uncapped
TCC, to the extent it has even addressed
the issue at all.
The injury to the services from the
majority’s uncapped TCC rate structure
is easily demonstrated. For example, as
discussed infra, the unregulated sound
recording royalty rate charged to
interactive streaming now ranges from
approximately [REDACTED] % TO
[REDACTED] % of total service revenue.
With a TCC of 26.2% (the majority’s
TCC rate in 2022) the TCC prong would
equal as much as [REDACTED] % (i.e.,
[REDACTED]). However, if the
unregulated record companies
demanded 70% of revenue as sound
recording royalty payments, the
mechanical rate would then rise to
18.34% (i.e., .70 × .262). This would be
a [REDACTED] % increase in the
mechanical rate, arising from the
exercise of the absolute discretion and
self-interest of the record companies.
Moreover, the total royalty cost to the
service paying these royalties would be
[REDACTED] %, leaving the service
with only [REDACTED] % of revenue to
fund the rest of its operations.
It is important to distinguish the TCC
rate in the 2012 benchmark, advocated
in this Dissent, with the TCC rate in the
Majority Opinion. Under the 2012
benchmark, the TCC is capped in a
‘‘lesser of’’ prong, such that, if the prong
in which the TCC is set forth should be
169 Tying the section 115 mechanical license
royalty to another rate is analogous to what a
country does when it adopts a ‘‘currency board,’’
giving up its own sovereignty over the value of its
currency by tying it to the value of another
currency. Here, the majority has relinquished its
‘‘sovereignty’’ over the setting of rates over the five
year rate term, 2018–2022.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
triggered, it generally cannot exceed a
specified per-subscriber rate, thus
placing a limit on the reliance on the
effect of the record companies’ market
power. See, e.g., 37 CFR 385.13(a)(2)
and (3). This has been a tradeoff the
services have been willing to accept,
because they have agreed to settlements
in 2008 and again in 2012 incorporating
this constrained use of TCC. However,
they never accepted a complete deferral
to the sound recording rate as an
uncapped measure of the mechanical
rate for all tiers of service.
The majority apparently responds to
this problem of record company
influence and market power with a
figurative shrug. First, the majority
concedes that Google’s expressed
concern is ‘‘true,’’ but irrelevant,
because the record companies could put
the services out of business with high
rates at any time, even without the
imposition of the TCC prong. Majority
Opinion, supra at 35 n. 75. But this
point ignores the fact that, at present,
the record companies do not have to be
concerned with a reduction of their
royalties because of the linking of those
royalties to the mechanical license
royalties. That is new and, as explained
infra, the record companies may decide
to keep their rates high despite the
increase in mechanical rates, or decide
it is in their interest to avoid a reduction
in royalty revenue by creating a
completely different paradigm for
streaming, by which the record
companies move the streaming service
in-house and effectively destroy the
existing services. Is this speculative? Of
course it is, but that is precisely the
problem. As Copyright Owners’ counsel
stated in closing argument, and as
Google intimated in its post-hearing
filing, the potential impact of the record
companies’ responses to such a rate
structure, given their market power,
needed to be tested at the hearing,
which, of course, it was not.
Then, in what may reasonably be
characterized as a combination of
naivete´ and wishful thinking, the
majority notes that the parties simply
‘‘must . . . trust in the rational selfinterest of the market participants.’’ Id.
at 36 n.75. But Congress delegated the
authority to set mechanical royalty rates
to the Judges and, as noted in both the
Majority Opinion and this Dissent, the
section 801(b)(1) standards and
objectives are not to be determined
simply by reference to the market, let
alone by a referral to a market actor
economically adverse to the parties in
this proceeding.170
170 It may be the case that sound recording rights
and the musical works rights should be placed on
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
2. Injury to Licensors (Copyright
Owners)
The Majority Opinion’s rate structure
would jeopardize Copyright Owners as
well, as they note in their post-hearing
filing in response to Google. In that
reply, Copyright Owners take note of the
new risks—unaddressed at the
hearing—that they would face under
such a structure:
—record companies could acquire the
streaming services, and then set low
internal sound recording royalty rates
(transfer prices) that would amount to
‘‘sweetheart’’ deals intended to diminish
the royalties paid to Copyright Owners;
—services could start their own record
companies, and then engage in the same
transfer pricing/’’sweetheart’’ deals that
include low sound recording royalties;
—record companies could grant sound
recording licenses in exchange for equity
interests in services (short of outright
acquisition) and then agree to accept lower
royalty rates than would exist in the
absence of the equity payments, thus
reducing mechanical license royalties.
CORPFF-Google at pp. 2–3, 24, 40, 44.
Also of great importance to Copyright
Owners, a rate structure limited to a
percent of revenue or a TCC rate does
nothing to protect Copyright Owners
from the potential displacement,
deferment, bundling or attribution
indeterminacy of a revenue-based
structure. That is, even a TCC prong is
a revenue-based prong, but under that
prong the task of calculating ‘‘revenue’’
is delegated to the record companies,
over whom the Judges have no control.
Google claims that its proposed
structure (and, by extension, the
majority’s structure) does protect against
the problems that can arise under a
revenue-based royalty. GPFF ¶¶ 67, 72
(‘‘Because record labels will always
protect their own interest, this prong
ensures that, through that process, they
also protect the interest of Copyright
Owners . . . . Today, Copyright
Owners still recognize the virtue of the
TCC structure in protecting their
interest . . . .’’).
However, Copyright Owners rightly
note that they obtain no legal protection
under such a TCC prong. In making this
argument regarding displacement and
deferral of revenue, Copyright Owners
lay out comprehensively all the
problems inherent in an uncapped TC
prong set in a greater of rate structure,
such as adopted in the majority opinion:
an equal regulatory (or deregulatory) footing.
However, that is the role of Congress, not the
Judges, and the Judges cannot fix the disparity in
the regulatory structure by simply ceding to the
record companies the power to set mechanical
royalty rates (And even if the Judges could
accomplish this, they certainly could not do so
absent a record, and after the record had closed).
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1965
The notion that Google’s TCC prong will
provide protection from revenue gaming,
deferral and displacement, and other revenue
prong problems is unsupported and
speculative. Relying on just the TCC to solve
those admitted problems leaves the
Copyright Owners’ protection from such
problems entirely outside the statute . . . .
[REDACTED] are what protects the Copyright
Owners from price-slashing by the services.
What is left unanswered . . . is . . . how can
it be reasonable to ask the Judges to set a rate
that does not itself provide for a fair return
. . . but simply puts the Copyright Owners’
fair return in the hands of the labels to
negotiate terms that will adequately protect
the publishers and songwriters as well? The
labels do not have a mandate to ensure that
the Services provide a fair return to the
Copyright Owners, and cannot be directed to
ensure such. Indeed, labels may not have the
same incentives as songwriters and
publishers to negotiate such protections in
their deals. To wit, a label could make an
agreement with a service that includes only
a revenue prong in exchange for equity or
some other consideration that it may never
include in the applicable revenue subject to
the TCC. . . . [W]hat if Google purchased one
or more record labels and did not have to pay
any label royalties? Or what if Spotify chose
to avail itself of the compulsory license to
create its own master recordings embodying
musical works—which it is already doing
[COPFF ¶ 396]—and chose to compensate
itself for its use of the master recordings on
a sweetheart basis (or not at all)? Or what if
one or more labels decided to enter the
interactive streaming market and did not
have to pay themselves royalties? In each
case, the Copyright Owners’ protection—the
protection that the Services admit the
Copyright Owners need and is provided by
the TCC—would be gone.
CORPFF-Google at 39–41 (emphasis in
original).
I cannot improve upon Copyright
Owners’ statement of the problems they
face from an uncapped TCC rate prong
in a greater of structure.
The majority however dismisses this
argument, stating (as noted supra) that
they do not rely on ‘‘Google’s revised
rate proposal.’’ Majority Opinion at 37
n.39. However, that response misses the
point: Google’s argument is the same as
the majority’s argument with regard to
rate structure. Because one is deficient
as a consequence of not having been not
presented and tested at the hearing—
failing to afford the parties the ability to
cross-examine witnesses and present a
rebuttal case—then the other is deficient
as well.
C. The Majority Misunderstands the
Record
The majority pins its novel rate
structure not on any party’s proposals,
but rather on the direct mechanical
license agreements entered into
[REDACTED] and a single license
entered into by a non-participant and
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1966
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
peripheral licensee, Microsoft.171 See
Majority Opinion, supra, at 34.
However, the majority recognizes that
many other interactive streaming
agreements with music publishers
contain different rate structures,
including the rate structure consistent
with the 2012 benchmark. Id.
But the majority’s rationale for relying
on the [REDACTED] (and Microsoft)
agreements to support its rate structure
is bewildering. The majority, relying on
the testimony of Dr. Leonard, writes that
the ‘‘marketplace supports a number of
rate structures and that no single
structure or element of a structure is
indispensable.’’ Id. at 34. The majority’s
reliance on this point is bewildering
because it (rightly) praises a market with
multiple rate structures as support for
its adoption of a single rate structure.
This makes no sense.
Moreover, the ‘‘marketplace’’ of
which the majority speaks so
approvingly is not an unregulated
market. Rather, it is a ‘‘marketplace’’
that has flourished for a decade, as
discussed infra in this Dissent, while the
2012 benchmark (and its fundamentally
identical economic antecedent, the 2008
rate structure) were in place. It is this
regulated ‘‘marketplace,’’ with its multitiered rate structure, that has enabled
creation of the multiplicity of rates that
the majority lauds. Unwittingly the
majority has adopted the perverse
notion that ‘‘no good deed goes
unpunished,’’ by relying on the benefits
of the 2012 benchmark as a basis to
eliminate it! Perhaps the more
appropriate adage to follow should be:
‘‘If it ain’t broke, don’t fix it.’’ 172
D. The Majority Makes the Heroic
Assumption that the Major Record
Companies will Docilely Accept
Millions of Dollars in Lost Revenue, by
Agreeing to Accept Lower Sound
Recording Royalties
The majority is sanguine as to the
impact of the uncapped TCC prong rate
in its proposed rate structure, because it
has confidence that the major record
companies will recognize that they have
no choice but to decrease their royalty
rates and reduce their revenues by
millions of dollars, in order to subsidize
the section 115 royalty rate increases
adopted in the Majority Opinion. The
complacency of the majority is based on
171 There is no record evidence that Microsoft
continues to operate an interactive streaming
service.
172 I note that Google’s economic expert, Dr.
Leonard, did not testify in support of the rate
structure for which the majority and Google have
advocated for the first time post-hearing. In fact, he
opined that the 2012 rate structure (without the
Mechanical Floor) was the best rate structure for the
2018–2022 rate period.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
the application of the Shapley value
approaches modeled by experts for the
services and for Copyright Owners.
To summarize,173 the Shapley models
estimate a ‘‘surplus’’ of revenue from
downstream revenues, after all the noncontent costs of the market participants
are recovered, that is available to be
distributed among the services and the
input providers, i.e., the record
companies (who provide the sound
recordings) and the music publishers
(who provide the music works). The
division of that surplus is determined
by an algorithm that measures and
averages the value of each party’s
contribution to the creation of the
surplus, over all possible arrival
sequences in the marketplace.
As the majority correctly notes, the
parties’ Shapley value models all
predict that the ratio of sound recording
royalties to musical works royalties
should decrease from current levels.
However, the majority is merely
assuming that the sound recording rates
will adjust downward. They base their
assumption on the testimony of
Professor Watt, who identified what
another economic witness (Professor
Katz, for Pandora) described as the ‘‘seesaw’’ effect. Simply put, this effect
arises from the assumption that the
interactive streaming services must be
permitted to retain enough revenue to
survive,174 but, beyond that, the
suppliers of the two ‘‘must have’’ inputs
can negotiate in a free market to share
equally the remainder of the surplus
generated by downstream revenue.
(They receive different percentages of
total revenue because, although their
share of the Shapley surplus is equal,
they have different non-content
costs).175
In this see-saw paradigm, the present
ratio of sound recording: musical works
royalties is too high at present,
according to the Shapley valuations,
because the mechanical royalty has been
set under section 115 at too low a rate,
allowing the record companies to
appropriate the remainder of the
surplus, i.e., more than the percentage
suggested by the Shapley approach.
According to the majority and the
Shapley experts, applying the Shapley
values would eliminate this regulatory
173 The Shapley value approach is described in
more detail, infra.
174 I will return to this crucial assumption
presently.
175 Another Shapley value expert for Copyright
Owners, Professor Gans, does not concede that the
‘‘see-saw’’ effect will occur. Rather, he testified that
the services might simply raise downstream prices
or pay the higher royalties out of higher profits
(which to date do not exist). Gans WRT ¶ 32. This
opinion only underscores the tenuous nature of the
see-saw hypothesis.
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
effect and, the ratio of sound recording
royalties to musical works royalties
theoretically then should fall, with the
fall in the ratio arising from a significant
reduction in sound recording royalties
and an increase in musical works rates.
But theory must meet reality. As I
note in greater detail infra in connection
with my own analysis of the Shapley
approach, no witness could state
whether this see-saw effect would
occur, and there were no witnesses from
the record companies who testified that
the record companies would impotently
acquiesce to a significant loss in
royalties to accommodate the diversion
of a huge economic surplus away from
them and to the Copyright Owners.176
I am unwilling to adopt the
hypothetically plausible idea of a seesaw effect impacting the division of this
surplus, when there is simply no
evidence that such an adjustment would
occur. Given the $1.604 billion in
interactive streaming revenue reported
by RIAA, I cannot merely assume that
the record companies would acquiesce
to a substantial reduction in royalty
revenue, rather than seek some other
market structure in which to protect this
revenue, such as, for example,
resurrecting the idea of establishing or
otherwise integrating their own
streaming services. The Services’
experts, and Apple’s expert, testified
that any purported see-saw effect was
indeterminate with regard to its impact
on the interactive streaming services.
See 4/5/17 Tr. 4944–45 (Katz)
(acknowledging the possibility that a
mechanical royalty rate increase would
affect sound recording royalties in the
future but not immediately, and that
there is no reliable estimate of the size
of any such adjustment); 4/7/17 Tr.
5515–5516(Marx) ((stating that there
would ‘‘[m]aybe [there would] be some
adjustment on the sound recording side
. . . . [H]ow those negotiations play
out, I think it’s complicated and hard to
guess’’); 4/5/17 Tr. 5704–05 (Ghose)
(‘‘[I]t’s quite likely that the streaming
service will want to maintain their
royalties and their revenues at the
current levels. And so, you know, to me
it seems like an extreme statement that
the entire increase in publisher profits
will come at the expense of the
streaming services.’’). And, to repeat,
Copyright Owners own Shapley value
expert, Professor Gans, suggests that the
176 The record companies would have to accept
substantial losses in royalty income. According to
the RIAA, interactive streaming revenues for 2015
totaled $1.604 billion. See Marx WDT ¶ 153 & App.
B.1.b (citing RIAA figures). The extent of this
assumed loss by record companies, absent any
evidence, makes the assumption of the see-saw
effect completely unreasonable.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
burden will fall on the services, not the
record companies.
To convince itself of the unlikelihood
of such results, the majority notes that,
as a matter of economic theory, given
the present interactive streaming market
structure, the record companies already
have the economic power to put
streaming services out of business,
because the market in which record
companies and interactive streaming
services negotiate is unregulated.
Indeed, the record companies’ strategy
has been to ‘[REDACTED].’’ Web IV,
supra, at 63 (restricted version).
But the static nature of this
assumption is not reasonable in this
context. It may be reasonable to assume,
given the royalty revenue allocations
now present in the interactive streaming
market, that the record companies
would continue to find it in their selfinterest to maintain the existence of
interactive streaming services. However,
if mechanical royalty rates were to
increase significantly, there is no
evidence in the record in this
proceeding that indicates whether the
record companies would decide to
maintain the current vertical structure
of the market and docilely accept such
a revenue loss. For example, they could
create their own streaming services
(perhaps learning the lessons from the
failed Pressplay and MusicNet attempts
of the past). Or, they could adopt what
Professor Gans suggests, maintain the
sound recording royalty rates, thereby
hastening a more immediate exit of
streaming services from the market, or
reduce their potential for success,
making them ripe for acquisition by
record companies at distress prices.177
In any event, from an evidentiary
perspective, there is no reason why the
Judges should either indulge in or
dismiss such speculation. There is
absolutely no evidence that such a
significant shift in royalty distribution
would occur, nor is there sufficient
177 The majority dismisses the risk of the
destruction of the present market structure as not
the type of disruption that the Judges may consider.
Majority Opinion at 74 n.137. However, the
majority finds that it must implement its 44% rate
increase incrementally over five years, because a
more sudden implementation would be disruptive
under the statutory standard. It seems apparent that
establishing a rate structure that cedes control to the
record companies who can increase the mechanical
rate at will is at least as disruptive to the industry.
Moreover, the disruption is not merely to one
business, but rather to every service and every
service business model now in operation. (Recall
that even Google, who claims to support this rate
structure, acknowledges that the services are subject
to abuse from the record companies’ market power,
and Google puzzlingly calls on ‘‘someone’’ to
‘‘watch’’ the situation.) Moreover, as Copyright
Owners point out, as discussed supra, even they
face significant risk from this structure. Indeed, this
rate structure is an ‘‘equal opportunity disrupter.’’
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
evidence as to the potential
consequences of such a draconian
reallocation of revenue. Accordingly, I
cannot agree with a rate structure that
implicitly depends on the voluntary
reduction in royalty income of by an
unregulated input provider to whom the
majority has ceded control over the
statutory rates.
E. The Majority Denigrates the Parties’
Ten- Year Rate Structure as a ‘‘RubeGoldberg-esque’’ Device.
The majority disparages the parties’
ten year rate structure, spanning two
settlements, as ‘‘Rube-Goldberg-esque.’’
Moreover, the majority characterizes the
existing structure as ‘‘impenetrable.’’
That is a remarkable statement, given
that the parties have operated under the
structure for a decade—clearly they
know how to penetrate the language and
understand its meaning. It may be true,
as discussed in more detail infra, that
some songwriters and others may find
the calculation of their royalties to be
difficult to understand. However, the
creative artists can utilize the services of
their agents—the NMPA and others—to
answer any questions that may arise. It
seems close to hubris for any jurist to
dismiss a decade-long voluntary rate
structure, one that the parties have
extended by agreement, as
‘‘impenetrable,’’ merely because the
jurist finds the structure too difficult to
understand.
The majority also indicates that it has
the power to make certain that the
regulations it adopts are sufficiently
simple and understandable. Such a
common sense point cannot be
disputed, but it is misapplied here.
Again, the proof of the pudding is in the
eating, so to speak; the parties have
operated under the existing rate
structure for a prolonged period, belying
any concern that the Judges should
adopt regulations that are simpler, and
reject those that are more complicated.
Moreover, as noted infra (in response to
the same ‘‘complexity’’ argument made
by Copyright Owners), the issue of
regulatory complexity is not a factor or
objective in the rate-setting process
under section 801(b)(1). Thus, if the
2012 rate structure otherwise is best
suited to effectuate the statutory
objectives as compared with the other
alternatives, there is no basis for the
complexity of the structure to override
the specific application of the express
statutory factors.
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1967
III. The Majority Opinion is Legally
Erroneous
A. The Majority has not ‘‘Determined’’
Statutory Rates
Pursuant to 17 U.S.C. 801(b)(1), the
Judges have the duty to make a
determination’’ of rates that are
‘‘reasonable’’ and that are calculated to
achieve four itemized sets of objectives.
The majority’s two-pronged rate
proposal fails to discharge this duty.
Rather, the majority has adopted a rate
structure that is indeterminate, allowing
the record companies, especially the
major record companies with ‘‘must
have’’ repertoires, to set the mechanical
rates that are paid under section 115.
Merely setting the ratio between
sound recording royalty rates and
mechanical royalty rates is not the same
as actually making a ‘‘determination’’
setting the rates. As noted in Section I,
supra, pegging the regulated mechanical
royalty rate to the unregulated sound
recording royalty rate through the
‘‘greater of’’ uncapped TCC prong leaves
the statutory mechanical rate
indeterminate. Nothing in section
801(b)(1) permits the setting of an
indeterminate rate that becomes
determined only when an unregulated
private party sets its own rates.178
B. The Majority Decision Unlawfully
Delegates to Private Entities,
Unrepresented in this Proceeding (the
Record Companies), the Ability to Set
the Section 115 Royalty Rates
The majority’s adoption of an
uncapped TC C prong in a greater of
structure constitutes an improper
delegation of a statutory duty to the
record companies, who are private
entities. However, the majority has not
cited any authority supporting such a
private delegation, nor has it suggested
that its uncapped TCC presents an issue
regarding the delegation of duties.
The Supreme Court and the D.C.
Circuit have established a ‘‘private
nondelegation doctrine,’’ which
prohibits the delegation of statutory
duties to private entities. Carter v.
Carter Coal Co., 298 U.S. 238 (1936);
Ass’n of Am. R.R.s v. U.S. Dep’t of
Transp., 721 F.3d 666, 675 (D.C. Cir.
2013), vacated and remanded sub nom.
Dep’t of Transp. v. Ass’n of Am. R.Rs.,
178 This point needs to be distinguished from the
case where the parties voluntarily agree to
recognize the perfect complementarity between
inputs, such as in the ‘‘All-In’’ context, and deduct
the cost of the perfectly complementary
performance right when calculating the mechanical
license. In the ‘‘All-In’’ case, the parties’ prior
agreement is part and parcel of the useful 2012
benchmark adopted in this Dissent, and the
licensors are essentially the same underlying
entities.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1968
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
135 S.Ct. (2015) (Railroad v. DOT). In
Railroad v. DOT, the D.C. Circuit struck
down a statute that explicitly delegated
regulatory authority to Amtrak,
allegedly a private entity, to develop
standards to evaluate passenger service
quality. Id. at 673–677. The Association
of American Railroads had challenged
the delegation of authority to Amtrak,
claiming it was a private entity and that
the holding in Carter Coal precluded the
delegation of such authority to a private
entity. The D.C. Circuit agreed that this
express grant of authority by Congress to
a private entity was unconstitutional
under the private nondelegation
doctrine. Id.179
If Congress cannot expressly delegate
statutory and regulatory power to a
private entity, then, a fortiori, a
subordinate administrative agency, the
Copyright Royalty Board, cannot (or at
least should not) be able to implicitly
delegate statutory and regulatory
authority to private entities. Yet in this
case, the majority has implicitly made
such a subdelegation, yoking the
mechanical royalty rates paid by
interactive streaming services to the
rates set by record companies, an
unregulated sector of the music
industry. Thus as explained supra, the
level of rates can rise at the unfettered
discretion of the record companies, to
the detriment of the streaming services,
and the measurement of royalties can
lead to the diminution of the royalty
base, to the injury of Copyright Owners,
through the record companies’ unbound
right to define ‘‘revenue’’ and to
compartmentalize consideration (e.g.,
through equity instead of royalties).180
Not only does the private delegation
of section 115 rate-setting authority via
the pegging of that rate to the
unregulated sound recording royalty
rate appear to violate the private nondelegation doctrine, it also appears to be
inconsistent with the Judges’ expansive
powers under Chevron U.S.A. Inc. v.
Nat’l Resources Defense Council, 467
U.S. 837 (1984). Under the Chevron
doctrine, courts defer to administrative
agencies for three broad reasons: First,
the agencies are presumed to have
technical expertise. Second, as arms of
the government, they are politically
accountable. Third, an express
delegation of authority by Congress to a
179 The Supreme Court vacated and remanded the
case, after granting certiorari, holding that Amtrak
was not in fact a private entity.
180 The majority’s concern for ‘‘transparency,’’
expressed as a criticism of the parties’ workable ten
year rate structure, disappears in connection with
it delegation of rate-setting to the record companies.
The definition of revenue, the handling of bundled
products and the exclusion of certain consideration
from royalties will remain opaque to the Judges and
to Copyright Owners.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
public agency is an expression of
legislative intent as to how a statute
should be applied. See K. Brown, Public
Law and Private Lawmakers, 93 Wash.
U. L. Rev. 616, 655–57 (2016).
However, when an agency in turn
delegates its powers to private entities,
such as the record companies, these
rationales disappear. With regard to the
first rationale, technical expertise, the
record companies certainly have
expertise in the area of music royalty
rate-setting. However, that expertise is
married to an intention—indeed, a
fiduciary obligation—that they seek to
maximize their own profit, even if that
maximization ‘‘conflict[s] with the
legislative mandates of Congress,’’ such
as the standards set forth in section
801(b)(1). See id. at 655. As for the
second rationale, private entities, such
as the record companies in this context,
‘‘are not beholden to the democratic
process,’’ and the public therefore ‘‘has
no legal mechanism’’ to hold them
accountable. Thus, the second Chevron
rationale is inapplicable. See id. at 657.
Finally, with regard to the third basis for
Chevron deference, legislative intent,
private entities do not have the interest
in filling in the interstices of ambiguous
statutory authority by ascertaining the
public interest. See id. at 658. Indeed, as
corporations, their duty is to their
shareholders, which, to state the
obvious, is not the same as the public
interest expressed in section 801(b)(1).
In the present case, the private
delegation is even more problematic.
The record companies to whom implicit
rate-setting authority has been delegated
are not in any sense neutral. In relation
to the interactive streaming services, the
record companies are licensors, seeking
payment from the interactive streaming
services. In relation to Copyright
Owners, they are competitors for royalty
revenue, in the sense that both the
record companies and music publishers
are input providers who compete for the
downstream revenue generated by the
interactive streaming services. It is hard
to imagine that the Majority Opinion
would (or should) be afforded Chevron
deference, when the structure it creates
smacks too much of the fox guarding not
one but two henhouses.
Of course, a full evaluation of these
legal issues, by the parties and the
Judges, was skirted, because no party
proposed during the hearing a rate
structure with an uncapped TCC. If this
structure had been proposed, the parties
would most certainly have fully briefed
the issue in their proposed Conclusions
of Law and Reply Proposed Conclusions
of Law. Alas, they were not given that
opportunity, and the majority has acted
without the aid of the parties’ input.
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
There is a better approach. As set
forth in full infra, I have presented an
Alternative Dissenting Determination.
ALTERNATE DISSENTING
DETERMINATION
IV. INTRODUCTION
The Copyright Royalty Judges (Judges)
commenced the captioned proceeding to
set royalty rates and terms to license the
copyrights of songwriters and
publishers in musical works made and
distributed as physical phonorecords,
digital downloads, and on-demand
digital streams during the rate period
January 1, 2018, through December 31,
2022. See 81 FR 255 (Jan. 5, 2016).
Below, I set forth my alternative
analysis, rate structure and rates, in the
form of a comprehensive alternative
determination.
V. ALTERNATIVE DETERMINATION
OF RATE STRUCTURE AND RATES
In this alternative determination, I
would establish the section 115 royalty
rate structure, and rates, for the period
2018 through 2022, by adopting the
2012 settlement as the appropriate
benchmark, thereby maintaining the
same structure and rates as now exist
under the current regulations. My
decision in this regard is based on a
comparative analysis of that benchmark
and other benchmarks, and a
consideration of other record evidence
submitted by the parties, as fully set
forth herein.
Additionally, had the record evidence
not included the 2012 rate structure and
rates as a designated benchmark, I
nonetheless would have established for
the 2018–2022 period the same rate
structure and rates as now exist,
pursuant to the Judges’ authority to
adopt the existing rates and rate
structure when they find that those
prevailing provisions better satisfy the
statutory standards than any other
proposed structures and rates properly
discernible from the record evidence.
Music Choice v. Copyright Royalty Bd.,
774 F.3d 1000, 1009 (D.C. Cir. 2014).
A. Background
1. Statute and Regulations
The Copyright Act (Act) establishes a
compulsory license for use of musical
works in the making and distribution of
phonorecords. 17 U.S.C. 115.
Phonorecords licenses now include
physical and digital sound recordings
embodying the protected musical works
as well as digital sound recordings that
may be streamed on demand by a
listener.
The Section 115 compulsory license,
created in 1909, reflected Congress’s
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
attempt to balance the exclusive rights
of owners of copyrighted musical works
with the public’s interest in accessing
protected works. In 1897, Congress
extended copyright protection for the
benefit of rightsholders to the
performance of their musical
compositions. Act of Jan. 6, 1897, 54th
Cong., 2d Sess. Ch. 4, 29 Stat. 481
(1897). However, at the dawn of the
20th century, the standardization and
commercialization of a prior
technological advance roiled the
musical works markets. That period saw
the expansion of the manufacture and
sale of piano rolls—a system of
perforated notations that could be used
in conjunction with ‘‘player pianos’’—to
play music automatically.
The copyright implications of this
commercial advancement were
adjudicated in a 1908 Supreme Court
decision, White-Smith Music Publishing
Co. v. Apollo Co., 209 U.S. 1 (1908).
That decision held that piano rolls did
not embody a system of notation that
could be read and therefore were not
‘‘copies’’ of musical works within the
meaning of the existing copyright laws,
but rather were merely parts of devices
for mechanically performing the music.
Id. at 17. Thus, the owners of otherwise
copyright-protected musical works
lacked such protection vis-a`-vis piano
rolls.
In reaction to that decision, Congress
expanded the rights of musical works
copyright owners to include the right to
make ‘‘mechanical’’ reproductions, such
as piano rolls, that embody musical
works. However, Congress made that
right subject to a compulsory license
because of concern about monopolistic
control of the piano roll market by the
makers of piano rolls (and another
burgeoning invention, phonorecords).
17 U.S.C. 1 (1909); see also H.R. Rep.
No. 60–2222, at 9 (1909).181
Specifically, under the 1909 legislation,
upon payment of a royalty rate of 2¢ per
‘‘mechanical,’’ any person was
permitted to manufacture and distribute
a reproduction of a musical work.
Congress revised the mechanical
license in its broader 1976 revision of
the copyright laws. Among the various
changes relating to the phonorecords
license, Congress directed licensees to
provide copyright owners with a pre-use
written ‘‘notice of intention,’’ in order to
obtain the Section 115 license. The 1976
181 Because of this history, and the fading
importance of mechanical piano rolls, this license
is often referred to as the ‘‘phonorecords’’ license,
but still also remains identified, synonymously, as
the ‘‘mechanical’’ license. In point of fact, vinyl
records, CDs, tapes and any other physical
reproductions would still constitute ‘‘mechanical’’
reproductions.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
revisions to the Copyright Act retained
the then extant royalty fee of 2.75¢ per
phonorecord (or 0.5¢ per minute of
playing time or fraction thereof,
whichever amount was larger).
However, the 1976 revision also created
a new entity, the Copyright Royalty
Tribunal (CRT), to conduct periodic
proceedings to adjust the rate.182
In 1995, Congress passed the Digital
Performance Right in Sound Recordings
Act (DPRA), Public Law No. 104–39,
109 Stat. 336, extending the mechanical
license to ‘‘digital phonorecord
deliveries’’ (DPDs) (emphasis added),
which the statute defines as each
individual delivery of a phonorecord by
digital transmission of a sound
recording which results in a specifically
identifiable reproduction by or for any
transmission recipient of a phonorecord
of that sound recording, regardless of
whether the digital transmission is also
a public performance of the sound
recording or any nondramatic musical
work embodied therein. 17 U.S.C.
115(d). Accordingly, the license now
covers DPDs, in addition to physical
copies, such as compact discs (CDs),
vinyl records and cassette tapes.
A proceeding to determine reasonable
royalty rates and terms for the section
115 mechanical license is commenced
by the Judges on the schedule provided
by 17 U.S.C. 803(b)(1)(A)(i)(V).
Although a contested hearing may
ultimately be necessary, the Act strongly
encourages negotiated settlements
among interested parties. See 17 U.S.C.
115(c)(3)(E)(i) (‘‘License agreements
voluntarily negotiated at any time
between one or more copyright owners
. . . and one or more persons entitled
to obtain a compulsory license . . .
shall be given effect in lieu of any
determination . . . .’’); 17 U.S.C.
803(b)(3) (requiring a ‘‘Voluntary
Negotiation Period’’); 17 U.S.C.
803(b)(6)(C)(x) (requiring a settlement
conference prior to a hearing).
As currently configured, the
applicable regulations are divided into
three subparts. Subpart A regulations
govern licenses for reproductions of
musical works (1) in physical form
(vinyl albums, compact discs, and other
physical recordings), (2) in digital form
when the consumer purchases a
permanent digital copy (download) of
the phonorecord, and (3) inclusion of a
182 See H.R. Rep. No. 94–1476 at 111 (1976); 17
U.S.C. chapter 8 (1978). In 1993, Congress abolished
the CRT and replaced it with copyright arbitration
royalty panels (CARPs). Copyright Royalty Tribunal
Reform Act of 1993, Public Law No. 103–198, 107
Stat. 2304. In turn, Congress abolished the CARP
system and replaced it with proceedings before the
Copyright Royalty Judges. Copyright Royalty and
Distribution Reform Act of 2004, Public Law No.
108–419, 118 Stat. 2341.
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1969
musical work in a purchased telephone
ringtone. Subpart B regulations govern
licenses for interactive streaming and
limited downloads. Subpart C
regulations govern limited offerings,
mixed bundles, music bundles, paid
locker services, and purchased content
locker services.
2. Prior Proceedings
In 1980, the CRT conducted the first
contested proceeding to set rates for the
Section 115 compulsory license. The
CRT increased the then-existing rate by
more than 45%, from 2.75¢ rate per
phonorecord to 4¢ per phonorecord. 45
FR 63 (Jan. 2, 1980).183 By 1986, the
CRT had increased the mechanical rate
to the greater of 5¢ per musical work or
.95¢ per minute of playing time or
fraction thereof. 46 FR 66267 (Dec. 23,
1981); see also 37 CFR 255.3(a)–(c). The
next adjustment of the Section 115 rates
was scheduled to begin in 1987.
However, the parties entered into a
settlement that the CRT adopted, setting
the rate at 5.25¢ per track beginning on
January 1, 1988, and established a
schedule of rate increases generally
based on positive limited percentage
changes in the Consumer Price Index
every two years over the next 10 years.
See 52 FR 22637 (June 15, 1987). The
rate increased until 1996, when the rate
was set at the greater of 6.95¢ per track
or 1.3¢ per minute of playing time or
fraction thereof. See 37 CFR 255.3(d)–
(h).
The rates set by the CRT pursuant to
the 1987 settlement were set to expire
on December 31, 1997. The Librarian of
Congress announced a negotiation
period for owners and users of the
section 115 license in late 1996, during
which the parties reached a settlement
regarding rates for a ten-year period to
end in 2008.184 Under the settlement,
(ultimately adopted by the Librarian),
the rate for physical phonorecords was
set at 7.1¢ per track beginning on
January 1, 1998, and a schedule was
established for fixed rate increases every
two years over the next 10-year period
with the rate beginning on January 1,
2006, being the larger of 9.1¢ per track
or 1.75¢ per minute of playing time or
fraction thereof. See 37 CFR 255.3(i)–
(m); see also 63 FR 7288 (Feb. 13, 1998).
183 The United States Court of Appeals for the
District of Columbia Circuit affirmed the CRT.
Recording Industry Ass’n. of America v. Copyright
Royalty Tribunal, 662 F.2d 1 (D.C. Cir. 1981) (1981
Phonorecords Appeal) (remanded on other
grounds).
184 The Librarian initiated the 1976 proceeding
during the period after the termination of the CRT
and the inception of the CRB, a time during which
controversies regarding royalty rates and terms were
referred to privately retained arbitrators under the
CARP program,
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1970
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
The rates adopted for DPDs for the 10year period were the same as those set
for physical phonorecords, and the rates
for incidental DPDs were deferred until
the next scheduled rate proceeding. See
37 CFR 255.5, 255.6; see also 64 FR
6221 (Feb. 9, 1999).
In 2006, with expiration of the
previous settlement term nearing, the
Judges commenced a proceeding to
adjust the mechanical rates under
section 115. On January 26, 2009, they
issued a Determination, effective March
1, 2009. In that Determination, the
Judges noted that the parties had settled
their dispute regarding rates and terms
for conditional downloads, interactive
streaming and incidental digital
phonorecord deliveries (i.e., rates in the
new subpart B). Mechanical and Digital
Phonorecord Delivery Rate
Determination, 74 FR 4510, 4514 (Jan.
26, 2009) (Phonorecords I). The parties
who negotiated the settlement included
the NMPA and DiMA, the trade
association representing its member
streaming services. Testimony of Rishi
Mirchandani, Trial Ex. 1, ¶ 59
(Mirchandani WDT).
With regard to the subpart A rates, the
Judges in Phonorecords I rejected the
parties’ proffered benchmark evidence,
and instead adopted the existing rates
and rate structure, holding as follows:
Based on the evidence before us, we
conclude that no single benchmark offered in
evidence is wholly satisfactory with respect
to all of the products for which we must set
rates. . . . [W]e are not persuaded that the
. . . existing rate . . . now in effect for
nearly three years is . . . inappropriate.
Phonorecords I at 4522 (emphasis
added).
Thus, in the first (and only) litigated
section 115 proceeding before the
Judges, they adopted the existing rates
and structure for the subsequent rate
period, rather than rates and a structure
that were proposed by the parties,
because the Judges were concerned that
the parties’ proposals would not be
appropriate for all of the products at
issue.185
In 2013, the Judges adopted a
settlement that carried forward the
existing rates and added a new subpart,
subpart C, which, as noted supra, covers
several newly regulated categories—
‘‘limited offerings, mixed service
185 That is, the Judges in Phonorecords I
recognized that the existing rate structure and rates
were sufficient to cover all products at issue, a
result that this Dissent likewise would accomplish.
But, a fortiori, in the present case this result is also
backed by an evidentiary record supporting the
continuation of the existing structure and rates,
because the present regulatory structure has been
presented by the Services as a benchmark, rather
than as a default position.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
bundles, music bundles, paid locker
services and purchased content locker
services.’’ Adjustment of Determination
of Compulsory License Rates for
Mechanical and Digital Phonorecords,
78 FR 67938 (Nov. 13, 2013)
(Phonorecords II). Once again, the
settling parties included the trade
associations for the licensors and
licensees, NMPA and DiMA,
respectively. Mirchandani WDT ¶ 59.
The present section 115 proceeding
thus is the third since the Judges were
given jurisdiction under the Copyright
Royalty and Distribution Reform Act of
2004.186 In the Phonorecords II
settlement, the parties agreed that any
future rate determination for subparts B
and C configurations presented to the
Judges would be a de novo rate
determination. See 37 CFR 385.17,
385.26 (2016). However, they did not
agree that the existing rate structure or
rates could not be considered as the
bases for future rate determinations.187
B. The Present Proceeding
In response to the Judges’ notice
regarding the present proceeding, 21
entities filed Petitions to Participate.188
The participants engaged in negotiations
and discovery. On June 15, 2016, some
of the participants 189 notified the
186 Pub.
L. No. 108–419, 118 Stat. 2341.
Phonorecords I settlement agreement
contained a clause stating that ‘‘[s]uch royalty rates
shall not be cited, relied upon, or proffered as
evidence or otherwise used in the Proceeding,’’
where ‘‘the Proceeding’’ was a defined term
meaning Phonorecords I. Trial Ex. 6013,
Phonorecords I Agreement at Sec. 3. By contrast,
the Phonorecords II settlement agreement did not
contain such a clause that would preclude reliance
on the evidentiary value of the Phonorecords II
royalty rates. See Trial Ex. 6014, Phonorecords II
Agreement at Sec. 5.5 (including a full-integration
clause of the Phonorecords II wrapper agreement).
I find this distinction important, because it
demonstrates that the parties to the 2012 settlement
understood the evidentiary value of the
Phonorecords II settlement in the next section 115
proceeding, i.e., this proceeding.
188 Initial Participants were: Amazon Digital
Services, LLC (Amazon); Apple, Inc. (Apple);
Broadcast Music, Inc. (BMI); American Society of
Composers, Authors and Publishers (ASCAP);
David Powell; Deezer S.A. (Deezer); Digital Media
Association (DiMA); Gear Publishing Company
(Gear); George Johnson d/b/a/GEO Music Group
(GEO); Google, Inc. (Google); Music Reports, Inc.
(MRI); Pandora Media, Inc. (Pandora); Recording
Industry Association of America, Inc. (RIAA);
Rhapsody International Inc.; SoundCloud Limited;
Spotify USA Inc.; ‘‘Copyright Owners’’ comprised
of National Music Publishers Association (NMPA),
The Harry Fox Agency (HFA), Nashville
Songwriters Association International (NSAI),
Church Music Publishers Association (CMPA),
Songwriters of North America (SONA), Omnifone
Group Limited; and publishers filing jointly,
Universal Music Group (UMG), Sony Music
Entertainment (SME), Warner Music Group (WMG).
189 The settling parties were: NMPA, NSAI, HFA,
UMG, and WMG. As part of the settlement
agreement, UMG and WMG withdrew from further
participation in this proceeding.
187 The
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Judges of a partial settlement with
regard to rates and terms for physical
phonorecords, permanent digital
downloads, and ringtones—the services
covered by the extant regulations found
in subpart A of part 385. The Judges
published notice of the partial
settlement 190 and accepted and
considered comments from interested
parties.191
On October 28, 2016, NMPA,
Nashville Songwriters Association
International (NSAI), and Sony Music
Entertainment (SME) filed a Motion to
Adopt Settlement Industry-Wide. The
motion asserted that SME, NMPA, and
NSAI had resolved the issue raised by
SME in response to the original notice.
The Judges evaluated the remaining
objection to the settlement filed by
George Johnson dba GEO Music Group
(GEO) and found that GEO had not
established that the settlement
agreement ‘‘does not provide a
reasonable basis for setting statutory
rates and terms.’’ See 17 U.S.C.
801(b)(7)(A)(iii). As a part of the second
settlement, Sony withdrew from this
proceeding. The Judges published the
agreed subpart A regulations as a Final
Rule on March 28, 2017.192
During the course of the proceeding,
the Judges dismissed some participants
and other participants withdrew.
Remaining participants at the time of
the hearing were NMPA and NSAI,
representing songwriters and publisher
copyright owners (collectively
Copyright Owners), and GEO, the pro se
songwriter/copyright owner. Licensees
of the copyrights appearing at the
hearing were Amazon Digital Services,
LLC (Amazon), Apple Inc. (Apple),
Google, Inc. (Google), Pandora Media,
Inc. (Pandora), and Spotify USA Inc.
(Spotify) (collectively referred to as the
Services).
Beginning on March 8, 2017, the
Judges conducted a twenty-one day
hearing that concluded on April 13,
2017. During the course of the hearing,
the Judges heard oral testimony from 37
witnesses,193 and admitted over 1,100
exhibits. The participants submitted
190 See
81 FR 48371 (Jul. 25, 2016).
parties filed comments. American
Association of Independent Music (A2IM), Sony
Music Entertainment (Sony), and George Johnson
dba GEO Music Group (GEO). A2IM urged adoption
of the settlement and Sony approved of all but one
provision of the settlement. GEO objected to the
settlement.
192 See 82 FR 15297 (Mar. 28, 2017).
193 By stipulation of the participants, the Judges
also accepted and considered written testimony
from six additional witnesses who did not appear.
Amazon designated and other participants
counterdesignated testimony from the
Phonorecords I proceeding, which was admitted as
Exhibits 321 and 322.
191 Three
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Proposed Findings of Fact (PFF) and
Proposed Conclusions of Law (PCL) on
May 12, 2017, and Replies to those
filings on May 26, 2017. On June 7,
2017, counsel for the parties made their
closing arguments.
Under 37 CFR 351.4(b)(3), a
participant may amend its rate proposal
at any time up to and including the time
it files proposed findings and
conclusions.194 In this proceeding,
Copyright Owners, Google, Pandora and
Spotify each filed an amended rate
proposal with its filing of a PFF and
PCOL.
The parties delivered closing
arguments on June 7, 2017.
C. Overview of the Licensing Parties
1. The Licensees: The Streaming
Services
Many diverse enterprises have
launched new music streaming services
to meet growing consumer demand for
streaming. Currently, there are at least
31 music streaming services available
from 20 identifiable providers. Some of
the well-known of these include:
Amazon, Apple, Google (and its recently
acquired YouTube), Deezer (partnered
with Cricket/AT&T), iHeartRadio,
Napster, Pandora, SoundCloud, Spotify,
and Tidal (partnered with Sprint).
Written Rebuttal Testimony of Jim
Timmins, Trial Ex. 3036, ¶ 20 (Timmins
WRT). Most of the companies entering
the on-demand streaming music market
have done so recently. Id. ¶ 21. In the
last five years, new entrants to the
market have initiated at least five
interactive streaming services, joining
Spotify which launched in the United
States in 2011. Id. ¶ 22.
By one estimate, as of 2016 there were
[REDACTED] million United States ondemand subscribers: Spotify accounted
for [REDACTED] million, [REDACTED]
Apple Music (4 million), Rhapsody and
Tidal (2 million each), and all others
accounting for the remaining 4 million.
Written Testimony of Michael L. Katz
(On behalf of Pandora Media, Inc.) ¶ 34,
Table 1 (Katz WDT). According to
Spotify, as of June 2016, it had
approximately [REDACTED] million
monthly average users (MAU) in the
United States, of which [REDACTED]
million were subscribers, with
apparently [REDACTED] million users
of Spotify’s ad-supported service.
Written Direct Testimony of Barry
McCarthy (On behalf of Spotify USA
Inc.) ¶ 6 (McCarthy WDT).
Some of the services that offer music
streaming are pure-play music
194 Nothing in § 351.4 permits the Judges to credit
an amended rate proposal that is not adequately
supported by the record evidence.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
providers, such as Spotify and
Pandora.195 Others, such as Amazon,
Apple Music, and Google Play Music,
are part of wider economic
‘‘ecosystems,’’ in which a music service
is one part of a multi-product, multiservice aggregation of activities,
including some that are also related to
the provision of a retail distribution
channel for music. For example,
Amazon is a multi-faceted internet retail
business. Amazon offers a buyers’
program for an annual fee (Amazon
Prime) that affords loyalty benefits to
members, such as free or reduced rate
shipping or faster delivery on the
products it markets. For its music
service, Amazon bundles interactive
streaming at no additional cost with its
Prime Membership, [REDACTED].196 In
addition to the Prime Music service,
Amazon’s U.S.-based business also
includes an online store to purchase
CDS and vinyl records, a digital
download store, a purchased content
locker service, Amazon Music
Unlimited (a full-catalog subscription
music service), and Amazon Music
Unlimited for Echo (a full-catalog
subscription service available through a
single Wi-Fi enabled Amazon Echo
device).197 In launching Prime Music,
Amazon relied on the Section 115
license as it did for Amazon Music
Unlimited and Amazon Music
Unlimited for Echo.198
Google describes its Google Play
offerings as its ‘‘one-stop-shop’’ for the
purchase of Android apps. The Google
Play Store allows users to browse,
purchase, and download content,
including music. Google Play Music is
Google Play’s entire suite of music
services. Google Play Music, launched
in 2011, is bundled with the YouTube
Red video service subscription.199 See
Expert Report of Jui Ramaprasad
November 1, 2016 at Table 2, and ¶ 62,
n.105 (Ramaprasad WDT). It includes
195 Until late 2016, Pandora operated as a
noninteractive streaming service, arguably not
subject to the compulsory license for mechanical
royalties, but Pandora recently began offering more
interactive features, including a full on-demand
tier. Introductory Memorandum to the Written
Direct Statement of Pandora Media, Inc. at 1–2;
Written Direct Testimony of Christopher Phillips at
8 (Phillips WDT).
196 Amazon Prime is a $99- per-year service that
offers Amazon customers access to a bundle of
services including free two-day shipping, video
streaming, photo storage and e-books, in addition to
Prime Music. Expert Report of Glenn Hubbard,
November 1, 2016 at 15 (Hubbard WDT).
197 Mirchandani WDT at 5.
198 3/15/17 Tr. 1315–16 (Mirchandani).
199 Google’s experience with music licensing
dates at least far back as 2006, when it acquired
YouTube. Levine WDT at 3. Google’s music services
were part of Google’s Android Division but were
recently combined within the YouTube business
unit. Id. at 3–4.
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1971
several functionalities: (1) Music Store;
(2) a cloud-based locker service; (3) an
on-demand digital music streaming
service; and (4) a Section 114 compliant
non-interactive digital radio service (in
the U.S.). Written Direct Testimony of
Zahavah Levine, Trial Ex. 692, ¶ 43
(Levine WDT).
The largest services entered direct
agreements with publishers to license
their musical works. The terms of those
licensing agreements varied. For
example, Apple agreed to [REDACTED]
with the major publishers that includes
a minimum [REDACTED]. Expert Report
of Jeffrey A. Eisenach, Ph.D. ¶¶ 84–92
(Eisenach WDT). In these agreements,
[REDACTED]. Id. ¶ 87 n.79.
Google’s practice is to [REDACTED].
Levine WDT ¶¶ 51–52.200
There is conflicting evidence about
whether the market for streaming
services is faring poorly financially or
performing about the same as other
emerging industries. See, e.g., Timmins
WRT ¶¶ 16–17; Levine WDT ¶ 16
(‘‘streaming music services generally
remain unprofitable businesses’’ with
content acquisition costs (primarily
music royalties) being ‘‘the biggest
barrier to profitability.’’) For example,
Spotify, one of the largest pure-play
streaming services, has reportedly
[REDACTED]. Katz WDT ¶ 65.
Nevertheless, some estimates place
Spotify’s market value at more than $8
billion, suggesting perhaps, investors’
expectation of future profits. Expert
Report of Marc Rysman, Ph.D. ¶ 150
(Rysman WDT).201
2. The Licensors: Publishers and
Songwriters
The four largest publishers—Sony/
ATV ([REDACTED] percent), Warner/
Chappell ([REDACTED] percent),
Universal Music Publishing Group
(UMPG) ([REDACTED] percent), and
Kobalt Music Publishing ([REDACTED]
percent)—collectively accounted for just
over 73 percent of the top 100 radio
songs tracked by Billboard as of the
second quarter in 2016. Katz WDT ¶ 46.
In addition, there are several other
significant publishers, including BMG
and Songs Music Publishing, and many
thousands of smaller music publishers
and self-publishing songwriters. Id.
Songwriters have three primary
sources of ongoing royalty income,
which they generally share with music
publishers: mechanical royalties,
200 According to Ms. Levine, labels historically
have not passed through mechanical rights to
subscription services so the lower percentages are
irrelevant. Levine WDT at n.5.
201 The implications of the different perspectives
on industry profit and losses are considered infra
in this Dissent.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1972
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
synchronization (‘‘synch’’) royalties,
and performance royalties.202 See Katz
WDT ¶ 41; Copyright and the Music
Marketplace: A Report of the Register of
Copyrights at 69 (Feb. 2015) (Register’s
Report).203 Songwriters who are also
recording artists receive a share of
revenues from their record labels for the
fixing of the musical work in a sound
recording. Sound recording royalties
include those from the sale of physical
and digital albums and singles, sound
recording synchronization, and digital
performances. Id. Recording artists can
also derive income from live
performances, sale of merchandise, and
other sources. Id. at 69–70.
The shift in consumption from
physical sales to streaming coincided
with a reallocation of publisher revenue
sources. In 2012, 30% of U.S. publisher
revenues came from performance
royalties and 36% from mechanical
royalties, with the rest coming from
synch royalties and other sources. See
Register’s Report at 70. By 2014, 52% of
music publisher revenues came from
performance royalties, while 23% came
from mechanical royalties, with the
remainder coming from synch royalties
and other sources. Id at 71, n.344. By
one estimate, mechanical license
revenues from interactive streaming
services accounted for only
[REDACTED] percent of total music
publishing revenues in 2015. Katz WDT
¶ 42.
It is noteworthy that the shift from
mechanical royalties to performance
royalties coincided with the shift from
sales of phonorecords, DPDs, and CDS,
for which no performance royalty is
required, to the use of interactive
streaming, for which a performance
royalty and a mechanical royalty are
both required. Further (as discussed
more fully infra), the latter is reduced
pursuant to an ‘‘All-In’’ formula that
reflects the perfect complementarity of
the performance and mechanical
licenses (i.e., neither license has any
value to an interactive streaming service
without the other). Additionally,
noninteractive streaming pays only a
performance royalty but no mechanical
royalty, providing a further basis for
mechanical royalties to be a smaller
percentage of the publishers’ total
revenues, assuming growth in
noninteractive streaming. See Services’
Joint Proposed Findings of Fact and
202 Another revenue source is folio licenses,
lyrics, and musical notations in written form. Katz
WDT at 31.
203 References to the Register’s Report are
incorporated herein to provide background
information. This Dissent is not based on factual
information or opinion contained therein, as that
document is not record evidence in this proceeding.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
Conclusions of Law ¶¶ 271, 283
(SJPFF).)
Total publishing revenue declined by
[REDACTED] percent between 2013 and
2014, but then increased by
[REDACTED] percent between 2014 and
2015. Katz WDT ¶ 58. The largest
publishers, Sony/ATV, UMPG, and
Warner Chappell, [REDACTED], earning
a combined $[REDACTED] million from
U.S. publishing operations for that year.
Id. ¶ 59.
D. The Rate-Setting Standards in
Section 801(b)(1)
1. The Legal Basis for the Four Itemized
Objectives
The Copyright Act requires that the
Judges establish ‘‘reasonable’’ rates and
terms for the Section 115 license. In
addition, section 801(b)(1) instructs the
Judges to set these rates ‘‘to achieve the
following objectives’’:
Factor A: To maximize the availability of
creative works to the public;
Factor B: To afford the copyright owner a
fair return for his or her creative work and
the copyright user a fair income under
existing economic conditions;
Factor C: To reflect the relative roles of the
copyright owner and the copyright user in
the product made available to the public with
respect to relative creative contribution,
technological contribution, capital
investment, cost, risk, and contribution to the
opening of new markets for creative
expression and media for their
communication; and
Factor D: To minimize any disruptive
impact on the structure of the industries
involved and on generally prevailing
industry practices.
17 U.S.C. 115(c) and 17 U.S.C.
801(b)(1).204
In the 1981 Phonorecords Appeal, the
D.C. Circuit noted the interplay among
these four objectives:
[T]he statutory factors pull in opposing
directions, and reconciliation of these
objectives is committed to the Tribunal as
part of its mandate to determine
‘‘reasonable’’ ‘ royalty rates . . . . [T]he
Tribunal was not told which factors should
receive higher priorities. To the extent that
the statutory objectives determine a range of
reasonable royalty rates that would serve all
these objectives adequately but to differing
degrees, the Tribunal is free to choose among
those rates, and courts are without authority
to set aside the particular rate chosen by the
Tribunal if it lies within a ‘‘zone of
reasonableness.’’
Id. at 9.
When applying the foregoing
standards, the Judges are not required to
204 The 1976 Act applied section 801(b)(1) and its
four-factor test to new licenses. The mechanical
license at issue in this proceeding is the lone
existing statutory license carried forward into the
1976 Act from the 1909 Copyright Act and made
subject to the 801(b)(1) standards.
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
establish rates that are mathematically
precise, given the nature of the statutory
task and the controlling legal
precedents. Nat’l Cable Television Ass’n
v. Copyright Royalty Tribunal, 724 F.2d
176, 182 (D.C. Cir. 1983) (‘‘Ratemaking
generally is an intensely practical
affair. . . . The Tribunal’s work
particularly, in both ratemaking and
royalty distribution, necessarily
involves estimates and approximations.
There has never been any pretense that
the CRT’s rulings rest on precise
mathematical calculations; it suffices
that they lie within a ‘zone of
reasonableness.’ ’’) (citations omitted).
The Judges also have discretion as to
whether and how they choose to
integrate their application of the
‘‘reasonable rate’’ standard with their
analysis of the four itemized factors in
section 801(b)(1). They may: (1)
establish a ‘‘reasonable rate’’ as an
initial step, and then apply the four
itemized factors; or (2) integrate their
analysis of the four itemized factors into
a single ‘‘reasonable rate’’ approach—
even beginning that approach with a
consideration of the four factors.
Compare Recording Industry Ass’n of
America, Inc. v. Librarian of Congress,
176 F.3d 528, 533 (D.C. Cir. 1999)
(approving of the latter approach) with
Phonorecords I (applying the former
approach, explaining that ‘‘the issue at
hand in analyzing the section 801(b)
factors is whether these [four] policy
objectives weigh in favor of divergence
from the results indicated by the
benchmark marketplace evidence.’’) 73
FR at 4094 (Jan. 24, 2008) (quoting
SDARS I).205
2. The Economic Basis for the Four
Itemized Objectives
The legal and regulatory process of
setting statutory royalty rates and terms
has long been informed by economics.
See, e.g., W. Blaisdell, Study No. 6, The
Economic Aspects of the Compulsory
License, U.S. Senate Subcommittee on
Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights
(October 1958) (Senate Study). This is
certainly true with regard to the
establishment of the standards set forth
in section 801(b)(1). The legislative
history in the long build-up to the
adoption of these standards is
highlighted by dueling economic
205 In the present proceeding, the parties’
arguments combine both approaches. For example,
as discussed infra, the issue of ‘‘rate structure’’ is
analyzed by the parties as a marketplace issue,
which places it in the analytical ‘‘reasonable rate’’
box, and also as a Factor B and Factor C issue,
affecting the analysis of ‘‘fair’’ return and income
and the ‘‘relative roles’’ of the parties. Thus, in this
Dissent, I shall also on occasion apply the same
analyses to certain ‘‘reasonable rate’’ and ‘‘itemized
factor’’ issues.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
positions taken in Congressional
testimony in 1967 by the licensors,
through the NMPA and its economic
witness, Robert R. Nathan, and by the
licensees, the RIAA, through their
counsel, Thurman Arnold, Esq., a wellknown advocate of strong antitrust
enforcement. See Hearing on S. 597,
Subcomm. on Patents, Trademarks and
Copyrights of the S. Committee on the
Judiciary (Mar. 20–21, 1967) (Senate
Hearing).
Mr. Nathan expressed incredulity that
the songwriting industry would even be
subject to a compulsory mechanical
licensing scheme. Id. at 382.206 Mr.
Nathan did not see any basis for treating
this license differently than how ‘‘we
generally function under competitive
marketplace bargaining arrangements
whereby most entities in our economy
bargain for that which goes into the
creation of goods and services and also
bargain the price for which those goods
and services are sold.’’ Id.
Thus, in his 1967 testimony, Mr.
Nathan advocated that Congress
eliminate the compulsory license and
the statutory rate. Importantly for the
present proceeding, he specifically
urged Congress (if it did not eliminate
the compulsory license) to resist
replacing the fixed statutory fee with a
regulatory standard to be implemented
by a quasi-adjudicatory body, as one
might regulate a public utility. He
explained to Congress: ‘‘[O]ne might ask
. . . whether the music publishing
industry has any characteristics of a
public utility. I submit . . . that there is
nothing in the music publishing
industry which gives [it] the
characteristics or the elements of a
public utility . . . .’’ Id. at 383. Mr.
Nathan noted what he understood to be
a key distinction: Unlike traditional
public utilities like ‘‘railroad systems’’
or ‘‘streetcar lines,’’ the songwriting and
publishing industry is ‘‘a creative and
non-standardized area,’’ and
‘‘[m]onopoly and public utility aspects
are just not prevalent in this industry.’’
Id.
The opposing position of the
licensees, expressed by Mr. Arnold on
behalf of the RIAA, contained the seeds
of the standard ultimately adopted in
section 801(b)(1). As Mr. Arnold
testified, the statute should include,
inter alia, ‘‘accepted standards of
206 This overarching criticism of the existence of
statutory license was echoed in the present
proceeding by NMPA’s President, David Israelite. 3/
29/17 Tr. 3677 (acknowledging that he ‘‘always
disapproved of the compulsory licensing system,
ever since [he] knew about it.) (Israelite); see also
Witness Statement of David M. Israelite ¶ 55
(Israelite WDT) (‘‘I feel it is important . . . to
express my view that [the compulsory license] is no
longer necessary . . . .’’).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
statutory ratemaking,’’ including a rate
‘‘that insures the party against whom it
is imposed a reasonable return on . . .
investment’’ and ‘‘that divides the
rewards for the respective creative
contributions of the record producers
[as licensees] and the copyright owners
. . . equitably between them.’’ Id. at
469.
Mr. Nathan criticized this approach
on two fronts. First, he argued that the
‘‘personal service’’ nature of the
songwriting and publishing industry
precluded application of a ‘‘reasonable
rate of return’’ requirement for the
setting of the compulsory royalty
rate.207 Second, with regard to the
division of the ‘‘rewards’’ proposed in
Mr. Arnold’s testimony, Mr. Nathan
stated that ‘‘I have never in all my
experience encountered this novel
concept of dividing rewards for creative
contributions as a meaningful and
relevant standard of ratemaking.’’ Id. at
1093–94.
This 1967 dispute was never resolved.
Rather, the issue languished until 1980,
when, Congress abandoned the
statutorily-fixed rate and substituted a
regulatory rate-setting process.
However, the post-1967 legislative
history did not elucidate how rates set
under the new statutory standard were
to be related (if at all) to marketplace
rates, either as a matter of law or a
matter of economic policy. F. Greenman
& A. Deutsch, The Copyright Royalty
Tribunal and the Statutory Mechanical
Royalty: History and Prospect, 1
Cardozo Arts & Ent. L.J. 1, 53, 59
(1982).208
3. The ‘‘Bargaining Room’’ Rate-Setting
Theory Under Section 801(b)(1)
a. The Bargaining Room Theory in
Historical Context
A corollary to the debate regarding the
standard to be established in section
801(b)(1) was another dispute: whether
the statutory rates and terms should be
set pursuant to what was coined the
‘‘bargaining room theory’’ of rate-setting.
This theory was summarized by Mr.
Nathan: When setting a statutory or
regulatory rate, the rate-setter should
allow for ‘‘opening up of the bargaining
207 The Judges note that this unique ‘‘personal
service’’ aspect of the business is less economically
significant when, as is typical, published songs are
collected and owned by large publishing firms, and
such firms each price their repertoires jointly
through blanket licenses.
208 The standards apparently were adopted to
ensure the constitutionality of the delegation of
rate-setting by Congress to an administrative body.
See SDARS I, 73 FR at 4082 (citing Hearings on H.R.
2223 before the Subcomm. on Courts, Civil
Liberties, and the Administration of Justice of the
House Comm. on the Judiciary, 94th Cong., 1922
(1975)).
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1973
range [with] a higher ceiling so that
more bargaining can take place,’’ which
would ‘‘permit competitive bargaining
. . . .’’ Senate Hearing at 384, 421. In
fact, Mr. Nathan and the NMPA were
quite specific as to how the rate-setter
should determine the range for
bargaining under this theory: ‘‘[T]he rate
should be high enough to allow and
encourage private negotiation, but not
so high as to make the compulsory
licensing provision meaningless . . . .’’
Id. at 417.
Before the Senate Judiciary
Committee, the RIAA’s attorney, Mr.
Arnold, asserted that incorporating the
bargaining room theory into the new
statute would flaunt the purpose of a
compulsory license:
[T]o set a statutory rate so high as to promote
negotiations by a record manufacturer and a
publisher below that statutory rate violates
and contradicts the very purpose of imposing
the compulsory license on the music
publisher.
Senate Hearing at 468.
The bargaining room theory would
permit different pairings of licensors
and licensees to enter into agreements at
varying rates below the statutory rate.
Indeed, a CBS Records witness before
the Senate Judiciary Committee
acknowledged that ‘‘[a] higher ceiling
would permit wider variation in royalty
rates. . . . ’’ Id. at 417 (emphasis
added). Further, Mr. Nathan explained
this commercial desire for a variety of
rates in somewhat more formal
economic terms: ‘‘[A] prudent
businessman . . . merely wants to price
his goods on the apparent willingness of
the consumer to pay.’’ Id. at 419
(emphasis added).
The House Judiciary Committee adopted
the bargaining room theory in its report:
The committee is setting a statutory rate at
the high end of a range within which the
parties can negotiate, now and in the future,
for actual payment of a rate that reflects
market values at the time, but one that is not
so high as to make it economically
impractical for record producers [as
licensees] to invoke the compulsory license
if negotiations fail.
H.R. Rep. at 21.
Despite movement in the House, in
the event, the language in section
801(b)(1) as enacted did not address the
bargaining room theory, but rather set
forth the aforementioned requirement
for the establishment of ‘‘reasonable’’
rates and for the achievement of the
objectives set forth in Factors A through
D. As two attorneys who were involved
in the process of crafting section
801(b)(1) wrote in their exhaustive
history of the process:
The most significant elements of the
statutory criteria may be what they omit.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1974
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
They do not include any explicit mention of
the standard . . . adopted by the House
Judiciary Committee in 1967 that the
statutory rate should be at the high end of a
range within which the parties can negotiate
. . . for an actual payment of a rate that
reflects market values and . . . not so high
. . . as to make it economically impractical
for record producers to invoke the
compulsory license if negotiations fail.
Greenman & Deutsch, supra, at 59.
In 1981, the CRT ruled that, as a
matter of law, the language in section
801(b)(1) precluded the use the
bargaining room approach to ratesetting. Adjustment of Royalty Payable
under Compulsory License for Making
and Distributing Phonorecords, 46 FR
10466, 10478 (1981). On appeal, the
D.C. Circuit affirmed the CRT’s decision
to eschew this approach. 1981
Phonorecords Appeal, supra. However,
the D.C. Circuit’s affirmance was not
based on the CRT’s conclusion that the
‘‘bargaining room’’ approach was
impermissible as a matter of law.
Rather, the appellate court held that the
CRT had exercised its lawful statutory
discretion—in the form of a policy
determination—to reject the use of the
‘‘bargaining room’’ approach. Id. at 37.
With regard to the legal question as to
whether the ‘‘bargaining room’’ theory
could be applied by the rate-setter, the
D.C. Circuit held that ‘‘the statutory
criteria . . . do not explicitly address
the bargaining room question, and that
dispute can only be resolved through
the [CRT’s] articulation of principles
that flesh out the statutory notions of
‘reasonable’ rates and ‘fair’ returns.’’ Id.
at 36. As the authors of the historical
article noted, this appellate ruling
preserved for future litigants the right to
advocate for a policy change to allow for
an implementation of the ‘‘bargaining
room’’ approach under section
801(b)(1). Greenman & Deutsch, supra,
at 64. Those ‘‘future litigants’’ have
arrived in this proceeding.
b. The Bargaining Room Theory in the
Present Proceeding
In the present case, the parties
disagree on the issue of whether the
Judges should apply the bargaining
room theory of rate-setting in this
determination. Compare Copyright
Owners’ Reply to Services’ Joint
Proposed Findings of Fact and
Conclusions of Law at 146 (CORPFF–JS)
(‘‘Copyright Owners . . . contend that
. . . [the] bargaining room theory [is a]
quite permissible consideration[ ] under
801(b)(1) analysis . . .’’) with Services’
Joint Reply to the Copyright Owners’
Proposed Findings of Fact and
Conclusions of Law at 28 (SJRPFF–CO)
(‘‘[a] rate creating ‘bargaining room’
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
under which copyright users must try to
make private deals [is] inconsistent with
Section 801(b)(1) . . .’’). In further
support of their argument in favor of the
bargaining room theory, Copyright
Owners emphasize the inability of the
Judges (or anyone) to identify present
market rates precisely, let alone over the
five year rate period. Proposed
Conclusions of Law of Copyright Owners
¶ 89 (COPCOL) (‘‘the compulsory
license set by the Judges cannot possibly
contemplate every single business
model that may develop in the ensuing
time.’’). Their reasoning is a reprise of
the original argument for the bargaining
room theory: If the statutory rate is set
below market rates, then the parties will
never negotiate upward toward the
market rates, because the licensees will
always prefer to invoke the right to use
the licensed work at the below-market
statutory rates. However, if the Judges
set the statutory rate above what they
find to be market rates, different
licensees who each have a maximum
willingness to pay (WTP) below such a
statutory rate would seek to negotiate
lower rates with the licensors. In
response to such requests to negotiate,
according to this argument, Copyright
Owners would respond by negotiating
various lower rates for those licensees,
provided lower rates were also in the
self-interest of Copyright Owners. 4/3/
17 Tr. 4431 (Rysman).
I find, as a matter of policy, that the
bargaining room theory is not applicable
to the setting of rates in the present case.
Rather, I agree with the policy decision
in Phonorecords I that the rate setting
policies made explicit in section
801(b)(1) are best discharged if the
Judges identify rate structures and rates
that reflect the standards set forth in the
statutory provision. Indeed, if the Judges
were to supplant the statutory factors
with a theory leading to rates
intentionally designed to substitute
discretionary bargaining, the parties
would essentially be returned to a
purely market-based rate-setting
approach. See 3/21/17 Tr. 2194
(Hubbard) (adoption of the ‘‘bargaining
room theory’’ would ‘‘extensively’’ shift
bargaining power to the Copyright
Owners); see also 3/13/17 Tr. 569 (Katz)
(‘‘the statutory proceeding . . . ‘‘help[s]
offset the possible asymmetries’’ in
bargaining power).
Notably, section 801(b)(1) does not
require the Judges even to attempt to set
market rates, or to use market rates to
establish ‘‘reasonable’’ rates under the
statute. Music Choice, 774 F.3d, supra,
at 1010. (‘‘Copyright Act permits, but
does not require, the Judges to use
market rates to help determine
reasonable rates’’) (emphasis added).
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Moreover, as noted supra, the Judges are
required to consider not only the
reasonableness of the rates, but also how
the four itemized factors listed in
section 801(b)(1) bear on the
reasonableness of the rates, i.e., the
maximization of the public
‘‘availability’’ of musical works, ‘‘fair’’
return, ‘‘fair’’ income and ‘‘minimize[d]
. . . disruptive impact.’’ These are not
factors necessarily implicated or fully
addressed by a market-based analysis. If
the Judges were to adopt wholesale the
bargaining room theory, they would
eliminate the value of those extramarket factors. Finally, as Dr. Eisenach
conceded, adoption of the bargaining
room theory would alter the parties’
respective ‘‘threat points’’ (a/k/a
‘‘disagreement points’’) in the ‘‘Nash
context,’’ increasing Copyright Owners’
bargaining power as compared with the
non-application of the bargaining room
approach. 4/4/17 Tr. 4846–47
(Eisenach).209
In addition, an application of the
bargaining room theory would be
inconsistent with another purpose of
statutory licensing—the minimization of
transaction costs. If each interactive
streaming service were required to
negotiate separately with each music
publisher, the process would diminish
the transaction cost savings, which is an
important reason for statutory licensing.
See 4/6/17 Tr. 5233 (Leonard) (‘‘the
point of having this kind of compulsory
licensing setting is to reduce
transactions cost and to . . . prevent the
exercise of market power and prevent
disruption in the marketplace.’’); 4/13/
17 Tr. 5901 (Hubbard) (most listeners
demonstrate low WTP such that ‘‘notion
of negotiation with [that] entire long tail
is a lot of transactions costs . . . which
would seem to me to be at odds with the
801(b) factors. . . . [I]t . . . would seem
to subvert the very purpose of this
hearing to just suggest wholesale private
renegotiation.’’).
On balance, based on the foregoing, I
do not accept and will not apply the
bargaining room theory to establish
either the rate structure or the zone of
reasonable rates.
E. The Present Rate Structure and Rates
Subpart B sets forth mechanical
royalty rates in connection with the
delivery and offering of interactive
streams and/or limited downloads.
209 A ‘‘threat point’’ or ‘‘disagreement point’’ is a
concept from bargaining (game) theory (specifically,
in the Nash bargaining model) representing the
value point at which a party will walk away from
negotiations—thereby affecting the value of the
ultimate bargain. See SDARS II, 74 FR 23054,
23056–57 (April 7, 2017) (summarizing the Nash
model).
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
There are three product distinctions
within the subpart B rate structure:
(a) Nonportable vs. Portable Services
(b) Unbundled vs. Bundled Services
(c) Subscription vs. Ad-Supported Services
37 CFR 385.13.
Copyright Owners provide a helpful
and more specific summary of these
categories:
(a) ‘‘standalone non-portable
subscription—streaming only’’ services (i.e.,
tethered to a computer);
(b) ‘‘standalone non-portable
subscription—mixed’’ (i.e., both streaming
and limited download) services;
(c) ‘‘standalone portable’’ subscription
streaming and limited download services
(i.e., accessible on mobile or other Internetenabled devices);
(d) ‘‘bundled subscription services’’ which
are streaming and limited download services
bundled with another product or service; and
(e) ‘‘free [to the end user] nonsubscription/
ad-supported services.’’
Copyright Owners’ Written Direct
Statement, Proposed Rates and Terms at
B–3 (Copyright Owners’ Proposal)
(quoting 37 CFR 385.13).
More granularly, the present subpart
B rate structure and rates and for
interactive streaming and limited
downloads, as agreed to by the parties
in their 2012 settlement, are set forth in
full at 37 CFR 385.12 and 385.13, and
are summarized below: 210
1. Calculate the ‘‘All-In’’ Publishing
Royalty for the Service Offering
a. maximum of 10.5% of service
revenue and the following minimum
royalties based on the type of service:
(i) Standalone Non-Portable
Subscription, Streaming Only:
—lesser of 22% of service payments for
sound recording rights 211 and $0.50
per subscriber per month.
(ii) Standalone Non-Portable
Subscription, Mixed Use:
—lesser of 21% of service payments for
sound recording rights and $0.50 per
subscriber per month.
(iii) Standalone Portable Subscription,
Mixed Use:
210 This summary is set forth in the Amended
Expert Witness Statement of Dr. Gregory Leonard,
Google’s economic expert witness. See Amended
Expert Witness Statement of Dr. Gregory K. Leonard
¶ 25 (Leonard AWDT). I find Dr. Leonard’s format
to be particularly useful, but I note that all the
parties clearly and consistently summarized the
existing rate structure. See also, e.g., Israelite WDT
¶ 28.
211 To be clear, these alternative percentages
reflect percent of payments to record companies for
sound recording rights, unregulated and set in the
market, not the percent of revenue received by the
interactive streaming services. That is, these are the
so-called ‘‘TCC’’ rates.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
—lesser of 21% of service payments for
sound recording rights and $0.80 per
subscriber per month.
(iv) Bundled Subscription Services:
—21% of service payments for sound
recording rights.
(v) Free Non-Subscription/AdSupported Services:
—22% of service payments for sound
recording rights.
2. Subtract Applicable Performance
Royalties [the ‘‘All-In’’ Calculation] (i.e.,
subtract from the result in the previous
step the ‘‘total amount of royalties for
public performance of musical works
that has been or will be expensed
pursuant to public performance licenses
in connection with uses of musical
works through such offering.’’)
3. Compare the maximum of the result
from the previous steps and the
following mechanical-only per
subscriber royalty floors based on the
type of service: 212
(a) Standalone Non-Portable
Subscription, Streaming Only: $0.15 per
subscriber per month.
(b) Standalone Non-Portable
Subscription, Mixed Use: $0.30 per
subscriber per month.
(c) Standalone Portable Subscription,
Mixed Use: $0.50 per subscriber per
month.
(d) Bundled Subscription Services:
$0.25 per active subscriber per month.
(e) Free Non-Subscription/AdSupported Services: Not Applicable.213
Subpart C of part 385 sets forth the
royalty structure and rates for licensing
mechanical rights for five categories:
limited offerings, mixed service
bundles, music bundles, paid locker
services, and purchased content locker
services. The present subpart C rate
structure, established consensually in
the 2012 settlement, are set forth at 37
CFR 385.20 through 385.26. As
succinctly summarized by Dr. Leonard
(see Leonard AWDT ¶ 26), the structure
and rates are as follows:
1. Calculate the ‘‘All-In’’ Publishing
Royalty for the Service Offering
a. Maximum of the applicable
percentage of service revenue based on
the type of service:
212 This is the so-called ‘‘Mechanical Floor’’ rate,
discussed infra.
213 The regulations also describe how the royalty
revenue collected shall be allocated among musical
works that had been played on the interactive
streaming services. That allocation is made on a per
play basis, and, under the parties’ proposals in this
proceeding, that general allocation principle would
remain unchanged. Compare Copyright Owners’
Proposal at B–14–15 with, e.g., Second Amended
Proposed Rates and Terms of Spotify USA Inc. at
12–13 (Spotify’s Proposal).
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1975
(i) Mixed Service Bundle: 11.35% of
service revenue.
(ii) Music Bundles: 11.35% of service
revenue.
(iii) Limited Offering: 10.5% of
service revenue.
(iv) Paid Locker Service: 12% of
incremental service revenue.
(v) Purchased Content Locker: 12% of
service revenue.
and
b. The applicable ‘‘All-In’’ minimum,
also based on the type of service:
(i) Mixed Service Bundle: 21% of
service payments for sound recording
rights.
(ii) Music Bundles: 21% of service
payments for sound recording rights.
(iii) Limited Offering: 21% of service
payments for sound recording rights
(subject to a further minimum payment
of $0.18 per subscriber per month).
(iv) Paid Locker Service: 20.65% of
service payments for sound recording
rights (subject to a further minimum
payment of $0.17 per subscriber per
month).
(v) Purchased Content Locker: 22% of
any incremental service payments to
record companies for sound recording
rights (above the otherwise applicable
payments for permanent digital
downloads and ringtones).
2. Subtract Applicable Performance
Royalties
Subtract from the result in the
previous step the ‘‘total amount of
royalties for public performance of
musical works that has been or will be
expensed pursuant to public
performance licenses in connection
with uses of musical works through
such subpart C offering.’’ 214
At the time of the hearing, the
services paid the following subpart B
mechanical rates: 215
214 As under subpart B, collected royalties under
subpart C are allocated on a per play basis. The
Services, and Apple, do not propose a change in
this regard. Copyright Owners, given their proposal
that subpart C be eliminated, would utilize the
subpart B allocation methodology for the service
offerings now in subpart C.
215 Pandora had not begun its interactive
streaming service at the time of the hearing.
However, since November 2015, Pandora asserts
that it has entered into direct licenses with
thousands of music publishers that cover the
mechanical rights that are at issue in this
proceeding. Written Direct Testimony of Michael
Herring ¶ 49 (Herring WDT). See, e.g., PAN Dir. Exs.
6–7. Many of those deals bundle interactive
streaming (for which mechanical and performance
rights are required) and noninteractive streaming
(for which, arguably, no mechanical license is
required). Katz WDT ¶ 105.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1976
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Licensee/service
Rate prong
Rate
Reg or direct contract
Source
Amazon Unlimited for Echo
[REDACTED] ....................
$[REDACTED] ..................
§ [REDACTED] ..................
Amazon Prime ...................
Apple Music .......................
[REDACTED] ....................
Not Applicable ...................
$[REDACTED] ..................
[REDACTED] ....................
§ [REDACTED] ..................
Direct contracts .................
[REDACTED] .....................
[REDACTED] ....................
[REDACTED] ....................
[REDACTED] ....................
Spotify/Ad-Supported ........
[REDACTED] ....................
[REDACTED] ....................
Spotify Subscription ...........
[REDACTED] ....................
$[REDACTED] ..................
§ [REDACTED] ..................
§ [REDACTED] ..................
§ [REDACTED] ..................
Brost WDT,216 Ex. 18 (HX
20).
Marx 217 WRT ¶ 40.
Wheeler 218 WDT ¶¶ 10,
12; HX 1432, HX 1434,
HX 1435.
Leonard AWDT ¶ 52 et
seq.
Marx WDT 219 ¶ 83.
F. The Economic Framework for
Analyzing the Rate Structure Issues
The parties’ proposals are based on
varying explicit and implicit
assumptions regarding the economic
principles that underlie the licensing of
musical works. During the hearing, the
parties have urged the Judges to apply
certain economic principles, often
imploring the Judges to recognize that
the economic underpinnings of their
arguments can be found in the teachings
of a generic introductory ‘‘Economics
101’’ course. See, e.g., 3/8/17 Tr. 133
(Copyright Owners’ Opening
Statement); 3/14/17 Tr. 920 (Herring); 4/
13/17 Tr. 5917 (Lane). I generally agree
that, particularly with regard to the rate
structure, it is helpful to ‘‘begin at the
beginning’’—i.e., with basic economic
principles—so that the subsequent
analyses are grounded in some basic
concepts.
Basic economic theory teaches that
supply and demand determine an
equilibrium market price. See, e.g., W.
Nicholson & C. Snyder, Microeconomic
Theory at 10 (10th ed. 2008) (‘‘[D]emand
and supply interact to determine the
equilibrium price and the quantity that
will be traded in the market.’’); see also
Final Rule and Order, Determination of
Reasonable Rates and Terms for the
Digital Performance of Sound
Recordings, Docket No. 96–5 CARP
DSTRA, 63 FR 25394, 25404 (May 8,
1998) (‘‘CARP PSS 1998’’) (noting that
‘‘price [is] set in the marketplace
according to the laws of supply and
demand. . . .’’); Eisenach WDT ¶ 34
(‘‘the interplay between supply and
demand results in a market price.’’)
With regard to the supply of an
‘‘ordinary private good’’ in a perfectly
competitive market,220 it is well
216 Written
Direct Testimony of Kelly Brost.
Rebuttal Testimony of Leslie M. Marx.
218 Written Direct Testimony of Rob Wheeler.
219 Written Direct Testimony of Leslie M. Marx.
220 A ‘‘private good is ‘‘one that is both
excludable and rival in consumption,’’ i.e., the
supplier can prevent non-payers from consuming
the good, and each unit of the good cannot be
consumed by more than one person simultaneously.
217 Written
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
understood that there is typically a
positive correlation between price and
quantity (causing the well-known
upward slope of a supply curve). See,
e.g., C. Byun, The Economics of the
Popular Music Industry at 74 (2016)
(‘‘The firm’s supply curve is upward
sloping, since the relationship between
price and quantity supplied by the firm
is positive.’’) This positive correlation is
the consequence of several factors.
Among those factors is the increasing
marginal physical cost of inputs
required to create the product. Marx
WDT ¶ 38 n.39 (‘‘ ‘Marginal cost’ is
defined as the increase in total cost
resulting from an additional unit of
output.’’). The marginal cost of inputs
generally increases because, inter alia,
inputs are scarce and a seller must pay
more for each unit of an input as it
becomes more scarce, or if additional
units are less productive. See Krugman
& Wells, Microeconomics at 312–13 (2d
ed. 2009). Additionally, input sellers
must consider the opportunity cost of
supplying an input to a particular buyer,
i.e., any revenue foregone by selling that
scarce input to that particular buyer
rather than to another buyer who was
willing to pay a higher price. See E.
Mansfield & G. Yohe, Microeconomics at
242 (11th ed. 2004) (‘‘opportunity cost’’
of an input is ‘‘the value of that input
if it were employed in its most valuable
alternative use.’’).
In this proceeding, the products being
licensed by Copyright Owners to the
interactive streaming services for
distribution are collections (repertoires)
of additional copies of a song embodied
in a sound recording—not the original
or first copy of the song or the sound
recording. The marginal physical cost of
such additional digital copies of a
musical work embodied in a sound
recording is essentially zero. See
Written Rebuttal Testimony of Marc
Rysman, Ph.D. ¶ 71 (Rysman WRT)
(‘‘Intellectual property commonly may
have little to no marginal costs to
P. Krugman & R. Wells, Microeconomics at pp. G–
2, G–7 (2d ed. 2009). The distinction between a
private good and a public good is discussed infra.
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Marx WDT ¶ 76.
reproduce. . . .’’); Marx WDT ¶ 117
(‘‘the marginal costs of providing rights
to a particular musical work and
streaming it to the consumer are
effectively zero); Written Rebuttal
Testimony of Richard Watt (Ph.D.) (On
behalf of the NMPA and the NSAI) ¶ 44
n.48 (Watt WRT) (considering reliable
Professor Marx’s conclusion that ‘‘[a]
marginal cost of zero is a close
approximation of true costs of
delivery.’’); Expert Rebuttal Report of
Glenn Hubbard, February 15, 2017
¶ 4.20 (Hubbard WRT) (‘‘copyrighted
music work . . . has zero marginal
production costs’’); Rebuttal Expert
Witness Statement of Dr. Gregory K.
Leonard ¶¶ 6, 95 (Leonard WRT)
(acknowledging ‘‘the zero marginal cost
of a stream’’); Corrected Written
Testimony of Michael L. Katz (On behalf
of Pandora Media, Inc.) ¶ 26 (Katz
CWRT) (‘‘The creation and distribution
of musical works has . . . zero or nearzero marginal costs.’’); 3/30/17 Tr.
4085–40866, (Gans) (agreeing that the
‘‘marginal physical cost’’ of ‘‘additional
electronic versions of sound recordings
. . . embody[ing] musical works is
zero); see generally W. Landes,
Copyright in R. Towse, A Handbook of
Cultural Economics at 100 (2d ed. 2011)
(‘‘[T]he cost of reproducing the
[copyrighted] work that additional users
can be added at a negligible or even zero
cost.’’) So, there is an important basic
distinction between the marginal
physical costs associated with creating
additional units of ordinary private
goods and additional digital copies of
songs/sound recordings.
With regard to demand, there is a
negative correlation between price and
quantity (causing the equally wellknown downward slope of a demand
curve). See, e.g., Krugman & Wells,
supra, at 63–64. This negative
correlation is also the consequence of
several factors. For present purposes,
two factors are pertinent. First, a buyer’s
demand is a function of the benefit the
buyer realizes from acquiring the good—
what economists term ‘‘utility.’’ Second,
buyers’ ability to satisfy their desire for
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
utility is constrained by their ability to
pay—what economists call a ‘‘budget
constraint.’’ To simplify somewhat, the
point where a buyer’s utility and ability
to pay intersect represents a point on
the buyer’s demand curve, indicating
his or her ‘‘Willingness to Pay’’
(WTP).221 See Byun, supra at 26–27 (The
demand curve represents a mapping of
all such points, reflecting both (1) the
‘‘intuitive’’ idea that the more expensive
a good, the greater its ‘‘budget’’ impact,
lowering the quantity demanded; and
(2) diminishing marginal ‘‘utility,’’ as
reflected in the buyer’s willingness to
pay [(WTP)] for additional units of the
good); see also Pindyck & Rubinfeld,
supra, at 83, 140 (‘‘[P]references and
budget constraints . . . determine how
individual consumers choose how much
of each good to buy . . . choos[ing]
goods to maximize the satisfaction they
can achieve, given the limited budget
available to them.’’ . . . [C]onsumers’
demand curves for a commodity can be
derived from information about their
tastes . . . and from their budget
constraints.’’).222 The market demand
curve for an ordinary private good is the
horizontal sum of all quantities
demanded at each price reflected in the
demand curves of all potential buyers.
Byun, supra, at 27; Pindyck & Rubinfeld,
supra, at 141.223
Importantly for the present
proceeding, changes along the demand
curve (i.e., changes in quantity
demanded in response to changes in
price) must be distinguished from
changes in demand, i.e., shifts of the
entire demand curve representing a
different quantity demanded at each
price. A movement ‘‘down the demand
curve’’ would reflect an increase in new
221 Thus, it is important to keep in mind that
WTP incorporates ‘‘Ability To Pay,’’ when
evaluating the distinctions among the interactive
streaming services’ various tier offerings and the
issue of price discrimination. See C. Sunstein,
Willingness to Pay vs. Welfare, 1 Harv. L. & Pol.
Rev. 303, 310 (2007) (noting the ‘‘need to make a
distinction . . . between WTP and ability to pay
. . . . When . . . people show a low WTP, it may
be because their ability to pay is low [b]ut their low
WTP does not demonstrate that they would gain
little in terms of welfare from receiving the relevant
good.’’) (emphasis in original).
222 When discussing consumer demand,
economists often leave implicit the distinction
between the budget constraint, which reveals an
ability (or inability) to pay, and the WTP, by
combining both in the WTP phrase. In this Dissent,
I shall use the WTP phrase in its combined form,
unless distinction is of some importance in this
proceeding.
223 These two aspects of demand are reflected in
the present proceeding by the services’ attempts to
design a ‘‘range of products’’ with different ‘‘price
points’’ (reflecting consumers’ varying budget
constraint/WTP) and ‘‘features to accommodate
preferences’’ (reflecting differences in utility). See,
e.g., Phillips WDT 16 (describing Pandora’s design
of its new interactive streaming offerings).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
buyers whose WTP was equal to the
lower price as the demand curve
descends, i.e., whose WTP was less than
higher prices along the demand curve.
By contrast, an upward shift of the
entire demand curve can be the
consequence of several factors,
including a reduction in the price of a
competing (substitute) good and a
change in consumer tastes. To reiterate,
this distinction between an increase in
quantity demanded and an increase in
demand is of particular importance in
this proceeding, as will be evident as I
compare and contrast the parties’
economic arguments. See Krugman &
Wells, supra, at 66–67 (‘‘[W]hen you’re
doing economic analysis, it’s important
to make the distinction between changes
in the quantity demanded, which
involve movements along a demand
curve, and shifts of the demand
curve.’’).
It is also important—especially in this
proceeding—to distinguish markets
vertically. There are two markets
implicated in this proceeding. There is
the upstream market for the sale and
purchase of inputs, here, licenses for the
collected copies (entire repertoires) of
musical works embodied in the
streamed sound recordings. There is
also the downstream market for the sale
and purchase of the final product,
comprised of both (1) the right to listen
to a given sound recording/musical
work; and (2) an ‘‘option’’ value,’’ i.e.,
a right to access a large repertoire of
sound recordings/musical works. The
dynamics of these two markets are
different, yet they are economically
intertwined. They are economically
different in certain obvious ways, in that
the upstream market consists of
licensors and licensees whereas the
downstream market is comprised of
streaming services and listeners
(subscribers or users) with the markets
exhibiting different degrees of (inter
alia) competition, market power,
homogeneity and preferences among the
participants in each market. However,
they are interdependent as well, because
the upstream demand of the interactive
streaming services for musical works
(and the sound recordings in which they
are embodied)—known as ‘‘factors’’ of
production or ‘‘inputs’’—is derived from
the downstream demand of listeners to
and users of the interactive streaming
services. This interdependency causes
upstream demand to be characterized as
‘‘derived demand.’’ See Krugman &
Wells, supra, at 511 (‘‘[D]emand in a
factor market is . . . derived demand
. . . [t]hat is, demand for the factor is
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1977
derived from the [downstream] firm’s
output choice.’’).224
In perfectly competitive markets for
ordinary private goods, prices tend
toward an ‘‘equilibrium’’ price where
there is an intersection between
quantity demanded (on the demand
curve) and the quantity supplied (on the
supply curve). In that market, the
positive price equals both marginal cost
and marginal benefit.225 That price
would allow for a reasonable estimation
of a per unit price that economists
would be able to identify, in terms of
economic efficiency, as a fair market
price. See, e.g., G. Niels, H. Jenkins & J.
Kavanagh, Economics for Competition
Lawyers ¶ 1.4.7 (2d ed. 2016) (The
‘‘equilibrium price’’ reflects ‘‘allocative
efficiency’’ on the demand side and
‘‘productive efficiency’’ on the supply
side.’’); Nicholson & Snyder, supra at
469–72 (‘‘[P]erfectly competitive
markets lead to efficiency in the
relationship between production
[supply] and preferences
[demand]. . . .’’) 226
This snapshot of a perfectly
competitive market for an ordinary
private good is described in the typical
‘‘Economics 101’’ course. However,
because (as noted supra) the marginal
physical cost of supplying an additional
copy of a song/sound recording is
essentially zero, at least one key
condition for efficient per-unit pricing
does not exist. A price above zero would
not reflect allocative efficiency, because
price must equal marginal cost to create
such efficiency. However, at a price of
zero—that is, equal to marginal cost—no
supplier would have an economic
incentive to incur the cost of producing
the original version of the musical work.
As one scholar has summarized:
There is a conflict between the competing
goals of ensuring access to intellectual
224 Importantly, this economic interdependency
exists as a matter of law as well as economics in
this proceeding. Section 801(b)(1)(A) explicitly
makes the link between the upstream and
downstream markets relevant to the setting of
upstream rates in this proceeding, by instructing the
Judges to set upstream rates that ‘‘maximize the
availability of creative works to the public,’’ i.e., to
the downstream listeners.
225 If the market is imperfect, i.e., if the seller has
some market power, then the positive price will
exceed marginal cost.
226 There are other particular requirements that
must be satisfied for a market to be perfectly
competitive such that the resulting price reflects
these fair market efficiencies. See Mansfield &
Yohe, supra at 290–91 (Perfect competition
requires: (1) Homogeneous products across sellers;
(2) no seller or buyer is so large as to affect the
product price (i.e., all participants are price-takers
rather than price-makers; (3) all resources are
completely mobile across markets, i.e., they can
freely enter or exit the market); and (4) all market
participants (consumers, producers and input
suppliers) have ‘‘perfect knowledge’’ of all relevant
information.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1978
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
property at a price equal to marginal cost and
providing incentives for the production of
information. Finding the balance between
access and incentives arising from the free
access and exclusive rights norms is
characterized as the static/dynamic dilemma
or the short-run/long-run dilemma.
D. Barnes, The Incentive/Access
Tradeoff, 9 Nw. J. Tech. & Intell. Prop.
96, 96 (2010).
The distinction between normal
private goods and intellectual property
applies specifically in the markets for
musical works and sound recordings. As
a Canadian scholar recently explained:
For normal goods and services, the optimal
level of consumption is generally considered
to be the level achieved when the price of the
good is equal to its marginal production
cost. . . . This level corresponds to what
economists call a first-best optimum, which
requires that fixed costs be covered one way
or another. A competitive market is generally
the preferred mechanism for defining and
achieving an optimal level of production and
consumption for normal goods.
With information goods or assets, the
problem is somewhat more difficult since the
same unit . . . think of a musical work or
sound recording . . . can be listened to and
enjoyed many times by many different users
or consumers now and in the future as
consumption does not destroy or alter the
unit in question.
M. Boyer, The Competitive Market
Value of Copyright in Music: A Digital
Gordian Knot, Toulouse School of
Economics Working Paper at 18 (Sept.
2017) (emphasis added).227
Economists have analyzed and
modeled this conundrum, utilizing
approaches beyond those in a basic
‘‘Economics 101’’ classroom. See P.
Samuelson, Aspects of Public
Expenditure Theories, 40 The Rev. of
Econ. & Statistics, 332, 336 (1958)
(when attempting to price additional
copies of public goods with marginal
costs approximating zero ‘‘the easy
formulas of classical economics no
longer light our way.’’).
Copies of intellectual property goods,
including especially electronic copies,
227 This point highlights a particular distinction
between private goods and products with public
good characteristics (discussed infra), upending the
‘‘economic efficiency’’ principles of for private
goods markets taught in an ‘‘Economics 101’’ class.
See C. Yoo, Copyright and Public Good Economics:
A Misunderstood Relation,’’ 155 U. Pa .L. Rev. 635,
638 (2007) (There is ‘‘an interesting inversion of the
conditions for the efficient allocation of private
goods. For private goods, consumers pay the same
price and signal the different valuations that they
place on the good by purchasing different
quantities. For pure public goods, consumers
consume the same quantity of production and
signal the intensity of preferences by their
willingness to pay different prices.’’). This principle
is particularly applicable in response to the
argument that economic efficiency is fostered by
per-unit pricing in the market at issue in this
proceeding.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
are understood not to be ‘‘private’’
goods as in the simple model sketched
supra, but rather are ‘‘quasi- public
goods.’’ A ‘‘public good’’ has two
characteristics. First, it has a zero
marginal production cost (formally, they
are ‘‘non-rivalrous in consumption,’’
because consumption of one unit does
not prevent another unit from being
consumed). Second, the provider of the
public good cannot prevent
consumption of the good by non-payers
(formally, ‘‘non-excludability’’). See
Nicholson & Snyder, supra, at 679. A
‘‘quasi-public good’’ (sometimes called
an ‘‘impure public good’’ or a ‘‘mixed
good’’) possesses only one of these two
public goods characteristics. See, e.g., G.
Dosi & J. Stiglitz, The Role of
Intellectual Property Rights in the
Development Process, with Some
Lessons from Developed Countries: An
Introduction at 6, Inst. of Economics,
Laboratory of Economics and
Management, Working Paper 2013/23
(Nov. 2013) (defining a quasi-public
good as one where either ‘‘it is . . . hard
to exclude others’’ or, ‘‘even if it were
possible, it is inefficient to do so.’’). In
the market at issue in this proceeding,
one person’s accessing of a streamed
copy of sound recording (and the
musical work embodied within it) on an
interactive streaming service is not in
rivalry with another person’s listening
to a copy of the same sound recording/
song (i.e., one person’s listening does
not cause a marginal increase in
physical cost to the licensors),228 but the
licensors can exclude any person from
listening who does not subscribe to or
register with the interactive streaming
service. When piracy is uncontrolled,
copies of sound recordings (and the
musical works embodied therein)
resemble pure public goods. When
piracy is reduced, these reproductions
are more in the nature of quasi-public
goods, because they are still not
rivalrous in consumption.
An additional complexity: The
products supplied in the market
(upstream and downstream) in this
proceeding are not simply individual
copies of discrete musical works.
Rather, the product is the collection of
repertoires of musical works,
collectivized (through ownership,
administration and distribution) by the
music publishers and, in final
228 This non-rival aspect of streamed music is not
only a theoretical underpinning of the interactive
markets, but also is the crucial basis for the
services’ plans (discussed infra) to achieve ‘‘scale’’
and, ultimately, profitability, as discussed infra. See
generally J. Haskel & S. Westlake, Capitalism
without Capital at 66 (2017) (‘‘From an economic
point of view, scalability derives from . . . what
economists call ‘non-rivalry.’ ’’).
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(downstream) delivery), through the
major record companies (and a
constellation of smaller publishers).
These collective activities are highly
concentrated among only a few such
publishers. As noted supra, the four
largest publishers—Sony/ATV
([REDACTED] percent), Warner/
Chappell ([REDACTED] percent),
Universal Music Publishing Group
(UMPG) ([REDACTED] percent), and
Kobalt Music Publishing ([REDACTED]
percent)—collectively accounted for just
over 73 percent of the top 100 radio
songs tracked by Billboard 229 as of the
second quarter in 2016. Katz WDT ¶ 46.
The collective nature of the principal
music publishers is further made clear
from the testimony of their witnesses in
this proceeding. See Witness Statement
of Peter Brodsky ¶ 5 (Brodsky WDT)
(Sony/ATV Music Publishing owns and
administers ‘‘the largest catalog of
musical compositions in the world, with
over [REDACTED] songs written by
[REDACTED] of songwriters’’); Witness
Statement of David Kokakis ¶ 10
(Kokakis WDT) (UMPG owns and
administers [REDACTED]
compositions); Witness Statement of
Gregg Barron ¶ 5 (BMG owns and
administers [REDACTED]
compositions); Witness Statement of
Annette Yocum ¶ 8 (Warner/Chappell
owns and administers [REDACTED]
compositions).230
The mechanical license thus is in the
nature of a blanket license
(notwithstanding that the interactive
streaming service must first serve a
Notice of Intention (NOI) on the
copyright owner in order to utilize the
statutory mechanical license in
connection with each individual song).
17 U.S.C. 115(b); 37 CFR 201.18). Much
of the economic value of a collection of
millions of copyrights within one
publishing umbrella lies in the
economizing on transaction costs—
allowing large entities to administer the
copyrights. See generally S. Besen, S.
Kirby and S. Salop, An Economic
Analysis of Copyright Collectives, 78
Va.L.Rev. 383 (1992); R. Watt, Copyright
Collectives: Some Basic Economic
Theory, reprinted in R. Watt (ed.),
229 This Billboard measure tracks songs played on
AM–FM terrestrial radio broadcasters, which are
not required to license the works or the sound
recordings they play.
230 The sound recording market is also highly
concentrated. See Marx WDT ¶ 149 (‘‘The three
major labels, Sony Music Entertainment, Inc.,
Warner Music Group, and Universal Music Group
(‘UMG’), account for roughly 65% of US recording
industry revenue.’’). Also, the performance rights
collectives are highly concentrated, with ASCAP
and BMI representing over 90% of the songs
available for licensing in the United States. See
Register’s Report at 20.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Handbook on the Economics of
Copyright at 168–170 (2014).231
However, along with the efficiencies
of collective ownership comes the
market power of the collective. As has
been noted:
In so much as copyright law establishes a
. . . monopoly of each copyright holder in
his or her own item of intellectual property,
copyright collectives imply an even larger
monopoly situation for entire specific types
of intellectual property in general. Exactly
how this monopoly power affects social
welfare is a natural point of discussion. . . .
[T]here are social costs involved when a
natural monopoly 232 is run by only one firm,
since that firm will not sell its output at the
socially optimal price, but rather at the pure
profit maximizing price. It is for this reason
that most natural monopolies are subject to
heavy regulation. . . . The administration
and marketing of intellectual property has
many aspects of a natural monopoly. . . .
The fact that unregulated copyright
collectives do not achieve a social optimum
establishes strong theoretical foundations for
arguing that such collectives should be
regulated.
R. Watt, Copyright and Economic
Theory: Friends or Foes at 163, 190
(2000); see also C. Handke, The
Economics of Collective Copyright
Management at 9, reprinted in Watt,
Handbook of the Economics of
Copyright, supra (entities controlling a
collection of copyrights are natural
monopolies).
Thus, the ‘‘product’’ that is licensed
to interactive streaming services can be
modeled not merely as the individual
musical work or sound recording, but
also as access to copies of a large
repertoire of songs. Such access can be
offered through various delivery
channels, such as interactive streaming,
noninteractive streaming and satellite
radio.
At this point of analysis, therefore, the
concept of ‘‘opportunity cost’’ is of
particular importance.233 When a
231 The economic concept of a collective
organization is broader than the more common and
narrow conception of ‘‘collection societies’’ as
limited to PROs. See A. Katz, Copyright Collectives:
Good Solution, But for Which Problem, at 2, n.7,
reprinted in R. Dreyfuss & D. Zimmerman (eds.)
Working Within the Boundaries of Intellectual
Property Law (2010) (‘‘The term ‘copyright
collectives’ encompasses various types of
organizations, with different mandates, structures,
forms of governance and regulatory oversight.’’).
232 When large publishing houses or major record
labels control large swaths of the market, and their
products are ‘‘must haves,’’ they are
‘‘complementary oligopolists’’ rather than
monopolists, a difference that leads to supranormal
pricing and greater inefficiencies than arise from
monopoly. See Web IV, 81 FR 26316, 26348 (May
2, 2016).
233 To repeat, the ‘‘opportunity cost’’ of using an
input is the foregone value of the most highlyvalued alternative use of that input. See generally
Pindyck & Rubinfeld, supra, at 689 (defining
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
collective sets the royalty rate to be paid
by a distribution channel to provide
such downstream access, in order to
maximize profits, it must: (1) Consider
potential royalty revenue from the
various distribution channels; (2)
determine whether these distribution
channels/licensees serve overlapping
downstream listeners; (3) minimize
opportunity costs by attempting to
equalize (on the margin) royalty revenue
paid by such overlapping licensees; (4)
refuse licenses to distributor categories
that would ‘‘cannibalize’’ higher royalty
revenues from other distribution
channels; and (5) identify the
distribution channels that provide
access to listeners who would not
otherwise pay for a higher-priced
distribution channel because of their
low WTP (i.e., distribution channels and
listeners that do not cause
‘‘substitution’’ or ‘‘cannibalization’’).
For the category of services that fall in
number (5) above, licensors would
negotiate a royalty without regard to
opportunity cost (i.e., without fear of
‘‘substitution’’ or ‘‘cannibalization’’),
because no such opportunity costs
would be present. Compare Expert
Report of Joshua Gans on Behalf of
Copyright Owners ¶ 50 (Gans WDT)
(‘‘The opportunity cost of licensing
musical works to a given interactive
streaming service depends on the
royalty income lost as a result of doing
so. There are numerous potential
sources of that lost royalty income,
including lost revenue from another
interactive streaming service (that may
pay higher rates), as well as lost
physical sales, downloads and radio/
webcasting revenue.’’) with Hubbard
WRT ¶ 4.3 (‘‘a songwriter’s opportunity
cost of licensing to a service that is both
market expanding and that does not
‘‘cannibalize’’ users from other services
is relatively low.’’).
Thus, the simple ‘‘Economics 101’’
model—which suggests a simple single
per-unit price—is not applicable. (‘‘We
are not in Kansas anymore,’’ or, to
repeat Professor Samuelson’s elegant
phraseology, ‘‘the easy formulas of
classical economics no longer light our
way.’’). Accordingly, to analyze the
parties’ proposed rate structures, the
Judges must consider economic models
informed by the economic principles
that reflect these market realities.
Fortunately, the Judges hardly are
operating in a vacuum, either in a
theoretical or practical sense, given the
testimony provided by the economic
witnesses in this proceeding.
‘‘opportunity cost’’ as the ‘‘[c]ost associated with
opportunities that are foregone when a firm’s
resources are not put to their best alternative use.’’).
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1979
One analytical approach to the issues
raised by the economics of copyrights
involves the application of concepts
from the sub-field of ‘‘welfare
economics.’’ As one of Copyright
Owners’ economist-experts noted, the
pricing issue raised in this proceeding
invokes principles from the branch of
this sub-discipline. 3/27/17 Tr. 3032
(Watt) (defining ‘‘welfare economics’’
informally as ‘‘what economists use
when we talk about efficiency and we
talk about producer/consumer surplus
and things like that.’’) 234; see also
Pindyck & Rubinfeld, supra, at 590
(defining ‘‘welfare economics as the
‘‘normative evaluation of markets and
economic policy.’’). A core principle of
welfare economics, and thus of
economics writ large, is the ‘‘theory of
the second best.’’ 235 Simply stated—and
in a manner applicable here—the theory
provides: ‘‘When it is not possible to
obtain the most desirable economic
outcome in a situation—marginal cost
pricing in this case—society has to
compromise and accept the next most
desirable outcome.’’ A. Schotter,
Microeconomics: A Modern Approach at
427–428 (2009) (emphasis added).236 It
is accurate to state that the Judges’
practical task in this case is to
determine a rate structure and rates that
are economically ‘‘second best’’ in this
economic context and satisfy the legal
requirements of section 801(b)(1).
Because the theory of the second best
by its very nature does not provide for
a single ‘‘first best’’ outcome, it provides
ammunition for all economic experts in
this proceeding to use to take pot shots
at the models and proposals put forth by
their adversaries. If no alternative is
‘‘first best,’’ then each suffers from some
imperfection or market distortion
compared with the unattainable ‘‘first
best’’ outcome in a perfectly competitive
market. But because the ‘‘first best’
solution is unattainable, levying such
criticisms is akin to shooting fish in a
barrel.
The salient criticisms, and the
difficult task for this tribunal, involve
234 It should be noted that Professor Watt
decidedly rejects the applicability of welfare
economics as a tool with regard to Factor A of
section 801(b)(1)—unless ‘‘availability’’ were to be
equated with ‘‘use’’ of copyrighted musical works.
See id. at 3033.
235 The ‘‘Theory of the Second Best’’ was
originally developed more than sixty years ago. See
R. G. Lipsey and K. Lancaster, The General Theory
of Second Best, 24 Rev. Econ. Stud. 11 (1956–1957).
236 As Professor Marx notes, the first theorem of
welfare economics provides ‘‘that the allocation of
resources is efficient in a general equilibrium with
perfect competition, and in a perfectly competitive
market, price equals firms’ marginal cost. Marx
WDT ¶ 116 n.129 (citing B. Douglas Bernheim and
Michael D. Whinston, Microeconomics 561–62,
601–02).
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1980
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
weighing various ‘‘second best’’
alternatives, as presented through—and
limited by—the record, to identify the
rate structure that better satisfies the
statutory criteria, as construed by the
D.C. Circuit and prior applicable
determinations and decisions by the
Judges, their predecessors, the Librarian
and the Register. See 17 U.S.C.
803(a)(1).
At the theoretical extremes are two
unacceptable approaches to rate-setting:
(1) setting price equal to the marginal
physical cost of copying, which is zero;
and (2) setting price on a per unit basis
that exceeds marginal physical cost. In
the chasm between these two
inadequate approaches exist many
alternative rate structures with varying
rates for various segments of the market.
In general terms, these alternative ratesetting structures are forms of ‘‘price
discrimination,’’ which, in the broadest
sense, means simply a departure from a
single, per-unit price. See, e.g., H.
Varian, Intermediate Microeconomics: A
Modern Approach 462 (2010) (defining
‘‘price discrimination’’ as’’[s]elling
different units of output at different
prices’’). For example, rates based on a
percent-of-revenue (even without any
alternative rate prongs) are themselves a
blunt form of price discrimination. J.
Cirace, CBS v. ASCAP: An Economic
Analysis of a Political Problem, 47 Ford.
Rev. 277, 288 (1978) (‘‘A license fee
based upon a percentage of gross
revenue is discriminatory in that it
grants the same number of rights to
different licensees for different total
dollar amounts, depending upon their
ability to pay [and] [t]he effectiveness of
price discrimination is significantly
enhanced by the all-or-nothing blanket
license.’’); W.R. Johnson, Creative
Pricing in Markets for Intellectual
Property, 2 Rev. Econ. Rsch. Copyrt.
Issues 39, 40–41 (2005) (identifying
revenue sharing licenses as a form of
price discrimination).237
237 Even in the case of an ordinary private good
with increasing marginal costs, sellers will prefer to
price discriminate, increasing the ‘‘producer
surplus’’ and shrinking the ‘‘consumer surplus,’’ if
they can identify the WTP of different segments of
the demand curve and can avoid after-market
arbitrage (i.e., avoiding low WTP buyers re-selling
to higher WTP buyers and thus depriving sellers of
the benefits of price discrimination). See Nicholson
& Snyder, supra, at 503 (‘‘whether a price
discrimination strategy is feasible depends crucially
on the inability of buyers of the good to practice
arbitrage.’’). Further, sellers of cultural goods
generally use price discrimination when they have
excess supply and temporally-limited demand. See
W. Baumol, Applied Welfare Economics, in R.
Towse, A Handbook of Cultural Economics at 26
(1st ed. 2003) (noting that for theatres ‘‘[s]olvency
generally requires price discrimination,’’ thereby
avoiding the economic loss arising from ‘‘halfempty theatres’’). Moreover, even sellers of all sorts
of goods, and even in a competitive market, will
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
The Judges have utilized a price
discriminatory approach previously to
reflect a segmented marketplace. In Web
IV, the Judges set three different per
play royalty rates for sound recording
licenses for noninteractive services
pursuant to section 114; one rate for adsupported services; a higher rate for
subscription services; and a lower rate
for educational broadcasters. See Web
IV, supra, 81 FR at 26346, 26405,
Likewise, in the rate court, the royalty
rate paid to songwriters for
performances on noninteractive services
is lower than the rate paid for
performances on interactive services.
See In re Pandora Media, 6 F.Supp.2d
317, 360 (S.D.N.Y. 2014), aff’d sub nom
Pandora Media, Inc. v. ASCAP, 785 F.3d
73 (2d Cir. 2015) (setting noninteractive
performance royalties paid by
noninteractive services below the rate
by interactive services, and noting that
‘‘[i]f there was one principle regarding
rate structure on which the parties
agreed at trial it was that the rate for
customized radio should be set below
the rate for on-demand interactive
services.’’).
Perfect price discrimination (i.e.,
‘‘first-degree’’ price discrimination) is
essentially not possible. (For example, a
senior discount may be afforded to a
millionaire who has a WTP, based in
part on income, far above the price
imputed in his or her senior discount.)
See generally Nicholson & Snyder,
supra, at 505 (‘‘First-degree price
discrimination poses a considerable
information burden for the monopoly—
it must know the demand function for
each potential buyer.’’). However, the
existence of any imperfection, whether
in a price discriminatory royalty or any
royalty, is not indicative of the
unacceptability of the price structure as
an appropriate benchmark or statutory
rate structure. Rather, such
imperfections must be weighed against
the imperfections in any other proffered
pricing structure. Thus, when a
regulator is tasked with rate-setting, the
process inescapably requires the use of
informed judgment in order to consider
the competing benefits and costs of any
proposed rate structures and levels. See
find it rational to attempt to use price
discrimination whenever it becomes apparent that
marginal sales at lower prices to low WTP buyers
will at least cover some fixed costs. See W. Baumol,
Regulation Misread by Misread Theory: Perfect
Competition and Competition-Imposed Price
Discrimination at 6 (2005) (‘‘[U]nder competitive
conditions the firm will normally be forced to adopt
discriminatory pricing wherever . . . feasible. . . .
[U]niform pricing is not to be taken as the normal
characteristic of equilibrium of the competitive
firm.’’). Thus, the ‘‘general’’ per-unit pricing
presented in Economics 101 may not be quite so
ubiquitous, placing any per-unit pricing proposal in
this proceeding on even more tenuous grounds.
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
generally 1 A. Kahn, The Economics of
Regulation 198 (1970) (‘‘The decision
about what kinds of modifications
second-best considerations recommend
can be made only by looking at the facts
in each individual case. No set of
economic principles can substitute for
the use of judgment in their
application.’’). In the present context,
that judgment is informed through the
adjudicatory process that places the
economic experts of the licensors and
licensees in an adversarial proceeding,
revealing the strengths and weaknesses
of their approaches, through direct and
rebuttal written testimony, direct and
cross-examination, and inquiries from
the Judges.238
I consider these various approaches in
the context of the foregoing economic
principles.
G. The Parties’ Proposals
1. The Services (i.e., excluding Apple)
The Services propose respective rates
and rate structures that—while varying
in their particulars—share a number of
common elements. Broadly, the Services
propose a rate structure that in the main
continues the current rate structure.
More particularly, the Services’
proposals share the following core
elements:
(1) the rate should continue be set as an
‘‘All-In’’ rate for musical works licenses, i.e.,
a mechanical rate that permits all services to
deduct royalties paid to the same rights
holders and their agents for performing
rights;
(2) the rate should continue to be
structured as a percentage of revenue, subject
to certain minima; and
(3) the ‘‘All-In’’ headline rates should
continue, with the subpart B headline rate
maintained at 10.5% of revenue.
However, the Services propose that the
‘‘Mechanical Floor’’ in the existing rate
structure be discontinued.
The principle additional and differing
particulars of the rate structures
proposed by each Service are set forth
below.
a. Amazon
In its May 11, 2017 ‘‘Proposed Rates
and Terms’’ (Amazon Proposal),
Amazon proposes that the rate structure
as currently set forth in the applicable
regulations should rollover into the
2018–2022 rate period, except as
otherwise proposed by Amazon.
Amazon Proposal at 1. In that regard,
the following elements comprise the
core structure of Amazon’s proposed
238 Thus, in contrast with the Majority Opinion,
this Dissent does not attempt to arbitrarily select
disparate elements from the record to create, posthearing, a rate structure that was not subject to this
adversarial process.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
rate structure that would constitute
changes in the current regulations:
• The per subscriber minimum and/or
subscriber-based royalty floors for a ‘‘family
account’’ should equal 150% of the per
subscriber minimum and/or subscriber-based
royalty floor for an individual account.
• A student subscription account discount
of 50% should be included in the regulations
to the per subscriber minimum and
subscriber-based royalty floor that would
otherwise apply under the current
regulations.
• A discount for annual subscriptions
equal to 16.67% of the minimum royalty rate
(or rates) and subscriber-based royalty floor
(or floors) that would otherwise apply under
§ 385.13.
• A 15% discount to the minimum royalty
rate (or rates) and subscriber-based royalty
floor (or floors) to reflect a service’s actual
‘‘app store’’ and carrier billing costs, not to
exceed 15% for each.
bundle in accordance with GAAP for
the provision of music bundles under
subpart C, where the record company is
the licensee. Google Amended Proposal
at 33–34. Additionally, Google proposed
a new royalty of 15% ‘‘of the applicable
consideration expensed by the service,
if any . . . incremental to the applicable
consideration expensed for the right to
make the relevant permanent digital
downloads and ringtones.’’ Id. at 34.243
However, Google is in favor of the
general elements of the Services’
proposal, set forth supra, if the Judges
were to: (a) reject its amended proposal
in toto, see Google’s Proposed Findings
of Fact and Conclusions of Law ¶ 8
(Google PFF); or (b) adopt Google’s
amended proposal but incorporate a
TCC rate greater than the 15% proposed
by Google. See id. ¶ 47.
Amazon Proposal at 1–2.
c. Pandora
b. Google
As noted supra, in its May 11, 2017
‘‘Amended Proposed Rates and Terms’’
(Google Amended Proposal),239 Google
proposes a rate structure that combines
certain elements, eliminates other
elements and uses specific rates,
together in a combination that was not
presented at the hearing.240
Specifically, the Google Amended
Proposal set forth a rate structure that
‘‘eliminat[es] . . . different service
categories’’ and replaces them with ‘‘a
single, greater-of rate structure between
10.5% of net service revenue and an
uncapped 15-percent TCC component.’’
Id. at 1.241 Similar to one of Amazon’s
proposals, Google also seeks a discount
in rates for ‘‘carrier billing costs’’ and
‘‘app store commissions,’’ plus ‘‘credit
card commissions’’ and ‘‘‘similar
payment process charges,’’ all not to
exceed 15%. Id. at 6 (for subpart B); 26
(for subpart C).242
Google also proposed a new rate of
13% of the record company’s total
wholesale revenue from the music
In its May 11, 2017 ‘‘Proposed Rates
and Terms (As Amended)’’ (Pandora
Amended Proposal),244 Pandora seeks
the following changes from the current
regulations:
239 The Google Amended Proposal amended its
original proposal filed on November 1, 2016. Google
originally proposed a subpart B rate structure that
generally followed the existing structure. Google
Written Direct Statement, Introductory
Memorandum at 3 (Nov. 1, 2016).
240 Google’s post-hearing proposal appears to
have been an impetus for the majority to invent its
own post-hearing structure of rates, albeit different
in its particulars even from Google’s post-hearing
proposal.
241 As noted supra, ‘‘TCC’’ is an industry acronym
for ‘‘Total Content Cost.’’
242 Google describes this proposed change as a
change in the definition of ‘‘Service Revenue,’’
unlike Amazon, which described its proposed 15%
discount as a change in rates. The difference is
mathematically irrelevant, and, for the sake of
completeness and consistency, these 15% discount
proposals are treated here as proposed changes in
rates.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
• Elimination of the alternative
computation of subminimums I and II now
in § 385.13 and in § 385.23 (for subparts B
and C respectively) ‘‘in cases in which the
record company is the Section 115 licensee.’’
• A broadening of the present ‘‘not to
exceed 15%’’ reduction of ‘‘Service
Revenues’’ in § 385.11 to reflect, in toto, an
exclusion of costs attributable to ‘‘obtaining’’
revenue, ‘‘including [but not expressly
limited to] credit card commissions, app
store commissions, and similar payment
process charges.’’ 245
• A discount on minimum royalties for
student plans ‘‘not to exceed 50%’’ off
minimum royalty rates set forth in § 385.13.
Id. at 1, 7.
d. Spotify
In its May 11, 2017 ‘‘Second
Amended Proposed Rates and Terms’’
(Spotify’s Second Amended Proposal),
Spotify seeks the following changes
from the current regulations:
243 Google’s proposed single 10.5% TCC rate does
not include the ‘‘Mechanical-Only Floor’’ that
Pandora and Spotify expressly seek to eliminate.
The ‘‘Mechanical-Only’’ Floor, found in 37 CFR
385.15, ensures that music publishers and
songwriters will receive no less than a fixed persubscriber amount of between $0.25 and $0.50,
regardless of the amount that remains after
deduction of musical works performance royalties
from the ‘‘All-In’’ rate.
244 The Pandora Amended Proposal superseded
its original proposal filed on November 1, 2016, by
adding definitions (for ‘‘fraudulent streams’’ and
‘‘play’’) that do not directly relate to the royalty
rates. See Pandora Media, Inc.’s Proposed Findings
of Fact and Conclusions of Law Appx. C (Pandora
PFFCOL).
245 Pandora does not expressly describe this
change as a change in rates per se.
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1981
• For all licensed activity, the
‘‘mechanical-only’’ royalty floor should be
removed, i.e., removed from
§§ 385.12(b)(3)(ii) and 385.13(a)(1) & (3) for:
(a) standalone non-portable subscriptionstreaming only; and (b) standalone portable
subscriptions service.
• A broadening of the present ‘‘not to
exceed 15%’’ reduction of ‘‘Service
Revenues’’ in § 385.11 to reflect, in toto, an
exclusion of the actual costs attributable to
‘‘obtaining’’ revenue, ‘‘including [but not
expressly limited to] credit card
commissions, app store commissions similar
payment process charges, and actual carrier
billing cost.’’
2. Apple
Apple proposed that the Services pay
or $0.00091 for each non-fraudulent
stream of a copyrighted musical work
lasting 30 seconds or more. Apple Inc.
Proposed Rates and Terms (as amended)
at 3–4. Apple proposed defining a use
as any play of a sound recording or a
copyrighted work lasting 30 seconds or
more. Additionally, Apple proposed an
exemption for a ‘‘fraudulent stream,’’
which it proposes be defined as ‘‘a
stream that a service reasonably and in
good-faith determines to be fraudulent.’’
Id. at 2.
For paid locker services, Apple
proposes a $0.17 per subscriber fee, also
as a component of an ‘‘All-In’’ musical
works royalty rate that would include
the ‘‘Subpart C’’ royalty, the mechanical
royalty, and the public performance
royalty. Id. at 7–8. For purchased
content locker services, Apple proposes
a zero royalty fee. Id. at 7.
3. Copyright Owners
The Copyright Owners proposed that
the Judges adopt a unitary greater-of rate
structure for all interactive streaming
and limited downloads that are
currently covered by Subparts B and
C.246 Copyright Owners’ Amended
Proposed Rates and Terms, at 3 (May 11,
2017) (Copyright Owners’ Amended
Proposal). The proposal was structured
as the greater of a usage charge and a
per-user charge. Specifically, each
month the licensee would pay the
greater of (a) a per-play fee ($0.0015)
multiplied by the number of interactive
streams or limited downloads during
the month and (b) a per-end user 247 fee
246 The Copyright Owners’ rate proposal would
apply the subpart A rates to so-called ‘‘music
bundles’’ (‘‘offerings of two or more Subpart A
products to end users as part of one transaction’’)
which are currently covered by subpart C. Id. at 3
nn. 2 & 4.
247 Copyright Owners’ original proposal defined
‘‘end user’’ as any person who ‘‘had access’’ to a
standalone music service. Id. at 8–9. However,
Copyright Owners narrowed their proposed
definition of ‘‘end user’’ to include any person who
(a) pays a fee for access to a standalone music
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
Continued
05FER3
1982
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
($1.06) multiplied by the number of end
users during the month. Id. at 8. The
license fee would be for mechanical
rights only, and would not be offset by
any performance royalties that the
licensee paid for the same activity (i.e.,
the existing ‘‘All-In’’ aspect of the rate
structure would be eliminated). Id.
H. The Structure of the Rates for the
Forthcoming Rate Period
1. Per-Play or Percent of Revenue (with
Minima)
a. Copyright Owners’/Apple’s Argument
for a Per-Unit Rate 248
Copyright Owners and Apple
emphasize that a per play royalty rate
structure, as compared with a percent of
revenue-based structure, provides
transparency and simplicity in reporting
to songwriters and publishers, because
it requires only one metric besides the
rate itself—the number of plays, making
it much easier to calculate and report,
and for songwriter/licensors to
understand. See, e.g., Rysman WDT
¶ 56; Wheeler WDT ¶ 19; Expert Report
of Anindya Ghose November 1, 2016
¶¶ 83–84 (Ghose WDT); Ramaprasad
WDT ¶ 41; Brodsky WDT ¶ 76; 3/22/17
Tr. 2476–78 (Dorn); 3/22/17 Tr. 2855–56
(Ghose). Relatedly, Copyright Owners
argue that a transparent metric tied to
actual usage is superior because, under
the alternative percent-of-revenue
approach, services can manipulate
revenue through bundling, discounting,
and accounting techniques. Licensors
also note that licensees’ might defer
service revenues and emphasize
increasing market share rather than
profits. Rysman WDT ¶¶ 43–45.
Copyright Owners and Apple contrast
their proposed per play approaches with
the current rate structure, which they
characterize as cumbersome and
convoluted. They emphasize that under
the current rate structure, the services
must perform a series of different greater
of and lesser of calculations, depending
on a service’s business model, to
determine which prong of the rate
structure is operative. Proposed
Findings of Fact of Copyright Owners
¶ 16 (COPFF) (and record citation
therein). Copyright Owners assert that
service offering licensed activity during the relevant
accounting period, or (b) makes at least one play of
licensed activity during the relevant accounting
period. This would apparently have the effect of, for
example, excluding as an ‘‘end user’’ any Amazon
Prime member or listener to Spotify’s ad-supported
service who did not listen to any song in the
accounting period. Copyright Owners’ Amended
Proposal at 8.
248 Copyright Owners’ per-unit proposal contains
two prongs in a greater-of structure. The first is a
per-play prong, and the second is a per-user prong.
The greater-of proposal is considered infra.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
because of this complexity, publishers
and songwriters cannot easily verify the
accuracy of data the services input
when calculating royalty payments. See
Brodsky WDT ¶ 76; Ghose WDT ¶¶ 80,
81, 82; Ramaprasad WDT ¶¶ 4, 38, 42–
44; Rysman WDT ¶ 57; 3/23/17 Tr. 2865
(Ghose); 3/22/17 Tr. 2477–78 (Dorn).
Beyond the issue of complexity,
Copyright Owners and Apple argue that
interactive streaming services do not
need the present upstream rate structure
in order to adopt any particular
downstream business model. Rather,
Copyright Owners and Apple assert that
a per-play structure would establish a
level of equality in the royalty rates
across these services, without regard to
business models, and the services could
price downstream in whatever manner
they choose. But regardless of the
downstream pricing structure,
songwriters and publishers would be
paid on the same transparent, fixed
amount—without advantaging any one
business model over another. See, e.g.,
3/23/17 Tr. 2849, 2863 (Ghose)
Thus, Copyright Owners and Apple
maintain that a royalty based on the
number of plays aligns the
compensation paid to the creators of the
content with the actual demand for and
consumption of their content. Ghose
WDT ¶ 84; Rysman WDT ¶¶ 9, 58;
Testimony of David Dorn ¶ 33 (Dorn
WDT).
Copyright Owners further argue that
the present rate structure’s failure to
measure royalties based on per play
consumption is counterintuitive,
because it permits a decreasing effective
per play rate even as the quantity of
songs that listeners ‘‘consume’’ via
interactive streaming is increasing.
Israelite WDT ¶ 39. Copyright Owners
note, for example, that listening to
[REDACTED] increased from
[REDACTED] streams in July 2014 to
[REDACTED] streams in December
2016, a fifteen-fold increase in the
number of streams. Hubbard WRT, Ex.
1; id. at WRT ¶ 2.22; 4/13/17 Tr. 5971–
72 (Hubbard). However,
contemporaneously [REDACTED]
mechanical royalty payments to the
Copyright Owners only increased
[REDACTED]. (Hubbard WRT ¶ 3.9; 4/
13/17 Tr. 5971–73 (Hubbard). The
upshot, Copyright Owners assert, is that,
as streaming consumption increased
dramatically from 2014 to 2016, the
effective per stream mechanical
royalties paid by [REDACTED] to
Copyright Owners decreased from
[REDACTED]to [REDACTED]. 4/13/17
Tr. 5972–73 (Hubbard).
Finally, Copyright Owners assert that
a per-unit rate is appropriate because a
musical work has an ‘‘inherent value.’’
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
See, e.g., Israelite WDT at 10; ¶¶ 29(B),
30, 31(C); Brodsky WDT ¶ 68 At the
hearing, NMPA’s president, Mr. Israelite
explained how he construes the
‘‘inherent value’’ of a musical work:
‘‘[W]homever owns an individual
copyright is the one to define it. I think
that would be the most appropriate
definition of it. What someone is willing
to license it for would be that inherent
value to that owner. That would be my
view. . . . That would be the market
value.’’ 3/29/17 Tr. 3707 (Israelite).
b. The Services’ Arguments in
Opposition to a Per-Play Rate Structure
The Services make several arguments
in opposition to the use of a proposed
per-play royalty rate. The overarching
theme of these arguments is that an
inflexible ‘‘one size fits all’’ rate
structure would be ‘‘bad for services,
consumers, and the copyright owners
alike.’’ Services’ Joint Proposed Findings
of Fact and Conclusions of Law at p. 89
(SJPFF).
First, they argue that an upstream perplay rate would not align with the
downstream demand for ‘‘all-you-caneat’’ streaming services. As Professor
Marx testified, a per stream fee
introduces a number of distortions and
inefficiencies, encouraging a capping of
downstream plays and reduces
incentives for services to meet the
demand of consumers ‘‘who are going to
stream a lot of music.’’ Marx WDT
¶¶ 130–131. In this vein, Pandora’s then
president, Michael Herring, noted that a
per-play consumption-based model
where the revenue is fixed per user
creates uncertainty and volatility
around prospective margins, and the
uncertainty discourages investment and
hampers profitability. 3/14/17 Tr. 894–
95 (Herring). Mr. Herring notes that this
a general economic problem that occurs
when a retail subscription business has
fixed subscription revenues per
customer but costs that are variable and
unpredictable because the downstream
quantity of units accessed are
themselves variable and unpredictable.
Written Rebuttal Testimony of Michael
Herring ¶ 17 (Herring WRT); 3/14/17 Tr.
894–98 (Herring). See also Mirchandani
WDT ¶ 39 (one-size-fits-all rate is not
‘‘offering agnostic’’ as Copyright Owners
claim, but rather is ‘‘offering
determinative.’’)
Second, the Services argue that there
is no ‘‘revealed preference’’ in the
marketplace for musical works and
sound recordings for a per-play royalty,
as opposed to a percent of revenue
royalty (with minima). In particular,
they point out that mechanical royalties
have never been set on a per play basis.
See Herring WRT ¶ 19. The Services
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
also point to the direct licenses
interactive services regularly enter into
with music publishers, PROs and record
companies—[REDACTED]. SJPFF
¶¶ 174–75 (and record citations
therein). They acknowledge that some of
the agreements with record companies
contain alternative per-user prongs,
id.¶ 175, but they note that this is
consistent with the existing rate
structure which already contains a per
subscriber minima, but not a per play
prong. Further, the Services note that
[REDACTED]. See 3/23/17 Tr. 2857
(Ghose); see also 3/22/17 Tr. 2479
(Dorn) (Apple paying [REDACTED] rate
under direct licenses with publishers).
Third, the Services discount the
argument that Copyright Owners’
proposed rate structure is superior to
the present rate structure because the
latter is too complicated or
cumbersome. They characterize this
criticism as ‘‘overblown,’’ and further
take note that the detailed nature of the
structure is designed to ameliorate any
problems associated with the use or
calculation of a revenue-based headline
rate, by the inclusion of per subscriber
and TCC minima. SJPFF ¶ 174. They
further note that section 801(b)(1) does
not list as a criteria or objective that the
rates must be simple or easy for
songwriters to understand, or otherwise
‘‘transparent.’’ Services’ Joint Reply to
Apple Inc.’s Findings of Fact and
Conclusions of Law at 34, 36 (SJRPFF–
A). Thus, they argue, the Judges cannot
jettison an otherwise appropriate rate
structure because some unquantified
segment of the songwriting community
might be uncertain as to how their
royalties were computed.
Finally, separate from these
arguments against per-play rate
proposals, the Services note a vexing
problem related to Apple’s specific
proposal: How to convert the typical
percent-of-revenue performance royalty
into a per play rate in order to subtract
it from Apple’s proposed per play
mechanical rate, so as to calculate the
‘‘All-In’’ rate? (This problem is
irrelevant to Copyright Owners’
proposal, because they propose the
elimination of the ‘‘All-In’’ provision in
the rate structure.) The Services note
that Apple Music’s Senior Director,
David Dorn, was unable to explain how
this calculation would be made. See 3/
22/17 Tr. 2508–09 (Dorn). Thus, the
Services assert that Apple’s proposal
would introduce ‘‘more complexity, not
less.’’ SJRPFF–A at 34.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
2. An Issue within the Per-Unit
Approach: Copyright Owners’
‘‘Greater-Of’’ Rate Proposal
Copyright Owners propose a ‘‘greater
of’’ per-unit structure, whereby the
royalty would equal the greater of
$.0015 per play and $1.06 per-end user
per month. In support of this approach,
Copyright Owners assert that it
establishes a value for each copy that is
independent of the services’ business
models and pricing strategies. Rysman
WDT ¶ 89. They argue that the greater
of structure is not any more complicated
than a per play rate alone—and much
less complicated than the 2012 rate
structure—because adding a per-user
royalty rate to the structure requires
only one additional metric for royalty
calculation—the number of users.
Brodsky WDT ¶ 76. Copyright Owners
also assert that their greater-of structure
is a usage-based approach, aligned with
the value of the licensed copies because
each rate tier is tied to a ‘‘particular
use,’’ as it couples rates with usage and
consumption. CORPFF–JS at p. 22.
Finally, Copyright Owners note that in
music licensing agreements it is not
uncommon to find royalty rates set in a
greater of formula that includes a per
user and a per play prong (as well a
percent-of-revenue prong). See
CORPFF–JS at p. 97 (and record
citations therein).
The services (i.e., including Apple)
assert that the greater-of aspect of
Copyright Owners’ rate proposal would
lead to absurd and inequitable results,
well above the rates established under
Copyright Owners’ per-play rate prong.
This point is explained in detail by
Professor Ghose, one of Apple’s
economic expert witnesses. Professor
Ghose explains that under Copyright
Owners’ greater of structure, interactive
streaming services would pay under the
per-user prong if the average number of
monthly streams per user was less than
707. 4/12/17 Tr. 5686–5687 (Ghose).
Thus, such a service would be required
to pay the $1.06 per user rather than
$0.0015 per stream. Id. at 5687. As an
example, Professor Ghose used a
hypothetical scenario in which a service
had one user who listened to 300
streams in a given month. Under
Copyright Owners’ $0.0015 per play
prong, the service would pay $ 0.0015
× 300, equal to $.45 in royalties. Under
its per user prong, the service would
pay a royalty of $1.06 for the one user,
which is an effective per play rate of
1.06 ÷ 300, which equals effectively $
0.0035 per play, more than two times
the $0.0015 rate under the stated per
play prong. 4/12 Tr. 5687 (Ghose).
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1983
Importantly, Apple argues from the
record evidence that Professor Ghose’s
example is representative, because
services monthly streams have
historically been less than 707. More
granularly, relying on data in Dr.
Leonard’s written rebuttal testimony,
Apple contends that the annual
weighted average number of streams
per-month per-user across current
Subpart B and Subpart C services has
always been below [REDACTED] in each
year from 2012 to 2016. See Leonard
WRT Ex. 3b. More particularly, the
number of monthly per user streams for
each of those five years was
[REDACTED] (in 2012), [REDACTED]
(in 2013), [REDACTED] (in 2014),
[REDACTED] (in 2015) and
[REDACTED] (in 2016). Id.
Additionally, the average number of
streams per-month per-user has
exceeded 707 (which would trigger the
per play prong) [REDACTED] according
to the service-by-service data. Id.
(Deezer averaged [REDACTED] streams
in 2014 and Tidal averaged
[REDACTED] streams in 2016. Id.)
Apple argues that this historical data
indicates that the services would
consistently pay more than the $0.0015
per play rate. See Apple Inc.’s Findings
of Fact and Conclusions of Law ¶ F284
(Apple PFF).249
According to Apple, even Copyright
Owners’ own expert, using different
data, found that [REDACTED] services
he reviewed would have been required
to pay under the per-user prong in
December 2015, if the Copyright
Owners’ proposal had been in effect.
Rysman WRT ¶ 87, Table 1. In like
fashion, Professor Rysman’s data for
December 2014 data indicated that
[REDACTED] services would have been
required to pay under the per-user
prong. Id. at Table 2.
Professor Ghose expands the
hypothetical scenarios in an attempt to
249 This analysis also underscores the inaccuracy
of Copyright Owners’ claim that each stream of a
musical work has ‘‘inherent value.’’ See, e.g.,
Israelite WDT ¶ 39 (It ‘‘makes no sense’’ if ‘‘[e]ach
service effectively pays to the publisher and
songwriter a different per-play royalty.’’) But in
reality, Copyright Owners understand that each
musical work also contributes to a different value—
access value (what economists call ‘‘option
value’’)—when the musical works are collectivized
and offered through an interactive streaming
service, resulting in different effective per play rates
paid by services if the per user prong is triggered.
To explain this inconsistency, Copyright Owners
note the existence of a second ‘‘inherent value’’—
the access or option value noted above—not created
by the songwriter in his or her composition—but
rather created by the publisher to provide a separate
value for the user—who inherently values access to
a full repertoire. But these two purportedly
‘‘inherent’’ values are inconsistent (which is why
there are two prongs in the proposal) and, given the
heterogeneity of listeners, neither value is
homogeneous throughout the market.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
demonstrate what he considers to be the
absurdity of Copyright Owners’ greater-
of approach, as depicted in his chart,
reproduced below:
Copyright Owners do not dispute
these analyses. Rather, they make two
points. First, they claim that the binding
nature of the per user prong is not
problematic, because the [REDACTED].
See Copyright Owners’ Reply to Apple’s
Proposed Findings of Fact and
Conclusions of Law at 104 (CORPFF–A).
I find this argument to be a nonsequitur, because sound recording rates
in this context certainly have no bearing
on the present issue, and Copyright
Owners also do not indicate which
prong would otherwise apply in those
sound recording licenses. In fact, a
review of the citations in CORPFF–A at
104 reveals that [REDACTED]. See
COPFF ¶ ¶ 72, 91–92, 95.
Second, as noted supra, Copyright
Owners attempt to support what appear
to be absurd effective per play rates by
explaining that the per user rates reflect
the value of access to the repertoires, as
opposed to the value of an individual
stream—again, what economists refer to
as an ‘‘option price. See CORPFF–A at
104–105 (and citations therein). I agree
that this access or option value is real.
However, when such a value is inserted
into a greater-of rate formula—where the
access value is supplanted by the per
play value, and vice versa– the pricing
resembles a game of ‘‘heads I win, tails
you lose.’’ Moreover, as noted supra, the
marginal physical cost of an additional
stream is zero, so it is economically
inefficient to marry a per play fee to a
per user fee in a greater of approach. Cf.
Leonard 3/15/17 Tr. 1122–23 (Leonard)
(efficient pricing would utilize an upfront fee and a zero per play fee
thereafter).
None of the parties presented any
economic or policy analysis of such a
‘‘greater-of’’ formula aside from its
witnesses’ own testimonies. Further, I
did not identify any such academic or
industry analyses of this ‘‘greater-of’’
approach. However, the Copyright
Board of Canada has criticized this type
of rate structure in the following
manner, which I find persuasive:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
[A] ‘‘greater-of’’ tariff [i.e., rate] would not
be fair and equitable, because it would
provide an undue advantage to [licensors] on
two counts. To be fair and equitable, a tariff
should neither overcompensate nor
undercompensate rights owners. If set
correctly, neither a per-play rate nor a
percentage-of-revenue rate will tend to do so,
to the extent that each captures a (different)
measure of usage. On the other hand, a tariff
set at the greater of those two rates is hedged
in favor of the collective. It may prevent
undercompensation if a service has low
revenues; it does not prevent
overcompensation in the case of a highrevenue service that uses few sound
recordings. A greater-of formulation also
burdens users with an unfair share of risks.
[Licensors] benefit[ ] if there are high
revenues and a large number of plays, if there
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
are high revenues and a small number of
plays, and if there are low revenues and a
large number of plays. Only if there are low
revenues and a small number of plays does
the user benefit. By contrast, either a per-play
or a percentage-of-revenue tariff, with or
without a minimum fee, allocates risk
between [licensors] and the users more
evenly.
Copyright Board of Canada, Statement
of Royalties . . . Re:Sound Tariff 8—
Non-interactive and Semi-interactive
Webcasts 2009–2012, Decision of the
Board at 27–28 (May 16, 2014).
I recognize that the 2012 rate structure
also contains a greater-of formula.
Importantly, though, the alternative
prong is not a per play prong, avoiding
the unfairness identified in the
Canadian Judges’ opinion. Also, the
2012 greater-of structure was a
negotiated bargain, indicating a
revealed preference among all potential
alternatives. Moreover, the alternative to
the percent-of-revenue prong is itself a
‘‘lesser-of’’ formulation, dampening the
impact of the ‘‘greater-’’of’’ structure.
Thus, the 2012 rate structure has the
effect of moderating the negative impact
of a greater of formulation such as
proposed by Copyright Owners by
keeping rates, calculated on either
prong, on bases and at levels the parties
agreed were acceptable.
In sum and as explained supra, many
economic trade-offs must be weighed in
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
ER05FE19.015
1984
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
establishing pricing in this second-best
scenario. Some rate structures tend to
balance the several factors and thus are
reasonable, whereas others may tend to
favor one side of the transaction over
the other and do not meet the standard
of reasonableness. Copyright Owners’
greater-of approach represents such a
one-sided structure, and accordingly I
would reject this structure.
3. The Services’ Argument for a
Percent-of-Revenue Structure (with
Minima)
a. The Services’ General Benchmark
Returning to the issue of per-unit
pricing vs. percent-of-revenue pricing
(with minima), the Services propose a
rate structure for Subparts B and C that
generally follows the structure set forth
in the existing regulations adopted after
the Judges approved the parties’ 2012
settlement.250 The Services emphasize
that they are not simply advocating that
the basics of the 2012 rate structure
should be preserved merely because
there is a benefit in preserving the status
quo. See 3/13/17 Tr. 564 (Katz) (relying
on the 2012 structure as an excellent
benchmark, ‘‘not because it’s the status
quo.’’).
Rather, the Services, through their
economic experts, put forth the 2012
rate structure (sans Mechanical Floor)
as an appropriate benchmark—for the
Judges to weigh, consider, adjust (if
appropriate) and apply or reject—as
they would with any proffered
benchmark. See SJRPFF–CO at pp. 803–
04 (and case law and record citations
therein). The Services note that
considering the current rate structure as
a benchmark (rather than as a mere
attempt to preserve aspects of the status
quo) is instructive because it allows for
an identification of market value by
analogy—through the examination of a
comparable circumstance, rather than
requiring the experts and the Judges to
build a theoretical model from the
‘‘ground up’’ to represent the industry at
issue, and without requiring the Judges
to substitute their analysis and
judgment as to why terms were
included within the benchmarks. See 3/
13/17 Tr. 691–2 (Katz) (‘‘[My overall
approach has been just ask the question
[if] we take this as a benchmark . . . [i]s
it reasonable to take the [2012]
structure? . . . . [I]n trying to rely on
the benchmark, I am trying to say, okay,
well, the industry decided this, let me
ask, is it working overall? . . . ’’ [T]hat’s
250 Except when they do not. As noted supra, the
Services seek the elimination of the ‘‘Mechanical
Floor,’’ a significant departure from the existing
structure. I discuss that issue elsewhere in this
Dissent.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
what I would tend to do with any
benchmark. I am using it as a
benchmark to avoid having to model
things and build it from the ground
up.’’) (emphasis added).
The Services’ experts opine that, for a
number of reasons, the 2012 rate
structure is not only a benchmark, but
also that it is a highly appropriate
benchmark. First, they note that the
2012 rate structure embodies
characteristics that the Judges have
consistently identified as part and
parcel of an appropriate benchmark.
That is, the 2012 rate structure applies
to: (a) the same rights; (b) the same uses;
and (c) the same types of market
participants. See 3/15/17 Tr. 1082–83
(Leonard); 3/13/17 Tr. 551, 566–7
(Katz).
Additionally, because the 2012 rate
structure was the product of a
settlement between and among market
participants, the Services maintain that
it reflects market forces, including an
implicit consensus as to the effects of
the structure on piracy and potential
substitution across platforms. See 3/13/
17 Tr. 580, 722 (Katz). More broadly,
they argue that because the 2012 rate
structure was agreed to by market
participants who had assumedly
weighed the costs and benefits of their
agreement, it therefore demonstrates the
‘‘revealed preferences’’ of these
economic actors. See 3/15/17 Tr. 1095
(Leonard); see also Leonard AWDT ¶ 74
(direct license agreements that track the
regulatory rate structure are further
evidence of a ‘‘revealed preference’’ for
that structure).
Another Service expert notes that—
because the Services have different tiers
of listeners paying at different levels—
their economic incentives are aligned
with Copyright Owners—to avoid
substitution of their higher priced
services by their lower priced services
(i.e., to avoid opportunity costs). Thus,
the incentives that existed when the
2012 rate structure was first
implemented remain in effect. See 3/21/
17 Tr. 2192 (Hubbard) (testifying that
there continues to be a ‘‘substantial
heterogeneity on the consume side of
the market.’’).251 Finally, the Services
assert that the 2012 benchmark is
relevant and helpful because, although
it was entered into five years ago, it is
nonetheless a relatively recent
251 Professor Hubbard further notes that he
identified no empirical evidence in the record of
any opportunity costs incurred by Copyright
Owners as a consequence of the extant rate
structure, and that the survey results obtained by
the Klein Survey support his claim that
substitution/cannibalization is not a material
economic factor. 4/13/17 Tr. 5918 (Hubbard). This
issue is discussed in greater detail infra.
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1985
agreement, covering the current rate
period and serving as a template for
current agreements. See Katz WDT ¶¶ 6,
71; 3/13/17 Tr. 608–09 (Katz); Leonard
AWDT ¶ 47 et seq. (noting that ‘‘existing
agreements’’ regularly track the section
115 provisions); 3/15/17 Tr. 1082
(Leonard). As noted by Amazon’s Head
of Content Acquisition, Mr.
Mirchandani, the 2012 rate structure has
been demonstrated to be ‘‘workable,’’
even if ‘‘imperfect.’’ Mirchandani WDT
¶ 7.
The Services’ experts further
emphasize that the structure of current
rates satisfactorily reflects the economic
market conditions in which the
mechanical license for interactive
streaming is used. See 4/13/17 Tr. 5943
(Hubbard) (acknowledging a ‘‘love’’ of
competitive markets, and recognizing
that there are supply and demand
considerations in this market that
require the more flexible pricing
structure generally provided in the
current regulations). (I understand
Professor Hubbard’s reference to the
particularities of ‘‘this market’’ to relate
to the quasi-public good nature of the
copies of musical works/sound
recordings, as discussed in this Dissent,
supra.)
The Services’ experts candidly
acknowledge that the rate structure they
advocate is not necessarily the ‘‘best’’
approach to pricing in this market. See
4/7/17 Tr. 5574–6 (Marx); see also
Mirchandani WDT, supra. Rather, the
Services’ link the fact that the marginal
physical cost of streaming is zero to the
need for a flexible rate structure such as
now exists. Professor Hubbard links the
zero marginal physical cost
characteristic to the setting of royalty
rates by noting that, because ‘‘[t]he
marginal production cost at issue here
is—is zero. . . . it’s not clear why it’s
not better to bring new customers into
the market on which royalties would be
paid and, of course, zero marginal cost
incurred.’’ 4/13/17 Tr. 5917–18
(Hubbard). See also Marx WDT ¶ 97
(‘‘Setting the price of marginal
downstream listening at its marginal
cost of zero induces more music
consumption and variety than per-song
or per-album pricing.’’). I understand
this testimony to be consistent with the
economic point, discussed supra, that,
in the ‘‘second-best world’’ created by
the characteristics of this market, no one
can claim that any given rate structure
is the ‘‘best.’’
Professor Katz notes that the existing
rate structure captures important
specific aspects of the economics of the
interactive streaming market,
accounting for: (1) the variable WTP
among listeners; and (2) the corollary
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1986
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
variable demand for streaming services.
See 313/17 Tr. 586–87 (Katz); see also
Marx WRT ¶ 239 et seq.; 4/7/17 Tr. 5568
(Marx) (noting that the present structure
serves differentiated products offered to
customer segments with a variety of
preferences and WTP). In more formal
economic terms, Professor Katz notes
that the present structure enhances
variable pricing that allows streaming
services ‘‘to work[][their]way down the
demand curve,’’ i.e., to engage in price
discrimination that expands the market,
providing increased revenue to the
Copyright Owners as well as the
Services. 3/13/17 Tr. 701 (Katz).252 I
understand this testimony to be
consistent with the economic point,
made supra, that a price discriminatory
rate structure is appropriate in markets
with zero marginal physical cost,
varying WTP and the absence of
arbitrage.
Professor Hubbard attempts to capture
the interrelationship between the
economics of this market and the
existing rate structure as follows:
[F]rom an economic perspective, you can
think of this market and this industry as
being composed of different customer
segments by tastes and preferences and
willingness to pay. And so no rate structure
can really work without understanding that,
and no business model can really work
without understanding that.
[I]n terms of rate structures, the
Phonorecords II framework from the previous
proceeding does offer a benchmark to start
because it provides for differences in distinct
product categories in terms of music service
offerings, pricing possibilities, and so on.
And it has encouraged a very diverse digital
music offering set from actual competitors.
3/21/17 Tr. 2175–76 (Hubbard).253
Moreover, Professor Hubbard perceives
a link between the existing rate
structure and the ‘‘growth in the number
of consumers, number of streams, entry,
the number of companies providing the
streaming services, and the identity of
the companies providing those services
. . . .’’ 4/13/17 Tr. 5978 (Hubbard); see
also Hubbard WDT ¶ 4.7
([REDACTED]).254 See also 3/15/17 Tr.
252 A Copyright Owner economic expert,
Professor Rysman, acknowledges that—under the
current rate regime—revenues may be increasing
because of movements ‘‘down the demand curve’’
(i.e., changes in quantity demanded in response to
lower prices), rather than because of—or in addition
to—an outward shift of the demand curve (i.e., an
increase in demand at every price). 4/3/17 Tr.
4373–74 (Rysman).
253 Professor Hubbard’s point that the variety of
business models in the industry is a consequence
of the various customer characteristics is
noteworthy as a distinguishing counterpoint to the
simple cliche´ that the Judges should be ‘‘business
model neutral.’’ 3/21/17 Tr. 2175–76 (Hubbard).
254 The Copyright Owners sought to rebut
Professor Hubbard’s argument by confronting him
with the offerings of Tidal, a streaming service that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
1176 (Leonard) (noting that
notwithstanding the changes and
growth in the streaming marketplace
over the current rate period, the
underlying economic structure of the
marketplace—that made a percent-ofrevenue based royalty appropriate—has
not changed).
The Services’ experts further assert
that the multiple pricing structures
necessary to satisfy the WTP and the
differentiated quality preferences of
downstream listeners relate directly to
the upstream rate structure to be
established in this proceeding. For
example, Professor Marx opines that the
appropriate upstream rate structure is
derived from the characteristics of
downstream demand. 3/20/17 Tr. 1967
(Marx) (agreeing that the rate structure
upstream should be derived from the
need to exploit the willingness to pay of
various users downstream via a
percentage of revenue because
downstream listeners have varying
willingness to pay that should be
exploited for the mutual benefit of
copyright licensees and licensors).
Professor Marx further acknowledged
that this upstream:downstream
consonance in rate structures represents
an application of the concept of
‘‘derived demand,’’ whereby the
demand upstream for inputs is
dependent upon the demand for the
final product downstream. Id. Moreover,
Dr. Leonard notes that ‘‘the downstream
company is going to have a lot more
information about . . . the business,
about what makes sense,’’ 4/6/17 Tr.
5238 (Leonard).
The Services also note that the
existing rate structure has produced
generally positive practical
consequences in the marketplace. Their
joint accounting expert, Professor Mark
Zmijewski, testified that the decrease in
publishing royalties from the sale of
product under Subpart A since 2014 has
been offset by an increase in music
publisher royalties (mechanical +
performance royalties) over the same
period. Expert Report of Mark E.
Zmijewski February 15, 2017 ¶¶ 38, 40
(Zmijewski WRT); 4/12/17 Tr. 5783
(Zmijewski); see also 4/13/17 Tr. 5897
(Hubbard) (‘‘the evidence that I
reviewed suggests that the copyright
holders have actually benefitted from
this structure . . . .’’).
does not compete by offering a low-cost service.
Eisenach WDT ¶¶ 49–50. However, Tidal’s offering
of a higher priced subscription service that provides
enhanced features such as hi-fidelity sound quality
actually proves the point that Professor Hubbard
and the other Service economists are making: There
is a segmentation of demand across product
characteristic and WTP that permits differential
pricing in this industry.
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
More particularly, Professor
Zmijewski testified that:
1. Total revenues reported by the NMPA
for NMPA members from all royalty
sources 255 [REDACTED] from approximately
$ [REDACTED] in 2014 to $ [REDACTED] in
2015, a [REDACTED] in royalty revenue. Id.
¶ 41.
2. The [REDACTED] in (1) above includes
an [REDACTED] in mechanical royalties from
streaming from $ [REDACTED] in 2014 to $
[REDACTED] in 2015, a [REDACTED] in
royalty revenue derived from the mechanical
license. Id.
3. The [REDACTED] in (1) above includes
an [REDACTED] in performance royalties
from streaming from 4 [REDACTED] in 2014
to $ [REDACTED] in 2015, a [REDACTED].
Id.
4. Mechanical royalty revenue for the sale
of downloads and physical phonorecords
[REDACTED] in 2014 to $ [REDACTED] in
2015 (a [REDACTED] of $ [REDACTED]),
while the combination of mechanical and
performance royalty revenue royalty from
streaming [REDACTED] from $ [REDACTED]
in 2014 to $ [REDACTED] (an [REDACTED]
of $ [REDACTED]). Thus, the [REDACTED] in
royalty revenue from streaming outstripped
the [REDACTED] from the sale of downloads
and physical phonorecords by $
[REDACTED]. Id. ¶ 38.256
Moving to a comparison of revenue
growth to streaming growth, Professor
Hubbard dismisses as economically
‘‘meaningless’’ the argument that
Copyright Owners have suffered relative
economic injury under the current rate
structure simply because the increase in
their revenues from interactive
streaming has been proportionately less
than the growth in the number of
interactive streams—leading
mathematically—to a lower implicit or
effective per stream royalty rate. 4/13/17
Tr. 5971–73 (Hubbard). That is, there is
no evidence that, if the price of the
services available to these low to zero
WTP listeners had been increased, they
would have paid the higher price, rather
than declined to utilize a royaltybearing interactive streaming service. In
fact, the only survey evidence in the
record (the Klein Survey, discussed
infra) suggests that listeners to
255 All royalty sources include mechanical
royalties from physical phonorecords, digital
downloads and streaming; performance royalties
from streaming and non-streaming; and
synchronization. Zmijewski WRT ¶ 41.
256 By contrast, looking only at mechanical
royalty revenue, for the sale of digital downloads
and physical phonorecords mechanical royalty
revenue [REDACTED] from $ [REDACTED] in 2014
to $ [REDACTED] (as noted in (4) above, whereas
mechanical royalty from streaming [REDACTED]
from $ [REDACTED] in 2014 to $ [REDACTED] in
2015. Thus, the $ [REDACTED] in mechanical
royalty revenue from streaming [REDACTED] in
mechanical royalty revenue from the sale of digital
and physical phonorecords. This comparison is the
metric from Professor Zmijewski’s analysis that
Copyright Owners assert is most relevant.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
streaming services have a highly elastic
demand, i.e., they are highly sensitive to
price increases. I understand Professor
Hubbard’s point to be highlighting the
distinction, also discussed in the
economics overview, supra, between an
‘‘increase in demand’’ and an ‘‘increase
in quantity demanded.’’
On the licensee (interactive streaming
service) side of the ledger, Professor
Katz identifies the entry of new
interactive streaming services (including
Pandora) and new investment in
existing interactive streaming services
during the present rate period as
evidence that the present rate structure
is ‘‘working.’’ 3/13/17 Tr. 667 (Katz). In
fact, he notes the ubiquity of percentageof-revenue based royalty structures in
the music industry, indicating (as a
matter of revealed preference) the
practicality of such a revenue-based
royalty system. See 3/13/17 Tr. 766–67
(Katz); see also 4/5/17 Tr. 5166–67
(Leonard) (‘‘[I]n the area of intellectual
property licensing . . . percentage-ofrevenue is not exactly surprising. In
fact, I would say it is probably the most
common approach that you see as a
general matter. . . . [N]arrowing into
the area we’re talking about here of
interactive streaming, it is pretty
common here, too. . . .’’).
In sum, given ‘‘how the industry has
performed’’ under the current rate
structure, the Services conclude that it
is therefore appropriate to continue that
basic structure going forward. 3/13/17
Tr. 565 (Katz).
The Services’ economic experts do
not ignore the fact that there may be
revenue attribution problems when
interactive streaming is combined with
other products or services. They
acknowledge that, even absent any
wrongful intent with regard to the
identification and measurement of
revenue, attribution of revenue across
product/service lines of various services
can be difficult and imprecise. See, e.g.,
4/5/17 Tr. 5000 (Katz) (the problem of
measuring revenue is ‘‘certainly a factor
that goes into thinking about
reasonableness.’’).257
However, Professor Katz testified that
the existing rate structure agreed to by
the parties accommodates these
bundling, deferral and displacement
issues via the use of a second rate prong
that would be triggered if the royalty
revenue resulting from the headline rate
of 10.5% of streaming revenue fell
below the royalty revenue generated by
that second prong. Katz WDT ¶¶ 82–83;
3/13/17 Tr. 670 (Katz). Moreover,
Professor Katz concluded that, because
257 This Dissent considers the specific deferral
and displacement arguments in more detail infra.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
the marketplace appears to be
functioning (in the sense that publishers
are earning profits and new and existing
interactive streaming services continue
to operate despite accounting losses),
these revenue-measurement issues are
being adequately handled by the
alternative rate prong, even if an altered
second prong might work better. Id. at
738; 4/5/17 Tr. 5055–57 (Katz) (also
noting that ‘‘ecosystem’’ entities in the
mold of Amazon, Apple and Google,
such as Yahoo, were in the marketplace
when the existing rate structure was
formulated). In similar fashion, Dr.
Leonard opined that the 2012 rate
structure created a number of ‘‘buckets’’
to deal with problems of this sort. 3/15/
17 Tr. 1227–28 (Leonard).
More broadly, the Services’ position
regarding the use of the two prongs and
their alternate rates to ameliorate the
revenue-measurement problems is
summed up by Professor Katz as
follows:
[T]he primary reason [for the two rate
prongs] . . . is because of the measurement
issues that can come up when having
royalties based on a . . . percentage of
revenues because there can be issues about
how to appropriately assign revenues to a
service. And so I think the minim[a] can play
an important role when those—you know,
when those measurement problems are
severe, you can turn to the minimum
instead. . . . [W]hat I have in mind, right, is
that what would happen if you could
imagine an entrepreneur coming along and
saying we want to have a service and have
some incredibly low price and not a very
good monetization model, where a copyright
owner would say—in an effectively
competitive market, would say, wait a
minute, I don’t want to license to you on
those terms. It’s—I just think the possibility
of getting a return is so low, I’m not going
to do it, even though you, as an entrepreneur,
are willing to try this. I as the copyright
owner want some sort of, you know, return
on it. And that’s what the minimum also
helps to do.
3/13/17 Tr. 599 (Katz.); see also 3/20/17
Tr. 1900–01 (Marx) (minima protect
against revenue measurement
problems); 4/7/17 Tr. 5584 (Marx)
(noting that the statutory minima play
‘‘two roles’’—protecting the Copyright
Owners from ‘‘revenue
mismeasurement’’ by creating the
‘‘greater of’’ prong, ’’ but incorporating
the per subscriber rate prong in the
‘‘lesser of’’ component to protect the
services from ‘‘manipulation of the
sound recording royalties’’ on which the
TCC prong is calculated).
Another particular issue raised by the
existing structure relates to the
significant percentage of listeners to
interactive streaming services that are
‘‘free’’ to the user. For example, as of
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1987
August 2016, Spotify had [REDACTED]
million average monthly users on its adsupported service, compared with
[REDACTED] million subscribers to its
subscription service. Marx WDT ¶ 49
n.62 & Fig. 7; Hubbard WDT ¶ 3.14 and
Ex. 4 ([REDACTED]. Accordingly, the
treatment of such services in the rate
structure is of particular importance.
The majority of the listeners to the adsupported format use Spotify’s adsupported service, although there are
other such services available in the
market, including SoundCloud and
Deezer. See COPFF ¶ 341 (and record
citations therein). (The arguments
regarding the appropriate rate structure
pertaining to ‘‘free to the user’’ services
overlaps to an extent with the argument
regarding ad-supported services, and I
consider them jointly.)
The Services assert that they offer adsupported or other free-to-the-user
interactive streaming tiers to meet the
demand of a large cohort of the listening
population that does not have a positive
WTP for streamed music. [REDACTED].
3/21/17 Tr. 2179–83 (Hubbard); see also
Marx WDT ¶¶ 53–54; Katz WDT ¶ 86.
[REDACTED]. 4/13/17 Tr. 5906
(Hubbard) (‘‘[REDACTED]’’) see also 4/
5/17 Tr. 5231 (Leonard) (‘‘the funneling
is itself a mechanism to separate out the
people who really value music and want
to just be able to listen to what they
want to listen to, versus people who
. . . are not willing to pay that amount
of money . . . .’’). In this regard,
Spotify most aggressively markets itself
as an ‘‘up-seller’’—providing its adsupported service as a funnel to convert
low WTP listeners into subscribers.
Spotify’s strategy, as explained by its inhouse economist, is as follows:
One of Spotify’s key beliefs in its
commercial strategy is that moving someone
from piracy to a legal music service needs to
be frictionless—otherwise, they won’t come.
Often a Spotify user’s journey begins in our
free-to-users ad-supported tier, and upgrades
to a paid (or premium) subscription as he or
she becomes more familiar with the
enhanced paid-only features through trial
promotions and/or marketing efforts. . . .
This presents a ‘‘you help me today and I’ll
help you tomorrow’’ licensing proposition: as
rightsholders allow Spotify to use their
content, Spotify in turn helps rightsholders,
by first taking users from free options that
pay little to no royalties—such as piracy, or
even AM/FM radio—to an ad-supported
service that generates higher royalties, and
then further taking these users to a paid
service . . . .
Written Direct Testimony of Will Page
(On behalf of Spotify USA Inc.) (Page
WDT) ¶¶ 13–14.
Mr. Page notes the success of Spotify
in growing the overall ‘‘royalty pie’’ in
its home country of Sweden, where
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1988
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
‘‘[w]hat wasn’t understood [in 2009],
but is appreciated now, is that the vast
majority of the adult population in all
key markets spends zero on music.
Spotify’s core commercial proposition
was to grow the business by growing the
average revenue per person across the
entire population, not by holding onto
a shrinking minority of people buying
albums or PDDs.’’ Id. ¶ 24.
To avoid substitution (i.e.,
cannibalization) that would reduce
revenues to the services and the
rightsholders alike, the services
differentiate such ‘‘funneling’’ products
by intentionally structuring them as
inferior in quality compared to
subscription tiers, for example by
interspersing songs with ads (as in the
Spotify ‘‘free’’ tier) and by offering a
more limited repertoire of songs (as with
Amazon Prime Music). As Professor
Hubbard explains, ‘‘free-to-the listener’’
tiers must be inferior in some manner of
quality in order to sort out listeners who
have a WTP sufficient to pay for the
higher-priced (i.e., subscription) tier. He
elucidates this point by analogizing to
the discriminatory pricing of airline
seating, whereby different classes of
seating combine varying amenity
packages with higher prices (i.e., first
class, business class and coach).
Hubbard WDT ¶ 3.15.258
The use of an ad-supported service as
a ‘‘freemium’’ model thus serves a dual
purpose: First, it is an efficient means of
marketing—segregating listeners
according to WTP—allowing them to
‘‘experience’’ interactive streaming,
while, second, still providing royalties to
Copyright Owners. (If Spotify
substituted self-advertising in other
media as a marketing tool instead of
258 Professor Hubbard’s example parallels the
insight of the 19th century French economist, Jules
Dupuit, one of the first economists to explain the
economics of price discrimination. Dupuit
examined the pricing of several classes of seating
on railway carriages. As he noted: ‘‘[A] good many
. . . travelers in third class, travel[ ] without a roof
over the carriage, on poorly upholstered seats . . . .
It would cost very little . . . to put some meters of
leather and kilos of horse-hair [on the seats], and
it is beyond greed to withhold them. It is not
because of the several thousand francs which they
would have to spend to cover the third class
wagons or to upholster the benches that a particular
railway has uncovered carriages and wooden
benches; it would happily sacrifice this for the sake
of its popularity. Its goal is to stop the traveler who
can pay for the second class trip from going third
class. It hurts the poor not because it wants them
to personally suffer, but to scare the rich. The
comfort in third class is deliberately reduced to
dissuade travelers who are ready to pay for higher
levels of comfort from traveling at the cheaper
fares.’’ Jules Dupuit, De l.infuence des pe´ages sur
l’utilite´ des voies de communication, Annales des
Ponts et Chausse´es, 17, me´moires et documents 207
(1849), quoted in T. Randolph Beard & Robert B.
Ekelund, Jr., Quality Choice and Price
Discrimination: A Note on Dupuit’s Conjecture, 57
So. Econ. J. 1155, 1156–57 (1991).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
offering an ad supported service,
Copyright Owners would realize zero
royalties until such self-advertising
resulted in new subscribers.) 259
With regard to the tangible economic
benefits of such downstream products to
the upstream Copyright Owners,
Professor Marx notes that an adsupported service is in the nature of a
multi-party ‘‘platform,’’ creating an
intersection among streaming services,
listeners and advertisers. 3/21/17 Tr.
2013 (Marx). This is why she
emphasizes, as did Mr. Page, supra, that
‘‘Spotify’s ad-supported service is
monetizing . . . low-willingness-to-pay
listeners better than [REDACTED],
terrestrial radio, and, of course, piracy.’’
4/7/17 Tr. 5503 (Marx); see also Marx
WRT at 14, Fig. 7 (comparing ‘‘musical
works royalties per user-hour across
these alternatives).
Professor Marx also noted that it is
inappropriate to consider the royalty
rates paid by higher-priced interactive
streaming services, such as Tidal, as
evidence supporting a finding that adsupported or other ‘‘free to the listener’’
services pay too little in royalties. She
notes that the ad-supported and other
‘‘free to the listener’’ tiers represent the
exploitation of the low WTP segment of
the demand curve, whereas other
services seek to exploit the higher end
of the demand curve. For example, and
as noted supra, Tidal offers a $20 per
month subscription tier that can
generate higher royalties, but does so by
offering a differentiated product of
higher quality via a premium highfidelity. 3/21/17 Tr. 5601–02 (Marx).
4. Copyright Owners’ Argument against
the 2012 Percent-of-Revenue Structure
(with Minima) and Judicial Analysis of
that Argument
a. The Allegedly Limited Evidentiary
Value of Settlement Rates
Copyright Owners criticize the
relevancy of the 2012 settlement-based
rate structure. First, they note that, as
259 The interactive streaming of music is an
‘‘experiential’’ good. See Byun, supra, at 23 (‘‘Music
is a specific type of good, known as an experiential
good, meaning that it must be experienced or
sampled before the customer can assess . . . quality
. . . and . . . utility.’’) Thus, the provision of a
monetarily ‘‘free-to-the user’’ service is a reasonable
marketing tool, and the Judges are loath to secondguess the business model incorporating that
marketing approach, especially after it has proven
successful while still providing royalties to rights
owners. See Page WDT ¶ 27 (Spotify’s freemium
model monetizes through subscriptions more
successfully than the sale of downloads and CDs,
as well as terrestrial radio and, of course, piracy).
Also, the Judges do not find it relevant that many
other interactive streaming services have not
utilized an ad-supported service, absent record
evidence as to why they have ceded that significant
market (and marketing) niche principally to Spotify.
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
terms in a settlement, the elements of
the rate structure do not reflect the
structure the market would set, but
rather reflect only the parties’ own
prediction of how the Judges would rule
in the absence of a settlement. See 4/4/
17 Tr. 4591 (Eisenach).
Second, Copyright Owners dismiss
any relevancy in the fact that they
agreed in the 2012 settlement to
maintain virtually unchanged the
Subpart B rate structure and rates set
forth in the 2008 settlement. They claim
that this essential status quo was
maintained because there had been only
a two-year window between the
Phonorecords I settlement and the
commencement of proceedings in
Phonorecords II, and that no meaningful
market changes occurred in that short
time period. However, the Services
dispute the substantive assertion that
there was no significant market
development by the time of
Phonorecords II. Written Rebuttal
Statement of Zahavah Levine (On behalf
of Google, Inc.) ¶¶ 5–6 (Levine WRT); 3/
8/17 Tr. 171–172; 270–272 (Levine).
Numerous services, including the more
recent large new entrants, had already
entered the market, with some realizing
significant subscriber numbers. Id. at
155–157 (Levine). Ms. Levine further
testified that the Subpart B rates could
not reasonably be construed as
‘‘experimental’’ during the
Phonorecords II negotiations, and by the
time of the Phonorecords II settlement,
other significant market changes had
occurred in the music delivery market.
Id. ¶ 5. For example, she notes that
Rhapsody had already been in the
market for approximately ten years and
had approximately one million paying
listeners. Id. ¶¶ 5–6.
Third, Copyright Owners assert that
[REDACTED]. Rebuttal Witness
Statement of David M. Israelite ¶ 28
(Israelite WRT); 3/29/17 Tr. 3649–3652
(Israelite). However, the Services
respond by noting that there is no
evidence to support Mr. Israelite’s
testimony regarding the [REDACTED].
And, notwithstanding his testimony
regarding [REDACTED], the Services
note that the NMPA incurred the
expense of a year-long negotiation with
the Services to seek higher rates, create
new service categories in Subpart C, and
changes to the TCC calculations. Id. at
159, 161–164; 3/29/17 Tr. 3856
(Israelite).
Fourth, Copyright Owners assert,
assuming arguendo that the current rate
structure can be used for benchmarking
purposes, that the Services have not
presented competent evidence or
testimony as to the intentions of the
settling parties who had negotiated the
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
2012 settlement, or, for that matter, the
2008 settlement that preceded it.
Specifically, Copyright Owners claim
that the witnesses who were called by
the Services to testify in this regard did
not negotiate directly with the
Copyright Owners in connection with
these settlements. 3/29/17 Tr. 3621–22
(Israelite). More particularly, the two
Services’ witnesses who provided
testimony in this regard, Adam Parness
and Zahavah Levine, acknowledged
they had no direct involvement in the
Phonorecords I negotiations, and Ms.
Levine did not engage in direct
negotiations with regard to the
Phonorecords II settlement either. 3/9/
17 Tr. 339–40 (Parness); 3/29/17 Tr.
3885–86 (Israelite); see also Israelite
WRT ¶ 14 (indicating that Ms. Levine
had left Real Networks in 2006, before
her former subordinate was negotiating
the 2008 settlement).
However, the evidence indicates that
Ms. Levine and Mr. Parness were
involved in the contemporaneous
internal discussions of negotiation
strategy on behalf of the Services, which
makes their testimony relevant as to the
intentions of the Services involved in
those earlier negotiations. More
particularly, Ms. Levine was employed
by Google/You Tube when the 2012
settlement was negotiated and finalized.
At that time, Google was a member of
DiMA, the trade association
representing the interests of actual and
potential interactive streaming services.
See Phonorecords II, DiMA Petition to
Participate. Thus, Ms. Levine was
competent to give testimony as to the
parties’ positions in the negotiations.
Mr. Parness testified, at the time of
the Phonorecords I settlement, he was
Director of Musical Licensing for
RealNetworks, Inc., an interactive
streaming service and a member of
DiMA, its bargaining representative. In
that capacity, Mr. Parness was ‘‘actively
involved’’ on behalf of Real Networks.
Written Direct Testimony of Adam
Parness (on behalf of Pandora Media,
Inc.) ¶ 5 (Parness WDT). Mr. Parness
understood that the important aspects of
the Phonorecords I negotiations and
settlement were: (1) an agreement that
noninteractive services did not need a
mechanical license; (2) the interactive
mechanical license would be calculated
on an ‘‘All-In’’ basis; (3) the rate would
be structured as a percent-on-revenue
with certain minima; and the headline
rate would be 10.5%. Parness WDT ¶ 7.
He noted that the rate minima were
included at the behest of Copyright
Owners, who were concerned that a
purely revenue-based rate might result
in too little revenue. Id. ¶ 8. Mr. Parness
further testified, with regard to the 2012
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
negotiations, that he directly negotiated
with Mr. Israelite and the general
counsel for the NMPA, negotiations that
led to the parties’ agreement essentially
to maintain the Subpart B structure and
to create what became the new Subpart
C rate structure. Id. at 11; see also 3/9/
17 Tr. 325–27 (Parness).
Ms. Levine testified that in the
Phonorecords II negotiations, Copyright
Owners sought an increase in the
Subpart B rates, the services refused,
and Copyright Owners ultimately
withdrew that demand. Levine WRT ¶ 2.
The implication from this testimony is
that the stability of the rate structure is
not indicative of the absence of
negotiations, but, at least according to
Ms. Levine, that rate structure stability
was a by-product of the negotiating
process.
b. The Settlement Rates are
Anachronistic
On behalf of Copyright Owners, Mr.
Israelite described their willingness to
continue the 2008 rate structure through
2017 (ten years in total) as reflective of
their understanding that the interactive
streaming market was still not
‘‘mature,’’ Israelite WDT ¶ 108; WRT
¶ 26, and thus the ten year rate structure
remained ‘‘experimental.’’ Israelite WDT
¶ ¶ 81, 103; Israelite WRT ¶ ¶ 4, 19, 26,
32. This issue is discussed in more
detail infra.260
More particularly, Copyright Owners
maintain that the current rate structure
was ‘‘experimental’’ because there had
been no data to evaluate the interactive
streaming business, and Copyright
Owners lacked knowledge as to the
future development of the interactive
market. Israelite WDT ¶¶ 33, 81, 95);
Israelite WRT ¶¶ 4, 17, 18, 19, 29; 3/29/
17 Tr. 3631–32, 3754, 3764–65
(Israelite); see also COPFF ¶ 421 (and
record citations therein).
Whether experimental or otherwise,
[REDACTED]. Id. at 3636–38.
In response, the Services assert that
there is no record evidence, beyond Mr.
Israelite’s testimony, that the existing
rate structure was, or remains,
experimental. They further note (as
referenced supra) that by 2012, when
260 In an attempt to dig deeper into why
Copyright Owners agreed to particulars in the
settlements regarding the TCC prong, the Judges
asked Dr. Eisenach if Copyright Owners had
provided him with information regarding the 2012
settlement. He responded by stating that ‘‘[w]hen
I’ve asked the question, I’ve found people chuckle
. . . when I ask the question, people say: ‘Nobody
really knows.’ . . . . Someone may know, but that’s
what I’ve been told.’’ 4/4/17 Tr. 4611 (Eisenach). I
am perplexed by the response provided to Dr.
Eisenach, because the history of the present rates
would seem to be of great relevance, ascertainable
and not subject to being laughed off when a party’s
own expert seeks such information.
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1989
this rate structure was renewed,
consumer adoption of streaming was
obvious, contrary to Copyright Owners’
allegations. Levine WRT ¶ 5. The
Services also assert that numerous
services, including those backed by
large companies, such as Yahoo and
Microsoft, had already entered the
market, and some of those services had
achieved significant subscriber
numbers. 3/8/17 Tr. 155:14–157:12
(Levine); see also Parness WDT ¶ 12.
c. Alleged Displacement and Deferral of
Revenue
Copyright Owners criticize the 2012
rate structure because its reliance on a
revenue-based structure creates
problems regarding the measurement of
revenue. Specifically, Copyright Owners
allege that services can displace revenue
properly attributable to streaming and
allocate it to other products within the
owners’ broader economic ‘‘ecosystem.’’
Also, they allege that services can and
do defer revenue from the present into
the future, foregoing present profits in
order to grow their customer base to
achieve a market share that allows for
long-term profits.261 See Rysman WDT
¶ 13.
The problems associated with revenue
measurement and attribution arise in
various contexts. First, the Services may
focus on long-term profit or revenue
maximization, thereby possibly
deferring shorter-term profits through
temporarily lower downstream pricing
(i.e., revenue deferral) in a manner that
suppresses revenue over that shorterterm. Second, the services may use
music as a ‘‘loss leader,’’ displacing
streaming revenue and encouraging
consumers to enter into the so-called
economic ‘‘ecosystem’’ of the streaming
services, especially the multi-product/
service firms in this proceeding—
Amazon, Apple and Google—within
which consumers can be exposed to
other goods and services available for
purchase. Third, the interactive
streaming services may obscure royaltybased streaming revenue by offering
product bundles that include their
music services with other goods and
services, rendering it difficult to parse
out the bundled revenue as between the
royalty-bearing revenue (from the
interactive service) and the revenue
attributable to the other items in the
bundle.
i. Deferral
With regard to revenue deferral,
Copyright Owners argue that the
services’ focus on future growth, not
261 This strategy is referred to as ‘‘scaling,’’ and
is discussed in more detail infra.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1990
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
current revenues. See [REDACTED]
([REDACTED]). By way of example,
Copyright Owners highlight a particular
aspect of [REDACTED] business model:
[REDACTED]. Id. at 2168–69
([REDACTED]). The economic upshot of
such a focus on the long-run rather than
on present revenues, according to
Copyright Owners, has caused revenues
to grow annually by only 31% from
2013 to 2014, and by only 34% from
2014 to 2015, even as the number of
streams over these two periods has
grown by 63% and 101% respectively.
Ghose WDT ¶ 74.
The Services respond by noting that
Copyright Owners did not conduct an
empirical analysis to confirm the extent
to which to which interactive streaming
services actually engage in revenue
deferral, and that their expert was
therefore compelled to qualify his
conclusions by conceding only that
such revenue deferral ‘‘may’’ occur. See
4/3/17 Tr. 4344–43, 4347, 4349
(Rysman). Additionally, the Services
assert that the primary industry pricing
model—$9.99 per month for unlimited
access—has existed since the early
2000’s, belying Copyright Owners’
assertion that there has been a change in
pricing in the current rate period
intended to build market share. See
Levine WRT ¶ 6 (describing how
Rhapsody ‘‘pioneered’’ the subscription
on-demand model in the early 2000’s
and how the $9.99 model was adopted
by, e.g., MOG, Rdio and Rara).
[REDACTED]
The Services also argue that Copyright
Owners misunderstand the services’
emphasis on [REDACTED]. However, as
noted supra, the Services do
acknowledge that they focus broadly on
[REDACTED]. Id. at 2082, 2141
([REDACTED]).
The Services also disagree with
Copyright Owners’ assertion that
[REDACTED], 4/7/2017 Tr. 5498 (Marx);
3/21/17 Tr. 2169 (McCarthy); and
[REDACTED]. 4/6/2017 Tr. 5327
(Vogel). Thus, the business model, they
argue, is reflective of the fundamental
structure of market demand, rather than
evidence of revenue deferment.
I find that the record indicates that
the services do seek to engage to some
extent in revenue deferral in order to
promote their long-term growth strategy.
A long-term strategy that emphasizes
scale over current revenue can be
rational, especially when a critical input
is a quasi-public good—because growth
in market share and revenues is not
matched by a commensurate increase in
the cost of such inputs, whose marginal
cost of production (reproduction,
actually, because they are copies of
sound recordings/musical works) is
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
zero. This is the success-throughscalability discussed infra. See generally
Haskel & Westlake, supra, at 65–66
(profitability through scaling is
enhanced by the use of inputs with zero
marginal costs).
It appears that the nature of the
downstream interactive streaming
market, and its reliance on scaling for
success, results necessarily in a
competition for the market rather than
simply competition in the market. This
is the form of dynamic competition
known as Schumpeterian competition
(named after the economist Joseph
Schumpeter). Such competition
emphasizes the importance of the
dynamic creation of new markets and
‘‘new demand curves,’’ recognizing that
short-term profit or revenue
maximization may be inconsistent with
rational competition for the market.
That is, this form of competition
recognizes that businesses and investors
do not simply seek out commercial
activities that will merely earn returns
available elsewhere in the economy, but
rather seek out longer-term supranormal
profits, investing in businesses that
appear able to satisfy consumer demand
and capture large swaths of market
share—a dynamic and enduring process
that creates and ultimately destroys
various business entities and markets in
the process (which Schumpeter coined
as ‘‘creative destruction.’’) See J. Sidak
& D. Teese, Dynamic Competition in
Antitrust Law, 5J. Comp. L. & Econ.5,
581 (2009). Indeed, Amazon’s economic
expert witness, Professor Hubbard,
acknowledged that ‘‘[t]he music
industry exemplifies this process’’ of
Schumpeterian ‘‘creative destruction.’’
Hubbard WDT ¶ 2.1 & n. 1.
Of course, when royalties are paid as
a percent of current revenue, the input
supplier, i.e., Copyright Owners in the
present case, are likewise deferring
some revenue to a later time period (and
also assuming some risk as to the
ultimate existence of that future
revenue). One way the input supplier
can avoid this impact is to refuse to
accept a percent of revenue form of
payment and move to a fixed per-unit
input price. This is what Copyright
Owners seek in this proceeding, subject
to a bargaining room approach by which
they could switch back to the old
approach (or any other approach)
through purely market-based
negotiations, but free from the statutory
standards of section 801(b)(1). However,
another way in which the input supplier
can mitigate the effect of such revenue
deferrals is to establish a pricing
structure that provides alternate rate
prongs and floors, below which the
royalty revenue cannot fall. This is
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
precisely the bargain struck between
Copyright Owners and services in 2008
and 2012, and that has been ongoing
through the present day.
Are there even better ways to address
this issue? Perhaps, but by the very
nature of this adversarial proceeding,
the Judges cannot identify the
theoretically optimal manner by which
the revenue deferral phenomenon
should be addressed. Rather, the choices
before the Judges are stark: the per-unit
pricing proposals submitted by
Copyright Owners and Apple, and the
tiered rate structure now in existence
and generally (but not uniformly)
presented by the Services as the
appropriate benchmark.262 As discussed
infra, I have identified the 2012 rate
structure as the best benchmark from
among these proposals. The revenue
deferral phenomenon indicates the need
for Copyright Owners to protect
themselves, but it does not indicate that,
on balance, the issue is better resolved
by the unacceptable per unit pricing
proposals submitted in this proceeding.
Accordingly, I do not find the revenue
deferral issue to be a sufficient basis to
reject the 2012 benchmark in favor of
Copyright Owners’ or Apple’s per-unit
rate proposals.263
ii. Displacement through Bundling
Copyright Owners argue that services
also displace revenue by engaging in
‘‘cross-selling’’ by which they sell
access to musical works/sound
recordings through the bundling of that
262 As I note in this Dissent, there is no sufficient
evidence to allow the Judges to mold their unique
rate structure, and the majority has erred in its
attempt to do so.
263 Looked at from a different perspective, this
issue pits the music publishing business model
against the interactive streaming business model.
Music publishers must maximize revenues (subject
to any cost constraints) over some time horizon, and
their argument in this proceeding indicates that
they seek to maximize royalty revenue over the
short-run, so that current songwriters receive
royalties based on current revenue that is not
deferred because of the interactive streaming
services’ long-term business model. See Rysman
WDT ¶ 50. The music publishers could instead pay
royalties to songwriters based (at least in part) on
an index of several years of revenue to be consistent
with the long-term business models of the
interactive streaming entities. See Leonard WRT
¶ 60 (noting that advances from publishers to
songwriters are examples of such a long-run
‘‘smoothing’’ of royalty revenues). Or, as Copyright
Owners urge, the Judges could require the
interactive streaming services to abandon the
revenue-based royalty structure (with protective
alternate prongs and floors) and to accept inefficient
per-unit rates, thereby compromising their
downstream businesses. In keeping with the Judges’
long-standing position, I believe the Judges should
remain business model neutral, and decline to favor
one challenged business model over another.
Instead, I would adopt the 2012 rate structure that
embodies a negotiated compromise by the parties
that has adequately addressed this revenue deferral
issue.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
access with other goods or services,
allocating too much revenue to the nonmusic portion of the bundle, rather than
attributing the correct amount to the
music service and thus, to the revenue
base. Written Rebuttal Testimony of
Christopher C. Barry, CPA, CFF (on
behalf of Copyright Owners) ¶ 7.
Copyright Owners argue that the
services manipulate revenue
calculations in their favor, allegedly
defining revenue in opportunistic ways.
See Rysman WDT ¶ 44; Rysman WRT
¶ 15; Ghose WDT ¶¶ 62–81. They
maintain that they cannot discern such
manipulation and opportunism as it
occurs, because the booking of revenue
among lines of business is ‘‘opaque to
publishers’’—especially in comparison
to the identification of the number of
consumers or the number of streams.
Rysman WDT ¶ 43; Rysman WRT ¶ 15;
Ghose WDT ¶¶ 80–81.
In response, the Services assert there
is no evidentiary support for this overall
and conclusory assertion. JSRPFF at p.
308. In connection with the assertion of
displacement-through-bundling, both
parties examine—essentially as an
emblematic case study—Amazon’s
pricing of interactive music in a bundle
with one of its products. That study is
addressed below.
Amazon Products and Pricing: A Case
Study
[REDACTED]
Survey Results
[REDACTED]. 264
Other Potential Displacements from
Bundling
With regard to other bundled offerings
that Copyright Owners claim to
improperly diminish revenue and hence
the royalty base, the evidence is more
descriptive than statistical. With regard
to Google Play Music, Copyright Owners
point to evidence suggesting that Google
‘‘leverages its music business to drive
revenue elsewhere within its
enterprise.’’ COPFF ¶ 482A et seq. (and
record citations therein). Google, in
response, argues that this argument is
preposterous because ‘‘Google’s other
products already reach literally
hundreds of millions of people in the
U.S. [and] [t]he idea that Google is
intentionally driving down the price of
Google Play Music in order to ‘‘grow a
base of customers’’ who will then be
more likely to use Search or Gmail or
Google Maps simply strains
credulity. . . . . The value proposition
264 With regard to this topic, see the discussion
of ‘‘cannibalization,’’ infra.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
flows in the opposite direction.’’ Levine
WRT ¶¶ 8–9.
With regard to Pandora, Copyright
Owners note that it has expanded
beyond its ‘‘pureplay’’ origins by
acquiring Ticketfly, a fan-to-fan live
concert ticket exchange business. 3/9/17
Tr. 408–410 (Phillips). According to
Copyright Owners, in the future,
Pandora may generate revenue from this
ancillary business—revenue that
arguably should be included as ‘‘service
revenue’’ in a revenue based rate
structure. Rysman WRT ¶ 34. However,
Pandora notes that Ticketfly is a small
operation relative to Pandora’s overall
business and, as Copyright Owners
acknowledge, any use by Pandora of
resources it obtained through streaming
music to benefit Ticketfly would be
realized in the future, making such a
link speculative at this time. Moreover,
Pandora argues that, if and when
Pandora may drive incremental
attendance at concerts and other live
events through Ticketfly, music
publishers and songwriters would
benefit directly from such attendance.
See Herring WRT ¶ 34.
[REDACTED]. It has announced an
offering of a subscription together with
a subscription to The New York Times,
i.e., a separate entity offering a separate
product. According to Copyright
Owners, Rysman WRT ¶ 36. However,
[REDACTED]. SJRPFF at p. 868.
Finally, with regard to Apple,
Copyright Owners note that the various
music and other services and products
are available through Apple, including
iTunes download purchases, Beats
music service and, of course, Apple’s
ubiquitous non-music products. See
COPFF ¶¶ 523–527. Although Copyright
Owners do not identify any specific
bundling or product-to-product
displacement, they note more broadly
that ‘‘Apple’s interactive streaming
service can operate as a gateway into the
iTunes ecosystem, which Apple uses to
sell iPhones, apps, and other products.’’
Kokakis WDT ¶ 60.
Findings Regarding Displacement,
Discounts and Bundling
I find the parties’ back-and-forth on
these bundling, discounting and
displacement issues (absent a separate
analysis of any given bundle/discount,
such as presented by Amazon with
regard to the bundled $7.99 price for
Echo for Prime members) to be
indeterminate—and for good reason. As
the Judges have found previously, all
such bundling, and associated
discounts, constitute forms of price
discrimination, whereby a seller can
increase total revenues for the bundle
and through a discount beyond the
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1991
revenue realized if each item was sold
at its separate or undiscounted price.
See SDARS I Underpayment Ruling at
18–19. The parties in the present
proceeding do not so much dispute this
point as they argue whether the bundles
discounts and alleged displacements
tend, on balance, to increase the
revenue base (by adding new
subscribers) or to decrease the revenue
base (by reducing per subscriber
revenue). I agree with Copyright Owners
that the services may be using bundling
and associated discounts in a manner
that is inconsistent with short-run
maximization of revenues, or even
profits, but they may also be growing
the revenue base.
The import of this dispute in the
present case is how the presence of
bundling and discounting bears,
initially, on the rate structure and, then,
on the rates within that structure. With
regard to the rate structure, the rate
prongs in the 2012 benchmark that the
Services are urging the Judges to adopt
deal with these revenue measurement
and attribution issues by the use of a
greater-of rate structure, whereby—if the
revenue-based royalty is lower than the
other prong (typically a per-subscriber,
a TCC prong or the Mechanical Floor)—
then one of the latter prongs becomes
applicable. By contrast, Copyright
Owners’ proposal provides for a greaterof per unit/per-user royalty that does
not contain any features pertaining to
bundling. As between these two
alternatives, I find that the 2012 rate
structure is clearly more consonant with
the marketplace reality of varying WTP,
through the use of price discrimination
through bundling and, indeed, has
accommodated such bundling for a
decade.
I acknowledge Copyright Owners’
argument that the bundling they
anticipated may well have been of a
different nature (e.g., bundling
interactive streaming with cell phone or
internet service) when they agreed to
the bundle provisions in the 2012
settlement, and that they had not
contemplated the myriad ways in which
bundling would occur going forward,
especially with the entry of large multiproduct ‘‘ecosystem’’ firms such as
Amazon, Apple and Google. However,
what that possible difference between
anticipated and actual bundling
indicates to me is that, hypothetically,
perhaps a different bundling structure,
or different rates within the structure,
might be more appropriate than the
2012 rate structure in this regard. But
the Judges cannot deal in hypothetical
rate structures and rates: Copyright
Owners (and Apple) did not propose
such an alternative structure; instead, so
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1992
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
to speak, they threw out the baby with
the bath water, rejecting any price
discriminatory rate structure (and
bundling is a form of price
discrimination)—proposing instead to
replace such a structure with a nondiscriminatory rate that fails to address
the varying WTP among listeners from
which upstream demand by the
interactive streaming services is
derived.
In these proceedings, the Judges are
bound by the parties’ proposals, unless
there are record facts that permit the
Judges to mold a rate structure or rates
that vary from the proposals.265 Here,
with regard to the impact of bundling
and other price discriminatory elements
of the rate structure, the choices are
stark. Only the 2012 benchmark
proposed by the Services addresses
these issues, and in a manner that has
existed in the market for a decade.266
d. Cannibalization
Copyright Owners assert that the
Services’ benchmarking approach fails
to account for the ‘‘cannibalization’’ of
digital download and physical sales,
through listeners’ substitution of
interactive streaming for the purchase of
digital downloads and physical
products, mainly CDs. In support of this
argument, Copyright Owners point to
the contemporaneous increase in
interactive streaming and the decrease
in the sales of digital downloads and
CDs. They note that the sale of digital
albums and digital tracks decreased by
9.4% and 12.5%, respectively from 2013
to 2014, and by an additional 2.9% and
12.5%, respectively, from 2014 to 2015.
See Israelite WDT ¶ 70; Ex. 2773 (2014
Nielsen Report), at 2; Ex. 2780 (2015
Nielsen Report), at 7, 8. Thus, they
argue that the royalty structure (and
rates) must account for this substitution
effect through an increase in the
royalties on interactive streaming. See
COPFF ¶¶ 575–586 (and record citations
therein).
The Services do not dispute these
statistics. However, the Services argue
265 As noted supra, the Judges may also find that
the existing rate structure and rates are appropriate,
if the benchmarks proffered by all the parties are
insufficient. See Music Choice, supra. Thus, the
2012 rate structure would have been an appropriate
structure for the forthcoming rate period even if it
had not been affirmatively advocated as a
benchmark by the Services.
266 I note an important difference between the
bundling issue in the SDARS context and that issue
here. For the SDARS, the issue was how to measure
revenue where only a pure revenue-based rate
structure exists, and the Judges noted the difficulty
in assigning value to different elements of the
bundle. Here, the 2012 benchmark (the parties’
agreement) addresses this indeterminacy by
adopting alternative royalty prongs, which, as noted
in the text, supra, is one way to resolve the
indeterminacy problem.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
that Copyright Owners have not
presented any evidence that would
support the claim that declining
physical and download sales have been
caused by increases in interactive
streaming. Thus, in the absence of such
evidence, the Services argue that
Copyright Owners have merely assumed
causation from correlation. See JSRPFF
at p. 380 (and record citations therein).
In fact, they point to the testimony of
NMPA’s own witness, Bart Herbison,
Executive Director of Copyright Owner
participant NSAI. Mr. Herbison testified
that he did not ‘‘blam[e] the loss of
songwriters on streaming,’’
acknowledging that piracy and
disaggregation of the album were major
problems for songwriters prior to the
popularity of streaming, and therefore,
overall, he was ‘‘not ascribing any large
percentage of [lower mechanical
royalties] to streaming.’’ 3/23/17 Tr.
2940–41, 2945, 2955–56 (Herbison).
Moreover, not only do the Services
note the absence of proof that these
changes were caused by interactive
streaming, they note that the changes
can just as easily be attributed to
changing ‘‘consumer preferences,’’ for
which the interactive streaming services
should not be penalized. See 3/21/17 Tr.
2227–28 (Hubbard) (such changes do
not reflect cannibalization, but rather
how the industry has evolved to satisfy
‘‘contemporary consumers’ preferences’’
and to ‘‘respond to consumer
demand.’’).
I find that there is no sufficient
evidence to indicate that interactive
streaming has caused the decline of the
sale of physical and digital sound
recordings. Moreover, even assuming
arguendo any sales of digital downloads
and physical product was caused by the
listeners’ preference for interactive
streaming, the effect of such a
phenomenon on songwriter royalties is
unclear. Record companies, as licensees,
pay royalties to music publishers, under
subpart A, for the musical works
embodied by record companies in
digital downloads and physical product.
Assuming a portion of that royalty
revenue is lost (‘‘cannibalized’’) by
interactive streaming, the services that
utilize the musical works in those
streams pay both a mechanical royalty
and a performance royalty in exchange
for the licenses to use the musical
works. There is insufficient evidence in
the record to conclude that, on balance,
there is a net substitution effect that
results in lower royalties paid for
musical works.
Further, I agree with the Services that
Copyright Owners’ attempt to compare
sales of downloads and physical
product (which generate mechanical
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
royalties under subpart A) with
revenues from interactive streaming
(that generate mechanical royalties
under subparts B and C, and
performance royalties) is inconsistent
with Copyright Owners’ (persuasive)
argument, discussed infra, that there is
no sufficient evidence to correlate
listening across purchases and
streaming services. The Services
correctly note that the sale of a
download or a CD (or a vinyl record)
allows the purchaser to ‘‘access’’ that
purchase an indefinite number of times,
whereas access through a streaming
service likewise allows for listening (to
various songs) for an indeterminate
number of times. In this regard,
Copyright Owners’ proposed per-unit
royalty rate for streaming is simply not
consistent with pricing per unit sold
under subpart B, because the items
purchased are themselves inconsistent
in nature—as Copyright Owners (again,
persuasively) argue in opposition to the
use of commercial and academic
conversion ratios to correlate the
number of times a consumer listens to
a song in the purchased product and
streaming spheres.
e. The ‘‘Shadow’’ of the Statutory
License
Copyright Owners assert that any
benchmark, including the Services’
proffered benchmarks, based on rates set
for a compulsory license, are inherently
suspect, because they are distorted by
the so-called ‘‘shadow’’ of the statutory
license. This is a recurring criticism.
See, e.g., Web IV 81 FR at 26329–31.
More particularly, Copyright Owners
argue: ‘‘The royalty rate contained in
virtually any agreement made by a
music publisher or songwriter with a
license for rights subject to the
compulsory license will be depressed by
the availability of the compulsory
license.’’ COPFF ¶ 708 (and record
citations therein). In summary, this
alleged shadow purportedly diminishes
the value of a rate that was formed by
private actors who negotiated while
understanding that either party could
refuse to consummate a contract and
instead participate in a proceeding
before the Judges to establish a rate.
Thus, neither side can utilize any
bargaining power to threaten to actually
‘‘walk away’’ from negotiations and
refuse to enter into a license. In that
sense, therefore, any bargain they struck
would be subject to the so-called
‘‘shadow’’ of the regulatory proceeding.
The argument that the shadow taints
the use of statutory rates, and direct
agreements otherwise subject to the
statutory license is undercut, however,
by section 115 of the Copyright Act,
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
which provides that in addition to the
objectives set forth in section 801(b)(1),
in establishing such rates and terms, the
Copyright Royalty Judges may consider
rates and terms under voluntary license
agreements described in subparagraphs
(B) and (C). 17 U.S.C. 115(c)(3)(D). The
two subparagraphs referenced therein,
subparagraphs (B) and (C), respectively,
refer to agreements on ‘‘the terms and
rates of royalty payments under this
section’’ by ‘‘persons entitled to obtain
a compulsory license under [17 U.S.C.
115](a)(1)]; and ‘‘licenses’’ covering
‘‘digital phonorecord deliveries.’’ Id.
Thus, it is beyond dispute that Congress
has authorized the Judges, in their
discretion, to consider such agreements
as evidence, irrespective of—or perhaps
because of—the shadow cast by the
compulsory license.
Additionally, as noted supra, the
Judges may consider the existing
statutory rates themselves as evidence of
the appropriate rate for the forthcoming
rate period, even when those rates were
not the product of a settlement. Indeed,
the Judges may consider existing rates
as the starting point and the end point
of their analysis. Music Choice, supra,
774 F.3d at 1012 (the Judges may ‘‘use[ ]
the prevailing rate as the starting point
of their Section 801(b) analysis’’ and
may ultimately find that ‘‘the prevailing
rate was reasonable given the Section
801(b) factors.’’).
Of course, the fact that the Copyright
Act and the D.C. Circuit grant the Judges
statutory authority to consider and rely
on statutory rates and related settlement
agreements as evidence does not
instruct the Judges as to how much
weight to afford such agreements. The
exercise of that judicial discretion
remains with the Judges.
But with regard to the particular issue
of the so-called shadow of the statutory
rate, there is no reason to find such
benchmark agreements per se inferior to
other marketplace benchmark
agreements that may be unaffected by
the shadow, because those other
benchmarks may be subject to their own
imperfections and incompatibilities
with the target market. Thus, the Judges
must not only consider (i) the
importance, vel non, of any potential
‘‘shadow-based’’ differences between
the regulated benchmark market and an
unregulated market that might impact
the probative value of the former, but
also (ii) how those differences (if any)
compare to the differences (if any)
between the unregulated market and the
target market (e.g., differences based on
complementary oligopoly power,
bargaining constraints and product
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
differentiation).267 In the present case,
because Copyright Owners’ and Apple’s
proposals are structured as per-unit
rates, they suffer from deficiencies that
dwarf any alleged problems associated
by the alleged shadow of the 2012
statutory benchmark; that is, assuming
arguendo that the shadow on balance is
problematic rather than beneficial.
In the present proceeding, the parties
weigh-in on the shadow issue with
several, more particular, arguments.
Copyright Owners emphasize that the
purpose of their benchmarking
approach is to avoid the distortions of
the shadow, by utilizing the unregulated
sound recording agreements between
labels and interactive streaming services
and then applying a ratio of sound
recording: musical works royalties, (the
latter also in unregulated contexts), to
develop a benchmark wholly free of the
shadow cast by the statute. 4/4/17 Tr.
4191 (Eisenach) (‘‘[T]he underlying
problem with looking at an agreement
negotiated under the shadow of a
license [is that][i]t shifts bargaining
power from the compelled party to the
uncompelled party by the very nature of
the exercise.’’).
The Services’ experts discount the
foregoing shadow criticism. Indeed,
what Copyright Owners considered
vice, the Services laud as virtue. That is,
the shift in bargaining power is
precisely what makes any shadow effect
of the statutory license tolerable.
Professor Katz points out that rates set
voluntarily by the parties in a settlement
under the ‘‘shadow’’ provide two
important benefits. 3/13/17 Tr. 661
(Katz). First, with a statutory rate-setting
proceeding as a backstop, large licensors
cannot credibly threaten to ‘‘hold out’’
and ‘‘walk away’’ from the negotiations
without an agreement, thereby negating
their ability to use their ‘‘must have’’
status as a cudgel to obtain rates that
267 The Judges note that one of the two
benchmarking methods relied upon by Copyright
Owners subtracts the statutory rate set in Web III
for noninteractive streaming from a royalty rate
derived from the unregulated market for sound
recording licenses between labels and interactive
streaming services. This would seem to violate the
Copyright Owners’ own assertion that statutorily set
rates are tainted by a regulatory shadow and thus
cannot be used to establish reasonable rates.
However, Copyright Owners’ expert testified that,
in his opinion, the Judges in Web III accurately
identified the market rate for noninteractive
streaming, so that rate could be utilized as if it were
set in the market. 4/4/17 Tr. 4643 (Eisenach). This
assertion proves too much. If one expert on behalf
of a party may equate a rate set by the Judges with
the market rate, why cannot the Judges, or any other
party’s expert, do the same with regard to a
different statutory rate? The end result of such an
approach takes us back to the point the Judges made
at the outset in this section: any rate set by the
Judges or influenced by the Judges’ rate-setting
process must be considered on its own merits.
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1993
can exceed even monopoly-level rates.
Second, when such negotiations are
conducted with all the parties at the
figurative table (including perhaps trade
associations), no single party, whether
licensor or licensee, has
disproportionate market power in the
negotiations.
I agree with Professor Katz that
settlement agreements reached in the
shadow are useful. Because the statutory
proceeding is the backstop, the power of
any entity simply to refuse to strike a
deal except on its own unilateral terms
is effectively negated. Thus, such
settlement agreements tend to eliminate
complementary oligopoly inefficiencies,
and provide guidance as to an
effectively competitive rate. Indeed, this
argument is consistent with the Judges’
‘‘shadow’’ analysis in Web IV, supra, at
26330–31 (noting the counterbalancing
effect of the statutory license in
establishing effectively competitive
rates). Further, when such settlement
agreements are industrywide, they tend
to eliminate disproportionate market
power, and the resulting rates thus may
be evidence of a rate that is fair and thus
consonant with Factor B of section
801(b)(1). (This issue is discussed in
further detail in connection with the
Factors B and C analysis, infra.)
Although Copyright Owners are
theoretically correct in noting that some
licenses might have otherwise been
negotiated at rates higher than the
settlement rate that was affected by the
shadow, that is simply the tradeoff that
the statutory scheme makes in its
identification of settlement rates as
evidentiary benchmarks. That is, such a
theoretical problem needs to be weighed
against the salutary aspects of
settlement rate structures and rates,
discussed supra. I find that the benefits
of the settlement process, in this
proceeding, easily outweigh the loss of
any hypothetical deals that may have
been reached above the settlement rates,
especially because, in the absence of the
shadow, rates higher than the settlement
rate would be a function, in part, of the
Copyright Owners’ complementary
oligopoly and other market power,
which compulsory statutory licensing
has been designed to mitigate.
Although I recognize the marketbased value of a benchmark agreement
reached under the shadow of the
statutory license, (indeed, economic
actors’ settlement agreements are part
and parcel of the market 268), I cannot
268 For example, the Judges regularly assume in
a benchmarking approach that the contracting
parties have ‘‘baked-in’’ the values of discrete items
in their agreement. See, e.g., Web IV, supra, at
26366.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1994
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
defer to any implicit ‘‘mindreading’’ by
contracting parties as to the Judges’
application of the all the non-market
elements of section 801(b)(1). Rather,
the Judges have a duty to independently
apply the itemized factors listed in the
statute. Accordingly, I reject the idea
that rates and terms reached through a
settlement must be understood to
supersede—or can be assumed to
embody—the Judges’ application of the
statutory elements set forth in section
801(b)(1). However, if on further
analysis, the Judges find that provisions
arising from an agreement in fact do
reflect the statutory principles set forth
in section 801(b)(1), then the Judges
may adopt the provisions of that
settlement in toto, again, if those
provisions are superior to the evidence
submitted in support of alternative rates
and terms.
5. The ‘‘All-In’’ Rate Structure and the
‘‘Mechanical Floor’’
a. The ‘‘All-In’’ Rate Structure
The current mechanical royalty rate is
calculated as a so-called ‘‘All-In’’ rate.
Simply put, the last step when
calculating the mechanical rate is to
subtract from the intermediate figure the
rate paid by the interactive streaming
services to performing rights
organizations (PROs) for the ‘‘public
performance’’ right. All five services
(i.e., including Apple) urge the Judges to
establish a statutory rate structure for
the forthcoming rate period that
contains this ‘‘All-In’’ feature, whereas
Copyright Owners request that the rate
for the forthcoming rate period be set
without regard to the royalty rate paid
by the services to the PROs for the
performance rights. I examine the
parties’ arguments seriatim below.
i. The Services’ Position (including
Apple’s Position)
According to the services, a key
aspect of the 2008 and 2012 settlements
was that the rates paid by services for
mechanical royalties would allow for a
deduction of expenses for public
performance royalties, i.e., the top-line
rate paid under the Section 115 license
would be ‘‘All-In’’ from the services’
point of view. Levine WDT ¶ 35; Parness
WDT ¶ 7; 3/8/17 Tr. 298–99 (Parness).
In this regard, a Google fact witness,
Zahavah Levine, testified that as far
back as 2001, the streaming services
wanted to avoid what she described as
a ‘‘double dip’’ problem, whereby a
service might need to conduct separate
negotiations with PROs and with music
publishers in order to obtain usable
musical works license rights. 3/8/17 Tr.
147–148 (Levine). In fact, prior to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
settlement, some members of the
streaming community expressed a view
that the value of any mechanical right
implicated by interactive streaming is
essentially zero, because the Copyright
Owners are already compensated
through performance payments to the
PROs. 3/29/17 Tr. 3645–47 (Israelite).
According to Apple, the absence of any
separate value in the mechanical rate
(when separated from the performance
rate) is underscored by the fact that
interactive streaming is the only
distribution channel that pays both a
performance royalty and a mechanical
royalty. Rebuttal Testimony of David
Dorn ¶ 10 (Dorn WRT).
Thus, according to the services, a
determining factor in the 2008
settlement was Copyright Owners’
agreement to a deduction of
performance fees, via the acceptance of
an ‘‘All-In’’ rate. 3/8/17 Tr. 298–301
(Parness); Parness WDT ¶ 7; 3/8/17 Tr.
170–71 (Levine) (explaining benefits of
‘‘All-In’’ rate structure). In fact, for the
services, according to one of its
witnesses, the ‘‘All-In’’ nature of the rate
was a determining factor in the parties
reaching a settlement. 3/8/17 Tr. 300–
301 (Parness).
Accordingly, the services argue that
this ‘‘All-In’’ rate structure is consistent
with the parties’ expectations in settling
Phonorecords I and II. See SJPFF ¶ 112.
Additionally, the Services point out that
many direct licenses between musical
works copyright owners and streaming
services incorporate the ‘‘All-In’’ feature
of the existing section 115 license. See
JSPFFCOL ¶¶ 143–145 (and record
citations therein). The services also
emphasize that the Copyright Owners’
recent settlement of the Subpart A
rates—approved by the Judges—implies
an ‘‘All-In’’ feature. Specifically, one of
the services’ expert economic witnesses,
Dr. Leonard, testified that, expressed as
a percentage of payments to the record
labels (not as a percentage of total
streaming service revenue), the subpart
A settlement reflects a payment of
15.8% of ‘‘All-In’’ sound recording
royalties in 2006, and of 14.2% of ‘‘AllIn’’ sound recording royalties, when
compared to payments to record labels
in 2015. Leonard AWDT ¶ 46 (noting
that ‘‘these ratios are lower than the
current ratios of musical works-to-sound
recordings royalties contained in
Section 385, Subparts B and C (e.g.,
musical works royalties are between
17.36% and 21% of the service payment
to record companies for sound
recordings for Standalone Portable
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Subscription, Mixed Use services
covered under Subpart B.’’)).269
Finally in this regard, the services
assert that the Judges have made similar
determinations for analogous sets of
rights in other proceedings. For
instance, they note that the Judges
effectively set an ‘‘All-In’’ licensing rate
for reproductions of sound recordings
and performances of sound recordings
under 17 U.S.C. 112 and 114. The
services analogize the relationship of
the performance right and the
mechanical right, on the one hand, with
the sound recording ephemeral right
and the sound recording performance
right on the other, characterizing both
pairs of rights as ‘‘perfect
complements.’’ See SJPFFCOL ¶ 114
(citing Web IV, 81 FR at 26397–98
(discussing bundling of Secs. 112 and
114 rights and noting that licensees
‘‘would be agnostic with respect to the
allocation of those rates to the Section
112 and 114 license holders.’’).
Separately, as noted supra, Apple
concurs with the adoption of an ‘‘AllIn’’ rate in the forthcoming rate period.
According to Apple, the Judges should
adopt an ‘‘All-In’’ rate for interactive
streaming because (1) mechanical and
performance royalties are
complementary rights that must be
considered together in order to prevent
exorbitant costs; (2) the current statute
uses an ‘‘All-In’’ rate; (3) ‘‘All-In’’ rates
provide greater predictability for
businesses; and (4) recent fragmentation
and uncertainty with respect to
performance licenses threaten to
exacerbate the problems of high costs
and uncertainty already present in the
industry.’’ APFF ¶ 138 et seq. (and
record citations therein). As a policy
matter, Apple maintains that an ‘‘AllIn’’ rate helps maintain royalties at an
economically efficient level because it
sets a single value for all of the rights
that interactive streaming services must
obtain from publishers and songwriters.
See 3/23/17 Tr. (Ramaprasad) 26672669, 2670 (a mechanical-only rate
could cause ‘‘exorbitant’’ rates, but an
‘‘All-In’’ rate would not); Expert
Rebuttal Report of Professor Jui
Ramaprasad February 15, 2017 ¶ 13
(Ramaprasad WRT) (a mechanical-only
royalty could lead to ‘‘unreasonably
high combined royalties for publishers
and songwriters’’); see also Leonard
AWDT ¶ 58; Katz WDT ¶ 94; Herring
WDT ¶ 59. Accordingly, Apple asserts
that, by adoption of an ‘‘All-In’’ rate, the
streaming services avoid two separate
269 Of course, the subpart A rates are implicitly
‘‘All-In’’ because record companies do not pay
performance royalties. I consider further, infra, the
evidentiary value of the subpart A settlement and
rates.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
negotiations for the performance right
and the mechanical right—ensuring that
these two complementary rights are
considered in tandem, with the cost of
one impacting the cost of the other. See
Dorn WRT ¶ 15; see also 3/13/17 Tr.
587–588 (Katz); 3/15/17 Tr. 1191–1192
(Leonard); Herring WDT ¶ 59.
Further in this regard, Apple
maintains, if a full mechanical-only rate
were adopted in lieu of an ‘‘All-In’’ rate,
interactive streaming services would
need to pay for mechanical rights
pursuant to the statute and then engage
in an entirely separate negotiation for
the performance right. Dorn WRT
¶¶ 14–15; Ramaprasad WRT ¶ 13. This
could lead to an undeserved windfall
for publishers and songwriters as, after
this negotiation, total royalty payments
that interactive streaming services pay
for musical works could be
exponentially higher than whatever
mechanical-only rate the Judges adopt.
Dorn WRT ¶¶ 14–15; Ramaprasad WRT
¶ 13. Apple avers that this would be
unfair—because the royalty payments
are all made to the same entities, i.e., the
publishers and songwriters. Dorn WRT
¶¶ 15–16; see also Herring WDT ¶ 59.270
As noted supra, Apple, consistent
with the other Services, argues that the
‘‘All-In’’ rate structure is particularly
important because of relatively recent
industry developments. Specifically,
Apple takes note of the recent
‘‘fragmentation’’ 271 and uncertainty in
performance rights licensing that the
services all claim to threaten an
exacerbation of the existing uncertainty
over royalty costs. See Dorn WRT
¶¶ 17–18; Ramaprasad WRT ¶¶ 13, 63;
Parness WDT ¶¶ 16–20; Katz WDT
¶¶ 87–94; Tr. 3/13/17 Tr. 602–604
(Katz). Apple notes that this problem
may be exacerbated because of the
emergence of a fourth PRO, Global
Music Rights (GMR), in addition to
ASCAP and BMI, as well as SESAC
which (like GMR, and unlike ASCP and
BMI) is not subject to a consent decree
and rate court review (as discussed
infra). Parness WDT ¶ 18; Katz WDT
¶ 91. See 3/9/17 Tr. 382–83 (Parness); 3/
13/17 Tr. (Katz) 602–604.
In addition to the problems created by
potential fragmentation, the services
270 Pandora and Google separately make the same
arguments as Apple in this regard. See Pandora
PFFCOL ¶¶ 35–36 (and record citations therein);
Google PFF ¶ 29 (and record citations therein).
271 ‘‘Fragmentation’’ refers to the existence of
more than one owner of copyrights to a musical
work, requiring an interactive streaming service to
engage in a costly and uncertain attempt to locate
each owner and provide it with a separate Notice
of Intent and to bear the risk of a potential
infringement action if one or more copyright
owners is not located. SJPFF ¶¶ 162–63 (and record
citations therein).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
also raise the specter of future
‘‘withdrawals’’ by music publishers
from one or more PROs. As Apple notes,
in the past few years, publishers have
taken steps to effectuate such
withdrawals, especially from PROs that
are governed by consent decrees. Dorn
WRT ¶ 18; Ramaprasad WRT ¶¶ 13, 63;
Parness WDT ¶ 17; Katz WDT ¶ 91.
Apple points to the example of one large
publisher, UMPG, which moved a
portion of its catalog from ASCAP, a
PRO governed by a consent decree, to
SESAC, which is not. 3/27/17 Tr. 3207
(Kokakis). Apple also notes that UMPG
also fully withdrew from BMI for a brief
period in June 2014. 3/27/17 Tr. 3204
(Kokakis). Moreover, Apple maintains
that, even when publishers have not
actually withdrawn, ‘‘[s]everal
publishers of significant commercial
importance have threatened [to
withdraw entirely from ASCAP and
BMI].’’ 3/9/17 Tr. 376–81(Parness); see
also Parness WDT ¶ 17; 3/27/17 Tr.
3206 (Kokakis) (UMPG executive
confirming that he and the services
‘‘had discussed at times the possibility
of Universal withdrawing’’ fully from a
PRO); 3/28/17 Tr. 3310–3313 (Kokakis)
([REDACTED]). Apple maintains that
these events and threats of withdrawal
create uncertainty in the performance
rights marketplace and portend a
potential increase in performance
royalty costs for interactive streaming,
which could not be ameliorated in the
absence of an ‘‘All-In’’ rate. See
Ramaprasad WRT ¶ 63 (the only certain
result of publishers withdrawing is that
performance royalties ‘‘will increase’’);
3/8/17 Tr. 256–57, 262–63(Levine); 3/
13/17 Tr. 602–04 (Katz) (fragmentation
leads to higher performance rights
costs).
ii. Copyright Owners’ Position
Regarding an ‘‘All-In’’ Royalty Rate
Copyright Owners initial argument is
jurisdictional in nature; they emphasize
that this is a proceeding to set rates and
terms for the Section 115 compulsory
mechanical license to make and
distribute phonorecords, not to perform
works. 17 U.S.C. 115, 801(b)(1). More
particularly, they note that, whereas the
Section 115 compulsory license
explicitly applies solely to ‘‘the
exclusive rights provided by clauses (1)
and (3) of section 106, to make and to
distribute phonorecords of [nondramatic
musical] works,’’ it does apply to the
exclusive right provided by clause (4) to
perform the work publicly. 17 U.S.C.
106, 115. Thus, Copyright Owners
argue, the public performance right
provided by 17 U.S.C. 106(4) is an
entirely separate and divisible right
from the mechanical right at issue in
PO 00000
Frm 00079
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1995
this proceeding and is not subject to the
Section 115 license. See COPCOL ¶ 314
(citing 17 U.S.C. 106, 115, 201(d); Ex.
920 at 16; 2 Nimmer on Copyright Sec.
8.04[B] (‘‘[T]he compulsory license does
not convey the right to publicly perform
the nondramatic musical work
contained in the phonorecords made
under that license. Similarly, a grant of
performing rights does not, in itself,
confer the right to make phonorecords
of the work.’’)).
Copyright Owners further note that
performance royalties are set in
negotiations between licensors and
licensees, subject to challenge in a ‘‘rate
court’’ proceeding, and conclude that
the Judges cannot set an ‘‘All-In’’ rate
because they have ‘‘not been vested
with the authority to set rates for
performance rights because they are not
covered by Section 115.’’ COPCOL
¶ 315.272
Copyright Owners also argue in this
regard that the services have not
provided evidence in this proceeding to
justify and support an ‘‘All-In’’ rate,
such as evidence showing the rates and
terms in existing performance licenses;
the duration of such licenses;
benchmarks for performance rights
licenses; and the impact of interactive
streaming on other sources of
performance income, including noninteractive streaming, terrestrial radio
and satellite radio income. Further,
Copyright Owners point out that the
PROs and/or all music publishers are all
necessary parties for any such
determination, but they were not
proffered by the services. See COPCOL
¶ 319.
For these reasons, Copyright Owners
decry as mere ‘‘sophistry’’ the services’
argument that they are not asking the
Judges to set performance rates, but
rather only to ‘‘set’’ a ‘‘mechanical’’ rate
that permits them to deduct what they
pay as a performance royalty. More
particularly, they argue that this
approach, if adopted, would leave the
mechanical rate indeterminate, subject
to whatever is decided in negotiations
or judicial action regarding the
mechanical rate. See COPCOL ¶ 320.
Indeed, Copyright Owners note, under
the Services’ ‘‘All-In’’ proposal, the
mechanical rate could be zero (if
performance royalties are agreed to or
set by the rate courts at a rate that is
272 Copyright Owners note that performance
royalties are set directly in negotiations between
licensors and licensees, but if the either of the two
largest PROs (ASCAP and BMI) and licensees are
unable to enter into consensual agreements, they
rates are set in a federal court action in the
Southern District of New York (before a designated
‘‘rate court’’ judge), pursuant to existing Consent
Decrees. See COPCOL ¶ 316; Register’s Report at 20,
34, 37, 41.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1996
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
greater than or equal to the ‘‘All-In’’ rate
proposed by the Services here)—and,
they argue, ‘‘a mechanical royalty rate of
zero ‘‘is anything but reasonable.’’
COPCOL ¶ 322.
In an evidentiary attack, Copyright
Owners demonstrate that the only
percipient witness who engaged directly
in the 2008 negotiations involving the
‘‘All-In’’ rate (or any other matter) was
the NMPA president, David Israelite,
and that, by contrast, the services’ two
witnesses, Mr. Parness and Ms. Levine,
did not participate directly in those
negotiations. See CORPFF–JS at 58.
Thus, Copyright Owners assert that the
services cannot credibly argue based on
what the negotiating parties actually
intended with regard to, inter alia, the
‘‘All-In’’ rate.273
Copyright Owners also take aim at the
services’ argument that it matters not
whether they pay royalties designated as
‘‘performance’’ or ‘‘mechanical,’’
because the same rights owners are also
receiving performance royalties.
According to Copyright Owners, this
argument: (1) ignores the fact that the
Copyright Act creates separate and
distinct mechanical and performance
rights, and made only the former subject
to compulsory licensing under Section
115; (2) ignores the fact that the rates for
the use of those two rights, to the extent
not agreed, are set in different
jurisdictions; and (3) ignores the
disruption that would be caused by
eliminating mechanical royalties—
disruptions arising from (a) the fact that
mechanical royalties are the most
significant source of recoupment of
advances to songwriters; and (b)
songwriters receive a greater share of
mechanical royalties than they do of
performance royalties (both because of
the standard splits in songwriter
agreements and the fact that
performance income, unlike mechanical
income, is diminished by PRO
commissions). COPCOL ¶ 323; COPFF
¶ 640.274 See also Witness Statement of
273 Copyright Owners take this argument one step
further—maintaining that consequently the Services
‘‘have presented no competent evidence that an
‘‘All-In’’ rate structure ‘‘is consistent with the
parties’ expectations in settling Phonorecords I and
II.’’ CORSJPCL ¶ 112. It is difficult to conclude that
this fundamental rate structure, agreed to in two
separate settlements between the parties, was not
consonant with their ‘‘expectations.’’
274 Copyright Owners note that, in Phonorecords
I, Judge Sledge voiced a similar sentiment from the
bench, referring to consideration of the performance
royalty as a ‘‘waste of time.’’ COPFF ¶ 597 (and
record citations therein). The Judges are not bound
by any prior statement by a Judge that is not a part
of a prior determination. Moreover, the Judges note
that they are not in this proceeding ‘‘setting’’ the
performance royalty rate, but rather considering
whether that royalty payment should be a
deduction in the formula for calculating the
mechanical license.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
Thomas Kelly ¶ 66; Witness Statement
of Michael Sammis ¶ 27; Yocum WDT
¶ 23; Israelite WDT ¶ 71 (all asserting
that combining mechanical royalties
and performance income in a single
‘‘All-In’’ payment will diminish
payments to songwriters, and will
negatively impact the publishers’ ability
to recoup advances, which will, in turn,
negatively impact the size and number
of future advances).
Copyright Owners further assert that
the Services’ claim that increasing
‘‘fractionalization’’ of licenses justifies
an ‘‘All-In’’ rate is a red herring.
Specifically, they argue that there has
always been fractional licensing of
performance rights by the PROs,
because there typically are multiple
songwriters and publishers with
ownership rights in a song and they may
not all be affiliated with the same PRO,
and there is no legal basis on which any
one PRO has the right to license rights
that it does not have. Israelite WRT
¶¶ 65–66; 3/29/17 Tr. 3662–63
(Israelite); HX–327; 3/9/17 Tr. 372–73
(Parness). Moreover, they claim that,
contrary to the Services’ assertions, the
presence of GMR has not altered the
extent of fragmentation in any manner,
let alone increased the degree of
fragmentation in the marketplace. In
particular, Copyright Owners point out
that the Services admitted that GMR
represents fewer than 100 songwriters
and has a meager market share of
roughly 3 percent of the performance
market. 3/9/17 Tr. 365–67 (Parness); see
also Israelite WRT ¶ 59. Copyright
Owners also note that the Services
presented no evidence either that there
has been an increase in performance
rates in licenses issued by GMR, or,
more generally, of any actual or
potential impact of this alleged
‘‘fragmentation’’ of the performance
rights marketplace on their interactive
streaming businesses. 3/9/17 Tr. 381
(Parness).
Next, Copyright Owners note that the
issue of publisher withdrawals from
PROs—if it ever was a justification for
an ‘‘All-In’’ rate—has been overtaken by
events. Specifically, they note that the
ASCAP and BMI rate courts in the
Southern District of New York, the
Second Circuit and the Department of
Justice have determined that partial
withdrawals by publishers are not
permitted. Ex. 876, at 4; Israelite WRT
¶¶ 62–63, citing In re Pandora Media,
Inc., supra, 1.
PO 00000
Frm 00080
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
b. The ‘‘Mechanical Floor’’
i. Copyright Owners’ Position
Copyright Owners urge the Judges to
retain the Mechanical Floor.275 They
emphasize that the Mechanical Floor
establishes a minimum value protecting
the mechanical right, in that it cannot be
reduced by subtracting the performance
royalty as occurs under the ‘‘All-In’’
rate. See Israelite WRT ¶¶ 19–22, 29, 81;
3/29/17 Tr. 3632, 3634–3636, 3638,
3754, 3764–3765 (Israelite); 3/8/17 Tr.
259 (Levine).
They also note that the revenue
displacement and deferral problems
they allege to exist under a percentage
of revenue ‘‘do not exist’’ with the
Mechanical Floor because that rate is
expressed on a per subscriber basis.
COPFF ¶¶ 639–40. [REDACTED]. In this
regard, Copyright Owners maintain that
the Services’ desire to eliminate the
Mechanical Floor is nothing other than
a ‘‘thinly veiled effort to sharply reduce
the already unfairly low mechanical
royalties.’’ COPFF ¶ 644. The import of
the Mechanical Floor is underscored by
Dr. Eisenach who testifies that, in 2015,
[REDACTED]. Written Rebuttal
Testimony of Jeffrey A. Eisenach, Ph.D.
¶ 115 (Eisenach WRT).
Copyright Owners further argue that
the Mechanical Floor is necessary to
preserve a source of royalty revenue for
the payment of advances to songwriters
and the funding of recoupments of prior
advances paid by publishers to
songwriters. COPFF ¶ 640 (and record
citations therein). They also point out
that songwriters benefit more from
publishing agreements than from
agreements with PROs, because, under
current publishing agreements,
songwriters typically receive 75% or
more of mechanical income whereas the
PRO’s split performance income 50/50
between publishers and songwriters. Id.
Finally, Copyright Owners note that the
PROs charge songwriters a fee, further
reducing the value of the performance
income relative to income. Id.
ii. The Services’ and Apple’s
Arguments for Eliminating the
Mechanical Floor
Despite their trumpeting of the 2012
settlement as an appropriate benchmark,
the Services (and Apple, which does not
rely on the 2012 structure) propose the
elimination from that benchmark of the
Mechanical Floor in the forthcoming
275 The Mechanical Floor refers to the step in the
rate calculation after the ‘‘All-In’’ rate has been
calculated. If that calculation would result in a
dollar royalty payment below the stated Mechanical
Floor rate, then the Mechanical Floor rate would
bind.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
rate period. In support of this position,
they make the following arguments:
• When negotiating both the Phonorecords
I and Phonorecords II settlements, the
services acquiesced to the Copyright Owners’
insistence that this Mechanical Floor be
included in the rate structure, because the
services believed that the Mechanical Floor
was ‘‘illusory,’’ i.e., that it was ‘‘highly
unlikely to ever be triggered . . . .’’ SJPFF
¶¶ 127, 160 (and record citations therein).
See also Apple PFF ¶¶ 85, 165 (arguing that
the Mechanical Floor in the current rate
structure adds uncertainty and leads to
services paying ‘‘windfall’’ royalties to the
Copyright Owners well above the ‘‘All-In’’
amount); Google PCOL ¶ 22 (asserting that
the triggering of the Mechanical Floor in
some circumstances has been caused by
Copyright Owners leveraging market power).
In this regard, the Services assert that the
parties who negotiated the Phonorecords
settlements did not expect a Mechanical
Floor to bind, due to longstanding, stable
public performance rates. 3/8/17 Tr. 309
(Parness); Parness WDT ¶¶ 9, 21; Levine
WDT ¶ 35; 3/8/17 Tr. 254:24–256:8 (Levine).
• Past and potential future fragmentation
of the licensing of public performance rights,
threatened withdrawals by music publishers
from PROs and the advent of new PROs, all
combine to increase the likelihood that the
Mechanical Floor will be triggered. Katz
WDT ¶¶ 87, 91.
• Because mechanical rights and public
performance rights are ‘‘perfect
complements’’ from the perspective of an
interactive streaming service, there is no
economic rationale for setting the two rates
separately from one another. Id. ¶ 88. See
also Leonard AWDT ¶¶ 56, 82–83 (relying on
the ‘‘perfect complements’’ argument to
advocate for an elimination of the
Mechanical Floor). Marx WDT ¶¶ 135, 165
(‘‘Economic efficiency would be improved by
removing the $0.50 per-subscriber fee floor
from the paid subscriber mechanical royalty
formula’’ and ‘‘[REDACTED]’’).
• [REDACTED] Id.
• Triggering of the Mechanical Floor
would not reflect an increase in the value of
performance rights or mechanical rights, but
rather would reflect the ability of copyright
holders to exert market power over
interactive services in the form of supracompetitive performance rights license fees.
Id. 94.
• A Mechanical Floor defeats the benefits
of an ‘‘All-In’’ rate. Apple PFF ¶¶ 164–167.
(and record citations therein).
• It is incorrect that Copyright Owners
‘‘had no control over’’ public performance
rates. The Services note that the same
publishers that are members of the NMPA
board, controlling its policy and strategy, are
also member of the board of ASCAP, the
largest PRO. SJRPFF–CO at p. 284 (citing In
re Pandora Media, Inc., 6 F. Supp. 3d 317,
341 (S.D.N.Y 2014) (describing how
representatives of UMPG, Sony/ATV, and
BMG all work with each other as ASCAP
board members and work with David Israelite
of the NMPA).
[REDACTED]
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
c. Findings Regarding the ‘‘All-In’’ Rate
and the Mechanical Floor
I find that the ‘‘All-In’’ rate is a
necessary and proper element of the
2012 benchmark, and must remain in
the rate structure for the forthcoming
rate period. As an initial matter, I reject
Copyright Owners’ argument that the
‘‘All-In’’ feature is unlawful because the
Judges do not regulate performance
rates. The ‘‘All-In’’ feature does not
constitute a regulation of the
performance rate, but rather represents
a cost exclusion (or deduction) from the
mechanical rate. I recognize, as do the
parties, that the royalties otherwise due
under a revenue-based format may
exclude certain costs. See 73 CFR
385.11(Definition of ‘‘Service Revenue,’’
paragraph (3) therein).276
The exclusion of performance
royalties in the ‘‘All-In’’ calculation is
also necessary, because—as all parties
and economists agree—mechanical
rights and performance rights are perfect
complements. That is, each right is
worthless without the other. See
generally, Varian, supra, at 40 (‘‘Perfect
complements are goods that are always
consumed together in fixed proportions
. . . A nice example is that of right and
left shoes. . . . Having only one out of
a pair of shoes doesn’t do the consumer
a bit of good.’’).
Accordingly, if the mechanical rate
was set in this proceeding without a
credit for the performance rate, the
perfect complementarity of the two
licenses would be ignored, and the
interactive streaming services would
pay two times for the same economic
right—the right to stream the musical
work embodied in the sound recording.
Further, as the Services note, there is a
substantial overlap not only in the
songwriters who receive royalties from
both licenses, but also in the entities
that negotiate these rates on their behalf.
Thus, it is appropriate to continue to
recognize the economic and bargainingentity overlaps by continuing to exclude
the performance rate through the ‘‘AllIn’’ rate structure. In this regard, I agree
with the Services and Apple that the
Judges’ treatment of the ephemeral
license as embodied within the sound
recording license in combined section
112 and 114 proceedings is implicitly
276 I recognize that the reduction of the
mechanical rate interim calculation by the amount
of the performance rate in ‘‘Step 2’’ (see
§ 385.12(b)(2)), acts as an exclusion from royalties
rather than a deduction from revenue (by analogy,
just as a tax credit is a subtraction from taxes,
whereas a tax deduction is a subtraction from
income). However, there is no statutory or
regulatory impediment that prohibits this exclusion
from royalties. Also, it is noteworthy that the costs
that are excluded under current § 385.12(b)(2) are
all costs over which the Judges have no authority.
PO 00000
Frm 00081
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1997
an acknowledgment that the royalties
for licenses which are perfectly
complementary can be calculated in a
manner that reduces one royalty to
reflect another royalty i.e., the sound
recording license is reduced by the
value of the ephemeral license. See Web
IV, 81 FR, supra, at 26398 (‘‘The Judges
. . . find that the minimum fee for the
[s]ection 112 license should be
subsumed under the minimum fee for
the [s]ection 114 license, 5% of which
shall be allocable to the [s]ection 112
license holders, with the remaining 95%
allocated to the [s]ection 114 license
holders.’’). Of particular importance for
this Dissent is the fact that the
subsuming of the section 112 ephemeral
license fee within the section 114
license was done at the behest of the
parties, and in fact dates back to the
parties’ agreement as to that issue since
Web I. See Web IV, supra, 81 FR at
26396–97 (‘‘The current $500 minimum
fee for commercial webcasters has been
in force for more than a dozen years,
and has been voluntarily re-adopted by
licensors and licensees.’’).277
However, the performance license and
the mechanical license, while
overlapping in important respects, do
not overlap in all respects.
Consequently, I find that, for several
reasons, the Mechanical Floor now in
the regulations should also be included
in the rate structure for the forthcoming
rate period.
First, the fact that the performance
right and the mechanical right are
necessary complements to the licensees
does not end the inquiry. As Copyright
Owners point out, the mechanical
royalties are used by the publishers in
part to fund advances to songwriters,
and their subsequent recoupment, thus
providing an important source of
liquidity to songwriters, pending the
later payment of royalties. If the ‘‘AllIn’’ rate substantially reduces or fully
eliminates the mechanical portion of the
calculation, the pool of funds available
for advances and recoupments would be
reduced.
Thus, the Services’ argument that the
mechanical right has no standalone
value, while sufficient to support an
‘‘All-In’’ rate, is incomplete and, to an
extent, self-serving, with regard to the
Mechanical Floor issue. To the music
publishers and songwriters, the
277 The consensual nature of the handling of these
perfect complements in Webcasting proceedings
underscores the difference between the
appropriateness of adopting an ‘‘All-In’’ rate that
has been the subject of long-standing agreement in
this proceeding (ten years) and the
inappropriateness of the majority’s binding of the
parties in this proceeding to the rates of another
perfect complement, the sound recording rate.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
1998
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
mechanical right does have a separate
value, in the funding of songwriters, a
value not provided by the performance
royalty. It is essentially a source of
royalty revenue that has been
designated and created through an arm’s
length negotiation, by which songwriter
advances and recoupments can be
funded. The fact that this pool or source
of revenue arises from the payment by
services for the mechanical right that is
a perfect complement (from their
perspective) to the performance right is
not the point; Copyright Owners have a
right to the benefit of the 2012
bargain 278 that identified a floor below
which their source of advances/
recoupment funds would not fall. By
analogy, the cost of any publisher input,
not just the cost of providing liquidity
to songwriters, such as, for example, the
cost of heating the buildings in which
songwriters toil, has no direct,
standalone value to the services, yet no
one would assert that the licensors are
not entitled to a pool of royalty revenue
sufficient to recover their heating costs.
Liquidity funding for songwriters is a
necessity, just as heat is a necessity—
and the complementary nature of the
rights to the Services is of no relevance
in that regard. (In fact, providing
financial liquidity to songwriters, like
providing them with a heated building,
of course indirectly does benefit the
services, because songwriters who are
financially illiquid or physically frozen
from lack of heat, are equally unable to
write the musical works that the
services must play.) 279
In recognition of the importance of
advances to songwriters, Professor Katz
speculates that the problem of
recouping advances could be solved by
transferring some of the advancements
from the music publishers to the PROs.
3/13/17 Tr. 607 (Katz). However, I am
loath to join in speculation that parties
over whom the Judges have no
jurisdiction will voluntarily change the
conduct of their businesses, and then
bootstrap those speculative predictions
to support their rulings.280
Second, although the services assert
that they had dismissed the triggering of
the Mechanical Floor as ‘‘illusory,’’ that
dismissal was demonstrably incorrect,
as evidenced by the large number and
percent of service-months in which the
Mechanical Floor has been triggered.
Moreover, [REDACTED]. Marx WDT
¶ 76. More generally, the Mechanical
Floor provides a form of insurance to
Copyright Owners that the mechanical
royalty will not be reduced or
eliminated if services trigger that rate
alternative because of relatively high
performance rates.
Third, I am unpersuaded by the
Services’ argument that the sole reason
the Mechanical Floor has been triggered
is because the performance royalty rate
has increased significantly ‘‘to levels not
foreseen when the Mechanical Floor
was negotiated.’’ SJRPFF–CO at pp.
411–12. I find that criticism puzzling;
the purpose of the Mechanical Floor is
to limit the extent to which the
performance royalty rate would
diminish the mechanical rate through
the ‘‘All-In’’ approach. Thus, the
services are asserting that the essential
nature of the Mechanical Floor is a bug,
when in fact it is a defining feature—
again, a form of rate insurance for which
the music publishers/songwriters
bargained, and to which the services
acquiesced, when agreeing to the 2008
and 2012 settlements.
Fourth, I do not find that the potential
for further fragmentation of musical
works licenses and publisher
withdrawals is a sufficient reason to
consider eliminating the Mechanical
Floor. Copyright Owners have
convincingly argued that: (1) Services
have offered no evidence that the
introduction of the new PRO, GMR, will
have any impact on the performance
royalty rate; (2) partial withdrawals are
not permitted by the rate court, the
Second Circuit or the Department of
Justice; (3) there is no evidence of
increasing performance rates (and the
rate courts can ensure ‘‘reasonable’’
rates charged by the two largest PROs,
278 I note that the majority maintains the
Mechanical Floor. However, the Mechanical Floor
was part of the trade-off of consideration within the
2012 benchmark settlement. It is inconsistent for
the majority to maintain this vestige of the 2012
benchmark while rejecting its other aspects, in favor
of the post-hearing rate structure they have created.
This yet another example of how the majority’s rate
structure—to borrow from Copyright Owners’
analogy—picks provisions from columns A, B . . .
and now C, when inventing its post-hearing
structure.
279 From a more technical economic perspective,
all productive upstream inputs benefit downstream
re-sellers.
280 This is the same principle that leaves me
reluctant to rely on speculation inherent in the
Majority Opinion and in Copyright Owners’ ‘‘see-
saw’’ assertion regarding an assumed willingness by
record companies to agree to a decrease in sound
recording royalties in response to an increase in
mechanical royalties, as discussed infra. Also, the
point in the accompanying text should be
contrasted with the basis for adoption of an ‘‘AllIn’’ rate: The industry over which the Judges have
jurisdiction in this proceeding for ten years has
operated under a rate structure (which I find to be
a useful benchmark), that incorporates the ‘‘All-In’’
adjustment to account for the performance royalties.
Thus, the Mechanical Floor and the ‘‘All-In’’
structure are both parts of the 2012 benchmark,
revealing the parties’ longstanding willingness and
ability to operate under an overall structure in
which performance royalties are subject only to a
limited deduction in the calculation of the
mechanical royalty.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00082
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
ASCAP and BMI); and (4) some
fractional (a/k/a fragmented) licensing
has always been present in the market.
See CORPFF–JS at pp. 87–90 (and
record citations therein).
Fifth, I reject a further complaint,
[REDACTED], that the Mechanical Floor
is perverse, because lower retail pricing
that diminishes revenues will increase
the likelihood that the Mechanical Floor
will bite. I see this too as a feature of
this floor—not a bug. As Pandora’s
witness, Mr. Parness, explained (see 3/
9/17 Tr. 354 (Parness)), the Mechanical
Floor was made part of the ongoing
settlement terms expressly because
Copyright Owners were fearful that
retail pricing would be too low and
generate decreased royalties under other
prongs.
Finally, I do not agree with the
assertion that the presence of the
Mechanical Floor rate ‘‘defeats the
benefits’’ of an ‘‘All-In’’ rate. To be sure,
the Mechanical Floor limits the value of
the effective cost reduction embodied in
the ‘‘All-In’’ rate, but that limitation
does not defeat the ‘‘All-In’’ rate. This
critique actually underscores a broader
infirmity in the services’ arguments in
opposition to a continuation of the
Mechanical Floor. They maintain that
the 2012 settlement, carrying forward
essentially the structure of the 2008
settlement, has worked satisfactorily for
licensors and licensees alike. I agree,
finding that the present rate structure
should be continued. However, the
Services, contrary to their basic
argument, seek to disrupt the status quo
that they otherwise recommend, in
order to obtain a better bargain than
contained in that benchmark. To put the
point colloquially, the Services cannot
have their cake and eat it too.
6. Findings Regarding the Rate
Structure
Based on the foregoing, and as
detailed further below, I conclude that
the 2012 rate structure constitutes a
usable objective benchmark in this
proceeding.281 Based on the foregoing, I
reject the per-unit rate structure
advocated by Copyright Owners. I also
reject the services’ proposal to eliminate
the Mechanical Floor.
281 I note once again that, separate and apart from
its usefulness as a benchmark in this proceeding,
the existing rate structure can also constitute a
reasonable rate that the Judges may adopt,
particularly in the absence of any contrary
probative record evidence. See Music Choice, supra,
774 F.3d at 1010.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
7. The 2012 Benchmark, in its Entirety,
is a More Useful Benchmark than a PerUnit Rate Structure or the Services’
Modified Version of the 2012
Benchmark
I further find that the discriminatory
rate structure in the 2012 benchmark
renders it a more useful benchmark than
the per-unit proposals set forth by
Copyright Owners and Apple. Although
the 2012 rate structure is not necessarily
the best structure that could have been
designed, it possesses the characteristics
of a useful and beneficial benchmark. In
that regard, I take note of the four classic
characteristics of an appropriate
benchmark, as identified by the federal
rate court:
In choosing a benchmark and determining
how it should be adjusted, a rate court must
determine [1] the degree of comparability of
the negotiating parties to the parties
contending in the rate proceeding, [2] the
comparability of the rights in question, and
[3] the similarity of the economic
circumstances affecting the earlier
negotiators and the current litigants, as well
as [4] the degree to which the assertedly
analogous market under examination reflects
an adequate degree of competition to justify
reliance on agreements that it has spawned.
In re Pandora Media, supra, at 354.
The 2012 benchmark meets these
criteria. First, it pertains to the same
rights at issue in this proceeding.
Second, the licensors (music publishers)
and licensees (interactive streaming
services) categories are comparable (if
not identical).282 Third, the economic
circumstances are sufficiently similar
and the same in crucial respects, i.e., the
ongoing differentiated nature of this
marketplace and the zero marginal
physical cost of the licensed copies, (as
discussed supra). Fourth, the 2012
benchmark it reflects a rate structure
with an adequate degree of competition
because, as explained in connection
with the discussion of the shadow
effects, it is a rate free of complementary
oligopoly effects and of an imbalance in
market power. Further with regard to
this fourth point, the parties have been
operating over the past ten years under
this basic rate structure, with profits
accruing to the licensors and admittedly
tolerable losses for the licensees.
More particularly, I re-emphasize that,
as a matter of law, section 115
specifically provides that settlements
282 Copyright
Owners assert that the different
identities of the licensees, particularly the market
entry of Amazon, Apple and Google, and their
bundling and discounting of interactive streaming,
diminish the comparability of the 2012 benchmark.
The Services note that even prior to the entry of
these three entities, similar multiproduct firms were
licensees—including Yahoo and Microsoft. I
discuss the bundling and discounting issues
elsewhere in this Dissent.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
shall constitute evidence of market
rates. Therefore, I cannot simply
disregard the settlement rates as
immaterial evidence. See 17 U.S.C.
115(c)(3)(D). Of course (as noted supra),
the Judges may give whatever weight
they think is proper to such evidence,
without running afoul of any statutory
duty. As explained in further detail
below, for a number of reasons, I not
only find this benchmark useful, I also
accord substantial weight to this
benchmark.
First, the record indicates that
Copyright Owners have demonstrated
(albeit tacitly) their understanding that,
if the Judges did not set a price
discriminatory rate structure to reflect
the varying WTP, Copyright Owners
would have to invent it. This finding is
apparent from a careful reading of their
advocacy for the adoption of a
bargaining room approach to ratesetting. That approach is explicitly
premised on the idea that Copyright
Owners would offer to enter into
multiple and different price
discriminatory agreements with various
services, if the high statutory rate set
under the bargaining room theory is too
high for some services to operate. This
point is made clear by the testimony of
Professor Rysman and Dr. Eisenach. See,
e.g. 4/3/17 Tr. 4390, 4431 (Rysman)
(lauding the bargaining room approach
as reflecting the ‘‘economical element of
price discrimination . . . the [licensor]
is picking its prices carefully.’’)
(emphasis added).
The following colloquy between the Judges
and Dr. Eisenach is also instructive:
[THE JUDGES]
Are you familiar with the concept of the
bargaining theory of rate setting . . . [t]he
idea that rate setters, such as this Board,
should set rates that are higher than the
market rate for certain users because they can
then, as you are testifying to now, can
bargain with the licensors for lower rates to
use a bargaining concept in the setting of
rates?
[DR. EISENACH]
So as you have just stated it, I think that
is consistent with my testimony in this
matter, which is that the compulsory license
serves as a back-stop. It is a guaranteed cap
on what anyone would have to pay. The
ability to negotiate mutually beneficial
bargains below that cap is there for all of the
parties. And the incentives to do so are there
as well.
4/4/17 Tr. 4845 (Eisenach) (emphasis
and underscore added); see also id. at
4843–44 (‘‘one thing that I took into
account in considering . . . higher
mechanical rates . . . is the ability of
streaming services to negotiate direct
deals with the publishers. . . . We’re
looking here at an upper and not a lower
PO 00000
Frm 00083
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1999
end. . . . [I]f the Copyright Owners’
proposal were adopted, [the services]
would have the ability to negotiate
direct agreements with publishers.’’)
(emphasis and underscore added).
Professor Rysman, echoed Dr.
Eisenach in this regard, when
discussing the potential impact on
Spotify of Copyright Owners’ proposed
substantial rate increase:
[REDACTED]
4/3/17 Tr. 4390, 4431 (Rysman)
(emphasis added).
Thus, I find there to be no real dispute
as to the need for an upstream
discriminatory rate structure. To borrow
from a classic story, I perceive that the
parties are not in disagreement as to
what kind of rate structure is needed in
the market, but are rather ‘‘haggling over
the price.’’ 283 Perhaps more
importantly, the parties appear to be in
disagreement as to who and what shall
be in control of the setting of rates, the
Judges and the statute on the one hand,
or Copyright Owners and the
unregulated market on the other. The
answer is—as it must be according to
statute—that it is the Judges who set the
rates. They are instructed by statute and
guided by precedent to set a reasonable
rate and to consider several itemized
factors, not to cede that authority to any
market participant.284 Further, as
Professor Katz testified, the statutory
license, and negotiations undertaken
under the so-called shadow of that
license, incorporate a countervailing
power that allows the streaming services
a more equal bargaining position.
3/13/17 Tr. 577 (Katz). Under the
bargaining room approach, that salutary
aspect of the statutory scheme would be
eliminated.
Second, and related to the prior point,
I find the 2012 rate structure to be a very
useful benchmark because it embodies a
price discriminatory rate structure that
reflects the downstream market’s
segmentation by WTP. Although
Copyright Owners correctly argue that
discriminatory upstream rates are not
required in order to accommodate
downstream price discrimination, they
do not provide a sufficient counterargument to the Services’ point that the
upstream rate should also be price
discriminatory in order to incentivize,
283 The provenance of the story in which the
quoted phrase is the punch line is uncertain, and
has been variously attributed to, inter alios, George
Bernard Shaw, Winston Churchill, Groucho Marx,
Mark Twain, W.C. Fields, and Bertrand Russell.
284 This point underscores a defect in the Majority
Opinion. Under its provisions, participants in a
neighboring market, the record companies in the
sound recording market, who license their own
perfect complement, will have economic control
over the mechanical royalty rate, via the TCC prong.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2000
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
rather than jeopardize, the downstream
licensees’ satisfaction of the varying
WTP among listeners. Absent such a
structure, the services are more likely to
face the vexing problem of essentially
fixed revenues and variable costs, under
the ‘‘all-you-can-eat’’ model demanded
by listeners. Although Copyright
Owners may well be correct in their
argument that an upstream
discriminatory rate structure can be
accomplished without resort to a
revenue-based rate structure (that is, for
example, via different per-play rates),
neither Copyright Owners nor Apple
proposed such an alternative
discriminatory rate or provided
evidence by which the Judges could
mold such rates (as they did in Web IV).
Third, I find insufficient evidence to
support Copyright Owners’ assertion
that the market in 2012 was not yet
‘‘mature’’—compared with the market at
present—and that the 2012 rate
structure was thus ‘‘experimental.’’ At a
high level, all markets are not ‘‘mature,’’
in the sense that they are dynamic and
thus subject to change, making all rate
structures ‘‘temporary,’’ if not
‘‘experimental.’’ Moreover, the ongoing
creative destruction in the streaming
industry has only reinforced the fact
that, even since 2012, the interactive
streaming services market is still not yet
‘‘mature.’’ See. e.g., Written Direct
Testimony of Paul Joyce (on behalf of
Google Inc.) ¶ 17 (Joyce WDT)
(describing Google Play Music as
‘‘nascent compared to other participants
in the streaming music market.’’) 285
However, even if Copyright Owners’
maturity/experimental argument had
merit, it does not supersede the
convincing economic logic that a price
discriminatory rate structure remains
appropriate, because the economic
fundamentals endure. The cost of
producing an additional copy of a
musical work remains zero. A market
segmented by WTP is efficiently served
through price discrimination. Upstream
demand for licenses is a derived
demand, see 3/20/17 Tr. 1967–68
(Marx), and thus a function of the
285 In this regard, it is noteworthy that another of
Copyright Owners’ expert economic witnesses—
expressly echoing a prior licensor expert in
Phonorecords I—opines that the present interactive
streaming market is ‘‘unlike a mature business.’’ See
Watt WRT ¶ 40 (‘‘Interactive streaming of music is
a relatively new enterprise, made of some relatively
new companies and companies new to the space.’’).
Although Professor Watt was making this point for
the purpose of explaining how to identify revenues
and costs for inclusion in a Shapley value analysis
(discussed infra), unlike ‘‘Schrodinger’s Cat,’’ the
interactive streaming market cannot be two
contradictory things at once, simultaneously
‘‘mature’’ for the purpose of avoiding a
discriminatory rate structure and ‘‘not mature’’ for
Shapley purposes.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
segmented downstream demand,
making an upstream discriminatory rate
structure more efficient, even if not
necessary. I find that, in a second-best
world such as the interactive streaming
industry, a consonance between
upstream and downstream pricing
structures enhances efficiency.286
Fourth, Copyright Owners argument
that the 2012 benchmark, with its
attendant multi-pronged rate structure,
is inconsistent with the idea that a
musical work has (or should have) a
single ‘‘inherent’’ value, see, e.g.,
Israelite WDT at 10; ¶ ¶ 29(B), 30, 31(C);
Brodsky WDT ¶ 68, is actually
inconsistent with Copyright Owners’
own proposed rate structure. That is,
Copyright Owners’ proposal, that the
statutory rate automatically should shift
from a per-play rate to a per-user rate if
the latter leads to greater royalties,
belies their fealty to the ‘‘inherent
value’’ argument. Rather, their greater-of
approach demonstrates their eagerness
to jettison this concept if another
measurement tool (the per user rate)
could result in greater revenue. That is,
Copyright Owners’ proposal seeks to
accommodate two separate values
(value-in-use and access (option) value,
while denying that other marketplace
values can exist, even if they reflect
varying WTP and varying ability-topay).
I recognize that the 2012 benchmark
is also a greater-of approach, but it
blends into that approach a ‘‘lesser of’’
approach (per subscriber or TCC) within
one of the ‘‘greater of’’ prongs. Thus,
there is no real fundamental dispute
between Copyright Owners and the
Services as to whether rates may be
disconnected from unit pricing. Rather,
the question is whether the disconnect
will be made to benefit only Copyright
Owners (in a manner that would cause
substantial negative impact to Services,
(as detailed in Professor Ghose’s rebuttal
testimony, discussed supra), or will be
structured to reflect the parties’
historical and ongoing bargain that
softens and balances the impact of a
greater-of structure. See 4/7/17 Tr. 5584
(Marx) (noting that Copyright Owners’
‘‘greater-of’’ proposal lacks the balance
in the 2012 structure that combines a
286 Of course, as explained supra, all second-best
markets are inefficient in the static sense. Thus,
under the bargaining room approach that Copyright
Owners endorse, they would exchange one
‘‘inefficiency’’ (percent of revenue pricing) with
another (unit pricing above marginal cost) and then
seek to negotiate away the latter inefficiency,
outside the ‘‘reasonable rate’’ requirement and
without regard to itemized statutory factors in
section 801(b)(1).
PO 00000
Frm 00084
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
‘‘greater of’’ structure’’ with a ‘‘lesser of’’
prong). 287
Fifth, I rely on the 2012 rate structure
as an objective benchmark. Thus, the
absence of more direct testimony
regarding what went through the minds
of the negotiators of the 2008 and the
2012 settlement does not diminish the
objective value of this benchmark. I do
not place dispositive weight on the
subjective reasons why the parties may
have entered into the prior settlements.
I view the terms of the 2012 settlement
as potential objective benchmark
information. See, e.g., 3/13/17 Tr. 550–
51, 566 (Katz) (acknowledging his lack
of knowledge as to why the parties
negotiated specific provisions of the
2012 settlement, but noting that
objectively the results of the settlement
demonstrate the satisfactory
performances of the market). Further,
both Professor Katz and another
Services’ expert, Professor Hubbard,
noted that the current rate structure
remains valuable, not based on their
consideration of the parties’ subjective
understandings at the time of
settlement, but rather because the
market has not since changed in a
manner that would create a basis to
depart from a multiple-rate upstream
rate structure. Katz WDT ¶ 80 (‘‘My
analysis has identified no changes in
industry conditions since then [2012]
that would require changing the
fundamental structure of the percentageof-revenue prong.’’); 4/13/17 Tr. 5977–
78 (Hubbard) (changes in the market are
‘‘not uncorrelated with the structure
that was in place’’ in 2012). In this
regard, it bears emphasis that Dr.
Eisenach, quite properly, relied on
several potential benchmarks for his rate
analysis, without attempting to examine
the parties who negotiated those
benchmark agreements. He too was
treating potential benchmarks in an
objective manner, consistent with my
understanding of the long-standing
method of using benchmarks for the
setting of rates.
Sixth, I do not credit the arguments by
Copyright Owners and Apple (and by
the majority) that the present rate
structure is complex. If some
songwriters find their royalty statements
confusing, that is a real concern that
should be resolved. However, one of the
benefits of a collective, be it the
publishers themselves, or, the NMPA,
the NSAI or a PRO, is that these
collectives have the expertise and
resources to identify and explain how
287 Again, it bears emphasis that the 2012
benchmark provides Copyright Owners with an
access (option) value prong, in the form of a persubscriber rate.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
royalties are computed and distributed.
There is no good reason why the rate
structure that is consonant with the
parties’ ten year history and with the
relevant economic model should be
sacrificed on the slender argument that
‘‘simpler is better than complicated.’’ I
agree that, ceteris paribus, the rate
structure should be simple but, as
Albert Einstein is credited with saying:
‘‘Everything should be made as simple
as possible, but no simpler.’’ The 2012
rate structure meets this criterion.288
Accordingly, for the reasons set forth
in this Section III of the Dissent, I find
the 2012 rate structure, in its entirety, to
be the appropriate benchmark for the
rate structure in the forthcoming period.
I. THE PARTIES’ PROPOSED RATES
Establishing a rate structure resolves
only one aspect of the overall rate
determination. The next issue to decide
is whether the rates within the 2012
benchmark are appropriate, whether
they need to be changed and, if so,
whether the record provides a basis for
identifying different rates. Unlike the
majority, I hew to the record, and do not
attempt to divine from the record brand
new post-hearing rates (or rate
structures) that were never presented by
the parties, and thus never subjected to
examination by the parties’ counsel and
economists.
Copyright Owners have identified per
play and per user rates in their rate
proposal. Although I have rejected that
rate structure, I review Copyright
Owners’ evidence regarding the setting
of such rates. If that evidence is
informative, and if the record permits, I
would attempt to convert Copyright
Owners’ per-unit rate proposal into a
percent of revenue rate with appropriate
minima, consistent with the 2012
benchmark rate structure.
On the other side of the ledger,
several of the Services’ expert
economists have asserted that, although
the 2012 benchmark sets forth a
generally appropriate rate structure, and
that the rates have been acceptable to
the Services, the rates within that
structure are in fact too high and should
be reduced for the forthcoming rate
period. Accordingly, I also examine
those lower rates to determine if they
should be incorporated into the 20212
288 I note that Copyright Owners not only
voluntarily agreed to this multi-tiered rate structure
in 2008, they were the parties who had proposed
this structure, and they then ratified its usefulness
by adopting it anew in the 2012 settlement.
Moreover, Copyright Owners agreed to a similar
tiered structure for the new subpart C rates in that
2012 settlement. These facts belie the assertion that
Copyright Owners found this rate structure to be too
confusing.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
benchmark for the forthcoming rate
period.
1. The Copyright Owners’ Benchmark
Rates
a. Overview of Approach
Copyright Owners identified potential
rates through an analysis undertaken by
one of their economic experts, Dr.
Eisenach, of several benchmarks, and of
relationships between musical works
and sound recording royalties that he
identified in various markets. He began
by noting that ‘‘an economically valid
approach for assessing the value of
intellectual property rights which are
subject to compulsory licenses is to
examine market-based valuations of
reasonably comparable benchmark
rights—that is, fair market valuations
determined by voluntary negotiations.’’
Eisenach WDT ¶ 8 (emphasis added). In
selecting potential benchmarks, Dr.
Eisenach identified what he understood
to be key characteristics that would
make a benchmark useful:
‘‘[U]nderlying market factors . . . ; the
term or time period covered by the
agreements; factors affecting the relative
bargaining power of the parties; and
differences in the services being
offered.’’ Id. ¶ 80.
Dr. Eisenach found useful the license
terms for the sound recording rights
utilized by interactive streaming
services, because they are negotiated
freely between record companies and
the interactive streaming services. Id.
These rates made attractive inputs for
his analysis because they: (1) relate to
the same composite good—the sound
recording that also embodied the
musical work; and (2) the interactive
streaming service licensees were the
same licensees as in this proceeding.
Thus, to an important degree, Dr.
Eisenach found these agreements to
possess characteristics similar to those
in the mechanical license market at
issue in this proceeding. Moreover, Dr.
Eisenach found that ‘‘[d]ata on the
royalties paid under these licenses are
available and allow . . . estimat[ion of]
the rates actually paid by the
[interactive] streaming services to the
labels for sound recordings on both a
per-play and a per-user basis.’’ Id.
However, as Dr. Eisenach noted, these
benchmark agreements related to a
different right—the right to a license of
sound recordings—not the right to
license musical works broadly, or to the
mechanical license more specifically.
Thus, as with any benchmark that does
not match-up with the target market in
all respects, Dr. Eisenach examined how
the rates set forth in the sound
recording: interactive streaming
PO 00000
Frm 00085
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2001
benchmark agreements could be
utilized. Id. More particularly, Dr.
Eisenach posited that there may be a
relationship—a ratio—between the
sound recording royalty rate and the
musical works royalty rate. To that end,
he ‘‘examine[d] a variety of markets in
which sound recording and musical
works rights are both required in order
to ascertain the relative value of the two
rights as actually reflected in the
marketplace.’’ Id. (emphasis added).
Through this examination, Dr.
Eisenach concluded that these proposed
benchmarks ‘‘establish upper and lower
bounds for the relative value of sound
recording and musical works rights . . .
estimate[d] to be between 1:1 and
4.76:1.’’ Id. To make these ratios more
instructive, I note that the inverse of
these ratios (e.g., 1:4.76 instead of
4.76:1) can be expressed as a percentage.
Thus, the ratio of 1:4.76 is equivalent to
a statement that musical works royalties
equal 21% of sound recording royalties
in agreements struck in the purported
benchmark market. More obviously, the
1:1 ratio means that, in agreements
within that purported benchmark
market, musical works royalties equal
100% of sound recording rates. By
converting the ratios into percentages, it
becomes apparent that the high end of
Dr. Eisenach’s benchmark range is
almost five times as large as the low end
of the range.
b. Economic Relationship between
Sound Recording and Musical Works
Rights
Dr. Eisenach testified that ‘‘[f]or music
users that require both sound recording
rights and musical works rights, the two
sets of rights can be thought of in
economic terms, as perfect complements
in production: Without both inputs,
output is zero.’’ Id. ¶ 76 (emphasis
added). Dr. Eisenach also notes that,
‘‘for interactive streaming services, the
two categories of rights [sound
recordings and musical works] are
further divided into a reproduction
license [i.e., the mechanical license] and
a performance license. . . .’’ Id. (Thus,
the mechanical license and the
performance license likewise are perfect
complements with each other and with
the sound recording license.)
Dr. Eisenach acknowledges that ‘‘[t]he
relative value of sound recording [to]
musical works licenses may depend on
a variety of factors, and traditionally the
relationship has differed across different
types of services and situations.’’ Id.
¶ 78. Dr. Eisenach eschewed
unnecessary ‘‘assumptions,
complexities and uncertainties
associated with theoretical debates’’ as
to why the particular existing market
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2002
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
ratios existed. Id. ¶ 79. Rather, instead of
‘‘put[ting] forward a general theory of
relative valuation,’’ he found it
‘‘sufficient . . . to assume that the
relative values of the two rights should
be stable across similar or identical
market contexts.’’ Id.
c. Dr. Eisenach’s Potential Benchmarks
Dr. Eisenach considered a variety of
benchmark categories in which the
licensee was obligated to acquire
licenses for musical works and licenses
for sound recordings. His selection and
consideration of each category of
benchmark markets are itemized below.
i. The Current Section 115 Statutory
Rates
The current statutory rate structure
contains several alternate rates
explicitly calculated as a percentage of
payments made by interactive streaming
services to the record companies for
sound recording rights. As noted supra,
such rates are identified in the industry
as the ‘‘TCC’’ rates, the acronym for
‘‘Total Content Cost.’’ Id. ¶ 82. In the
Subpart B category, the TCC is 22% for
ad-supported services and 21% for
portable subscriptions. Id.; see also 37
CFR 385.13(b)(2) and (c)(2).289 These
percentage figures correspond to sound
recording: musical works royalty ratios
of 4.55:1 and 4.76:1, respectively.
Dr. Eisenach notes that these statutory
rates were not set by the Judges
pursuant to a contested hearing, but
rather (as noted supra) reflect two
consecutive settlements (spanning
approximately a decade), first in 2008
and again in 2012. Id. ¶ 83. Dr. Eisenach
discounts the value of these settlement
rates for three reasons. First, he notes
that they were established prior to the
‘‘marketplace success’’ of Spotify in the
interactive streaming industry.290
Second, he notes that the settlements,
although voluntary, ‘‘were negotiated
under the full shadow of the
compulsory license.’’ 291 Third, he finds
that, although the settlement
incorporates rate prongs based on a
percent of sound recording rates (the
TCC prongs), those provisions are part
of a ‘‘lesser of’’ segment of the rate
structure, and thus capped by
alternative per subscriber rates. Id. &
n.70. Thus, Dr. Eisenach concludes: ‘‘In
my opinion, the evidence . . . indicates
that the relative valuation ratios implied
289 Lower
percentages apply if the record
companies’ revenue includes revenue to be ‘‘passed
through’’ by them to pay mechanical license
royalties. However, according to Dr. Eisenach, such
‘‘pass throughs’’ are not typical. Id. ¶ 82 n.67.
290 Spotify was launched in the United States in
the summer of 2011. 3/20/17 Tr.1778 (Page).
291 I discuss the ‘‘shadow’’ argument supra.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
by the current Section 115 compulsory
license . . . represent an upper bound
on the relative market valuations of the
sound recording and musical works
rights.’’ Id. ¶ 92 (emphasis added). (As
an ‘‘upper bound,’’ these ratios would
represent the lower bound of the
reciprocal percentage of the value
musical works rights relative to sound
recording rights, again, 21% and 22%.)
The 21% and 22% TCC rates within
section 115 identified by Dr. Eisenach
imply certain approximate percent-ofrevenue rates, i.e., percent of total
service revenue (not percent of sound
recording revenue). For example, if the
sound recording royalty rate for
interactive streaming is [REDACTED]
%,292 then, using these section 115 TCC
figures, the implied musical work
royalty rate would be calculated as
[REDACTED][ %, or [REDACTED] %. To
take the low end of the range, if the
sound recording royalty rate is
[REDACTED] % then, applying these
TCC figures, the implied musical work
royalty rate would be calculated as
[REDACTED] %, or [REDACTED] %.
Again, because Dr. Eisenach opines that
these are upper bounds on the relative
market valuations,’’ that is the
equivalent of opining that they
represent the lower bound of a
percentage-based royalty calculated via
this ratio approach.
ii. Direct Licenses between Parties
Potentially Subject to a Section 115
Compulsory License
Dr. Eisenach also examined direct
agreements between record companies
and interactive streaming services that
contain rates for sound recordings and
mechanical royalties, respectively. See,
e.g., id. ¶ ¶ at 84–91. In such cases, the
ratio of sound recording:musical works
royalties ranged tightly between 4.2:1 to
4.76:1, closely tracking the regulatory
ratios implicit in the section 115 TCC.
Id. ¶ 92. (The 4.2:1 ratio equates to a
TCC rate of 23.8%, and the 4.76:1 ratio
equates to a mechanical rate of 21%.)
According to Dr. Eisenach, the
similarity of these direct contract rate
ratios to the statutory ratios reflects the
‘‘shadow of the statutory license,’’ by
which direct negotiations between
parties regarding rights that are subject
to a statutory license are influenced by
the presence of statutory compulsory
292 [REDACTED]; 4/7/2017 Tr. 5509 (Marx)
(indicating most recent sound recording royalty
payments equaled [REDACTED] % of revenue);
Marx WDT ¶ 62 (‘‘In 2015, Spotify paid
[REDACTED] % of its US gross revenue for sound
recording royalties based on its negotiated rates
with record labels summarizing Spotify’s rates
under various agreements); see generally SJPFF ¶ 87
([REDACTED]).
PO 00000
Frm 00086
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rates and/or the prospect of a future rate
proceeding. 4/4/17 Tr. 4591 (Eisenach)
(‘‘The underlying problem with looking
at an agreement negotiated under the
shadow of a license’’ is that [i]t shifts
bargaining power from the compelled
party to the uncompelled party by the
very nature of the exercise.’’).293
Given these limitations, Dr. Eisenach
concluded, as he did with regard to the
actual section 115 rates licenses, that
‘‘[i]n my opinion, the evidence
presented . . . indicates that the relative
valuation ratios implied by the . . .
negotiations under [the statutory]
shadow—ranging from 4.2:1 [23.8%%]
to 4.76:1[21%]—represent an upper
bound on the relative market valuations
of the sound recording and musical
works rights.’’ Eisenach WDT ¶ 92
(emphasis added).
iii. Synchronization Agreements
Synchronization (Synch) Agreements
are license contracts between audiovideo producers, such as movie and
television producers, with, respectively,
music publishers and record companies,
allowing for the use, respectively, of the
musical works and the sound recordings
in ‘‘timed synchronization’’ with the
movie or television episode. See
generally D. Passman, All you Need to
Know about the Music Business 265 (9th
ed. 2015). Dr. Eisenach found these
Synch Agreements to be a mixed bag in
terms of their value as a benchmark. On
the one hand, he recognized that the
licenses they conveyed ‘‘do not apply to
music streaming services as such’’ but,
on the other hand, they ‘‘are negotiated
completely outside the shadow of the
293 Again, I discussed the issue of the ‘‘shadow’’
of the statutory license supra. Suffice it to note here
that the ‘‘shadow’’ of the statutory license does not
‘‘shift’’ bargaining power so much as it eliminates
unequal bargaining power. Although the interactive
services have the legal right to refuse to license at
rates set by the Judges (the legal compulsion
operates only on the licensors), such refusal of the
services to obtain licenses would shut them out of
the interactive streaming market in which they have
made substantial investments (unless they
attempted to engage in piracy which certainly
would be quickly shut down). So, it would be
absurd for the services not to license at rates set in
a section 115 proceeding. And, if they did so refuse,
Copyright Owners could then attempt to move the
listeners of the erstwhile interactive streaming
service to other distribution channels such as
purchased downloads and physical products,
which they claim are sufficiently profitable for
them and, they claim, have been cannibalized by
interactive streaming. Or, as Copyright Owners
indicate (as discussed supra), under the bargaining
room approach, if the statutory rate was set too high
for some services, Copyright Owners could
negotiate lower rates, free of the statutory
‘‘reasonableness’’ requirement, without regard to
the four itemized objective in section 801(b)(1), and
with the complementary oligopoly power to ‘‘hold
out’’ and ‘‘walk away, or to threaten to do so, to
obtain a higher rate than would be set under the
statute.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
compulsory license. . . . ’’ Id. ¶ 93. Dr.
Eisenach notes, from his review of other
testimony and an industry treatise, that
these freely negotiated market
agreements grant the musical
composition royalty payments equal to
the corresponding royalty paid for the
sound recording,’’ id. ¶ ¶ 94–95 & nn.87,
88, which is the equivalent of a 1:1
sound recording:musical works ratio.294
Dr. Eisenach finds this 1:1
relationship to be important benchmark
evidence, concluding as follows:
The synch and micro-sync examples confirm
that in circumstances in which licensees
require both sound recording and musical
composition copyrights in order to offer their
service, and where that service is not entitled
to a compulsory license for either right, the
sound recording rights and the musical
composition rights are in many cases equally
valued, that is, the ratio of the two values is
1:1.
Id. ¶ 98.
iv. YouTube Agreements
Dr. Eisenach also examined licenses
between: (1) YouTube (owned by
Google) and record companies; and (2)
YouTube and music publishers, to
determine their potential usefulness as
benchmarks. [REDACTED]. For these
reasons, Dr. Eisenach concluded that for
purposes of assessing the relative value
of the sound recording and musical
works rights, the YouTube agreements
represent reasonably comparable
benchmarks. Id.
In his original Written Direct
Testimony, Dr. Eisenach relied upon
seven agreements between YouTube and
several music publishers pertaining to
[REDACTED]. Id. ¶ 101 n.93.
[REDACTED]. However, with regard to
the revenue received by the record
companies, Dr. Eisenach could only
speculate based on public reports as to
the percent of revenue received by the
record companies for the sound
recordings embedded in the posted
YouTube videos. Id. ¶ 102. Thus, he was
unable to make an informed argument
in his original written testimony
regarding the ratio of sound recording
royalties:music publisher royalties in
his YouTube [REDACTED].
However, after the Judges compelled
Google to produce in discovery copies
of the YouTube agreements with the
294 Dr. Eisenach finds this 1:1 ratio to be present
in the two types of Synch Agreements he identified.
One version represents an agreement relating to a
specific musical work and sound recording
combination. The other version, a ‘‘Micro-Synch’’
Agreement, which he describes as ‘‘essentially
‘blanket’ synch licenses, in that the license grants
the right to synchronize not just one particular song
. . . but any song in the publisher’s catalog (or a
significant portion thereof). . . .’’ Eisenach WDT
¶ 96.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
record companies, Dr. Eisenach filed
(with the Judges’ approval)
Supplemental Written Rebuttal
Testimony (SWRT) addressing these
agreements. In that testimony, Dr.
Eisenach examined [REDACTED].
Eisenach SWRT ¶ 6, and n. 5. Dr.
Eisenach identified nine of these
licenses specifically in his SWRT, and
noted that YouTube paid to
[REDACTED]—which Dr. Eisenach
found to be the comparable YouTube
category—whereas [REDACTED]. Id.
and Table 1 therein.
As Dr. Eisenach accurately calculated,
the [REDACTED] revenue split reflects a
ratio of [REDACTED], (a musical works
rate equal to [REDACTED] % of the
sound recording rate), whereas the
[REDACTED] revenue split reflects a
ratio of [REDACTED] (a musical works
rate equal to [REDACTED] % of the
sound recording rate).295
v. The Pandora ‘‘Opt-Out’’ Deals
Dr. Eisenach also examined certain
direct licensing agreements entered into
between Pandora and major music
publishers covering the period from
2012 through 2018, to determine
whether they constituted useful
benchmarks in this proceeding. Id.
¶ 103. Pandora had negotiated these
direct agreements with major publishers
for musical works rights after certain
publishers had decided to ‘‘opt-out,’’
i.e., to withdraw their digital music
performance rights from PROs, and
asserted the right to negotiate directly
with a digital streaming service. As Dr.
Eisenach acknowledges, the music
publishers’ legal right to withdraw these
rights remained uncertain during an
extended period. Pandora thus
negotiated several such ‘‘Opt-Out’’
Agreements with an understanding that
the rates contained in those direct
agreements might not be subject to rate
court review.
Given this unique circumstance, and
given that the markets and parties
involved in the Pandora Opt-Out
agreements are somewhat comparable to
the markets and parties at issue in this
proceeding,296 Dr. Eisenach concluded
295 Although Dr. Eisenach does not emphasize the
following point, the actual percentages of revenue
reflect that musical works royalties constitute only
[REDACTED]% of total revenues in these YouTube
agreements, [REDACTED]. Also, these data indicate
that YouTube, as licensee, retains [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]% of the total revenue attributable to
these benchmark agreements, [REDACTED].
296 Pandora was only a noninteractive service at
that time, and only paid the performance right
royalty, not the mechanical right royalty, for the
right to use musical works. Because the parties
agree that the performance right and the mechanical
right are perfect complements, Pandora’s payments
for the performance right are relevant and
probative.
PO 00000
Frm 00087
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2003
that these agreements provided
‘‘significant insight into the relative
value of the sound recording and
musical works rights in this
proceeding.’’ Id. (emphasis added).
Dr. Eisenach compared the musical
works rates in these ‘‘Opt-Out’’
agreements with the sound recording
royalty rates paid by Pandora, which he
obtained from the revenue disclosures
in Pandora’s Form 10K filed with the
SEC that provided royalties (‘‘Content
Costs’’) as a percent of revenue, and he
also relied on data contained in prior
rate court decisions. Eisenach WDT
¶ 125 & Table 6. With this data, he
calculated that the ratio of sound
recording: musical works royalties in
existing agreements was [REDACTED]
for 2018, i.e., the musical works rate
equaled [REDACTED]% of sound
recording royalties. This [REDACTED]%
ratio would correspond to a mechanical
rate of [REDACTED]%, assuming,
arguendo, the sound recording rate is
[REDACTED]%, or [REDACTED]% if the
sound recording rate is [REDACTED]%.
Dr. Eisenach also made a forecast, by
which he linked the passage of time to
an assumption that, after the rate court
proceedings concluded, the parties,
without any further legal uncertainty,
would permanently be ‘‘permitted to
negotiate freely outside of the control of
the rate courts.’’ He made this
estimation and forecast through a
temporal linear regression, extrapolating
from the prior [REDACTED] in these
Pandora ‘‘opt out’’ musical works rates.
See Eisenach WDT ¶ 129. Dr. Eisenach’s
linear regression further [REDACTED]
the ratio to [REDACTED], which would
be equivalent to [REDACTED] the
musical works rate, as a percentage of
sound recording royalties, from the
[REDACTED]% noted above for actual
agreements in force in 2018 to
[REDACTED]%. almost a [REDACTED]
based on the extrapolation alone. Id.
¶ ¶ 104; 128 & Table 8, Fig. 13. (This
[REDACTED]% ratio would correspond
to a musical works rate of
[REDACTED]%. assuming the sound
recording rate is [REDACTED]% and
[REDACTED]% if the sound recording
rate was [REDACTED]%.)
d. Dr. Eisenach’s Two Methods for
Estimating the Mechanical Rate
Having calculated these five
benchmarks, Dr. Eisenach applied them
in two separate methods to estimate the
mechanical rate to be adopted in this
proceeding.
i. Method #1
Dr. Eisenach’s Method #1 for
estimating the mechanical rate is based
on the following premises:
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2004
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
1.The sound recording royalty paid by
interactive streaming services is
unregulated and thus negotiated in the
marketplace. Eisenach WDT ¶ 16.
2.The sound recording royalty paid by
noninteractive services is regulated, but
Dr, Eisenach find the royalties set by the
Judges in Web III to reflect a market rate.
4/4/17 Tr. 4643 (Eisenach); see also
Eisenach WDT ¶ 136 and n.123.
3. The interactive streaming services
require a mechanical license (the license
at issue in this proceeding), whereas the
noninteractive services are not required
to obtain a mechanical licenses.
4. According to Dr. Eisenach, the
difference between the rates paid by
interactive services and noninteractive
services for their respective sound
recording licenses equals the value of
the remaining license, i.e., the
mechanical license. Id. ¶ 137 (‘‘[T]he
difference between these two rights is
akin to a ‘mechanical’ right for sound
recordings, directly paralleling the
mechanical right for musical works in
this proceeding.’’).
5.The mechanical rate implied by this
difference in sound recording rates must
be ‘‘adjust[ed] for the relative value of
sound recordings [to] musical works’’
(as discussed supra). Id. ¶ 140.
Dr. Eisenach combines these steps
and expresses his Method #1 in the form
of the following algebraic equation:
MRMW = (SRIS¥SRNIS)/RVSR/MW,
where
MRMW = Mechanical Rate for Musical Works
SRIS = Sound Recording Rate for Interactive
Streaming (All In)
SRNIS = Sound Recording Rate for NonInteractive Streaming (Performance
Only)
RVSR/MW = Relative Value of Sound
Recording to Musical Works Rights.
Eisenach WDT ¶ 140.
Dr. Eisenach determined the per play
rate paid by interactive services by
identifying certain services, but
[REDACTED], and ‘‘tally[ing] the total
payments . . . and divid[ing] by the
total number of interactive streams the
service reports.’’ Id. ¶ 148. The average
sound recording per play royalty
calculated by Dr. Eisenach was
$[REDACTED] ([REDACTED]). Id. Table
11.
Dr. Eisenach estimated the rate paid
by noninteractive services for sound
recordings at $0.0020 per play, or $0.20
per 100 plays. He made this estimate by
taking note of the various rates paid in
2015 pursuant to the Judges’ Web III
Determination and pursuant to the
pureplay rates paid under an earlier
settlement. Id. ¶ 136 & n.123. However,
he candidly acknowledged that he
found it ‘‘not possible to know the
average amount paid by non-interactive
webcasters,’’ and he acknowledged that
the subsequent Web IV Determination
had superseded those noninteractive
sound recording rates. Id. at n. 123.
His final inputs, discussed supra, are
the several benchmark ratios of sound
recording: musical works royalties in
the markets that he had selected.
After Dr. Eisenach inserted the
foregoing data into the algebraic
expression set forth above, he presented
his data in the following tabular form:
MUSICAL WORKS MECHANICAL PER 100 PLAYS RATE CALCULATION
[Method 1]
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
SRIS per 100
[REDACTED] ..........................
[REDACTED] ..........................
[REDACTED] ..........................
[REDACTED] ..........................
[REDACTED] ..........................
SRNIS per 100
$0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.20
Difference
[REDACTED] .........................
[REDACTED] .........................
[REDACTED] .........................
[REDACTED] .........................
[REDACTED] .........................
RVSR/MW
1:1 ..........................................
[REDACTED] .........................
[REDACTED] .........................
[REDACTED] .........................
4.76:1 .....................................
See id. Table 12.297 Thus, applying
his five potential benchmark ratios, Dr.
Eisenach determined that the
mechanical works royalty rate to be set
in this proceeding ranged from
$[REDACTED] per play to
$[REDACTED] per play (dividing the
figure in column (5) by 100 to reduce
the rate from ‘‘per 100’’ to ‘‘per play’’).
ii. Method #2
Dr. Eisenach describes his Method #2
as an alternative method of deriving a
market-derived mechanical royalty. His
Method #2 ‘‘derive[s] an all-in musical
works value based on the relative value
of sound recordings to musical works
and then remove[s] the amount of
public performance rights paid for
musical works, leaving just the
mechanical-only rate.’’ Id. ¶ 142. The
algebraic expression for Method #2 is as
follows:
MRMW = (SRIS/RVSR/MW)¥PRMW,
where PRMW is the public performance
royalty rate for musical works, and the
(5)
MRMW per 100
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
other variables are as defined and
described in Method #1.
Id.
Dr. Eisenach calculates PRMW, as an
average of $[REDACTED] per 100 plays
for the licensees that he included in his
data analysis. Id. ¶ 156, Table 13.
Applying all the inputs across the
various benchmark ratios, the results
from Dr. Eisenach’s Method #2 can also
be depicted in tabular form, as set forth
below:
MUSICAL WORKS MECHANICAL PER 100 PLAYS RATE CALCULATION
[Method 2]
(1)
(2)
(3) = (2) 298
× (1)
(4)
(5)
SRIS
RVSR/MW
Ratio Adj.
(Avg.) PRMW
MRMW
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
297 Dr.
.....................
.....................
.....................
.....................
1:1 .....................................
[REDACTED] ....................
[REDACTED] ....................
[REDACTED] ....................
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
....................
....................
....................
....................
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
....................
....................
....................
....................
Eisenach testified that [REDACTED].
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
PO 00000
Frm 00088
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
2005
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
MUSICAL WORKS MECHANICAL PER 100 PLAYS RATE CALCULATION—Continued
[Method 2]
(1)
(2)
(3) = (2) 298
× (1)
(4)
(5)
SRIS
RVSR/MW
Ratio Adj.
(Avg.) PRMW
MRMW
[REDACTED] .....................
4.76:1 ................................
[REDACTED] ....................
[REDACTED] ....................
See id., Table 14.
In sum, after applying all of his
potential benchmarks in both of his
methods, Dr. Eisenach opined that ‘‘the
YouTube and Pandora [Opt Out]
agreements represent the most
comparable and reliable benchmarks,
implying ratios of [REDACTED] and
[REDACTED], respectively, with a midpoint of [REDACTED].’’ Id. ¶ 130 (I note
that converting these end-points and
mid-point of his range to TCC
percentages results in a range from
[REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]% and a
mid-point of [REDACTED]%.) 299
e. Criticisms and Analysis of Dr.
Eisenach’s Benchmark Methods
i. Dr. Eisenach’s Ratio of Sound
Recordings: Musical Works
Dr. Eisenach’s attempt to identify
comparable benchmarks and
corresponding ratios of sound recording
rates to musical works rates appears to
me to be a reasonable first step in
seeking to identify usable benchmarks.
That is, I find his basic conceptual
298 The ratio in column (2) is converted into its
reciprocal percentage and the percentage is
multiplied by the corresponding figure in column
(1). For example, in the third row, the [REDACTED]
ratio equals [REDACTED]%. When $[REDACTED] is
multiplied by [REDACTED], the product is
$[REDACTED] (rounded).
299 Dr. Eisenach found these results to confirm the
reasonableness of Copyright Owners’ per play rate
proposal. However, because I reject a per-play rate
structure, that point is not relevant to my Dissent.
I further note that Dr. Eisenach also calculates a per
user rate, using his Method #2. As he explains,
‘‘this is accomplished by calculating all-in
publisher royalties on a per user basis and
subtracting the average effective per-user
performance royalties to publishers, leaving an
appropriate rate for mechanical royalties.’’ Id. ¶ 159.
He finds that the sound recording rate per user is
$[REDACTED] (the per user analog to [REDACTED]
per 100 plays in his per play analysis). Applying
the same ratios and utilizing similar market data as
in his per play approach, Dr. Eisenach concludes
that a ‘‘mechanical rate of between $[REDACTED]
and $[REDACTED] per user reflects the range of
relative values for sound recordings and musical
works . . . .’’ Id. ¶ 165. Finally, he notes that, at
the [REDACTED] ratio (his mid-point of the
YouTube and Pandora benchmarks), the
‘‘mechanical only’’ rate would be $[REDACTED] per
user (even greater than the $1.06 per user rate
proposed by Copyright Owners.) Id. Because I do
not agree that Copyright Owners’ per-user proposal
is appropriate (for the reasons discussed supra), this
asserted confirmation of the reasonableness of
Copyright Owners’ per-user proposal is unhelpful
in the context of this Dissent.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
approach—relying on empirics over
abstract theory, viz., assuming that a
tightly clustered set of ratios across
several markets and discerning a central
tendency from among them—could aid
in the identification of the statutory
rates. (As noted supra, Dr. Eisenach
eschewed unnecessary ‘‘assumptions,
complexities and uncertainties
associated with theoretical debates’’ as
to why the particular existing market
ratios existed. Id. ¶ 79.) In this regard, I
understand that Dr. Eisenach was
following a well-acknowledged
principle of economic analysis,
articulated by the Nobel laureate
economist Milton Friedman, who
famously eschewed excessive theorizing
that failed to match the predictive
power of empirical analysis. See M.
Friedman, The Methodology of Positive
Economics, reprinted in D. Hausman,
The Philosophy of Economics at 145,
148–149 (3d ed. 2008).
However, the data available to Dr.
Eisenach did not demonstrate a
sufficient cluster of similar ratios to
establish a predictive ratio across the
data set. That is, the problem does not
lie in the analysis, but rather in the
implications from the data regarding
ratios of sound recording royalties to
musical works royalties. The Services
make this very criticism, noting the
instability of the ratio across the several
markets in which Dr. Eisenach
identified potential benchmarks. See
SJRPFF–CO at 182 (and record citations
therein). Apple finds that the wide
range of ratios is unsurprising, because
Dr. Eisenach’s benchmarks do not relate
to the same products and same uses of
the two rights. Indeed, Apple’s
[REDACTED], confirming, according to
Apple, that there is no fundamental
market ratio that can be applied in this
proceeding. Dorn WRT ¶ ¶ 6, 24, 28–29.
To be sure, this point does not go
unnoticed by Dr. Eisenach, who focuses
more on the royalty ratios arising from
two potential benchmarks in the middle
of his range—the Pandora ‘‘Opt-Out’’
agreements and the YouTube
Agreements, discussed infra.
The Services assert an additional and
fundamental criticism of Dr. Eisenach’s
approach. They note that his use of
sound recording royalties paid by
PO 00000
Frm 00089
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
[REDACTED]
interactive services embeds within his
analysis the inefficiently high rates that
arise in that unregulated market through
the complementary oligopoly structure
of the sound recording industry and the
Cournot Complements inefficiencies
that arise in such a market. See Katz
CWRT ¶ 56; Marx WRT ¶ ¶ 137–141. I
agree with this criticism. Indeed, the
Judges explained at length in Web IV
how the complementary oligopoly
nature of the sound recording market
compromises the value of rates set
therein as useful benchmarks for a
market that is ‘‘effectively
competitive.’’ 300 In Web IV, the Judges
were provided with evidence of the
ability of noninteractive services to steer
some performances toward recordings
licensed by record companies that
agreed to lower rates in exchange for
increased plays. Here, the Judges were
not presented with such evidence, likely
because an interactive streaming service
needs to play any particular song
whenever the listener seeks to access
that song (that is the essence of an
interactive service compared with a
noninteractive service). Thus, the Judges
have no direct evidence sufficient to
apply a discount on the interactive
sound recording rate to adjust that
potential benchmark in order to fashion
an effectively competitive rate.301
300 In Web IV, the Judges noted that, even in the
willing buyer/willing seller context of 17 U.S.C.
114(f)(2(B), all relevant authority required that
those rates be reasonable, that is, they must reflect
a market that is ‘‘effectively competitive’’ (i.e.,
‘‘workably’’ competitive, the economic analog to
‘‘effectively’’ competitive.). See Web IV, supra, at
26331–34 (noting the legal bases for an equivalence
between effectively competitive and reasonable
rates). (However, the rates in this proceeding are
further subject to potential adjustment by
application of the four itemized factors in section
801(b)(1).). As the Judges noted in Web IV, ‘‘[a]n
effectively competitive market is one in which
supercompetitive prices or below-market prices
cannot be extracted by sellers or buyers . . . .’’ Id.
at 26331 (citation omitted). Because Dr. Eisenach’s
approach intentionally incorporates sound
recording market-based royalty rates into his ratios,
those rates and the ratios in which they are inputs
must be reduced to eliminate the supercompetitive
effect of complementary oligopoly that is
inconsistent with effective competition.
301 Dr. Eisenach suggests that the entry of large
‘‘ecosystem’’ firms, Amazon, Apple and Google into
the interactive streaming market has tended to add
‘‘bargaining power’’ to the licensee side of the
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
Continued
05FER3
2006
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Thus, the sound recording royalties
relied upon by Dr. Eisenach likely are
too high and would need to be adjusted
to reflect reasonable rates derived from
a market that is effectively competitive.
However, because there is no record
evidence in this proceeding allowing for
an estimate of the adjustment, I can find
only that Dr. Eisenach’s ratios are too
high to the extent they incorporate the
royalty rates derived from the sound
recording market.
ii. Dr. Eisenach’s Specific Benchmarks
Section 115 Benchmark
The Services assert that Dr. Eisenach’s
calculation of a section 115 ‘‘valuation
ratio’’ of 4.76:1 is incomplete, because
he limited this statutory ratio to the
21% and 22% TCC prongs. They note
that under the percentage-of-revenue
prong of section 115 (10.5%), this
statutorily-derived ratio would have
ranged between 5:1 and 6:1, see 4/5/17
Tr. 5152 (Leonard), implying a musical
works rate equal to only 16.67% to 20%
of sound recording royalty rates. I agree
that Dr. Eisenach’s statutory
benchmarks would have been more
comprehensive if he had included the
‘‘valuation ratios’’ derived from this
headline prong of the present royalty
rate structure. However, the Services’
focus on that lower implied TCC fails to
recognize the greater-of rate structure
(with a lesser-of second prong) to which
the parties agree. The purpose of the
explicit TCC levels was that they could
trigger if greater than the 10.5% rate and
the implicit TCC that could be derived
from that rate. Accordingly, I find that
the fact that the existing rate structure,
on which the Services rely in this
proceeding, includes the potential use
of the 21% and 22% prongs,
demonstrates the usefulness of this
market, obviating any concern over undue licensor
power. Eisenach WRT ¶ 77. However, as indicated
by the Shapley value analyses of Copyright Owners’
other economic expert witnesses, Professors Gans
and Watt, bargaining power is a function of how
many participants exist on one side of the market
versus the other. See Gans WRT ¶ 55 (noting,
without making any exception for these large
entities, that ‘‘[s]ervices are substitutes for one
another, providing rightsholders with a wide array
of choices in their licensing decisions [and] this
competition reduces individual services’ bargaining
power.’’); Watt WRT ¶ 25 (‘‘[T]he different
interactive streaming companies—Spotify, Apple
Music, Rhapsody/Napster, Google Play Music,
Amazon, etc.—do all compete (and rather fiercely)
among themselves, offering very (perhaps perfectly)
substitutable services.’’). That is, despite the overall
size of Apple, Amazon and Google, in a market
transaction, all licensors providing complementary
‘‘must have’’ inputs will have a bargaining
advantage, and they can refuse to license even to
these large entities if the latter insist on too low a
royalty, licensing instead to other interactive
streaming services who can satisfy downstream
market demand. In this regard, there is no evidence
that [REDACTED].
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
benchmark as a representation of a rate
that the licensors have agreed to accept,
given the provisions of section 115.
Direct Licenses
The Services disagree with Dr.
Eisenach’s minimization of the
relevance of this benchmark category.
They argue that the direct licenses
between interactive services and music
publishers ‘‘are by far the most directly
apposite benchmarks used in Dr.
Eisenach’s analysis,’’ because they, like
the section 115 rates and terms
themselves, possess the characteristics
of a useful benchmark in that they are:
(1) voluntary; (2) concern the same
licensors/publisher; (3) negotiated in the
same market; and (4) pertain to the same
rights. See Katz WDT ¶ ¶ 97–113;
Leonard AWDT ¶ ¶ 51–76.
I find that direct licenses that meet
the foregoing criteria are at as least as
useful as the section 115 benchmark
itself, provided those licenses do not
include additional rights whose values
have not been adequately isolated from
the particular mechanical license at
issue in this proceeding.302 The socalled ‘‘shadow’’ of section 115 provides
a default rate for the licensing parties,
so direct licenses that deviate in some
manner from the rates in the statutory
license reveal a preference for other
rates and terms that, at least marginally,
are below the statutory rate. (If in the
direct negotiations the licensors insisted
on rates above the statutory rates, a
licensee would simply reject the
demand and default to the statutory
rate.) Thus, as the services note, these
benchmarks are useful, because ‘‘these
agreements . . . were voluntarily
entered both in 2008 and 2012, by the
very same publishers in the same
markets and for the same rights . . . .’’
SJPFF ¶ 261 (and record citations
therein). More generally, as described
supra, I find that the so-called
‘‘shadow’’ of the statutory license on a
benchmark not only does not disqualify
that benchmark as useful evidence, but
rather serves to eliminate licensor ‘‘hold
out’’ power, making the resulting rate
more reasonable and more reflective of
an effectively competitive rate
Synchronization Licenses
The Services also take issue with Dr.
Eisenach’s inclusion of synchronization
licenses in his collection of benchmarks.
See, e.g., Leonard WRT ¶ ¶ 37–40
(testifying that synchronization licenses
are not comparable for interactive
streaming licenses because
302 See the discussion infra regarding the
importance of this qualifier in connection with
Pandora’s Direct Licenses.
PO 00000
Frm 00090
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
synchronization differs in important
economic respects from streaming);
Hubbard WRT ¶ ¶ 6.31–6.32 (testifying
on various ‘‘economic characteristics of
synch licenses, that render the ratio
between sound recording royalties and
musical works royalties different
between synch and interactive
streaming services’’); Marx WRT
¶ ¶ 148–151 (‘‘Synch royalty rates are a
poor benchmark for streaming royalty
rates’’). Indeed, even Dr. Eisenach
acknowledged that, at best, the low ratio
in the synch licenses indicates an
unusually high musical works royalty
rate among his collection of
benchmarks. 4/4/17 Tr. 4671, 4799
(Eisenach); Eisenach WDT App. A–9.
In a prior proceeding, the Judges
rejected the synch license benchmark as
useful ‘‘[b]ecause of the large degree of
its incomparability.’’ See Phonorecords
I, 74 FR at 4519. I find that nothing in
the present record supports a departure
from that prior finding. The lack of
comparability remains present because
the synchronization market differs in
important economic respects from the
streaming market. See Leonard WRT
¶ 39. Because synch rights pertain to
media such as music used in films or in
television episodes,303 the historically
equal valuation of publishing rights and
sound recording rights arises from the
particular conditions faced in those
industries. Id. Movie and television
producers may have a certain musical
work in mind as a good fit for a
particular scene in the film. Id.
However, these producers have the
option of making their own sound
recording of that musical work, and for
this reason, ‘‘cover’’ songs are quite
common in films. Id.; see also Marx
WRT ¶ 149 (‘‘Both film and television
production companies have the option
of recording their own versions of songs,
rather than paying royalties to use a prerecorded song. . . . . This option gives
the users of synch rights, such as movie
producers, more bargaining power
relative to the labels than would be the
case with streaming services.’’). Thus,
the contribution to value of the sound
recording is less vis-a`-vis the musical
work in the synch market. Leonard WRT
¶ 39.
Additionally, in the case of
synchronization rights, the marketplace
for sound recording rights is more
competitive than other music licensing
contexts because individual sound
303 The Copyright Owners also rely on blanket
(‘‘microsynch’’) licenses by which publishers grant
their entire catalogs for use in synchronized audiovideo productions, and they also rely on synch
licenses for mobile and video game applications.
The Judges’ critique of synch licenses as
benchmarks is equally applicable to these licenses.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
recordings (and thus the musical works
within them) compete against one
another for inclusion in the final
product (e.g., a movie or television
episode). By contrast, in the interactive
streaming market, services must build a
catalog of sound recordings and their
included musical works, so that many
works can be streamed to listeners. Id.
That is, in the interactive streaming
market, the sound recordings (and their
embodied musical works) are ‘‘must
have’’ complements, not in competition
with each other. However, in the synch
market the potential sound recordings of
any given musical work identified by
the movie or television producer is a
substitute good, in competition with any
other existing or future cover sound
recording of the same musical work for
inclusion in the movie or television
show.
YouTube Agreements
I agree with Copyright Owners that
YouTube is a competitor vis-a-vis the
interactive streaming services. Indeed,
the Services acknowledge this point.
[REDACTED]. Page WDT ¶ ¶ 47, 53, 55;
see also (Eisenach) WRT ¶ 59. In like
fashion, Professor Marx testified that
[REDACTED]. Marx WDT ¶ 44 n.54.
Accordingly, at least one form of
YouTube Agreement would likely be
somewhat comparable to the interactive
streaming market.
As noted supra, Dr. Eisenach selected
for input into his ratio the YouTube
agreements and rates pertaining to
[REDACTED]. See SJRPFF–CO at 187–
89 (and record citations therein).
I agree that the inclusion of a video
component in the YouTube product
renders less useful as a benchmark the
agreements relating to ‘‘User Videos
with Commercial Sound Recordings.’’
Further, as Dr. Eisenach acknowledges,
these YouTube audio/video
combinations also provide for
synchronization rights, see Eisenach
WDT ¶ 100, and this addition of yet
another right in the licenses further
muddies the comparability of a
YouTube benchmark.
The Services further maintain that—
assuming arguendo any YouTube
licenses are appropriate benchmarks—
Dr. Eisenach should have relied on a
different category of YouTube licenses
for his benchmark analysis. Specifically,
they maintain that the more appropriate
YouTube benchmark ratio would
compare the contractual provisions
between YouTube and publishers, and
YouTube and record companies, for
[REDACTED].
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
I agree with the Services in this
regard. [REDACTED].304
Under the [REDACTED] contract
provisions (i.e., the [REDACTED]
provisions) governing YouTube’s
agreements with [REDACTED]. See
Professor Katz’s Supplemental Written
Rebuttal (Katz SWRT) ¶ ¶ 13(b) n.26 and
13(e) n. 29 (and contracts referenced
therein). [REDACTED], the sound
recording copyright owner receives a
royalty of [REDACTED]% of revenue,
compared with the [REDACTED]
received by music publishers. Id.
¶ ¶ 13(h) n. 32 and (k) n.35 (and
contracts referenced therein).
Thus, under the [REDACTED] deals,
the royalty ratio is [REDACTED], which
equals 4.76:1. In turn, that ratio implies
a TCC musical works rate of
[REDACTED]%. Under the [REDACTED]
deals, the royalty ratio is [REDACTED],
which equals [REDACTED], which
implies a TCC musical works rate of
[REDACTED]%. I find that these ratios
and implied percentages derived from
YouTube’s [REDACTED] royalty rates to
be usable benchmarks in this
proceeding.
Pandora ‘‘Opt-Out’’ Agreements
Together with his YouTube
benchmark, Dr. Eisenach finds the
Pandora ‘‘Opt-Out’’ agreements to be the
most useful among the several potential
benchmarks he examined. I agree with
Dr. Eisenach that the Pandora ‘‘OptOut’’ agreements have a degree of
comparability sufficient to render them
usable as benchmarks.
However, I do not agree with Dr.
Eisenach’s attempt to extrapolate into
the future from the actual rates in those
Opt-Out Agreements. Rather, I find that
the [REDACTED] ratio that Dr. Eisenach
identified for the year 2018 derived
from existing agreements is the most
useful benchmark derived from the
‘‘Opt-Out’’ data. See Eisenach WDT
¶ 104. The Services concur with Dr.
Eisenach with regard to the existence of
this [REDACTED] ratio, and they further
note that Pandora’s most recent direct
license agreements during the ‘‘OptOut’’ period with the publishers (who
control many of the works underlying
sound recordings performed by
Pandora) provide that publisher
royalties will be determined as
[REDACTED].305 Specifically, these
304 I take note of Dr. Eisenach’s criticism of the
[REDACTED] publishing rates as constrained by the
‘‘shadow’’ of the section 115 license. However, as
explained elsewhere in this Dissent, I find the
‘‘shadow’’ of the section 115 statutory license to be
beneficial in establishing rates that reflect the
workings of an effectively competitive market.
305 Pandora’s status as a purely noninteractive
service prior to 2018 does not impact the relevancy
PO 00000
Frm 00091
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2007
agreements resulted in a shift of the
sound recording: musical works ratio to
[REDACTED], implying a musical works
TCC percentage of [REDACTED]%. See
Katz CWRT ¶ ¶ 101–104; Herring WRT
¶ ¶ 28–29.
I reject Dr. Eisenach’s identification of
a trend in the [REDACTED]. His change
in the ratio to [REDACTED] was driven
by expectations regarding the likelihood
of an uncertain change in the legal
landscape regarding publisher
withdrawals from performing rights
organizations. However, changes in
such uncertainties are not well-captured
by mapping them over a time horizon.
Moreover, as the Services note, and as
Dr. Eisenach concurs, even assuming
arguendo such a change in relative
uncertainty could be captured in a
regression, other regression forms, such
as a quadratic form, could have been
used to demonstrate not a [REDACTED],
but rather a return of the ratio to its
prior level (an equally plausible future
event). See 4/5/17 Tr. 495963 (Katz);
Katz CWRT ¶ ¶ 104–107, Table 1,F;
4/4/17 Tr. 4807–08 (Eisenach) (noting
his linear form of regression was not
‘‘material’’).
Moreover, the assumption behind Dr.
Eisenach’s regression was not borne out.
In 2015, the Second Circuit Court of
Appeals affirmed a 2014 decision by the
Southern District of New York,
prohibiting such partial withdrawals. In
re Pandora Media, Inc. v. ASCAP, 785
F.3d 73, 77–78 (2d Cir. 2015), aff’g In re
Pandora Media, 6 F. Supp. 3d 317, 322
(S.D.N.Y. 2014). Subsequently, in
August, 2016, the Department of Justice
issued a statement announcing that,
consistent with these judicial decisions,
it would not permit such partial
withdrawals under the existing consent
decrees. See Eisenach WDT ¶ 114 & n.
109 therein. In fact, as indicated supra,
there were actual Pandora ‘‘Opt-Out’’
agreements that set rates through 2018
that established a sound
recording:musical works ratio of
[REDACTED], that Dr. Eisenach chose to
disregard in favor of his extrapolated
lower ratio. See Katz CWRT ¶ 103;
Herring WRT ¶ 28.
iii. Dr. Eisenach’s Per Play Sound
Recording Rate
I also have difficulty relying on the
data set which Dr. Eisenach developed
for his estimation of a $[REDACTED]
per play sound recording royalty rate, to
which he applied the several benchmark
ratios. The principal problems with this
of this benchmark, because: (1) noninteractive and
interactive services both pay performance royalties;
(2) noninteractive services do not pay mechanical
royalties; and (3) the performance license and the
mechanical license are perfect complements.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2008
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
data is that it covered a non-random
sample of only approximately 15% of
all interactive plays, excluding in
particular plays on [REDACTED] adsupported services and Apple’s
interactive streaming service. Inclusion
of [REDACTED] would have
[REDACTED] his per play rate from
$[REDACTED] to $[REDACTED]
(Inclusion of [REDACTED] would have
[REDACTED] the $[REDACTED]
estimate to $[REDACTED].) SJRPFF–CO
at 158–59 (and record citations therein).
Dr. Eisenach explained that he
restricted his data sample purposefully.
He decided to omit several sound
recording labels because they
[REDACTED], which he asserted
[REDACTED]. Eisenach WDT ¶ 150. I
acknowledge Dr. Eisenach’s assertion
that this fact could have an impact, on
the margin, of driving [REDACTED] the
royalties paid by [REDACTED] to those
labels. However, the evidence does not
bear that out, because [REDACTED].
More particularly, the [REDACTED]
contract with record labels that Dr.
Eisenach reviewed show [REDACTED].
4/4/17 Tr. 4739–53 (Eisenach); see also,
e.g. Trial Ex. 2760 ([REDACTED]); Trial
Ex. 2765 ([REDACTED]). [REDACTED].
With regard to Dr. Eisenach’s specific
omission of data from Spotify’s adsupported service, Copyright Owners
make additional arguments. They claim
that the ad-supported service does not
reflect the actual value of the sound
recordings, because that tier acts as a
funnel to draw listeners to the
subscription service. Therefore,
Copyright Owners maintain, the adsupported service is essentially a lossleader, with the difference between the
higher effective per play rates for
subscription services and the lower
effective per play rates for the adsupported services more in the nature of
a marketing expense that should not be
deducted from Dr. Eisenach’s royalty
calculations. See Eisenach WDT ¶ 148
n.127.
However, that analysis omits several
important facts. First, as Mr. McCarthy,
Spotify’s CFO testified, [REDACTED].
3/21/17 Tr. 2058–59 (McCarthy)
([REDACTED]). Second, he notes that
[REDACTED]% of Spotify’s paid
subscribers in the United States were
previously such engaged users of the adsupported service. McCarthy WRT ¶ 22;
see also 3/21/17 Tr. 2059 (McCarthy).
Third, Mr. McCarthy testified that the
ad-supported tier [REDACTED]. See
3/21/17 Tr. 2059 (McCarthy)
([REDACTED]).
Notwithstanding the marketing value
of the freemium model, it must be
remembered that [REDACTED]. These
listeners, and the advertising revenue
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
they generate, are real and reflect the
WTP of a large swath of interactive
listeners.306 See Marx WRT ¶ 115–16 &
Fig. 9 (‘‘While I agree that one aspect of
the ad-supported service is to provide
an on-ramp to paid services, it also has
another important aspect, namely to
serve low WTP customers . . . .
Copyright Owners’ economists err in not
calculating the impact of the Copyright
Owners’ proposal on ad-supported
services. Ad-supported services
currently make up [REDACTED] in the
industry.’’) I agree with this point, and
I therefore agree with the Services that
Copyright Owners erred in their
decision to exclude Spotify data from
their analyses.307
I also disagree with Copyright
Owners’ suggestion that the adsupported service deprives them of
higher royalties from subscribers.
Although ad-supported services identify
future subscribers, until those
subscribers are identified, they are not
subscribers. In that sense, ad-supported
services indeed are marketing tools, but
they do not reduce present royalties
because the future subscribers have not
306 In the parlance of platform economics, and as
noted supra, Spotify’s ad-supported service
provides a multi-platform approach, in which
listeners, advertisers, sound recording rights
holders and musical works holders all combine to
obtain revenue based on the mutual values each
brings to that platform. See 3/21/17 Tr. 2013 (Marx).
307 Copyright Owners belatedly propose that—if
the Judges intend to include the Spotify adsupported service in the rate structure and rate
calculations—that they establish (1) separate rates
for ad-supported services that are not incorporated
into the calculation of rates set for other services;
and (2) separate terms for an ad-supported service
that limit the functionality of such a service to
avoid potential cannibalization of services paying
higher royalties. COPCOL ¶ 228 & n.34. This
argument is a tacit acknowledgement by Copyright
Owners that a segmented market may require a
differentiated rate structure (even as they
strenuously dispute the appropriateness of such a
structure). Such a post-hearing argument is ‘‘too
little, too late.’’ If Copyright Owners wanted to
argue in the alternative in this manner, they needed
to do so during the hearing, and support their
arguments for limited ad-supported functionality
and segmented rates with testimony and evidence.
As I noted supra, the Judges ‘choices were limited
to the rate structures proffered by the parties, or
reasonably suggested by the evidence; a different
structure, if proffered or suggested by the evidence,
might have been preferable, but it had to be
supported by record evidence. In any event, the rate
structure I adopt in this Dissent does not simply
average Spotify’s lower effective per-unit rate into
an overall rate, because the I am adopting a
differentiated rate structure that continues to treat
the ad-supported market segment separately,
reflecting the presence of a market segment with a
lower WTP. Startlingly, the majority adopts this
reasoning wholesale in the Majority Opinion,
foreclosing Copyright Owners’ argument. So,
although the majority agrees that Copyright Owners
could not propose a new rate structure post-hearing,
the majority gives itself a free pass to do the same,
even though the harm to the parties is identical in
either case—they are deprived of the opportunity to
challenge the post-hearing creation.
PO 00000
Frm 00092
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
yet been identified. By using adsupported services, Spotify certainly
does avoid hard marketing costs that
would be incurred through, for example,
paid advertising to convince nonsubscribers to subscribe. However, there
is no record evidence that this hard cost
saving translates directly into lost
royalty revenue to Copyright Owners.
Apparently, Copyright Owners argue
that their loss is in the form of an
opportunity cost, losing the opportunity
to obtain subscription-level royalties
from the ad-supported listeners. But if
Spotify paid subscription-level royalties
for all ad-supported listeners, it would
be paying an implicit marketing cost
that inefficiently was wasted on the
[REDACTED].308
In this regard, it is important to
remember that, as discussed supra,
music is an ‘‘experiential’’ good. See
Byun, supra, at 23. Thus, provision of a
monetarily ‘‘free-to-the user’’ service is
a reasonable marketing tool, and the
Judges are loath to second-guess the
business model incorporating that
marketing approach, especially after it
has proven successful while still
providing royalties to rights owners. See
Page WDT ¶ 27 (Spotify’s freemium
model monetizes through subscriptions
more successfully than the sale of
downloads and CDs, as well as
terrestrial radio and, of course, piracy).
d. Service’s Criticisms and Judicial
Analysis of Dr. Eisenach’s Method #1
The Services criticize Dr. Eisenach’s
Method #1 calculation as being based
upon the incorrect assumption that the
entire difference between interactive
and noninteractive rates must be
attributed to the mechanical license
right. As the Services properly note,
there are several reasons, all unrelated
to the mechanical right and license, why
interactive rates are higher than
noninteractive rates for musical works
performance rights. Leonard WRT ¶ 55;
Katz CWRT ¶ ¶ 117–118; Hubbard WRT
¶ 6.4; 4/5/17 Tr. 4972–74 (Katz). First,
Dr. Eisenach’s Method #1 did not
account for the presence of the
ephemeral right in licensing
noninteractive streaming (discussed
supra), which accounts for 5% of the
noninteractive rate. 4/4/17 Tr. 4851–52
(Eisenach); see also 4/5/17 Tr. 5159–
5161 (Leonard) (discussing how Dr.
Eisenach’s analysis does not consider
308 Another alternative marketing approach
would be the offering of free trial subscriptions.
However, there was no testimony as to whether free
trials would better monetize listening than the
freemium model used by Spotify. In fact, Spotify’s
CFO, Mr. McCarthy testified that, [REDACTED].
3/21/17 Tr. 2113–2115 (McCarthy). See also COPFF
¶ 369.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
the ephemeral right); Leonard WRT
¶ ¶ 55–56. Second, there is a difference
in the performance rights royalty rates
charged by PROs to interactive and
noninteractive services that is not
captured by Method #1. See, e.g., In re
Petition of Pandora Media, Inc., 6 F.
Supp. 3d at 330 (ASCAP charges
different royalty rates for performance
rights depending on whether the service
is non-interactive or interactive). Had
Dr. Eisenach considered these factors,
he might well have estimated a
mechanical rate significantly less than
the rates he derived, even using his
‘‘valuation ratios.’’ See Katz CWRT
¶ 122.
The Services also note the impact in
Method #1 of Dr. Eisenach’s decision to
[REDACTED] from his modeling. As the
Services note, adding [REDACTED] to
Dr. Eisenach’s effective per play rate for
sound recording results in a per rate of
$[REDACTED]. See 4/4/17 Tr. 4771–74
(Eisenach). Further, the Services note
that, by introducing the unregulated
sound recording rates in his ratio, Dr.
Eisenach has imported the
complementary oligopoly (Cournot
Complements) power associated with
those rates, as noted in Web IV. See Katz
CWRT ¶ 56; Marx WRT ¶ ¶ 137, 141.
Combining all of the foregoing
criticisms, the Services conclude as
follows:
If one were to use $[REDACTED] per
hundred plays for the sound recording rate
([REDACTED]) (id. at 4771:10–4774:5),
reduce that by 12% as the Board did in Web
IV for complementary oligopoly power,
increase the $0.20 per hundred plays Dr.
Eisenach uses for musical works performance
rights by 60% to account for the difference
in ASCAP rates identified by Judge Cote [in
the rate court], and then apply Dr. Eisenach’s
invalid ‘‘valuation ratio’’ of [REDACTED], the
result would be $[REDACTED] per hundred
plays [$[REDACTED] per play], way below
the $0.15 per hundred plays rate [$0.0015 per
play] that Dr. Eisenach attempts to validate.
SJPFF ¶ 279 (and record citations
therein). Thus, the foregoing criticisms
would reduce Copyright Owners’
benchmark by 80%.
I agree with the Services that Method
#1 does not provide a useful benchmark
in this proceeding. As noted supra, and
most importantly, the absence of
interactive streaming data from Spotify
is a critical omission. The fact that
much of that data relates to adsupported services with a limited
functionality does not justify removing
that data from a market analysis,
because that service is a part of the
market. In fact, Copyright Owners
argument proves too much. That is,
their willingness to distinguish and
isolate the Spotify ad-supported service
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
and related data in this manner only
underscores the need for a
differentiated/price discriminatory rate
structure, such as proposed by this
Dissent.
Also, I agree that Dr. Eisenach’s
analysis imports the complementary
oligopoly power of the sound recording
companies. Although (as also noted
supra) I do not think that the Judges
could simply import the 12% steering
adjustment from Web IV to calculate
this effect (because the 12% was a
function of evidence specific to that
proceeding), it is clear that any
benchmark approach should adjust
downward a rate inflated by the
presence of complementary oligopoly in
the benchmark market.
And to reiterate, although the Services
utilize Dr. Eisenach’s [REDACTED] ratio
(implying a TCC of [REDACTED]%) to
illustrate the impact of their other
criticisms, I find that ratio to be much
lower than what can reasonably be
gleaned from Dr. Eisenach’s
benchmarks. As indicate supra, the
most usable benchmark information
from Dr. Eisenach’s approach are the
YouTube [REDACTED] ratio, and the
Pandora ‘‘Opt-Out’’ ratio from actual
agreements, which imply a TCC
between [REDACTED]% and
[REDACTED]%.
e. Services’ Criticisms and Judicial
Analysis of Dr. Eisenach’s Method #2
The Services criticize Dr. Eisenach’s
Method #2 principally for the same
reason they criticize his Method #1, viz.,
his use of a ratio that embodies
inapposite sound recording data. They
also emphasize the import of his
decision to omit Spotify’s sound
recording data from his Method #2
calculations. At the hearing, Dr.
Eisenach acknowledged the significance
impact of this omission, but he
defended the omission as virtue rather
than vice, because of the starkly
different manner in which Spotify
monetizes its ad-supported service. He
testified that, had he incorporated all of
Spotify’s sound recording data in
estimating a current industrywide
monthly per user charge, he would have
calculated a monthly per user sound
recording rate of $[REDACTED] per
month, rather than the $[REDACTED]
rate he determined when excluding
[REDACTED] data. 4/4/17 Tr. 4825–28
(Eisenach).
In addition, the Services assert that
Method #2 is faulty because of Dr.
Eisenach’s use of the rate court
performance royalty rates that he
subtracts from his ratio-derived musical
works rate to identify an implied
mechanical works rate. More
PO 00000
Frm 00093
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2009
specifically, the Services assert that Dr.
Eisenach’s willingness to use the rate
courts’ performance rates is inconsistent
with his broader claim that musical
works rates have been artificially
reduced below market rates. For
example, when identifying benchmarks,
Dr. Eisenach relies on the non-rate court
performance rights paid by Pandora in
the Opt-Out agreements precisely
because they represent, in his opinion,
market-based rates untainted by the
depressing effects of the rate court. See
Eisenach WDT ¶ ¶ 106–110, 4/4/17 Tr.
4805, 4821–23. (Eisenach). According to
the Services, to be consistent, Dr.
Eisenach should have increased the rate
court levels to reflect what he
understood to be market rates. Such
consistency, they assert, would make
the subtracted rate in the Method #2
formula larger, and the difference—
which is Dr. Eisenach’s mechanical
rate—smaller.
Finally, the Services criticize Dr.
Eisenach’s Method #2 calculations
because they exclude not only
significant sound recording data, but
also the performance royalty data for
Amazon, Apple, Google, and Spotify.
Accordingly, Method #2 accounts for
only 13 percent of total interactive
service revenues in 2015. See Katz
CWRT ¶ 124.
I agree with the Services that Method
#2 does not contain sufficient
industrywide performance royalty and
sound recording data to provide a
meaningful analysis for determining a
per-user monthly mechanical works
royalty. I am also troubled by the
apparent inconsistent use of rate court
established rates in Method #2, when
Dr. Eisenach had indicated in other
contexts that rates unshackled from rate
court decisions provide a truer
indication of market rates.
More broadly, I understand that Dr.
Eisenach omitted [REDACTED] because
of [REDACTED], which is [REDACTED].
I recognize that combining [REDACTED]
user data with other interactive
streaming services’ data [REDACTED].
See CORPFF–JS at pp. 183–184 (noting
what Copyright owners describe as
‘‘[t]he profound impropriety of
[REDACTED] into Copyright Owners’
benchmarking and calculations.)
Once again, though, that seeming
anomaly actually underscores why I
find the differentiated rate structure in
the 2012 benchmark to be appropriate.
The royalty rates paid by all services
should be reflective of the differentiated
WTP of their listeners (for the reasons
discussed supra). That is, the same
reason why Dr. Eisenach elected not to
lump Spotify with other services in his
calculations incorporated into Copyright
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2010
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Owners’ ‘‘one size fits all’’ rate
structure. Indeed, the anomalous nature
of Spotify’s monetization of the
downstream market underscores why
‘‘one size does not fit all,’’ and why the
2012 rate structure therefore is
preferable (and why Copyright Owners
made the post-hearing argument for a
separate rate structure, with separate
terms, for ad-supported services, as
discussed supra).
f. Conclusion
For the reasons set forth above, I
would not adopt Dr. Eisenach’s
proposed benchmark rates as the
mechanical rates for the upcoming rate
period. However, as explained supra, I
find that the actual Pandora Opt-Out
Agreements, the [REDACTED] YouTube
Agreements [REDACTED] rates provide
useful benchmark information (albeit
not the same information that Dr.
Eisenach identifies as useful from those
agreements). Thus, usable ratios from
Dr. Eisenach’s analysis consist of the
[REDACTED] and [REDACTED] ratios
derived from the YouTube [REDACTED]
agreements and the [REDACTED] ratio
derived from the Pandora Opt-Out
Agreements. These ratios, respectively
convert to percentages (i.e., a TCC
percentages) of [REDACTED]%,
[REDACTED]%, and {REDACTED]%.
Also useful are the 21%-22% TCC
values in the existing rate structure,
which, as Dr. Eisenach indicated,
[REDACTED]. See Eisenach WDT
¶ ¶ 84–92.
2. The Services’ Benchmark Rates 309
a. The Present Section 115 Rates
The Services do not examine in detail
the particular rates within the existing
rate structure. Rather, they treat the
rates within that structure as
benchmarks are generally treated—
considerations in arriving at an
agreement. Thus, just as Dr. Eisenach
did not analyze why the rates and ratios
on which he relied as benchmarks were
set at the levels he identified, or
consider the subjective understandings
of the parties who negotiated his
benchmarks, the Services’ economists
309 The following analysis does not address the
direct deals entered into by Pandora, cited by
Professor Katz in his testimony. He candidly
acknowledged that the probative value of these
agreements was weakened by the fact that they
included rates for other tiers of service, including
noninteractive service, and he had not given
consideration to how the bargaining and setting of
each rate in each tier might be interrelated. See Katz
WDT ¶ 105 (‘‘The simultaneous agreement with
respect to multiple services can cloud the
interpretation of any given number in a contract
because the rates are negotiated as a package.’’). I
agree with Professor Katz and, for this reason, I
place no weight on those direct Pandora
agreements.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
elect to rely on the 2012 rates as
objectively useful evidence of the
parties’ revealed preferences.310
Copyright Owners disagree with this
use of the 2012 rate structure. As with
regard to the structure of the rates, they
take the Services to task for failing to
present evidence of the negotiations that
led to the prior settlements, including
the present 2012 benchmark. They argue
that, without such supporting evidence
or testimony, the Services cannot
provide support for their proposed rates.
See CORPFF–JS at p. 61 (noting the lack
of evidence for the ‘‘computations for
different types of potential services’’ in
the 20212 benchmark).
The Services take a broad approach in
their attempt to support the usefulness
of the rate levels within the 2012
benchmark. They note that music
publishers have consistently realized
profits under these rates, including
profits from musical works royalties.
However, Copyright Owners note that
mechanical royalties have not created a
profit for Copyright Owners, and the
Services’ assertion of overall publisher
profitability is based on their lumping of
performance royalties together with
performance royalties. As I have noted
supra, in considering Professor
Zmijewski’s analysis, the combination
of mechanical and performance
royalties earned by the music publishers
is the more important metric, because:
(1) performance and mechanical
royalties are perfect complements; and
(2) the mechanical royalty has been
calculated in an ‘‘All-In’’ fashion,
subtracting the performance royalty
from the mechanical royalty, which of
course has the effect of inflating the
performance royalty portion relative to
the mechanical royalty portion.
The Services also maintain that they
relied on the continuation of the rates
that now exist to develop their business
models. For example, Pandora, the latest
entrant into the interactive streaming
market, asserts that its decision to enter
this market was based on its assumption
that there would be no increase in the
mechanical royalty rates. Herring WRT
¶ 3. I categorically reject this argument.
The applicable regulations provide that
‘‘[i]n any future proceedings the royalty
rates payable for a compulsory license
shall be established de novo.’’ 37 CFR
385.17; see also 37 CFR 385.26 (same).
A party may feel confident that past is
prologue and the parties will agree to
roll over the extant rates for another
310 This point is not made to be critical of Dr.
Eisenach’s approach, but rather to show that the
Services’ reliance on the 2012 settlement as a
benchmark shares this similar analytical
characteristic, typical and appropriate for the
benchmarking method in general.
PO 00000
Frm 00094
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
period; a party could be sanguine as to
its ability to make persuasive arguments
as to why the rates should remain
unchanged; a party might even conclude
that the mechanical rate is such a small
proportion of the total royalty obligation
that its increase would be unlikely to
alter long-term business plans. But for
sophisticated commercial entities to
claim that they simply assumed the
rates would roll over without the
possibility of adjustment strikes me as
so absurd and reckless as to raise
serious doubts about the credibility of
that position.
At least one of the Services, Spotify,
further suggests that the present rates
should not be increased because an
increase in the rates might affect
different interactive streaming services
in different ways. In particular, there
might be a dichotomous effect as
between essentially pure play streaming
services (such as Spotify and Pandora)
and the larger new entrants with a wider
commercial ‘‘ecosystem’’ (such as
Amazon, Apple and Google). As
Spotify’s CFO testified:
The Copyright Owners argue that ‘‘a
change in market-wide royalty rates such as
this would affect all participants in a similar
way,’’ suggesting that the industry as a whole
could increase prices without affecting their
relative price points. Rysman WDT ¶ 94.
[REDACTED]. See, e.g., Rysman WDT ¶ 29
. . . . [REDACTED].
McCarthy WRT ¶ 38 (emphasis
added); see also McCarthy WDT ¶ ¶ 50–
51 ([REDACTED]); McCarthy WRT ¶ 36
([REDACTED]).
I construe this argument as an
iteration of the ‘‘business model’’
argument that the Judges have
consistently rejected, viz., that the
Judges will not set rates in order to
protect any particular streaming service
business model. Final Rule and Order,
Digital Performance Right in Sound
Recordings and Ephemeral Recordings,
72 FR 24084, 24088 n.8 (May 1, 2007)
(Web II). That is, I distinguish between:
(1) business models that are necessary
reflections of the fundamental nature of
market demand, particularly, the varied
WTP among listeners; and (2) business
models that may simply be unable to
meet dynamic competition within the
market or a given market segment. If
pure play interactive streaming services
are unable to match the pricing power
of businesses imbued with the selffinancing power of a large commercial
ecosystem, nothing in section 801(b)(1)
permits—let alone requires—that the
Judges protect those pure play
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
interactive streaming services from the
forces of horizontal competition.311
On balance, I do not find that the
Services’ status quo and business model
arguments for maintaining the section
115 rates are themselves persuasive
reasons to maintain those rates. If those
rates should be maintained, support for
such a result would need to be found
elsewhere in the record.
b. The Services’ Subpart A Benchmark
The Services propose the rate set forth
in Subpart A as a benchmark for the
Subpart B rates to be determined in this
proceeding. As noted supra, Subpart A
reflects the rates paid by record
companies, as licensees, to Copyright
Owners for the mechanical license, i.e.,
the right to reproduce musical works in
digital or physical formats. The
particular Subpart A benchmark rate on
which the Services’ rely is the existing
rate, which the Subpart A participants
have also agreed to continue through the
forthcoming rate period through the
settlement noted supra.
In support of this benchmark, the
Services emphasize that the total
revenue created by the sale of digital
phonorecord downloads and CDs is
essentially commensurate with the
revenues created through interactive
streaming, indicative of an equivalent
financial importance to publishers when
negotiating rates when negotiating rates
with licensees in Subparts A and B
respectively. See 3/20/17 Tr. 1845
(Marx) (‘‘downloads, in particular, are
comparable to interactive streaming.’’).
Also, although the Subpart A rate is the
product of a settlement, the Services
argue that the rate is a useful benchmark
because it reflects both the industry’s
sense of the market rate and the
industry’s sense of the how the Judges
would apply the section 801(b)(1)
considerations to those market rates.
3/15/17 Tr. 1184, 1186 (Leonard);
3/20/17 Tr. 1842–43 (Marx).
In opposition, Copyright Owners
argue, for several reasons, that the
Subpart A rates are not proper
benchmarks. First, they emphasize that
revenue from the sale of DPRs and CDs
311 Moreover, any disruption arising from the
disparate impact of a rate increase among
interactive streaming services would not constitute
‘‘disruption’’ under Factor D of section 801(b)(1),
because such disruption would not impact the
structure of the industry or generally prevailing
industry practices, but rather would impact
particular business models. The irrelevancy, for
disruption purposes, of a rate increase under the
existing structure must be distinguished from a rate
increase caused, as in the Majority Opinion, by a
radical change in the rate structure that cedes
control of rates to private third-parties, i.e., the
record companies, who have economic interests
adverse to both the services and Copyright Owners,
as discussed supra.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
has been declining over the past several
years. See COPFF ¶ ¶ 196, 583, 611, 736
(and record citations therein). Second,
they note that, as the Services
acknowledge, the parties are not
identical; specifically, the licensees in
Subpart A are the record companies
whereas in Subpart B the licensees are
the interactive streaming services. See,
e.g., 3/15/17 Tr. 1193 (Leonard). Third,
they emphasize that the existing Subpart
A rate is itself the product of a
settlement, rather than a market rate.
More importantly, Copyright Owners
also note that the subpart A settlement
establishes a per-unit royalty rate of
$.091 per physical or digital download
delivery (with higher per-unit rates for
longer songs), rendering that rate
inapposite as a benchmark for the
Services’ present subpart B proposal. In
support of the conclusion that this
makes for an inapposite comparison,
Copyright Owners argue that because
the subpart A rate is expressed as a
monetary unit price, the Copyright
Owners have eliminated the risk that
the retailers’ downstream pricing
decisions will impact Copyright
Owners. More specifically, they note
that, ‘‘[u]nder the Subpart A rate
structure, the label (as licensee) pays the
same [penny rate] amount in
mechanical royalties regardless of the
price at which the sound recording is
ultimately sold [within the] range of
price points for individual tracks in the
market ranging from $0.49 to $1.29 and
the mechanical penny rate binds
regardless of the price of the track.
COPFF ¶ 727 (citing Ramaprasad WDT
¶ 28 & Table 1).
Of equal importance, Copyright
Owners distinguish Subpart A from
Subpart B based on the fact that
downstream listeners to DPDs and CDs
(and any other physical embodiment of
a sound recording) become owners of
the sound recording and the musical
work embodied within it, whereas
under Subpart B the listeners only
obtain access to these songs and musical
works for as long as they remain
subscribers or registered listeners (to a
non-subscription service).
In reply to this argument, Dr. Leonard,
asserted that the legal ‘‘ownership vs.
access’’ distinction does not reflect as
fundamental an economic difference as
might appear on the surface. Leonard
WRT ¶ 27 (‘‘[T]here are certain
conceptual similarities between
streaming and a download.’’). Having
paid for a track download, a user can
listen to it as often as desired without
further charge. Similarly, having paid
the subscription fee, a streaming user
can listen to a track as often as desired
without further charge’’); 3/15/17 Tr.
PO 00000
Frm 00095
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2011
1098, 1113 (Leonard) (‘‘in the case of a
PDD, and streaming, in both cases
you’re getting—it’s really about ondemand listening . . . . I think it’s . . .
a very, very useful benchmark.’’).
I disagree with Dr. Leonard, and agree
with Copyright Owners that the
‘‘ownership vs. access’’ dichotomy
diminished the usefulness of the
subpart A rate as a benchmark.
Although Dr. Leonard is correct in
noting that ownership is in essence a
more comprehensive and unconditional
form of access, a downstream purchaser
acquires ownership of only the digital or
physical embodiment of a sound
recording (and the embodied musical
work) in exchange for an up-front
charge (the purchase price), and then
has unlimited free access to that single
sound recording/musical work going
forward. By contrast, a subscriber to an
interactive streaming service pays an
up-front charge (usually monthly), and
then likewise has unlimited access to
the entire catalog of sound recordings
(and the embodied musical works) for
each such period.
Thus, the dissimilarities between the
products regulated in subpart A and
subpart B outweigh their similarities.
An interactive streaming service
provides an access (option) value to
entire repertoires of music. A purchased
download or CD provides unlimited
access for only a single sound
recording/musical work.
In other respects, though, I recognize
that the subpart A market and
settlement are somewhat comparable to
the subpart B market. The licensed right
in question is identical—the right to
license copies of musical works for
listening in a downstream market.
Further, the licensors—i.e., the music
publishers and songwriters—are
identical.312 Finally, the time period is
reasonably recent, and the Copyright
Owners have not explained whether or
how the particular market forces in the
Subpart A market sectors have changed
since 2012 to make the rate obsolete.
Notwithstanding these similarities
though, I find that the facially different
access value in subpart A constitutes a
fatal flaw in its usefulness as a
benchmark in this proceeding. However,
the Services, and Apple, have presented
312 However, the licensees in the benchmark
market are not the same. Moreover, as Copyright
Owners note, there is an important economic
difference in the identities of the licensees. In
subpart A, the licensees are record companies, who
use the licensed musical works as inputs to create
a new product, the sound recording. In subpart B,
the interactive streaming services use the musical
work through their use of the finished product (the
sound recording). This basic difference suggests
that the different values are a consequence of a
difference in kind.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2012
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
evidence which they assert provides
two different ways of rendering subpart
A rates compatible. Accordingly, I
consider those approaches below.
c. The Services’ and Apple’s Subpart A
Benchmarking Approaches
To convert the per-unit rate in subpart
A into a subpart B percent-of-revenue
rate, the Services and Apple identify
several alleged third-party conversion
ratios between a given number of
interactive streams and a single play of
a purchased DPD that they allege are
applicable in this proceeding.
Professor Marx first applies a
conversion ratio of PDDs to streams of
1:150, which she noted had been
established by the RIAA. Second, she
(as well as Professor Katz) takes note of
an academic study which estimated
that, in the marketplace, 137 interactive
streams was equivalent to the sale of
one DPD. Marx WDT ¶ 108 & n.21
(citing L. Aguiar and J. Waldfogel,
Streaming Reaches Flood Stage: Does
Spotify Stimulate or Depress Music
Sales? (working paper, National Bureau
of Economic Research, 2015)); Katz
WDT ¶ 110 (same). Apple’s economic
expert, Professor Ramaprasad, also
relied on the Aguiar/Waldfogel article to
support Apple’s benchmark per play
proposal. Ramaprasad WDT ¶ 56,
n.102.313
To apply the 1:150 conversion ratio,
Professor Marx first calculated the
subpart A mechanical license fee as the
weighted average of the PDD/CD
mechanical license fee for songs five
minutes or less and songs greater than
five minutes: $[REDACTED] per copy
for the former and $[REDACTED] per
minute or a fraction thereof
(conservatively assuming that songs
longer than five minutes have an
average length of eight minutes). Based
on this assumption, she estimated a
PDD/CD mechanical license fee of
$[REDACTED] per song. Marx WDT
¶ 108. Next, Professor Marx obtained a
per-play streaming royalty equivalent by
dividing the $[REDACTED] per song
amount (derived supra) by the number
313 Professor Ramaprasad also relied on two other
equivalency ratios, the first from Billboard
magazine, and the second from another entity, UK
Charts Company (UK Charts). However, she
acknowledges that the Billboard ratio combines
video streaming royalty data with audio streaming
royalty data, which results in an overestimation of
the ratio of streams to track sales relative to an
audio-stream-only analysis. 3/23/17 Tr. 2760–61
(Ramaprasad). She also acknowledges that UK
Charts changed its ratio from 1:100 to 1:150 without
explanation, rendering uncertain that purported
industry standard. See COPFF ¶ 683 (and record
citations therein). Also, there was no evidence
indicating that streaming and download activity in
the United Kingdom would be comparable to U.S.
activity.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
of streams, 150, yielding a value for the
per-play total streaming royalty of
$[REDACTED]. Id. ¶ ¶ 109–110. The
resulting per-play royalty rate for the
sum of mechanical and performance
royalty translates to [REDACTED]% of
Spotify’s revenue. Id. ¶ 111. Subtracting
out the performance royalty of
[REDACTED]% as in an ‘‘All-In’’
calculation, she derived a mechanical
royalty rate equivalent from Subpart A
of approximately [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]% of revenue. Id. ¶ 112,
Fig. 22.
Professor Marx engaged in the same
calculation methodology when applying
the 1:137 conversion ratio from the
Aguiar/Waldfogel article, and she
determined a percent-of-revenue royalty
for Spotify of [REDACTED]% (‘‘All-In’’),
higher than the [REDACTED]% when
applying the 1:150 conversion ratio. Id.
¶ 111 n.123.
On behalf of Pandora, Professor Katz
used the same 1:150 conversion ratio as
Professor Marx. He calculated a
mechanical rate implied by the subpart
A rate of 4.25%, higher than Professor
Marx’s implied rate, but still lower than
the existing headline rate of 10.5% in
subpart B. Katz WDT ¶ 111. On behalf
of Apple, Professor Ramaprasad utilizes
the 1:150 ratio, which she adopted from
Billboard magazine’s ‘‘Stream
Equivalent Albums’’ approach.
Ramaprasad WDT ¶ 84. Because Apple
has advocated for a per stream rate, her
conversion was expressed on a per
stream basis, at $0.00061 per stream.
Professor Ramaprasad noted that this
rate was not only lower than the
$0.0015 per stream rate proposed by
Copyright Owners, but also significantly
lower than Apple’s own proposed perstream rate of $0.00091. Ramaprasad
WDT ¶ 86. When Professor Ramaprasad
applied the Waldfogel/Aguiar 1:137
ratio, expressed on a per-play basis, she
calculated a rate of $0.00066 per-stream
for interactive streaming, which she
noted also was even lower than the perstream rate of $0.00091 Apple had
proposed.
I do not place any weight on this
‘‘conversion’’ approach. Copyright
Owners levy numerous criticisms of the
ratio approach, and those criticisms,
each on its own merit, serve to discredit
the ratio approach. First, the Services
and Apple simply adopted the
equivalence ratios without defining
what ‘‘equivalence’’ means. For
example, the RIAA used the concept to
identify albums that were sufficiently
popular to garner ‘‘gold’’ or ‘‘platinum’’
awards. That use, absent other evidence,
does not indicate that the conversion
ratio is appropriate for rate-setting
purposes. See generally Rysman WRT
PO 00000
Frm 00096
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
¶ 96. Second, and relatedly, the experts
who relied on the Aguiar/Waldfogel
article did not verify that the input data
used by the authors was appropriate for
the purposes for which it has been
relied upon in this proceeding. See
3/20/17 Tr. 1945–46 (Marx); 3/23/17 Tr.
2789–90 (Ramaprasad). Third, the
Aguiar/Waldfogel article appears not to
specifically address two issues that
would make an equivalency ratio
meaningful: (a) what happens to the
download behavior of an individual
who adopts streaming; and (b) how the
availability of streaming alters the
consumption of a particular song. See
Rysman WRT ¶ 97. Fourth, the experts
for the Services and Apple ignore that
Aguiar and Waldfogel conducted an
additional analysis described in the
same article on which they rely. In that
second analysis, the authors compared
the weekly data from Spotify for the
period April to December 2013 with
weekly data from Nielson on digital
download sales for the same exact songs
during the same overlapping time
period. That approach, which Aguiar
and Waldfogel called their ‘‘matched
aggregate sales’’ analysis, yielded a ratio
of 1:43, implying a much higher
mechanical rate for streaming. See
COPFF ¶ ¶ 663–64 (and record citations
therein).
The Services and Apple offer no
sufficient evidence to overcome these
criticisms of their ‘‘equivalence’’
approach for applying the Subpart A
rates in this proceeding. Accordingly, I
do not rely on such ‘‘equivalence’
approaches in this determination.
By contrast, the Services’ second
Subpart A benchmarking approach,
utilized by both Professor Marx and Dr.
Leonard, is more straightforward, and
does not require a conversion of
downloads into stream-equivalents.
Rather, under this approach, Professor
Marx simply divides the effective perunit download royalty of $[REDACTED]
by the average retail price of a
download, $1.10, to calculate an ‘‘AllIn’’ musical works royalty percent of
[REDACTED]%. Subtracting Spotify’s
[REDACTED]% performance rate nets a
mechanical works rate of
[REDACTED]%. In similar fashion,
given an average CD price of $1.24 per
song, she finds that the ‘‘All-In’’ musical
works rate equals [REDACTED]%.
Subtracting Spotify’s [REDACTED]%
performance rate nets an ‘‘effective’’
mechanical royalty rate of
[REDACTED]% under this approach.
Thus, she concludes that the Services’
proposal in general, and Spotify’s
proposal in particular, are conservative
and reasonable, because those proposals
provide for substantially higher royalty
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
rates than suggested by this subpart A
benchmark analysis. Marx WDT
¶ ¶ 113–114 & Fig. 23.
Dr. Leonard did a similar calculation.
He found that, applying the subpart A
rates, expressed as a percentage of
revenue, interactive streaming services
would pay an ‘‘All-In’’ rate to Copyright
Owners of 8.7% of revenue, based on
the average retail price of digital
downloads in 2015. Leonard AWDT
¶ 42. Dr. Leonard further calculated that,
expressed as a percentage of payments
to the record labels (rather than total
downstream revenues) the subpart A
settlement reflects a payment of 14.2%
of ‘‘All-In’’ sound recording royalties,
when compared to payments to record
labels in 2015. Leonard AWDT ¶ 46.
Using updated 2016 data, which
lowered the DPD retail price to $.99, Dr.
Leonard calculates an ‘‘effective’’
percentage royalty rate of 9.6%. 3/15/17
Tr. 1108–09 (Leonard). Dr. Leonard then
adjusts this result to make it comparable
to Google’s proposal, which seeks a 15%
reduction of up to 15% in certain costs
incurred to acquire revenues. Adjusting
for this cost reduction, Dr. Leonard
concludes that the equivalent percent of
revenue (after deducting similar costs)
in Subpart A is 10.2% in 2015 and
11.3% in 2016. Id. at 1109.
Copyright Owners do not dispute the
calculations made by Professor Marx
and Dr. Leonard in these regards.
However, they emphasize that this
approach nonetheless is not useful
because it fails to fails even to attempt
to explain the significant differences in
access value between the purchase of a
download or CD, on the one hand, and
a subscription to (or free use of) an
interactive streaming service, on the
other. That is, whereas the Services and
Apples’ first approach is deficient
because its conversion ratios are not
applicable, Services’ second approach
fails because it simply bypasses
altogether the problem of access value
differences.
Finally, I take note of a point made by
Professor Marx, that Copyright Owners,
like any seller/licensor, would
rationally seek to equalize the rate of
return from each distribution channel
i.e., from licensing rights to sell DPDs/
CDs under subpart A and from licensing
to interactive streaming services under
subpart B. As she explains:
This principle of equalizing rates of return
across different platforms has some
similarities with that underlying the
approach of W. Baumol and G. Sidak, ‘‘The
Pricing of Inputs Sold to Competitors,’’ . . . .
They propose an efficient component pricing
rule whose purpose is to ensure that the
bottleneck owner (in our case, the copyright
holder) should get compensation for access
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
from all downstream market participants,
whether existing or new entrants, that leaves
him as well off as he would have been absent
entry.
Marx WDT ¶ 104, n.118. The Judges
first identified this principle in Web IV,
through a colloquy with an economic
witness. See Web IV, 81 FR at 26344
(SoundExchange’s economic expert,
Professor Daniel Rubinfeld,
acknowledging that, generally,
licensors, as ‘‘a fundamental economic
process of profit maximization . . .
would want to make sure that the
marginal return that they could get in
each sector would be equal, because if
the marginal return was greater in the
interactive space than the
noninteractive . . . you would want to
continue to pour resources, recordings
in this case, into the [interactive] space
until that marginal return was
equivalent to the return in the
noninteractive space.’’).
However, that argument is dependent
upon a usable conversion ratio to
equalize access value per unit. Professor
Marx does not explain how, absent such
conversions, it would be possible to
equalize rates of return across platforms.
Accordingly, I find that the principle of
‘‘equalized returns’’ relied upon by
Professor Marx cannot be applied.
3. Apple’s Proposed Rate
Apple proposes a per-play rate of
$0.00091 per unit. However, that rate is
premised on two analytical factors that
I have rejected, as discussed supra.
First, as a single, per-play rate, it fails
to reflect the variable WTP in the
market, rendering it a less efficient
upstream royalty rate. Second, Apple’s
proposed $0.00091 rate is derived from
the subpart A conversion ratio approach
that I have rejected, for the reasons
discussed supra. I incorporate herein
my analysis rejecting a per-unit
approach, and my analysis rejecting the
subpart A conversion ratio approach.
4. Findings Regarding the Reasonable
Rate (before consideration of the four
itemized factors)
There are several rates, as discussed
supra, that I find to be supported by
sufficient evidence to be relevant to the
setting of rates in the present
proceeding.
First, Dr. Eisenach’s Pandora Opt-Out
Agreement benchmarks, as contained in
those agreements (i.e., without
extrapolation), reflect a ratio of
[REDACTED] of sound
recordings:musical works in a
comparable benchmark setting. This
ratio, as noted supra, translates to a TCC
percent of [REDACTED]%. With sound
recording royalty rates of approximately
PO 00000
Frm 00097
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2013
[REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]%, this
TCC reflects a royalty equal to an
effective percent of total 314 revenue
equal to [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]%.
Second, the YouTube agreements
with music publishers identified by Dr.
Eisenach—that relate to [REDACTED].
That [REDACTED]% royalty is a
denominator in the ratio concept
utilized by Dr. Eisenach,315 and the
numerator is the [REDACTED] sound
recording royalty paid to the record
companies. As explained supra,
YouTube has agreed to pay
[REDACTED], and has agreed to pay
[REDACTED]. The [REDACTED] ratio
reduces to [REDACTED], implying a
TCC ([REDACTED]) of [REDACTED]%.
The [REDACTED] ratio reduces to
[REDACTED], implying a TCC
([REDACTED]) of [REDACTED]%.
Third, I look at the effective rates paid
by Spotify, the largest interactive
streaming service in terms of in terms of
the number of subscriber-months and
the number of plays. See Marx WRT
¶ ¶ 37–38 & Figs. 8 & 9. Under the
current rate structure, as noted supra,
[REDACTED] 316 [REDACTED].
Continuing with a consideration of
Spotify’s rates paid under the existing
rate structure, [REDACTED].
[REDACTED]. The average rate is
relevant in this proceeding because, as
discussed supra, Spotify’s two tiers are
interrelated, in that the ‘‘freemium’’
model construes ad-supported listeners
as a pool of potential converts to the
subscription tier, even as they generate
(indirectly) advertising revenue that
converts to royalties for the Copyright
Owners under the TCC prong.
Fourth, leaving the Spotify rates, I
note that direct deals identified in the
record reflect rates in the present
regulations (as Dr. Eisenach noted,
albeit he minimized the importance of
those direct agreements). Also, the
direct agreements contain additional
terms that make them relatively
uncertain benchmarks. For example,
although Google’s direct deals include
rates that reflect the statutory rate—
314 In the context of this section, ‘‘total’’ revenue
is intended to distinguish from the percent of
royalties paid by interactive streaming services to
record companies as sound recording royalties (i.e.,
TCC).
315 To repeat for the sake of clarity, Dr. Eisenach
does not rely on the ‘‘static image’’ agreements for
his ultimate opinion. But the text accompanying
this footnote expresses how the ‘‘static image’’ rate
is being applied based on Dr. Eisenach’s ratio
approach.
316 The record in some places records this figure
as [REDACTED]% and [REDACTED]%. I
understand these differences reflect rounding of
figures and some discrepancy as to the time period
covered. In any event, these differences do not
impact my findings.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2014
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
[REDACTED]. Leonard AWDT ¶ ¶ 53–
54.317 Also, its direct deals omit the
Mechanical Floor, id., which, as noted
supra, [REDACTED].
[REDACTED] pays [REDACTED]
royalties equal to [REDACTED] for its
bundled subscription services which,
after subtracting an [REDACTED]%
performance royalty, equals a
mechanical royalty of [REDACTED] %
of [REDACTED]. Leonard AWDT ¶ 64.
[REDACTED].
Apple pays [REDACTED]. Wheeler
WDT ¶ 10. [REDACTED]. See Eisenach
WDT ¶ 10 (‘‘[A]s a matter of economics
the Section 115 license operates as a
ceiling but not a floor on Section 115
royalties.’’).
Based on the foregoing evidence
regarding rates, I find that the existing
rate structure is generating effective
percent-of-revenue rates in the manner
in which it was intended. The 10.5%
headline rate is exceeded by the rates
paid by [REDACTED], even as the
effective per play rates that generate
those percentages are lower. The rates
actually paid and the rates under the
2012 benchmark are also consistent
with the benchmark rates arising from
the benchmark analyses undertaken by
Dr. Eisenach that I find to be sufficiently
comparable, particularly with regard to
the TCC prong. The clustering of the
effective percent of revenue rates in this
regard indicates that the price
discriminatory aspects of the existing
structure allow for the growth of
revenue, as the interactive streaming
services ‘‘exploit the demand curve’’ by
offering tiers of service that appeal to
the budget constraints and the
preferences of the segmented
marketplace. The fact that a wide array
of products with different
characteristics at different price points
has monetized usage, such that some
effective actual rates exceed the 10.5%
‘‘headline’’ rate, is testament to the
mutual benefits of the existing rates.
As noted supra, this finding does not
mean that there might not be better
ways to monetize demand, and I do not
suggest that the record permits me (or
the majority) to identify appropriate
rates with mathematical precision.
However, as the D.C. Circuit has held,
and as noted supra, our rate-setting is an
intensely practical affair, and
mathematical precision is not possible.
Nat’l Cable Television Ass’n, 724 F.2d at
182. Moreover, the Judges are
constrained: We must choose among the
rates and structures proposed by the
parties, or reasonably ascertainable from
the evidence, through an evidentiary
process that the parties were permitted
317 [REDACTED].
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
to consider, challenge and rebut at the
hearing. What the Judges cannot do is
attempt to cobble together elements of
different proposals (the majority’s
‘‘Frankenstein’s Monster’’ approach, as
characterized by Copyright Owners)
without evidence as to how those
combined elements would impact the
industry and its participants.
VI. SUBPART C: APPLYING THE 2012
BENCHMARK
The parties’ negotiations in
Phonorecords II that culminated in the
2012 settlement focused more intensely
on the rates that would apply to new
service types, including cloud locker
services, that would ultimately be
embodied in subpart C of 37 CFR part
385. Parness WDT ¶ 13; Levine WDT
¶ ¶ 38–39; Israelite WDT ¶ ¶ 28–30. In
fact, the subpart C negotiations that
created five new service categories were
quite protracted, the subject of a
negotiation over more than one year.
3/29/17 Tr. 3652–55 (Israelite).
Moreover, in this protracted give-andtake, the NMPA rejected some categories
proposed by the services, while others
were accepted and became part of
subpart C. Id. at 3654- 56.
In setting these rates—rather than
developing a new royalty structure for
these service types—the parties
ultimately agreed on a structure for
subpart C that resembled the subpart B
structure, adopting a headline
percentage of revenue royalty rate and
per-subscriber and TCC minima.
Parness WDT ¶ 14; see also 37 CFR
385.22. As with the bundling
negotiations relating to subpart B, the
parties negotiated and created a bundled
service category under subpart C (with
certain adjustments to the definition of
‘‘revenue.’’) 3/8/17 Tr. 161–64 (Levine);
37 CFR 385.21. Not only are these
provisions the default statutory terms,
but publishers and service also
incorporate these rates and terms in
their direct licenses. See Leonard
AWDT ¶ ¶ 54, 58, 67, 69.
Copyright Owners now urge the
elimination of these subpart C
provisions. They note that, although the
Services had been very interested in
locker services (a large focus of subpart
C) during the 2012 negotiations, locker
services have decreased in popularity
and significance, and have largely
disappeared. They explain this
phenomenon as linked to the transition
by listeners from ownership to access
models, rendering functionally
unimportant a listener’s access to his or
her own libraries as stored in a cloud
locker. In fact, Copyright Owners point
out that the Services’ own witnesses
have acknowledged this decrease in the
PO 00000
Frm 00098
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
popularity of lockers. 3/8/17 Tr. 159–
160 (Levine); 3/16/17 Tr. 1458–1461
(Mirchandani) ([REDACTED]);
Mirchandani WDT ¶ 33 ([REDACTED]),
Copyright Owners further note that this
fall in popularity is reflected in the fact
that neither Spotify nor Pandora offers
either a purchased content or a paid
locker service. They note that Apple,
which at one time offered a paid locker
service, has abandoned that product, but
still offers a purchased content locker
service (perhaps a function of its market
share of previous listener purchases of
digital downloads from its iTunes
Store). 3/22/17 Tr. 2523 (Dorn).
Copyright Owners also note that the
Services’ subpart C arguments suffer
from the same defect as their subpart B
arguments: they have not provided any
evidence explaining the basis for any of
the rates or terms contained in . . .
subpart C . . . . of the statute.
CORPFF–JS at p.2.
In opposition, the Services argue that
Copyright Owners do not point to any
evidence to show that locker services
have completely ‘‘disappeared.’’ Rather,
they note that Apple and Amazon
continue to offer locker services. Joyce
WDT ¶ 5; Mirchandani WDT ¶ ¶ 16–17.
In this regard, Apple notes that each
service in this proceeding that sells
downloads also offers locker services.
See 3/22/17 Tr. 2523–25 (Dorn);
Ramaprasad WDT, Table 3. The Services
also note that Copyright Owners are
seeking rates for subpart C products that
are substantially higher than present
rates. See Joyce WDT ¶ 19.
More generally, the Services urge the
Judges to use the subpart C rate
structure as the benchmark for rates in
the forthcoming period for the same
reasons as they urge the use of the
subpart B benchmarks a an appropriate
benchmark. That is, the 2012 subpart C
benchmarks were negotiated by the
same parties, covering the same rights
over a relatively contemporaneous
period, and the economic circumstances
are sufficiently similar. Amazon
characterizes the ‘‘[t]he existing . . .
Subpart C service categories and rate
structures [as] represent[ing] the
collective efforts of industry
participants . . ., including [a]
proceeding[] before the [Judges] which
were resolved by a negotiated settlement
agreement among the participants many
of whom are also participants in this
proceeding.’’ Mirchandani WDT ¶ ¶ 58–
62. Moreover, several of the listed
services already provided (or had plans
to provide) subpart C services in 2012,
underscoring the relevance of the
negotiated settlement. See 3/18/17 Tr.
157–158 (Levine) (discussing Google’s
plans to launch a . . . locker service in
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
the period of Phonorecords II
negotiations); Mirchandani WDT ¶ 16
(discussing launch of Amazon locker
service in mid-2012).
The Services also criticize the
application of Copyright Owners’
greater-of approach in the subpart C
context as absurd. They claim that
under Copyright Owners’ proposal,
licensors would receive $0.091 for each
download of a copy from a purchased
content locker, and at least $1.06 permonth for each month that a listener
facilitates a copy in order to accesses the
track via that locker, because. This
would be absurd, according to the
Services, because the separate copy is
the basis for the royalty payments that
Copyright Owners had already received
when the listener originally purchased
the product. Mirchandani WRT ¶ 47.
Adding to this criticism, Apple
emphasizes that Copyright Owners fail
to mention that: (1) all purchased
content locker services are free by
definition, pursuant 37 CFR 385.21; and
(2) some locker service streams originate
from private copies of songs that are not
streamed content from a central service
(see 3/13/17 Tr. 829–830 (Joyce).
On balance, I find that the subpart C
rate structure has the same attributes of
a useful benchmark as does the subpart
B rate structure. The categories of
parties were the same, the rights are the
same and the agreement is relatively
contemporaneous. I do not find that the
lack of popularity of the subpart C
configurations cuts against the use of
the 2012 rate structure as a benchmark.
If the subpart C categories wither in the
marketplace, the impact of this rate
structure will be of little importance.
But if these lockers, bundles and other
offerings grow in popularity, the relative
strength of this benchmark will be
preferable to the ‘‘greater of’’
formulation proposed by Copyright
Owners.
In that regard, Copyright Owners’ rate
structure proposal for subpart C
(identical to its proposal for subpart B)
is rejected for the same reasons as it was
rejected for subpart B, and those
criticisms are incorporated into this
section. Further, locker services are
distinguishable from other products.
Musical works embodied in the sound
recordings that have already been
purchased have a value that is reflected
in the sale through another distribution
channel. It would be anomalous to
apply the same rate structure to the right
of a service to obtain a copy so that the
downstream customer could store or
access that which he or she already
owns. I find that the parties’ prior arm’s
length negotiations of the subpart C
structure better reflects their
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
understanding of the different use
values implicated by subpart B and the
locker services identified in subpart
C.318
VII. THE FOUR ITEMIZED FACTORS
IN SECTION 801(b)
The four itemized factors set forth in
section 801(b)(1) require the Judges to
exercise ‘‘legislative discretion’’ in
making independent policy
determinations that balance the interests
of copyright owners and users.’’
SoundExchange, Inc. v. Librarian of
Cong., 571 F.3d 1220, 1224 (DC Cir.
2009); see also RIAA v. CRT, 662 F.2d
1, 8–9 (D.C. Cir. 1981) (analyzing
identical factors applied by predecessor
rate-setting body and holding that the
statutory policy objectives of 801(b)(1)
‘‘invite the [Board] to exercise a
legislative discretion in determining
copyright policy in order to achieve an
equitable division of music industry
profits between the copyright owners
and users’’).
The four factors ‘‘pull in opposing
directions,’’ leading to a ‘‘range of
reasonable royalty rates that would
serve all these objectives adequately but
to differing degrees.’’ Recording Indus.
Ass’n of Am. v. Copyright Royalty
Tribunal, 662 F.2d 1, 9 (D.C. Cir. 1981)
(‘‘Phonorecords 1981 Appeal’’)
(citations omitted). Certain factors
require determinations ‘‘of a judgmental
or predictive nature,’’ while others call
for a broad fairness inquiry. Id. at 8
(citations & quotations omitted).
Accordingly, the Judges are ‘‘free to
choose’’ within the range of reasonable
rates . . . within a ‘zone of
reasonableness.’ ’’ Id. at 9 (citations
omitted).
Further, as explained at note 205 (and
the accompanying text) supra, the
‘‘reasonableness’’ analysis can be
undertaken as an initial step, followed
by consideration of the four itemized
factors, or the four-factor analysis can be
undertaken as part of the
‘‘reasonableness’’ analysis. I have
followed what I understand to be the
more conventional approach in
proceedings applying the section
801(b)(1) standards by essentially
undertaking the former approach.
However, my following consideration of
the four itemized section 801(b)(1)
factors also provides further support for
318 Once again, separate and apart from the
usefulness of the 2012 benchmark structure and
rates as benchmark evidence, the existing rate
structure and rates, which embody the 2012
settlement, serve as a default rate structure and set
of rates, because the other evidence in the record
does not support an alternative approach. See Music
Choice, supra.
PO 00000
Frm 00099
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2015
the findings identifying the reasonable
rate structure and rates.
A. The Relationship of the Four
Itemized Factors to the Market Rate
The D.C. Circuit recently reiterated
the relationship between the 801(b)
standard and market-based rates by
contrasting that standard with the
willing buyer/willing-seller standard set
forth in 17 U.S.C. 114(f)(2)(B). The court
noted that the two standards are
distinguishable by the fact that, unlike
section 114(f)(2)(B), section 801(b)(1)
does not focus in the same manner as
rates that would be set in a marketplace.
SoundExchange, Inc. v. Muzak LLC, 854
F.3d 713, 715 (D.C. Cir. 2017).
However, to the extent that market
factors may implicitly address any (or
all) of the four itemized factors, the
reasonable, market-based rates may
remain unadjusted, And, if the evidence
suggest that the market-based rates fail
to account for any (or all) of these four
itemized factors, the Judges will adjust
the reasonable, market-based rate
appropriately. See SDARS I, supra at
4094 (applying the same itemized
factors and holding that ‘‘[t]he ultimate
question is whether it is necessary to
adjust the result indicated by
marketplace evidence in order to
achieve th[e] policy objective.’’).319
B. Factor A: Maximizing the
Availability of Creative Works to the
Public
1. Introduction
Factor A provides that rates and terms
should be determined to ‘‘maximize the
availability of creative works to the
public.’’ 17 U.S.C. 801(b)(1)(A). Of
particular importance, this provision
unambiguously links the upstream rates
and terms that the Judges are setting
with the downstream market, in which
‘‘the public’’ is listening to sound
recordings that embody musical works.
In a prior Determination, the Judges
made a general statement, attributed to
an expert economic witness, Dr. Janusz
Ordover, in SDARS I, that ‘‘[w]e agree
with Dr. Ordover that ‘voluntary
transactions between buyers and sellers
as mediated by the market are the most
effective way to implement efficient
allocations of societal resources.’
319 Thus, the Judges reject Copyright Owners’
argument that the first three itemized section
801(b)(1) factors per se reflect the same forces that
shape the rate set in the marketplace. See 4/4/17 Tr.
4589, 4666 (Eisenach). The Services also challenge
Dr. Eisenach’s assertion that he believes that the
first three itemized factors reflect market forces,
based on his prior writings and testimony, a charge
that he persuasively denies. Compare SJRCOPFF at
p.5 with 4/4/17 Tr. 4676–79 (Eisenach). I find this
dustup to be irrelevant to their objective analysis of
the itemized 801(b)(1) factors.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2016
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Ordover WDT at 11.’’ SDARS I, 73 FR
at 4094. However, as the discussion of
the economics of this market, supra,
should make plain, I do not agree that
such a broad statement captures all the
economic realities of the market. In fact,
Professor Ordover’s full testimony in
SDARS I clearly demonstrates that he
fully appreciates the particular aspects
of the economics of the markets at issue,
including the aspects relevant to Factor
A. More fully, Professor Ordover
testified as follows in SDARS I: 320
Unimpeded market transactions promote
economic efficiency and lead to supply and
demand decisions that maximize society’s
economic welfare. [I]n the special case of
markets for sound recordings and other
intellectual property . . . the incremental
cost of serving any single user is very low
relative to the initial cost of creation, and use
by any single user does not diminish the
availability of the content to others. . . . [T]o
account for these differences, pricing in these
markets should be based on the underlying
value of the product to the buyer.
. . .
The solutions to this policy problem focus
on an oft-noted tension in the pricing of
intellectual property between static and
dynamic efficiency. . . . [E]conomists have
. . . a clear answer . . . provided by so
called second-best . . . pricing.’’ . . . The
rule is that those customers—be they final
users or intermediate customers (such as the
SDARS, for example)—whose demand for the
product (content) is inelastic should pay a
higher markup above the marginal cost of
serving them, and those whose demands are
elastic should pay a lower markup. . . .
Since elasticity of demand is related to
‘‘willingness to pay’’ [WTP] [so] users or
usages with a high [WTP] . . . should be
required to contribute the most (per unit of
usage). . . . [T]his principle assures that the
greatest number of consumers will be able to
benefit from use of a product . . . . [‘‘V]aluebased pricing’’ . . . provides the correct
incentives for producers of content insofar as
it ensures that overall revenues from all
sources recoup the costs of creating the
content in the first place.
Ordover WDT at 4, 16–18 (emphasis
added). Professor Ordover then noted
the same upstream/downstream link
that I have identified in this proceeding:
[I]t is important to note that demand for
music content by the SDARS [or any
distribution channel] is a ‘‘derived demand’’
in the sense that it flows from consumers’
demand for the service as a distribution
channel for music. . . . [T]he SDARS’ [or any
distribution channel’s] [WTP] content owner
is inextricably linked to consumers’ [WTP]
for the . . . service . . . .
Id. at 18–19 (emphasis
added).321
320 I recount Professor Ordover’s testimony to
provide the context for the snapshot of his
testimony excerpted and relied on in SDARS I. I do
not rely on Professor Ordover’s testimony in
deciding any factual issues in this proceeding.
321 To estimate the different values (elasticities)
within a distribution channel, Professor Ordover
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
2. The Services’ Position
On behalf of the Services, Professor
Marx approaches Factor A in a manner
that is at once novel (for these
proceedings) yet consistent with
fundamental and relevant economic
principles. Specifically, she asserts that
maximization of the availability of
musical works (embodied in sound
recordings) to the public, through
interactive streaming, requires that the
combined ‘‘producer surplus’’ and
‘‘consumer surplus’’ be maximized,
because that leads to listening by all
segments of the public regardless of
their WTP. To understand Professor
Marx’s analysis, the economic
terminology on which she relies needs
a brief explanation.
The ‘‘producer surplus’’ is ‘‘the
amount by which the total revenue
received by a firm for units of its
product exceeds the total marginal cost.
. . .’’ A Schotter, Microeconomics: A
Modern Approach at 389 (2009). The
‘‘consumer’ surplus’’ is ‘‘[t]he difference
between what the consumer would be
willing [and able] to pay and what the
consumer actually has to pay.’’
Mansfield & Yohe, supra, at 93. When
a perfectly competitive market is in
equilibrium (or tending that way) ‘‘the
sum of consumer surplus . . . and
producer surplus . . . is maximized.’’
Schotter, supra, at 420. By contrast, if a
market is not perfectly competitive
because the sellers have some degree of
market power, and the level of output is
somewhat restricted, producer surplus
increases relative to consumer surplus—
with a portion of the overall surplus
redistributed to producers/sellers.
Another portion is lost as ‘‘a pure
‘deadweight’ loss . . . the principal
measure of the allocation of harm’’
arising from the exercise of market
power. Mansfield & Yohe, supra, at 499.
See also Schotter, supra, at 398 (setting
forth the accepted definition of
‘‘deadweight loss’’ as ‘‘[t]he dollar
measure of the loss that society suffers
when units of a good whose marginal
social benefits exceed the marginal
social cost of providing them are not
produced because of the profitmaximizing motives of the firm
involved.’’).322
found ‘‘highly informative’’ the ‘‘survey data and
results’’ obtained by a testifying survey expert, id.
at 23—just as I find informative the results of the
Klein Survey.
322 To be clear, this static ‘‘harm’’ is hardly
conclusive evidence that such market power is
actually harmful, or even inefficient, on balance, in
a dynamic sense. A monopoly may be more
efficient in reducing unit costs because of, inter
alia, necessary scale (such as a natural monopoly)
or because of superior production techniques.
PO 00000
Frm 00100
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
As the foregoing definitions imply,
the two surpluses may be measured by
reference to a single equilibrium price.
However, when sellers are able to price
discriminate, they enlarge the total
value of the combined surpluses,
diminish the ‘‘deadweight loss’’ and
appropriate for themselves the larger,
combined surplus. See Varian, supra at
465 (With price discrimination, ‘‘[j]ust
as in the case of a competitive market,
the sum of producer’s and consumer’s
surplus is maximized [but with] the
producer . . . getting the entire surplus
generated in the market. . . .’’). In fact,
price discrimination is ubiquitous in the
marketplace. See Baumol, Regulation
Misread by Misread Theory, supra.
Professor Marx marshals these
microeconomic principles, Marx WDT
¶ ¶ 119–122, to explain why the 2012
rate structure tends to incentivize and
support the maximization of musical
works available to the public under
Factor A. Id. ¶ ¶ 123–133. As she
testified:
[H]aving different means of price
discrimination is going to allow greater
efficiency to be achieved [i]f we have a way
for low willingness to pay consumers to
access music, for example, student discounts,
family discounts or ad-supported streaming,
where low-willingness-to-pay consumers can
still access music in a way that still allows
some monetization of that provision of that
service.
3/20/17 Tr. 1894–95 (Marx) (emphasis
added). See also Marx WDT ¶ 12 (‘‘An
economic interpretation of [F]actor A is
that the royalty structure should
‘‘maximize the pie’’ of total producer
and consumer surplus. . . .’’).
More granularly, Professor Marx
explained why the price discriminatory
rate structure is superior to a per play
model in maximizing the availability of
musical works to the public:
The subscription model provides an
efficiency benefit because the price of a play
is equal to the marginal cost of roughly
zero—a subscriber faces the true marginal
cost of playing a song over the internet and
thus consumes music at the efficient level.
When subscribers face a per-play royalty cost
of zero, interactive streaming services have
the appropriate incentive to encourage music
listening at the margin.
In contrast, if interactive streaming services
faced a positive per-play royalty cost, they
would have a diminished incentive to attract
and retain high-use consumers, the very type
of consumers who create the most social
surplus through their listening. They would
also have an incentive to discourage music
listening among the high-use consumers they
retain. The higher the level of per-play
royalties is, the more this incentive might
affect the behavior of interactive streaming
services.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Id. ¶ ¶ 130–131 and n.135 (emphasis
added) 323
Although Professor Marx’s analysis is
based on an understanding that
maximizing the availability of musical
works is a function of incentives to
distributors and a function of
downstream demand characteristics, she
notes that the variable, percent-of-rate
based rate structure is consistent with
agreements in the unregulated upstream
market, where record companies license
sound recordings to these same
interactive streaming services. In that
regard, she notes:
royalty payments should ensure that a
plentiful supply of works is forthcoming
into the future. . . .’’ Id. To accomplish
that end, Professor Watt argues the rates
should be set so as to ensure that
‘‘creators are given the correct
incentives to continue to create and
make available valuable works.’’ Id.
Further, Professor Watt argues that
even if the rates and rate structure are
designed to maximize the consumer and
producer surplus, such maximization
would not inform the Judges as to
whether that result satisfies Factor A.
Rather, according to Professor Watt:
Ironically, given the preference of . . .
Copyright Owners’ economists for market
outcomes in this context, they support a
proposal that would tend to [REDACTED],
which the unregulated sound recording side
of the market has facilitated. Their proposal
would also completely do away with
percentage-of-revenue rates that form a key
part of unregulated rates negotiated between
music labels and interactive streaming
services.
In effect, a royalty structure is simply a
way in which producer surplus, once
created, is shared between the interactive
streaming firms and the copyright holders,
but in and of itself, the structure does not
determine the size of either producer or
consumer surplus. Consumer surplus and
producer surplus are both entirely
determined by the interplay of the demand
curve for the product in question (here,
interactive music streaming) and the way the
product is priced by the interactive streaming
industry to its consumers. That is, regardless
of the structure of the royalty payments, the
‘‘size of the pie’’ is determined by the
unilateral decisions made by interactive
streaming firms about their pricing to
consumers.
Marx WRT ¶ 84 (emphasis added).
Beyond these theoretical arguments,
Dr. Leonard notes that this is the basic
rate structure that has existed for two
rate periods, and there is no evidence
that the songwriters as a group have
diminished their supply of musical
works to the public. In fact, he notes
that the music publishing sector has
been profitable throughout the present
rate period. 3/15/17 Tr. 1120 (Leonard).
I understand this point—particularly in
the context of Factor A—to indicate that
there has been and will continue to be
a growing supply of musical works
available to the public, because
profitability is a market signal for the
entry of new resources and supply. See
generally Varian, supra at 416 (‘‘[I]f a
firm is making profits we would expect
entry to occur.’’).
3. Copyright Owners’ Position
Copyright Owners, principally
through the rebuttal testimony of
Professor Watt, argue that Professor
Marx has made a fundamental error in
equating the maximizing of availability
of musical works with a maximization
of the sum of the producer and
consumer surplus. Watt WRT ¶ 10.
According to Professor Watt: ‘‘A better
understanding of criterion A is that the
323 With regard to Factor A as it relates to
Copyright Owners’ proposal, Professor Hubbard
also notes the supply-side ‘‘Cournot Complements’’
problem created by Copyright Owners’ reliance on
the unregulated sound recording market. This is a
problem because rates in such a ‘‘must have’’
unregulated market can be even higher than
monopoly rates, thereby depressing the quantity
supplied—contrary to a goal of maximizing the
availability of musical works. See 4/7/17 Tr. 5532
(Hubbard).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
Watt WRT ¶ 11.
Professor Watt also attempts to decouple the upstream and downstream
rate structures by analogizing interactive
streaming to a retail restaurant offering
of an ‘‘all you can eat buffet.’’ There,
restaurants pay a positive per unit price
for inputs of food offered at the buffet,
yet still—according to Professor Watt—
charge a single price for unlimited
access to the buffet. (Professor Watt does
not provide any evidence of how buffet
restaurants in fact make pricing
decisions.) Thus, he concludes that a
retailer, such as an interactive streaming
service or a buffet restaurant, can pay
for inputs (musical works or food) perunit while still charging an up-front
access fee ($9.99 per monthly
subscription or $9.99 for a buffet meal).
By this analogy, Professor Watt purports
to demonstrate that interactive
streaming services do not require nonunit royalty rates to serve their
downstream listeners. Id. ¶ 12.
Professor Watt further notes that
Spotify is not accurate when it claims
that listeners to its ad-supported service
do not pay a marginal positive price. He
notes that listening to advertising that
interrupts the music imposes a timerelated/annoyance cost that the listeners
must accept. This suggests to Professor
Watt that per-unit pricing (at least in a
non-monetary manner) indeed is
possible downstream. Id. ¶ 13.
(However, to the extent the advertising
PO 00000
Frm 00101
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2017
is informative, especially when it is
targeted to specific listeners, it is not
clear from the record that such
‘‘interruptions’’ would constitute a pure
cost. See Phillips WDT ¶ 33 (noting the
ability of streaming services to ‘‘deliver
extremely targeted advertising to
particular audiences.’’)).
Further, Professor Watt opines that
any positive marginal cost pricing of
songs by interactive streaming services
on subscription plans necessarily would
be offset by a reduction in the up-front
subscription price. He further suggests
that this consequence would not
necessarily be deleterious for the
streaming service because ‘‘[w]ith the
reduction in the fixed fee (along with
the positive per-unit price), it becomes
entirely possible that consumers who
were not initially in the market now
find it to be in their interests to join the
market, consuming positive amounts of
streamed music where previously they
consumed none.’’ Id. ¶ 15.
In their affirmative case regarding
Factor A, Copyright Owners argue that
‘‘availability maximization’’ should be
considered through the lens of the
creators, who seek high rates as a signal
to spur creation, and would see low
rates as a disincentive. In particular,
another of Copyright Owners’ expert
economic witnesses, Professor Rysman,
testified, in colloquy with the Judges,
that the importance of price-signaling
was so paramount that even a
hypothetical outlandish royalty would
induce creators to maximize
availability:
THE JUDGES: So if all the available music
was available on streaming services and the
subscription price was $10,000 a month, that
would be equally available as it would on an
ad-supported service?
PROFESSOR RYSMAN: That’s how I read
availability. . . . I think that would raise
questions in the other factors, but as I read
availability, that would still satisfy
availability.
4/3/17 Tr. 4397 (Rysman).
4. Analysis and Findings
For several reasons, I find that
Professor Marx’s analysis of how a price
discriminatory model maximizes
availability is correct.
First, the rationale for price
discrimination is two-fold; not only
does it serve low WTP listeners, but it
also serves copyright owners, by
incentivizing interactive streaming
services to increase the total revenue
that the price discriminating licensor
can obtain. Any seller or licensor would
prefer to maximize its revenue, and a
rate structure that will effect such
maximization thus would be the best
structural inducement. Moreover, for
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2018
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
purposes of applying Factor A, a rate
structure that better increases revenues,
ceteris paribus, would induce more
production of musical works, a result
that Copyright Owners should desire.324
Second, and by contrast, it would be
less profitable simply to equate
‘‘availability’’ with a higher rate. As
noted supra, any product that is priced
beyond the WTP of a significant portion
of the public is unavailable to that
segment. In this regard, Copyright
Owners have taken a cramped and
unrealistic view of such incentives. In
particular, I disagree with Professor
Rysman’s assertion that even a $10,000
per month subscription price would
increase ‘‘availability.’’ I find that he
misapprehends the nature of a price
signal. If the price is so high as to
eliminate or reduce total revenue to
creators, in no way will higher rates
simply induce the supply of creative
works over time.325 Indeed, even
monopolists do not seek the highest
price possible, but rather seek to
maximize profits. See Mansfield &
Yohe, supra, at 362–63 (‘‘Monopolies
maximize profits by producing where
marginal cost equals marginal
revenue.’’). Thus, even monopolists—
who have the most market power—are
constrained in their pricing by the
demand curve and the marginal revenue
it creates.326 Although a higher royalty
324 This point appears to raise a question: How
could Copyright Owners and their economic
experts argue against a rate structure that inures to
their benefit as well? The answer is: They do not.
As stated supra, they advocate for a rate set under
the bargaining room theory, through which
mutually beneficial rate structures can still be
negotiated, but not subject to the ‘‘reasonable rate’’
and itemized factor analysis required by law. In
those negotiations, as Dr. Eisenach candidly
acknowledged, Copyright Owners would have a
different threat point to use in order to obtain better
rates and terms. 4/4/17 Tr.4845–46 (Eisenach).
325 This point is reminiscent of an old joke from
the era of the Great Depression. A poor boy is
selling Apples on the street corner for a price of $1
million per apple. A man approaches and asks the
boy: ‘‘How many apples do you expect to sell at that
price?’’ To which the boy responds: ‘‘Well, I only
have to sell one!’’
326 On a technical economic level, perhaps
beyond the material in a prototypical ‘‘Economics
101’’ course, a party with market power, whether
a monopolist or otherwise, is not subject to a supply
curve, because a supply curve depicts how much
supply would be forthcoming at given prices,
whereas a firm with any pricing power can
influence both price and quantity. See Krugman &
Wells, supra, at 368 (‘‘[M]onopolists don’t have
supply curves . . . [A] monopolist . . . does not
take the price as a given; it chooses a profit
maximizing quantity, taking into account its own
ability to influence the price.’’). Oligopolists act
similarly, but their influence on price is
complicated by their predictions of, and reactions
to, the pricing and production decisions of their
oligopolistic competitors. See Nicholson & Snyder,
supra, at 521 (‘‘[I]n an oligopoly . . . prices depend
on how aggressively firms compete, which in turn
depends on which strategic variables firms choose,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
rate might have an immediate
superficial appeal, if the consequence
will be lower revenues, the high perplay rate would reveal itself as a form
of fool’s gold.327
Third, I find that the objective of
maximizing the availability of musical
works downstream to the public is
furthered by an upstream rate structure
that contains price discriminatory
characteristics that enhance the ability
of the interactive streaming services to
engage in downstream price
discrimination (‘‘down the demand
curve,’’ increasing revenue for both
Copyright Owners and the interactive
streaming services). That is, as
recognized by both Professor Marx in
this proceeding—and Professor Ordover
in SDARS I—upstream pricing is a
function of derived demand, and should
be ‘‘value-based,’’ i.e., discriminating
among the different values placed on
streamed music by different segments of
listeners.
Fourth, I find that Professors Watt and
Marx are talking past each other
regarding price discrimination.
Professor Watt argues that a percent-ofrevenue based upstream royalty
structure is not necessary in order for
the streaming services to price
discriminate downstream. However, I
understand Professor Marx to be
asserting not that a percent-of-revenue
royalty structure is a necessary
condition for downstream price
discrimination, but rather that some
form of price discrimination is
appropriate, and that a discriminatory
percent-of-revenue royalty structure will
better align the upstream and
downstream incentives, thus
maximizing the availability of musical
works downstream. A single upstream
price for musical works would tend to
make price discrimination downstream
how much information firms have about rivals, and
how often firms interact with each other in the
market.’’) In similar fashion, Professor Watt
acknowledged the presence of a supply curve in
competitive markets but declined to conclude that
one exists in the markets at issue here. 3/27/17 Tr.
3035–36 ([JUDGES]: ‘‘Is there a supply curve in the
market?’’ [PROFESSOR WATT]: ‘‘[T]hat’s a hard
question to answer. . . . [C]learly . . . economic
theory points to certain markets where there is no
supply curve, per se, and other markets in which
there would be. Like a perfectly competitive market,
it’s acceptable that there’s a supply curve. . . .
[O]once you get into non-perfectly competitive
output markets . . . it becomes really debatable.’’).
327 And, again, Copyright Owners are not
economic naifs. Once more, the bargaining room
approach is relevant, in connection with the
foregoing price discrimination analysis. A licensor
who could segment the market via WTP could
exploit the demand curve and increase revenues
above the revenues available in a single-price
market. Copyright Owners appear to understand
this point—acknowledging they would bargain
with licensees if the single-price rate set by the
Judges was too high.
PO 00000
Frm 00102
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
more difficult, because (as noted by
Professor Marx and Professor Ordover in
SDARS I) upstream demand is derived
from downstream demand.
To be clear, I do agree with Professor
Watt that percent-of-revenue pricing is
not necessary to facilitate price
discrimination downstream. Indeed, in
Web IV, the Judges adopted multi-tier
upstream per-play pricing, not percentof-revenue pricing, to reflect variable
WTP downstream. But here, Copyright
Owners have not proposed multiple-tier
per unit pricing, and nothing in the
record indicates how the Judges could
mold Copyright Owners’ per- play rate
into multiple, discriminatory rates. The
only rate structure proposed in this
proceeding that promotes such
efficiencies is the existing rate structure.
Because the Judges remain subject to
(and bounded by) the evidence adduced
at the hearing, they have before them
only one rate structure that promotes
and reflects the downstream market’s
need for price discrimination to
promote the availability of musical
works to the public.328
In this regard, Pandora notes the
challenges of operating a business that
has fixed revenues per customer but
variable cost. Herring WRT ¶ 17.
Copyright Owners did not provide
sufficient evidence that their proposed
per unit royalty rate would better
accommodate such risks. Instead, as
noted supra, Copyright Owners rely on
an analogy; Professor Watt’s comparison
of the streaming industry to the buffet
restaurant industry, in which he
assumed input suppliers did not charge
based on a percent of revenue. However,
Professor Watt admitted that his
testimony in this regard was ‘‘pure
observation,’’ and that he has never
consulted for a buffet restaurant and has
never performed any economic analysis
of the business strategies of buffet
restaurants. 3/27/17 Tr. 3173–74 (Watt).
I note one particular difference between
a foodstuff input to a buffet restaurant
and a musical stream input to an
interactive service: the foodstuff is a
private good, rivalrous in consumption,
i.e., with a positive marginal cost,
whereas the copy of the musical work
is non-rivalrous, i.e., with a zero
328 More particularly, in Web IV, the Judges set
multiple per-stream noninteractive royalty rates on
a per-play basis, differentiating among subscription
services, ad-supported services and educational
webcasters. These decisions were based on the
Judges’ understanding of the evidence at the
hearing. If the parties had presented the Judges with
evidence in this proceeding that would have
permitted them to fashion price-discriminatory perplay or per user rates, those would have been an
options for consideration. However, there was
insufficient evidence to permit me to depart from
the parties’ proposals in that regard.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
marginal production cost. Because this
difference is a critical aspect of the
economics of intellectual property,
Copyright Owners’ failure to explore
this distinction precludes judicial
reliance on their proffered analogy.
Fifth, I find that Professors Watt and
Marx are also talking past each other
with regard to the usefulness of the
consumer surplus/producer surplus
approach. Professor Watt claims that the
development of the surplus is relevant
only to determine how the surplus will
be split, as noted supra. See Watt WRT
¶ 11. Professor Marx takes issue with the
assertion that the rate structure does not
determine the size of either producer or
consumer surplus. I understand
Professor Marx’s point to be that a
royalty structure that efficiently
incentivizes price discrimination will
enlarge the producer surplus by
appropriating consumer surplus and
eliminating deadweight loss,329
resulting in more surplus that can then
be allocated between the licensors and
licensees. Indeed, a close reading of
Professor Watt’s testimony is not
inconsistent with this understanding.
He testified that the rate structure ‘‘in
and of itself’’ does not determine the
size of the producer surplus. Rather, he
testified that producer (and consumer)
surplus are ‘‘entirely determined by the
interplay of the [downstream] demand
curve and the way the product is priced
[downstream].’’ Id. But Professor Marx’s
point is that (1) upstream price
discrimination makes downstream price
discrimination more efficient; and (2)
downstream price discrimination (a)
increases the producer surplus (by
appropriating consumer surplus and
eliminating the ‘‘deadweight loss); and
(b) increases the quantity of musical
works listened to downstream, i.e., that
are available to the public at prices
approximating their WTP. She does not
state that the rate structure ‘‘in and of
itself’’ will impact the consumer
surplus; in fact, her point is that the rate
structure interacts with the demand
curve, via price discrimination, to affect
the size of the producer surplus.330
Sixth, I am unpersuaded by Professor
Watt’s argument that a positive per-play
charge levied downstream would likely
necessitate a lower subscription price
that would maximize availability of
music to the public. Although the point
329 And shift some consumer surplus to the
producers, which is the point of price
discrimination from the perspective of the seller.
330 Indeed, the enhancement of efficiency and the
increase in profits (with the attendant signal to
producers) is at the essence of price discrimination.
See Nicholson & Snyder, supra, at 507 (when
sellers’ price discrimination leads to an increase in
total output it is ‘‘allocatively superior’’).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
is economically logical, the services are
the market actors who interact with
listeners and are in the better position
to gauge consumer demand. It would be
inappropriate to rely on the opinion of
Copyright Owners’ expert as to what is
theoretically possible if the business
model was changed, or the impact of
that change on the availability of
musical works. Indeed, Professor Watt
could testify only that if the interactive
streaming services attempted to pass
through to listeners a per-unit royalty
via a per-unit downstream charge, it
would become ‘‘possible’’ that
consumers who were not initially in the
market would be induced by the lower
subscription price to join the market,
preferring the combination of the lower
subscription price and the positive per
play rate to a higher subscription price
and a lower per play rate. Watt WRT
¶ 15. However, the net effect of such a
change is simply speculative. What can
be said with some assurance is that such
a change would impose a positive
marginal cost on the listener for a
product (the copy of streamed music)
that has a zero production cost, which
is inconsistent with static allocative
efficiency. Also, if the services could
obtain more revenue by lowering the
subscription price and charging a perplay rate, there is nothing in the record
to explain why they have not engaged
in such a strategy on a widespread
basis.331
Seventh, although I acknowledge that,
in response to per-play pricing, the
services could implement downstream
usage restrictions, such as listening
caps, usage-based tiers and overage
charges (see Rysman WRT 75) such
steps would not align with the price
discriminatory model that would best
serve a listening market with a variable
WTP. Again, a price discriminatory
upstream rate structure is appropriate
not because it is either necessary or the
only way in which this market can be
structured, but rather because the record
331 Professor Watt notes that Spotify has engaged
in a non-monetary version of this strategy, offering
an ad-supported service with no up-front
subscription price but a non-monetary ‘‘fee’’ in the
form of burdensome advertising. Watt WRT ¶ 15.
However, as noted supra, it is not necessarily
correct to equate listening to advertising with a
monetary cost, because some advertising is
valuable, especially more targeted advertising (why
else would advertisers pay to advertise?) and nonmonetary costs may be quite de minimis for an
appreciable segment of the public. In any event, the
business of identifying consumer preferences in
order to establish the appropriate mix of up-front
fees and per-play ‘‘costs’’ is the specialized business
activity of the interactive streaming services, so any
change in rate structure that is premised on an
assumption that market demand and the
availability of musical works can be equally or
better served via a different rate structure needs to
be supported by additional record evidence.
PO 00000
Frm 00103
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2019
indicates it is a rate structure (among all
the ‘‘second best’’ economic options)
that has aligned well the characteristics
of both the upstream and downstream
markets in a manner that increases the
availability of musical works ‘‘down the
demand curve.’’ And once again, I note
that Copyright Owners and their experts
are not in the business of attempting to
market interactive streaming services in
the downstream market, so their
‘‘advice’’ as to the beneficial use of
listening caps, overages and tiered
subscriptions is simply speculative. See
[REDACTED].
In sum, I am persuaded that Professor
Marx’s analysis of Factor A is consistent
with the purpose of that statutory
objective and sound economic theory.
An upstream rate structure that contains
multiple royalties reflective of and
derived by downstream variable WTP
will facilitate beneficial price
discrimination. In turn, such price
discrimination allows for access to be
afforded ‘‘down the demand curve,’’
making musical works available to more
members of the public. Accordingly, I
would not make any adjustment
pursuant to Factor A.332
C. Factors B and C: Fair Income and
Returns and Consideration of the
Parties’ Relative Roles
Factor B directs the Judges to set rates
that ‘‘afford the copyright owner a fair
return for his or her creative work and
the copyright user a fair income under
existing economic conditions.’’ Factor C
instructs the Judges to weigh ‘‘the
332 The Majority Opinion finds that its significant
increase in rates is necessary to provide sufficient
income to songwriters and, thereby incentivize
songwriting which will make more musical works
‘‘available’’ to the public. In this regard, the
majority has made the same mistake as Professor
Rysman, confusing higher prices with increased
revenues. The majority has collapsed the existing
price discriminatory rate structure into a single
greater-of structure, based on two revenue prongs.
(which I acknowledge to be a ‘‘blunt’’ price
discriminatory tool, compared with the richer price
discrimination in the 2012 rate structure that has
worked successfully).The majority’s approach fails
to address two problems: (1) what is the evidence
as to the elasticity of demand that makes them
confidence that their 44% increase in rates will
bring forth additional revenue to songwriters? (That
is, what would be the corresponding decrease in
quantity demanded?); and (2) with the TCC rate
uncapped, how can the majority conclude that
sound recording companies will not seek to
preserve their share of royalties even as mechanical
royalties rise under the majority’s approach, leading
to a spiraling of royalties and a reduction of overall
quantity demanded that offsets the rate increases?
(This second problem is a reprise of my broader
criticism of the majority’s assumption that the
sound recording companies will docilely accept a
‘‘Shapley Surrender’’ (to coin a phrase) and accept
the transfer of tens of millions of dollars of royalties
from them to music publishers/songwriters, rather
than attempt to preserve their revenues and take
that preservation out of the hides of the services,
Copyright Owners, or both.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2020
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
relative roles of the copyright owner and
copyright user in the product made
available to the public,’’ across several
dimensions.333
As explained supra, Factor B, and,
implicitly, Factor C, were included in
section 801(b)(1) to establish a legal
standard that would pass constitutional
muster, yet the statutory language
paralleled public utility-style regulatory
principles.334 According to Mr. Nathan
in his 1967 congressional testimony,
these principles were ill-suited for
setting rates that ‘‘equitably divided
compensation for the ‘‘relative roles’’ of
licensors and licensees in order to
provide a ‘‘fair’’ outcome.335 However,
as the parties’ economic experts make
clear in their approaches to Factors B
and C, economics has evolved since Mr.
Nathan’s 1967 testimony in which he
criticized as economically impossible
any regulatory attempt to equitably
divide creative contributions.
333 These dimensions are: ‘‘creative contribution,
technological contribution, capital investment, cost,
risk, and contribution to the opening of new
markets for creative expression and media for their
communication.’’ Id.
334 Public utility-style regulation—especially in
1967 when Mr. Nathan was testifying—was classic
‘‘rate-of-return’’ regulation. Essentially, the
regulator would identify the utility’s costs,
determine the value of invested capital, ascertain an
appropriate rate of return on such capital, and,
then, establish the rate (or rates) charged to
customers (or to different customers), in order to
provide the utility with revenue that covers its costs
and provides a ‘‘reasonable rate of return.’’ See
generally C. Decker, Modern Economic Regulation
at 104 (2014).
335 The economic experts for Copyright Owners
and the Services acknowledge that microeconomic
principles (pre-Shapley values) do not provide
insights as to what constitutes ‘‘fairness.’’ See, e.g.,
3/30/17 Tr. 3991 (Gans) (‘‘fairness . . . is not a
topic that is sitting in an economics textbook
somewhere.’’); 3/20/17 Tr. 1830 (Marx) (‘‘Fairness
is not a notion that has a unique definition within
economics.’’); 1128–29 (Leonard) (‘‘economists . . .
typically don’t do ‘fair’ ’’); 4/13/17 Tr. 5919
(Hubbard) (Economists aren’t philosophers. I can’t
go to the biggest picture meaning of ‘‘fair’’. . . .).
Rather, economists attempt to identify ex ante
‘‘fairness’’ by identifying fair processes in the
workings of and structure of markets and
bargaining, and in the efficiency of outcomes
generated by these processes, although their
understanding of what constitutes a fair ‘‘process’’
varies. See, e.g. 3/13/17 Tr. 555 (Katz) (‘‘[T]he most
useful or practical way of thinking about it here was
really to focus on whether the process is fair’’ . . .
[and] a conception that’s often used in economics
is that a process is fair if it’s . . . competitive or
the outcome of a competitive market. A competitive
bargaining process is fair. And so that’s the—the
central notion of fairness that I used here.’’); 3/15/
17 Tr. 1129 (Leonard) (‘‘My concept of fair . . . and
what I think a lot of economists would say is that
if you have . . . a negotiation between two parties
and there are no . . . constraints such as holdup
. . . and there’s no market power . . . again I
hesitate to use the word, so maybe I’ll put it in
quotes, would be [‘]fair[’].’’); Eisenach WDT ¶ 24 (‘‘a
rate set at the fair market value by definition
provides fair returns and incomes to both the
licensee and licensor.’’)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
The parties’ economic experts have
addressed the Factor B and C issues
through either a Shapley value analysis
or an analysis ‘‘inspired’’ by the Shapley
valuation approach.336 The Judges
defined and described the Shapley
value in a prior distribution proceeding:
‘‘[T]the Shapley value gives each player
his ‘average marginal contribution to the
players that precede him,’ where
averages are taken with respect to all
potential orders of the players.’’
Distribution of 1998 and 1999 Cable
Royalty Funds, 80 FR 13423, 13429
(Docket No. 2008–1) (March 13, 2015)
(citing U. Rothblum, Combinatorial
Representations of the Shapley Value
Based on Average Relative Payoffs, in
The Shapley Value: Essays in Honor of
Lloyd S. Shapley 121 (A. Roth ed.
1988)).337 See also Gans WDT ¶ 64 (‘‘The
Shapley value approach . . . models
bargaining processes in a free market by
considering all the ways each party to
a bargain would add value by agreeing
to the bargain and then assigns to each
party their average contribution to the
cooperative bargain.’’); Marx WDT ¶ 144
(‘‘The idea of the Shapley value is that
each party should pay according to its
average contribution to cost or be paid
according to its average contribution to
value. It embodies a notion of
fairness.’’); Watt WRT ¶ 23 (‘‘The
Shapley model is a game theory model
that is ultimately designed to model the
outcome in a hypothetical ‘‘fair’’ market
environment. It is closely aligned to
bargaining models, when all bargainers
are on an equal footing in the process.’’).
In the parties’ direct cases, on behalf
of the Services, Professor Marx
constructed a Shapley model. On behalf
of Copyright Owners, Professor Gans
developed what he described as a
‘‘Shapley-inspired’’ approach. In
rebuttal to Professor Marx’s Shapley
value model, Copyright Owners,
through the testimony of Professor Watt,
criticized Professor Marx’s analysis, and
made adjustments to her model.
336 Dr. Lloyd Shapley won a Nobel Memorial
Prize in economics for this work. The Shapley
approach represents a method for identifying fair
outcomes, previously unaddressed in
microeconomics. Mr. Nathan did not reference the
potential use of the Shapley value approach in his
1967 testimony, perhaps because this methodology,
although developed by Lloyd Shapley in 1953, was
not yet widespread in the economic literature.
337 The parties’ economic expert witnesses find
that these Factors B and C are properly considered
jointly in the present proceeding, and I agree. See
Marx WDT ¶ ¶ 11–2 (the Shapley value . . .
operationalizes the concept of fair return based on
relative contributions.’’); Watt WRT ¶ 22 (‘‘the
Shapley model is a very appropriate methodology
for finding a rate that satisfies factors B and C of
801(b)’’); see also Gans WDT ¶ ¶ 65 n. 35, 67 (noting
the Shapley approach provides for a ‘‘fair
allocation’’ as among input suppliers to reflect ‘‘the
contributions made by each party.’’)
PO 00000
Frm 00104
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
1. The Parties’ Shapley Value Evidence
and Testimony
a. Shapley Values
A Shapley value approach requires
the economic modeler to identify
downstream revenues available for
division among the parties. The
economic modeler must also input each
provider’s costs, which each must
recover out of downstream revenues, in
order to identify the residue, i.e., the
Shapley ‘‘surplus,’’ available for
division among the parties. As such, the
Shapley approach is cost-based, in the
same general manner as a public utilitystyle rate-setting process identifies a
utility’s costs that must be recovered
before an appropriate rate of return can
be set.338 In the present case, Copyright
Owners and the Services have applied
this general approach in different ways,
and each challenges the appropriateness
of the other’s model.
To summarize the differences in their
approaches, Professor Marx utilizes a
Shapley value approach that purposely
alters the actual market structure in
order to obtain results that intentionally
deviate from the market-based
distribution of profits—in order to
determine rates she identifies as
reflecting a ‘‘fair’’ division of the
surplus (Factor B) and recompense for
the parties’ relative roles (Factor C).
By contrast, Professor Watt’s
‘‘correction’’ of Professor Marx’s model
rejects her alteration of the market
structure to achieve such a result.
Rather, he maintains that the
incorporation of ‘‘all potential orders of
the players’’ in her model—as in all
Shapley models—already adjusts for the
hold-out power of any input provider
who might threaten to walk away from
a transaction.
Professor Gans, like Professor Watt,
does not attempt to alter the market
structure. However, Professor Gans also
does not attempt to construct Shapley
values from the ground up. Rather, he
takes as a given Dr. Eisenach’s
estimation that record companies
receive a royalty of $[REDACTED] per
play from interactive streaming services.
Because Professor Gans identifies
musical works and sound recordings as
perfect complements, he assumes that
the musical works licensors would
receive the same profit as the record
companies (but not the same royalty
rate, given their different costs). Because
this is not a Shapley value ground-up
338 Unlike in public utility regulation, the
Shapley value method considers the costs of all
input providers whose returns will be determined.
In traditional public utility rate regulation, the
utility is a monopoly and thus the only provider of
a regulated service.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
approach (which would entail
estimating the input costs of all three
input providers—the record companies,
the music publishers and the interactive
streaming services—Professor Gans
candidly acknowledged on crossexamination that he did not perform a
full-fledged Shapley value analysis;
hence he describes his methodology as
a ‘‘Shapley-inspired’’ approach. 3/30/17
Tr. 4109 (Gans) ([Q]: ‘‘[Y]ou do, is it fair
to say, a Shapley-inspired analysis, if it
wasn’t a Shapley model?’’ [PROFESSOR
GANS]: ‘‘That’s fair enough.’’).
b. Professor Marx’s Shapley Value
Approach
Professor Marx testified that, as an
initial matter ‘‘[t]he Shapley value
depends upon how [the modeler]
delineate[s] the entities contributing to
a particular outcome.’’ Marx WDT ¶ 145.
More particularly, Professor Marx
delineated the entities in a manner that
was ‘‘not putting in market power into
the model.’’ 3/20/17 Tr. 1862–63 (Marx).
That is, she modeled the downstream
interactive streaming services as a
combined single service (and she added
to her model ‘‘other distribution types
as another form of downstream
distribution to account for the potential
opportunity cost (‘‘cannibalization’’) of
interactive streaming). By modeling the
downstream market in this manner,
Professor Marx artificially—but
intentionally—treated the multiple
interactive streaming services as a single
service, a treatment used as a device (or
artifact) to countervail the allegedly real
market power of the collectives (the
music publishers and the record
companies respectively) that owned the
other inputs—a market power that
Professor Marx concluded must be
removed (i.e., offset) to establish a fair
division of the surplus and a fair rate.
See 3/20/17 Tr. 1865, 1907 (Marx)
(‘‘[M]y goal is to model a fair market,
where there [are] no obvious
asymmetries in market power upstream
versus down. So I viewed it as
appropriate to view interactive
streaming as one player.’’).
With regard to the upstream market of
copyright holders, Professor Marx
utilized two separate approaches. In her
self-described ‘‘baseline’’ approach, she
‘‘treat[ed] rights holders as one
upstream entity, reflecting the broad
overlap in ownership between
publishers and record labels.’’ Marx
WDT ¶ ¶ 146, 162. In her ‘‘alternative’’
approach, she ungrouped the two
collectivized copyright holders—the
songwriters/publishers, on the one
hand, and the recording artists/record
companies, on the other. Id. The two
purposes of her alternative approach
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
were: (1) to separately allocate surplus
and indicate rates for musical works
(the subject of this proceeding); and (2)
to illuminate the additional ‘‘bargaining
power’’ of each category of copyright
holder when these two categories of
necessary complements arrive
separately in the input market under the
Shapley methodology. 3/20/17 Tr.
1883–84 (Marx). Each of Professor
Marx’s Shapley value approached is
considered in more detail infra.
i. Professor Marx’s Baseline Approach
Professor Marx noted the undisputed
principle that ‘‘[t]he calculation of the
Shapley value depends on the total
value created by all the entities together
and the values created by each possible
subset of entities.’’ Marx WDT ¶ 147.
Equally undisputed is the
understanding that ‘‘[t]hese values are
functions of the associated revenue and
costs.’’ Id.
The surplus to be divided (from
which rates can be derived) is realized
at the downstream end of the
distribution chain when revenues are
received from retail consumers. That
surplus can be measured as the profits
of the downstream streaming services
(and the alternative services in her
model), i.e., their ‘‘revenue minus . . .
non-content costs.’’ 339 The total
combined value created by the delivery
of the sound recordings through the
interactive (and substitutional)
streaming services consists of: (1) the
aforementioned profits downstream
(i.e., service revenue ¥ non-content
cost) minus (2) ‘‘the copyright owners’
non-content costs. Simply put,
‘‘surplus’’ reflects the amount of retail
revenue that the input providers can
split among themselves after their noncontent costs (i.e., the costs they do not
simply pay to each other) have been
recovered.
Thus, any Shapley value calculation
requires data to estimate costs and
revenues. In her Shapley analysis,
Professor Marx relied on 2015 data from
Warner/Chappell for her music
publisher non-content cost data and its
ownership-affiliated record company,
Warner Music Group, for record
company non-content costs. She was
limited to this data set for non-content
costs because among all major holders
of musical works and sound recording
339 Content costs, as opposed to non-content
costs, are not deducted because the content costs
comprise the surplus to be allocated in terms of
royalties paid and residual (if any) that remains
with the interactive streaming (and substitute)
services. The non-content costs, as discussed infra,
must be recovered by each input provider as part
of its Shapley value, because entities must recover
costs.
PO 00000
Frm 00105
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2021
copyrights ‘‘only Warner . . . breaks
down its cost by geographic region and
by source in enough detail to estimate
the amounts needed.’’ Marx WDT
¶ ¶ 149–50. Utilizing this Warner cost
data and extrapolating to the entire
industry, Professor Marx estimated that
‘‘Musical Work Copyright Holders’ Total
Non-Content Costs’’ equaled $424
million; and ‘‘Sound Recording
Copyright Holders’ Total non-content
costs equaled $2.605 billion (more than
six times copyright Holders’ noncontent costs), summing to total
upstream non-content costs of $3.028
billion. Id. ¶ 150, Fig. 26.
Turning to the downstream
distribution outlets, Professor Marx
identified and relied on Spotify’s 2015
revenue and cost data from for
interactive streaming services, and for
the alternative distribution modes, she
relied on Pandora’s and Sirius XM’s
revenue and cost data. Id. ¶ 152 and
nn.149–152. Using that data, Professor
Marx estimated interactive streaming
revenue of $[REDACTED]; and (2)
interactive streaming profit of
$[REDACTED]. For the alternative
distributors (Pandora and Sirius XM),
she estimated (1) revenues of $8.514
billion; and (2) profits of $3.576 billion.
The total downstream revenue,
according to Professor Marx, equaled an
estimated $10.118 billion. Id. ¶ 153 &
Fig. 27.
Professor Marx noted that there would
be some degree of substitution between
interactive streaming services and
alternative distribution channels (e.g.,
non-interactive internet radio and
satellite radio). Id. ¶ 154. She opined
that ‘‘it is difficult to determine the
exact value of this substitution effect,’’
so she reported a range of Shapley value
calculations that corresponded to ‘‘a
range of possible substitution effects.’’
Id.
These data were all inputs into the
Shapley algorithm, i.e., assigning value
to each input provider for each potential
order of arrival among these categories
of providers to the market. The multiple
values were summed and averaged as
required by the Shapley methodology to
arrive at the ‘‘Shapley value,’’ which as
explained supra, accounts for each
entity’s revenues and (non-content)
costs under each possible ordering of
market-arrivals.
Based on the foregoing, Professor
Marx estimated that the total royalty
payment due from the interactive
streaming services to the Copyright
Owners would range from
$[REDACTED] to $[REDACTED], based
on varying assumptions as to the
substitution between interactive
services and substitute delivery
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2022
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
channels. This range of dollar-based
revenues reflected a ‘‘percentage of
revenue’’ paid by interactive streaming
services to all copyright holders
(musical works and sound recordings)
ranging from [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]%. Id. ¶ ¶ 159–160.
Professor Marx then noted that this is
well below the combined royalty rate of
[REDACTED]% paid by Spotify for
musical works and sound recording
rights, indicating that the actual
combined royalty payments are clearly
too high. Id. ¶ 161.340
revenue for musical works royalties (i.e.,
‘‘All-In’’ royalties). Accordingly,
Professor Marx concludes that
‘‘[b]ecause this proceeding is about
mechanical rates, the fairness
component of 801(b) factors suggests
that interactive streaming’s mechanical
rates should be reduced from their
current level.’’ Id. ¶ 161.
ii. Professor Marx’s Alternative
Approach
Copyright Owners criticize Professor
Marx’s model for ‘‘failing to accurately
reflect realities of the market, where
current observed market rates for sound
recording royalties alone are
approximately [REDACTED]% of
service revenue. See Watt WRT ¶ 23;
Written Rebuttal Testimony of Joshua
Gans on Behalf of Copyright Owners
¶ ¶ 19, 28 (Gans WRT); see also COPFF
¶ 741. More technically, Copyright
Owners object to Professor Marx’s
joinder of the sound recording and
musical works rightsholders as a single
upstream entity in her ‘‘baseline’’
model, which had the undisputed effect
of lowering Shapley values, and hence
royalties, available to be divided
between the two categories of
rightsholders. Gans WRT ¶ 21; Watt
WRT App. 3 at 2) (noting that in the real
world, as opposed to the stylized
Shapley-world, the institutional
structure is such that the two would not
jointly negotiate with licensees); see also
COPFF ¶ 742. Even more particularly,
Professor Gans questions Professor
Marx’s rationale for her joint negotiation
assumption, viz., the’ overlapping
ownership interests of record companies
and music publishers. Gans WRT ¶ 21.
I find this criticism of Professor
Marx’s baseline approach to be
appropriate, in that it was not necessary
to combine the two rightsholders in a
Shapley analysis. As Professor Watt
explained in his separate criticism,
there is no need to collapse the
rightsholders into a single bargaining
entity to eliminate holdout power by the
respective rightsholders, because the
‘‘heart and soul’’ of the Shapley value
excludes the holdout value that any
input supplier could exploit in an actual
bargain. 3/27/17 Tr. 3073 (Watt). More
particularly, Professor Watt explains:
As noted supra, Professor Marx also
performed an ‘‘alternative’’ Shapley
value in which (as opposed to her
baseline approach) she modeled the
upstream market as two entities: ‘‘a
representative copyright holder for
musical works and a representative
copyright holder for sound recordings.’’
Id. ¶ 163. (That change enlarged the
number of ‘‘arrival’’ orderings to 24
(four factorial) but, in all other respects,
Professor Marx’s methodology was the
same as her methodology in her initial
approach. See id. ¶ 199, App. B).
Under this alternative approach with
two owners of collective copyrights
upstream (musical works owners and
sound recording owners), interactive
streaming’s total royalty payments range
from [REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]%
of streaming revenue. Id. (Sound
recording copyright holders’ total
royalty income under this alternative
approach ranged from [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]% of revenue. Id. Professor
Marx explained that this higher range of
combined royalties (as a percentage) in
her alternative approach arose from the
fact that splitting the copyright holders
into two creates two ‘‘must-haves’’
providing each upstream entity with
more ‘‘market power and consequently
higher payoffs than the baseline
calculation.’’ Id. ¶ 164, n.153. By
splitting the upstream licensors into two
categories (record companies and
musical works licensors), Professor
Marx calculated that ‘‘musical work
copyright holders’ total royalty income
as a percentage of revenue ranges from
[REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]%.’’ Id.
¶ 163. By way of comparison, Spotify
actually pays [REDACTED]% of its
340 Because her baseline approach combines
sound recording and musical works licensors into
a single entity, Professor Marx does not break out
separate royalties for musical works or mechanical
licenses. However, she recommends that the
mechanical rate should be lowered based on this
finding. Professor Marx does specifically estimate
the musical works rate under her Alternative
approach, as discussed infra.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
iii. Discussion of Professor Marx’s
Shapley Value Approach and the
Criticisms of the Copyright Owners’
Witnesses
The model . . . allows us to capture a
player’s necessity [and] bargaining power,
including vetoes, holdouts, everything . . .
that’s actually in the market. It allows us to
import all of that into a model that generates
a fair reflection upon each player of what
they actually do without any abuse of . . .
any power that they may have.
PO 00000
Frm 00106
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Id. at 3058–59. He emphasizes that,
because the Shapley approach
incorporates all possible ‘‘arrivals’’ of
input suppliers, it eliminates from the
valuation and allocation exercise the
effect of an essential input supplier
holding out every time or arriving
simultaneously with another input
supplier (or apparently creating Cournot
Complement inefficiencies). Id. at 3069–
70.
However, the foregoing criticism does
not pertain to Professor Marx’s second
Shapley value model—her
‘‘Alternative’’ model—in which she
maintains the two separate rightsholders
for musical works and sound
recordings. Marx WDT ¶ 146, n.153; 3/
20/17 Tr. 1871–72 (Marx). With regard
to this Alternative model, Copyright
Owners level a more general criticism of
Professor Marx’s approach that does
pertain to this model (as well as her
Baseline model). They assert, through
both Professors Gans and Watt, that
Professor Marx wrongly distorted the
actual market in yet another manner—
by assuming the existence of only one
interactive streaming service—rather
than the presence of competing
interactive streaming services. Watt
WRT ¶ ¶ 25, 32 n.19, 17; Gans WRT
¶ ¶ 55–56; see also COPFF ¶ 755. By this
change, they argue, Professor Marx
inflated the Shapley surplus attributable
to the interactive streaming services
compared to the actual proportion they
would receive in the market.
According to Professor Gans, this
simplified assumption belies the fact
that the market is replete with many
substitutable interactive streaming
services, whose competition inter se
reduces each service’s bargaining
power. The problem, he opines, is that
to the extent the entities being
combined are substitutes for one
another—such as alternative music
services—then combining them ignores
the effects of competition between them,
thereby inflating their combined share
of surplus from the joint enterprise (i.e.
their Shapley value). Gans WRT ¶ 21.
Professor Marx does not deny that she
intentionally elevated the market power
of the services by combining them in the
model as a single represent agent.
However, as noted supra, she explained
that she made this adjustment to offset
the concentrated market power that the
rightsholders possess—separate and
apart from any holdout power they
might have (which, as noted by
Professor Watt, is addressed by the
Shapley ordering algorithm). Thus, her
alteration of market power apparently
was designed to address an issue—
market power—that the Shapley value
approach does not address. 3/20/17 Tr.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
1863 (Marx) (‘‘I want a model that
represents a fair outcome in the absence
of market power, so I am going to have
to be careful about how I construct the
model that I am not putting in market
power into the model.’’).
Although at first blush it would seem
more appropriate for Professor Marx to
have directly adjusted the copyright
holders’ market power by breaking them
up into several entities each with less
bargaining power, such an approach
would have made Shapley modeling
less tractable (by increasing the number
of arrival alternatives in the algorithm),
compared with the practicality of
equalizing market power by inflating the
power of the streaming services (by
reducing them to a single representative
agent).341
Professor Gans testified that
(regardless of how Professor Marx
sought to equalize market power) her
approach was erroneous because
Shapley values are meant to incorporate
market power asymmetries, not to
eliminate them. Gans WRT ¶ 31 (noting
Shapley values incorporate market
power asymmetries). However, I note
that Professor Gans acknowledged that
in an Australian legal proceeding, he too
combined multiple downstream entities
into a single entity in his Shapley value
approach in ‘‘comparison’’ to two
upstream rightsholders. 3/30/17 Tr.
4179 (Gans). Additionally, Professor
Watt has authored and published an
article (cited at Gans WDT ¶ 65, n.36) in
which he too ‘‘artificially’’ equalized
market power between rightsholders
and licenses (radio stations) in the same
manner. See R. Watt, Fair Copyright
Remuneration: The Case of Music
Radio, 7, 25, 35 (2010) 7 Rev. of Econ.
Res. on Copyright Issues 21, 25, 35
(2010) (‘‘artificially’’ modeling the
‘‘demand side of the market as a single
unit, rather than individual radio
stations . . . thereby . . . add[ing]
(notionally) monopsony power to the
demand side’’ to offset the monopoly
power of the input supplier).
In essence, the import of this criticism
is actually not about the faithfulness of
Professor Marx’s approach to the
Shapley Value model. Rather, the
salience of this critique pertains to her
341 For example, in Professor Marx’s ‘‘alternative’’
Shapley model, she models four entities, two
upstream (musical works holders and sound
recording holders), and two downstream (the
representative single streaming service and a single
alternate distribution outlet). With these four
entities, the number of different arrival orders is 4!,
or 24. If Professor Marx instead had broken the
musical works copyright holders and the sound
recording copyright holders respectively into two
entities, the number of total entities would have
increased from 4 to 6. The number of arrival orders
would then have increased from 24 to 720.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
decision to include within her ‘‘fair
income/return’’ and ‘‘relative
contribution’’ analysis of Factors B and
C an adjustment for market power
asymmetry that seeks to equalize market
power as between Copyright Owners
and the streaming services. In this
regard, her adjustment is consistent
with testimony by Professor Katz, who
cautioned that the Shapley value
approach takes the parties’ market
power as a given, locking-in whatever
disparities exist. 4/15/15 Tr. 4992–93
(Katz).
I agree with Professor Watt and find
that the Shapley value approach
inherently eliminates the ‘‘hold-out’’
problem that would otherwise cause a
rate to be unreasonable, in that it would
fail to reflect effective (or workable)
competition. However, Professor Marx’s
Shapley value approach attempts to
eliminate a separate factor—market
power—that she asserts renders a
market-based Shapley approach
incompatible with the objectives of
Factors Band C of section 801(b)(1).
Strictly speaking, this issue does not
raise the question of which approach is
more consistent with the traditional
Shapley value approach, but rather, as
Professor Marx noted, whether the
modeler should equalize market power
in this particular context in order to
satisfy these two statutory objectives.
See also 3/27/17 Tr. 3126–27 (Watt)
(indicating that a market rate ‘‘might
reflect’’ both existing market power and
‘‘abuse of monopoly power,’’ the latter
in the form of ‘‘hold-out’’ behavior, but
the Shapley Value approach will
eliminate the ‘‘abuse of monopoly
power.’’).342
342 At the hearing, Professor Watt was confronted
on cross-examination with his published article
stating that the Shapley value eliminates ‘‘market
power.’’ As the foregoing analysis indicates, though,
the Shapley value incorporates whatever market
power exists (unless otherwise adjusted). Professor
Watt testified that his language in this regard was
‘‘poorly worded’’ and that he intended to state that
the Shapley value eliminates the ‘‘abuse of market
power,’’ by which he meant the ability of ‘‘must
have’’ suppliers to ‘‘hold out’’ and refuse (or
threaten to refuse) to negotiate. 3/27/17 Tr. 3131–
33, 3148 (Watt). The Judges find, considering the
totality of Professor Watt’s testimony and writings,
that he indeed intended to refer to ‘‘abuse of market
power’’ in his prior writing. This seems clear
because he has consistently expressed the opinion
that the Shapley value does prevent the exploitation
of complementary oligopoly (must have/hold out)
power, through its inclusion of all ‘‘arrival
orderings’’ in its algorithm. However, his writings
(like Professor Gans’s prior work with which he was
confronted on cross-examination) demonstrate that
the Shapley value approach may be applied by
adjusting the number of licensors or licensees to
change any existing market power disparities. This
is fully consistent with Professor Marx’s testimony
that the extent of market power remains a choice
for the Shapley modeler, and Professor Katz’s
testimony that a Shapley value that makes no such
PO 00000
Frm 00107
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2023
In the present case, the issue of
market power, as it relates to the
fairness of the rates and their reflection
of the parties’ relative roles and
contributions, pertains in large measure
to the power of the rightsholders
derived from their status as collectives.
As noted supra, music publishing is
highly concentrated among a few large
publishers. (As also noted supra, the
major record companies likewise
control significant percentages of the
market.) These large entities provide the
efficiencies of a collective, performing
the salutary service of minimizing
licensing transaction costs. However, a
by-product of collectives is the
concentration of pricing power. This is
why, for example, the performing rights
societies, ASCAP and BMI, operate
under consent decrees that limit their
receipt of royalty rates reflective of their
market power. See R. Epstein, Antitrust
Consent Decrees at 31(2007) (noting that
a collective representing numerous
musical works can be understood as ‘‘all
potential competitors in the market
banded together . . . who will sell their
goods—at above-competitive prices.’’).
Professor Marx’s adjustment for
market power, like Professor Watt’s
adjustment as noted in his article (and
like Professor Gans’s adjustment in his
Shapley approach in the
aforementioned Australian proceeding),
ameliorates this collective pricing
power. In that sense, the adjustment
renders the Shapley value more
representative of ‘‘fairness’’ and
‘‘relative contributions.’’ In the process,
the baby is not thrown out with the
bathwater, so to speak, because the
lower transaction costs achieved by the
collectives are inputs in the Shapley
model, thereby enlarging the surplus
available for sharing among all input
suppliers. (That is, if the songwriters
were disaggregated (‘‘uncollectivized’’)
and required to bargain separately with
each interactive streaming service,
transaction costs would be higher, if not
disabling.)
Professor Marx’s adjustment thus
mitigates the collective market power of
music publishers, yet retains the lower
transaction costs incurred by
rightsholders. In this approach, I detect
a clear and modern echo of the ‘‘public
utility’’ rate regulation history that was
the foundation for Factors B and C of
section 801(b)(1). The goal of such rate
regulation has been to maintain the
efficient cost structure of the utility (i.e.,
its low average costs), while
ameliorating the ability of sellers to use
their concentrated market power to earn
adjustment simply takes as given any disparity in
market power that actually exists.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2024
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
supranormal profits. See Decker, supra,
(public utility rate of return regulation
is intended to allow the regulated entity
to recover its costs and a ‘‘fair rate of
return’’). Professor Marx’s market power
adjustment provides a form of market
power mitigation, while still
incorporating the higher surplus
emanating from the more efficient cost
structure of collectivized licenses.343
iv. Application of Professor Marx’s
Shapley Value Analysis in this
Proceeding
Consideration of whether to apply
Professor Marx’s Shapley value model
requires the placement of her modeling
in the proper context of other evidence
in this proceeding. More particularly,
her Shapley value methodology must be
compared with the process that led to
the creation of the 2012 rate structure.
This comparison demonstrates that the
Judges should not make any adjustment
to the reasonable rates they have
determined in this proceeding through
an application of the Shapley value
analyses.344
The 2012 rate structure (for subparts
B and C) was the product of an
industrywide negotiation, with the
music publishers represented by the
NMPA and the interactive streaming
services represented by DiMA, their
respective trade associations, continuing
the 2008 industrywide settlement rate
structure for subpart B. (Although
individual entities also participated, the
settlement was industrywide.) When
such a settlement occurs, it contains the
same benefits with regard to the
avoidance of the ‘‘hold-out’’ effect and
the equalizing of bargaining power as
produced by Professor Marx’s Shapley
343 To be clear, although I find such a market
power adjustment a relevant consideration in a
section 801(b)(1) Factor B and C analysis, it is not
a consideration when determining only a rate that
reflects ‘‘effective competition.’’ An effectively
competitive rate need not adjust for such market
power, because such a rate (as also set under the
willing buyer/willing seller standard of 17 U.S.C.
14(f)(2)(B)) does not include consideration of these
two factors or their public utility style legislative
history antecedents. Alternately stated, the Shapley
value approach, without any adjustments for market
power, eliminates only the complementary
oligopoly (‘‘must have’’) effect, through its use of all
‘‘arrival orderings,’’ indicating the outcome of an
effectively competitive market, but does not
necessarily address the Factor B and C objectives.
344 Professor Marx estimated a Shapley-derived
rate of [REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]%. Marx
WDT ¶ 163 & App. B. This rate range brackets the
‘‘headline’’ 10.5% rate in the 2012 benchmark but
is [REDACTED] pursuant to the 2012 benchmark
structure. However, I note that Professor Marx
testified that the mechanical rate she derived in her
Alternate Shapley approach was not intended to be
precise, but rather indicative of a range and
direction for the Judges to consider. 4/7/17 Tr. 5576
(Marx) (the Factor B and C Shapley Value analysis
points in the ‘‘direction’’ of rates ‘‘moving slightly
lower’’ within the existing rate structure).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
value modeling. See 3/13/17 Tr. 577
(Katz) (‘‘I think of the shadow as
balancing the bargaining power between
the two parties.’’); Katz CWRT 136,
n.236 (‘‘there are market forces that
promote the achievement of the
statutory objectives in private
agreements, such as the 2012
Settlement, when the parties are equally
matched (it was an industry-wide
negotiation) and the negotiations are
conducted in the shadow of a pending
rate-setting proceeding that can be
expected to set reasonable rates in the
event that the private parties do not
reach agreement.’’). Accordingly, any
attempt by me to use Professor Marx’s
Shapley modeling approach, after I have
accepted the appropriateness of the
present rate structure and rates as
benchmarks, would constitute an
inappropriate form of double-counting.
The Judges came to a similar
analytical conclusion with regard to
analogous private agreements in Web III
(on remand), where they adopted as
benchmarks two settlements between
SoundExchange (as the negotiating and
settling agent for the record company
licensors), and respectively, the
National Association of Broadcasters
(NAB) and Sirius XM. Determination of
Royalty Rates for Digital Performance
Right in Sound Recordings and
Ephemeral Recordings, 79 FR 23102
(Apr. 25, 2014). There (although
Shapley values were not in evidence),
the Judges found that
SoundExchange, as a collective, would
internalize the impact of the complementary
nature of the repertoires on industry revenue
and thus seek to maximize that overall
revenue. This would result in lower overall
rates compared to the situation in which the
individual record companies negotiated
separately. . . .
The . . . power of SoundExchange was
compromised by the fact that the NAB . . .
could have chosen instead to be subject to
the rates to be set by the Judges . . . which
would be free of any potential cartel effects—
rather than voluntarily agree to pay abovemarket rates.
Id. at 23114 (emphasis added). In those
settlements, the licensees likely were
represented by, respectively, a trade
association (NAB), and the entire
licensee-side of the relevant market
(Sirius XM). Thus, the Judges have
previously acknowledged a similar
removal of the ‘‘abuse of market power’’
(arising from complementarity) as in a
Shapley value analysis, when the
licensors are jointly represented in
negotiations by a common agent.
Further, because the 2012 settlement
was industrywide, with both sides
represented by (inter alia) their
respective trade associations; there was
PO 00000
Frm 00108
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
no apparent imbalance of market power
in the negotiating process (such as the
imbalance that Professor Marx
attempted to eliminate by equalizing the
number of Shapley-participants on each
side of the bargain). In this regard, in
Web III (on remand), the Judges also
found that these settlement
agreements—with the ‘‘shadow’’ of a
statutory license looming over the
negotiations—avoided the same market
power imbalance that Professor Marx
seeks to eliminate in her Shapley
modeling equalizing the number of
licensors and interactive streaming
services. Specifically, in Web III (on
remand), the Judges held:
[T]he NAB, which negotiated on behalf of
a group of broadcasters, enjoyed a degree of
bargaining power on the buyers’ side during
its negotiations with SoundExchange. . . . .
[S]uch added market power on the buyer side
tends to mitigate, if not fully offset,
additional leverage that SoundExchange
might bring to the negotiations. . . . The
question of competition is not confined to an
examination of the seller’s side of the market
alone. Rather, it is concerned with whether
market prices can be unduly influenced by
sellers’ power or buyers’ power in the
market.
Id. Thus, the Judges have previously
recognized that a negotiated agreement
between industrywide representatives—
when a failure to agree will trigger a
statutory rate proceeding—will: (1)
ameliorate the complementary
oligopolists’ ‘‘abuse of power’’ arising
from the threat to withhold a ‘‘must
have’’ license; and (2) reflect
countervailing licensee power that
neutralizes the monopoly power of a
licensor-collective.
Web III, as a prior determination by
this body, thus underscores the
redundancy of a Shapley value
adjustment in such a context.345 346
Further, absent any valid reason to the
contrary, the Judges have a statutory
345 Of course, the parties in the present
proceeding could not know in advance that the
Judges would determine a rate structure
incorporating these principles, and their Shapley
analyses thus were proffered given that uncertainty.
346 Professors Watt and Gans also criticize
Professor Marx’s selection of data as inputs in her
Shapley model. In fact, Professor Gans testified that
his re-working of Professor Marx’s model through
the use of different data alone accounted for the
bulk of his increase (‘‘the lion’s share’’) of the
surplus attributable to rights holders. However, in
his written testimony, he did not separately
quantify the impact of Professor Marx’s attempts to
equalize market power by reducing the number of
streaming services. 3/30/17 Tr. 4057, 4119 (Gans).
Because I find that Professor Marx’s Shapley value
model would be redundant given the rate structure
analysis undertaken, for the reasons stated in the
text, supra, these data input disputes are moot. Of
course, if one were to apply the Shapley values in
this proceeding (as the majority does), each party’s
criticisms of the sufficiency of the other’s data sets
would need to be carefully scrutinized.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
duty to act in accordance with their
prior determinations. 17 U.S.C.
803(a)(1).347
c. Professor Gans’s ‘‘Shapley-Inspired
Approach’’
On behalf of Copyright Owners,
Professor Gans presented a model that
he described as ‘‘inspired’’ by the
Shapley value approach, and thus not
per se a Shapley value approach. 3/30/
17 Tr. 4109 (Gans). At a high level, his
Shapley-inspired approach attempted to
determine the ratio of sound recording
royalties to musical works royalties that
would prevail in an unconstrained
market. After calculating that ratio, he
estimated what publisher mechanical
royalty rates would be in a market
without compulsory licensing by
multiplying the benchmark sound
recording rates by this ratio. Gans WDT
¶ 63.
Professor Gans begins his analysis by
making two critical assumptions: (1)
publishers and record companies must
have equal Shapley values (i.e., they
must each recover from total surplus
equal profits), because musical
compositions and sound recording
performances are perfect complements
and essential components of the
streamed performance; and (2) the label
profits from interactive streaming
services are used as benchmark Shapley
values. Gans WDT ¶ 77. The royalties
that result will differ, given the different
level of costs incurred by music
publishers and record companies
respectively. Gans WDT ¶ ¶ 23, 71, 74,
76; Gans WRT ¶ ¶ 15–17; see also 3/30/
17 Tr. 3989 (Gans).
Echoing Dr. Eisenach, Professor Gans
found these assumptions critical
because agreements between record
companies and interactive streaming
services are freely negotiated, i.e., they
are not set by any regulatory body or
formally subject to an ongoing judicial
consent decree and, accordingly, are
also not subject to any regulatory or
judicial ‘‘shadow’’ that arguably might
be cast from such governmental
regulation in the market. Professor Gans
therefore uses the profits arising from
these unregulated market transactions to
estimate what the mechanical rate for
publishers would be if they too were
also able to freely negotiate the rates for
the licensing of their works. Gans WDT
¶ 75.
347 If the Judges had considered the impact of the
Shapley value analyses in the context of setting a
reasonable rate—rather than as a separate
consideration under Factors B and C—they would
have reached the same result, given the
countervailing power that exists between the
settling parties.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
In light of his decision to assume this
equality in upstream Shapley values,
Professor Gans also coined the phrase
‘‘top-down’’ approach to describe his
approach, as distinguished from
Professor Marx’s approach which—
again coining a phrase—he labeled a
’‘‘bottom-up’’ approach. Gans WDT ¶ 77.
Moreover, as Professor Gans noted, an
important distinction between the two
approaches is that the bottom-up
approach was ‘‘really an exercise . . . in
modeling the royalty rate as the result
of a hypothetical bargain [whereas] [t]he
top-down approach was to actually
calculate this [b]enchmark I was
worried about. Is this price [i.e., the
Copyright Owner’s proposed rate] too
high or not?’’ 3/30/17 Tr. 4013–14
(Gans).
Professor Gans utilized data from
projections in a Goldman Sachs analysis
to identify the aggregate profits of the
record companies and the music
publishers, respectively. 3/30/17 Tr.
4017 (Gans). Given his assumption that
sound recordings and musical works
were both ‘‘essential’’ inputs and thus
able to claim an equal share of the
profits, Professor Gans posed the
question: ‘‘[H]ow much revenue do we
need to hand to the publishers so that
they end up earning the same profits as
the labels?’’ Id. at 4018.
He found that, for the music
publishers to recover their costs and
achieve profits commensurate with
those of the record companies under his
‘‘top down’’ approach, the ratio of
sound recording royalties to musical
works royalties derived from his
Shapley-inspired analysis was 2.5:1.
(which attributes equal profits to both
classes of rights holders and
acknowledges the higher costs incurred
by record companies compared to music
publishers). Gans WDT ¶ 77, Table 3.
As noted, Professor Gans made a key
assumption, treating as accurate Dr.
Eisenach’s calculation of an effective
per play rate for sound recordings of
$[REDACTED]. Given those two inputs
(the 2.5:1 ratio and the $[REDACTED]
per play rate), Professor Gans’s
approach indicated a market-derived
musical works royalty rate of
$[REDACTED] (rounded). Id. ¶ 78, Table
3. However, because the musical works
royalty is comprised of the mechanical
rate and the performance rate paid to
PROs (not to publishers), this
$[REDACTED] rate needed to be
adjusted down. Accordingly, he
subtracted the performance rate and
determined that the percent of revenues
attributable to mechanical royalties was
81% of the total musical works
royalties, under his Shapley-inspired
approach. Thus, he estimated a
PO 00000
Frm 00109
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2025
mechanical royalty rate of
$[REDACTED] (rounded) (i.e.,
[REDACTED] × [REDACTED]), Gans
WDT ¶ 78, confirming, in his opinion,
the reasonableness of Copyright
Owners’ proposed $0.0015 statutory per
play rate.
On this basis, Professor Gans also
concluded that his Shapley-inspired
approach supports the Copyright
Owners’ per-user rate proposal.
Applying the Shapley value based ratio
of 2.5 to 1 to the benchmark per-user
rate negotiated by the labels of
%[REDACTED] per user per month, and
after subtracting the value of the
performance rights royalty, Professor
Gans obtained an equivalent publisher
mechanical rate of $[REDACTED]
(rounded) per user per month. (i.e.,
([REDACTED]/2.5) × 80%).348 Gans
WDT ¶ 85.
i. Services’ Criticisms and Dissent’s
Analysis of Professor Gans’s Approach
I do not credit Professor Gans’s
Shapley-inspired model, because of its
assumption and use of the
$[REDACTED] per play sound recording
interactive rate. As found supra, Dr.
Eisenach’s $[REDACTED] per play
sound recording rate is not supported by
the weight of the evidence. Therefore,
Professor Gans’s Shapley-inspired
analysis is unpersuasive for that reason
alone. More particularly, the record
company profits are inflated by the
inefficient rates created through the
Cournot Complements ‘‘hold out’’
problem that impacts the agreements
between record companies and
streaming services, as noted by the
Services’ experts in this proceeding, and
as the Judges noted in Web IV.
Professor Gans’s model is also
troubling because it begs two broad
questions: (1) whether the model
produces a ‘‘reasonable’’ rate as required
by Sec. 801(b)(1); and (2) whether the
model produces a rate that also
adequately satisfies Factors B and C of
section 801(b)(1). He testified as follows
as to why he understands a Shapleybased methodology generally will
provide an economic approach that
satisfies the objectives of section
801(b)(1):
[O]ne of the reasons why the Shapley
analysis is useful is because these regulations
have a fairness objective. I wasn’t the only
one—every economist I think you’ve asked
about what they meant by fairness. It’s—it’s
not a topic that is sitting in an economic
348 Professor Gans multiplies the per play rate by
81% but the per user rate by 80%. Compare Gans
WDT ¶ 78 with Gans WDT ¶ 85. The rate derived
by Professor Gans was the 80% figure. Gans WDT
¶ 77, Table 3, line 17. This discrepancy does not
impact the relevance of his analysis or my findings.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2026
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
textbook somewhere. But the way in which,
you know, I viewed it turned out to be
similar to others in that it means that if you
contribute something of economic value that
is very similar to what somebody else does
in terms of economic value, you should be
expecting them to get the same out of it in
terms of what they get to take home.
Tr. 3/30/17 3991 (Gans). Thus, if (as Dr.
Eisenach opines), there is an identity
between a market rate and a reasonable
(effectively competitive) rate that takes
into account Factors B and C of section
801(b)(1), then Professor Gans’s
Shapley-inspired analysis would be
useful (absent any other defects).
Conversely, if there is no identity
between a purely market-based rate and
a reasonable (effectively competitive)
rate that explicitly takes into account
Factors B and C, then Professor Gans’s
model is not helpful in applying those
statutory factors.
I find that Professor Gans’s model
fails to incorporate sufficiently the
reasonableness requirements and the
‘‘fairness’’ and ‘‘relative roles’’ elements
of section 801(b)(1). As explained supra,
the concept of a ‘‘reasonable’’ rate
reflects a market rate that is not
distorted by a lack of effective
competition. Here again, a key
assumption made by Professor Gans, by
his own admission, is that the
$[REDACTED] per play rate estimated
by Dr. Eisenach satisfies the statutory
requirement of reasonableness. But, as
discussed supra, Dr. Eisenach’s
calculation of the $[REDACTED] per
play rate sound recording rate reflects
the unregulated ‘‘must have’’ hold out
power of the record companies. Thus,
Professor Gans’s Shapley-inspired
approach has imported the record
companies’ ‘‘must have’’ hold out
power, and therefore inserted the
‘‘abuse of power’’ that Professor Watt
rightly identified as necessarily
excluded from a full-fledged Shapley
value approach. Although Professor
Gans chose to describe his approach by
coining the phrases ‘‘Shapley-inspired’’
and a ‘‘‘top-down’ Shapley,’’ I find his
borrowing of the Shapley moniker in
this context to be somewhat Orwellian,
and find his approach to be too
dissimilar from a full-fledged Shapley
approach to be of assistance in
establishing a reasonable (effectively
competitive) rate. See 3/30/17 Tr. 4107–
09 (Gans) (acknowledging that the top
down/bottom up dichotomy is of his
own making and that the original work
by Dr. Shapley ‘‘is closer to a bottomup approach’’).
Professor Gans’s Shapley-inspired
approach also does not attempt to
eliminate any other market power that
may be possessed by the music
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
publishers. As explained supra with
regard to Professor Marx’s model and
the critiques thereto, a model that does
not address the market power
asymmetries of the parties (as Professor
Gans expressly acknowledges his model
does not) thus fails to address the
concepts of fairness and relative roles/
contributions required by Factors B and
C. Thus, while Professor Marx’s analysis
is redundant of the market power
adjustments reflected in the 2012
settlement, Professor Gans’s Shapleyinspired approach omits such
adjustments.
I also agree with Professor Marx’s
further criticism that Professor Gans’s
Shapley-inspired model is lacking in
certain other important respects.
Perhaps most importantly, he
intentionally omits the streaming
services from his model, because he is
interested only in equating Copyright
Owners’ profits with those of the record
companies. Professor Gans did not
provide any convincing evidence to
explain why the Judges should rely on
a model that omits from consideration
the very licensees who would be paying
the royalties pursuant to a rate the
model is intended to confirm. (I
understand this omission by Professor
Gans to be one reason why he described
his model a ‘‘top-down,’’ Shapley
‘‘inspired’’ approach, as opposed to a
full-fledged Shapley value model.).
Consequently, Professor Gans’s results
provide for the streaming services to pay
total royalties (sound recording and
musical works) greater than their total
revenue, leading to losses despite their
undisputed contribution to the total
surplus available for distribution. Marx
WRT ¶ 184 (Professor Gans’s Shapleyinspired calculation of a per-play
musical works royalty rate of $0.0031,
combined with the existing sound
recording royalty rate, would cause
Spotify to pay [REDACTED]% of its
revenue in royalties).
Professor Gans apparently explains
away these losses by the fact that the
Services have been engaging in below
market pricing to increase market share
and such pricing shows up in their
lower revenues. I address that issue
elsewhere in this Determination.
However, to the extent Professor Gans is
correct in this regard, it shows the limits
of a Shapley-inspired approach that, by
definition, treats accounting costs and
revenue inputs as relevant parameters.
Further in that regard, it is important to
note ‘‘[t]hat the main problem with the
Shapley approach . . . a particularly
pressing problem [is] that of data
availability.’’ R. Watt, Fair Copyright
Remuneration: The Case of Music
PO 00000
Frm 00110
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Radio, 7 Rev. Econ. Rsch Copyright.
Issues at 21, 27 (2010).349
Finally, one of the assumptions
behind Professor Gans’s approach is that
musical works are as indispensable as
sound recordings for purposes of a
Shapley value approach. However, that
assumption is subject to challenge. More
particularly, I find merit in a further
critique made by Dr. Leonard. He
questioned the underlying assumption
that musical works are ‘‘essential
inputs,’’ or ‘‘must haves,’’ in the same
way in which sound recordings are
essential inputs/’’must haves.’’
As he explained, at the time a
recording artist and a record company
decide upon which song to record, they
have numerous songs from which to
choose. No one song therefore is
essential at the time in which the
recording artist and the record company
must select the song. (The essentiality of
the song may exist, as Copyright Owners
note, in those instances when the
songwriter himself or herself is of
sufficient acclaim and notoriety.). It is
only after a song has been incorporated
into a recording that it has become
essential. As Dr. Leonard notes, this
point is analogous to the problem of
‘‘hold up’’ in the setting of royalties for
patented inputs within a larger complex
device. At an early stage of production,
the device manufacturer has the
opportunity to select among several
competing patented inputs, but once
one of them is selected, its uniqueness
allows the owner of the input to
demand a disproportionate share of the
revenue in royalties, because, ex post
selection, it has become ‘‘essential.’’
However, ex ante selection, it was not
‘‘essential.’’ Thus, the existing spread
between musical works royalties and
sound recording royalties, according to
Dr. Leonard, may reflect this
phenomenon, rather than simply an
artificial regulatory diminution in the
mechanical royalty rate. 4/5/17 Tr.
5185–87 (Leonard).
d. Professor Watt’s Shapley Approach
and the ‘‘See-Saw’’ Effect
As noted supra, Professor Watt
appeared solely as a rebuttal witness. In
that capacity, he testified as to
purported defects in Professor Marx’s
Shapley modeling. In addition, he
presented alternative modeling intended
349 Because I do not apply the Shapley
approaches to adjust the rates or to determine
reasonableness, the parties’ attacks on the
usefulness of the other’s data sets are moot.
However, as noted supra, to the extent the Majority
Opinion applies any of the Shapley approaches, it
needed to address and resolve the issues of data
reliability.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
to apply an adjusted version of Professor
Marx’s Shapley value model.
Professor Watt agreed that the
Shapley model is extremely well-suited
to address Factors B and C within
section 801(b)(1). 3/27/17 Tr. 3057
(Watt). He characterizes the Shapley
model as an approach ‘‘for analyzing
complex strategic behavior in a very
simple way.’’ Id. at 3058. However, he
found that Professor Marx’s approaches
contained several flaws and
methodological issues. Id. at 3057.
Accordingly, he, like Professor Gans,
attempted to adjust her modeling in a
manner that, in his opinion, generated
‘‘decent, believable results.’’ Id. at 3058.
Professor Watt criticized Professor
Marx’s alternative Shapley model, in
which she treated sound recording and
musical works as being owned by two
distinct entities. 3/20/17 Tr. 1885
(Marx). In that alternative model,
Professor Marx found that Spotify’s total
royalties for musical works and sound
recordings combined would range from
{REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]% of
total royalties. Id.350 That total indicated
a payment of approximately
[REDACTED]% to [REDACTED]% of
total revenue for sound recording
royalties. Although she understood that
Spotify actually pays [REDACTED]% of
its revenue in total for these royalties
(see id. at 1860–61), she was not
concerned by the difference, or by the
reduction of royalties paid to record
companies under her alternative
Shapley model, because she ‘‘wasn’t
trying to construct a model of the
market as it is,’’ but rather . . . a model
that represents the allocation of surplus
in a way that is fair and respects the
relative contributions of the parties’’. Id.
at 188.
In his Shapley modeling adjusting
Professor Marx’s analysis, Professor
Watt reached conclusions that were
broadly consistent with her finding that
the ratio of sound recording:musical
works royalty rates should decline.
Specifically, Professor Watt found that
at least [REDACTED]% of interactive
streaming revenue should be allocated
to the rightsholders, and, of this
350 Under her baseline Shapley value model,
Professor Marx estimated combined royalty
payments equaling [REDACTED]% to
[REDACTED]% of total Spotify revenue. Id. at 1888.
She could not break that range down into musical
works and sound recording royalties because her
baseline model treated both types of royalties as if
they were paid to a single rightsholder.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
[REDACTED] should be retained by the
Musical Works copyright holders, which
equals [REDACTED]% (i.e.,
[REDACTED]) of total interactive
streaming revenue. As these
calculations imply, the record
companies would receive
[REDACTED]% ([REDACTED]) of the
[REDACTED]% of interactive streaming
revenues allocated to the rightsholders.
Thus, the record companies would
receive [REDACTED]% of total
interactive streaming revenues
([REDACTED]). Watt WRT ¶ 35; 3/27/17
Tr. 3083, 3115–16 (Watt).351
Professor Watt’s ratio of 37.9%:29.1%
equals 1.3:1, whereas Professor Marx’s
ratio (given the range she estimated) is
[REDACTED], a ratio of [REDACTED].
Moreover, both of their ratios are well
below the current ratio of approximately
[REDACTED] for Spotify, and
approximately [REDACTED] comparing
the 10.5% headline rate to an average
sound recording rate of approximately
[REDACTED]% of revenue.
Accordingly, under their Shapley value
models, Professors Watt and Marx
appear to be in general agreement that
the ratio of sound recording:musical
works royalties should decline.
However, Professor Watt’s model
indicates that this ratio reduction
should occur via a significant increase
in musical works royalties and an even
greater precipitous decline in the sound
recording royalties set in an unregulated
market. On the other hand, Professor
Marx’s model indicates that the ratio
should narrow essentially through a
dramatic reduction in sound recording
royalties and an essentially stable
musical works rate.
Professor Watt explains that the cause
of the dramatically lower sound
recording rates in his Shapley model is
the existing regulation of musical works
rates. Specifically, he opines:
[The reason] my predicted fraction of
revenues for sound recording royalties is
significantly less than what is observed in the
market [is] simple. The statutory rate for
mechanical royalties in the United States is
significantly below the predicted fair rate,
and the statutory rate effectively removes the
musical works rightsholders from the
bargaining table with the services. Since this
leaves the sound recording rightsholders as
the only remaining essential input,
351 At present, record companies receive
approximately 55% to 60% of total interactive
streaming revenue, substantially higher than the
37.9% calculated by Professor Watt.
PO 00000
Frm 00111
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2027
bargaining theory tells us that they will
successfully obtain most of the available
surplus.
Watt WRT ¶ 36.352 Professor Watt
opines that, because the mechanical rate
should rise, the sound recording rate
therefore should fall—a phenomenon
the parties have summarized as a ‘‘seesaw’’ effect. See, e.g., 4/5//17 Tr. 5079–
80:10 (Katz).353
However, no witness explained how
this seesaw effect would occur, and
there were no witnesses from the record
companies who testified that the record
companies would impotently acquiesce
to a significant loss in royalties to
accommodate the diversion of a huge
economic surplus away from them and
to the Copyright Owners.354 Indeed,
when the Judges inquired of Professor
Watt how such an adjustment might
occur, given existing contractual rates
between the Services and record
companies, he acknowledged that he
had not thought of that problem until he
was questioned by the Judges at the
hearing, and he acknowledged that the
timing of any adjustment might be
disruptive. 3/27/17 Tr. 3091–92
(Watt).355
352 More specifically, Professor Watt calculates
that, for each dollar that the statutory rate holds
down fair market musical works royalties, 95 cents
is captured by the record companies (and 5 cents
is captured by the streaming services). Watt WRT
¶ 23, n.13 & App. 3.
353 Although it is noteworthy that Professor Gans
does not anticipate such an effect, and instead
speculates that the Services might simply pay the
same sound recording royalty rate and the higher
mechanical rate out of existing profits or through
an increase in downstream prices. Gans WRT ¶ 32.
The Judges find no evidence to support the
speculation that the Services could engage in such
substantial adjustments in the market.
354 According to the RIAA, interactive streaming
revenues for 2015 totaled $1.604 billion. See Marx
WDT ¶ 153 & App. B.1.b (citing RIAA figures). The
assumption that the see-saw effect would induce
record companies to surrender a significant amount
of this revenue (which has been growing year-overyear as streaming becomes more popular), absent
any evidence, makes the assumption of the see-saw
effect speculative and unreasonable.
355 Copyright Owners argue that Professor Watt
(as a non-lawyer) did not appreciate that contracts
between record companies and interactive
streaming services could be renegotiated at any time
upon mutual agreement of those parties. See
CORPFF–JS at 221–22 (and citations therein). While
this legal point of course is correct, it does not
address the economic uncertainty as to whether the
record companies would be willing to renegotiate
rates in a manner by which they concede a loss of
royalty revenue as indicated by Professor Watt’s
anticipated see-saw effect.
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2028
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
I am loath to adopt the hypothetically
plausible idea of a ‘‘see-saw’’ effect
impacting the division of this surplus,
when there is simply no evidence that
such an adjustment would occur.356
Given at least $[REDACTED] in
interactive streaming revenue, if the
record companies were to passively
accept a reduction of royalties from
approximately [REDACTED]% of that
revenue, $[REDACTED], to Professor
Watt’s proposed 37.9%, i.e., to
$[REDACTED], they would lose
(assuming no further growth in
streaming) approximately
$[REDACTED] annually, or
$[REDACTED] over five years. The
Judges cannot merely assume that the
record companies would ‘‘go quietly
into that good night,’’ rather than seek
some other market structure in which to
protect this revenue, such as, for
example, resurrecting the idea of
establishing or otherwise integrating
their own streaming services. The
Services’ experts, and Apple’s expert,
testified that any purported see-saw
effect was indeterminate with regard to
its impact on the interactive streaming
services. See 4/5/17 Tr. 4944–45 (Katz)
(acknowledging the possibility that a
mechanical royalty rate increase would
affect sound recording royalties in the
future but not immediately, and that
there is no reliable estimate of the size
of any such adjustment); 4/7/17 Tr.
5515–5516(Marx) ([REDACTED]); 4/5/17
Tr. 5704–05 (Ghose) (‘‘[I]t’s quite likely
that the streaming service will want to
maintain their royalties and their
revenues at the current levels. And so,
356 As a matter of economic theory, given the
present interactive streaming market structure, the
record companies already have the economic power
to put streaming services out of business, because
the market in which record companies and
interactive streaming services negotiate is
unregulated. So, I recognize that—given the present
interactive streaming market structure—the record
companies apparently find it in their self-interest to
maintain the presence of interactive licensees.
Indeed, the evidence in Web IV revealed that the
record companies’ strategy has been to
‘‘[REDACTED].’’ Web IV, supra, at 63 (restricted
version). However, if mechanical royalty rates were
to increase to a level that significantly reduced the
profits of the record companies from streaming,
there is no evidence in the record in this proceeding
that indicates whether the record companies would
decide to maintain the current vertical structure of
the market and docilely accept such a revenue loss.
For example, they could create their own streaming
services (perhaps learning the lessons from the
failed Pressplay and MusicNet attempts of the past).
Or, they could maintain the sound recording royalty
rates, thereby hastening a more immediate exit of
streaming services from the market. Although such
an acceleration of exit might be the consequence in
an unregulated market (fostering Schumpeterian
competition for the holy grail of market scale), such
a change would not only be inconsistent with
affording the services a fair income, but also would
clearly be disruptive pursuant to Factor D of section
801(b)(1).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
you know, to me it seems like an
extreme statement that the entire
increase in publisher profits will come
at the expense of the streaming
services.’’).
In any event, from an evidentiary
perspective, there is no need to indulge
in such speculation. There is absolutely
no evidence that such a significant shift
in royalty distribution would occur, nor
is there sufficient evidence as to the
potential consequences of such a
draconian reallocation of revenue.
In sum, my analysis of the Shapley
approaches with regard to the elements
of Factors B and C demonstrates
(whether that analysis was undertaken
as part of the ‘‘reasonable rate’’ analysis
or as a separate ‘‘factor’’ analysis) that
there is no basis to apply those elements
to adjust the reasonable rates as set forth
in the 2012 benchmark.
D. Factor D
The last itemized factor of section
801(b)(1), Factor D, directs the Judges
‘‘to minimize any disruptive impact on
the structure of the industries involved
and on generally prevailing industry
practices.’’ 17 U.S.C. 801(b)(1)(D). In
Phonorecords I, 74 FR at 4525, the
Judges reiterated their understanding of
Factor D, concluding that a rate would
need adjustment under Factor D if that
rate
directly produces an adverse impact that is
substantial, immediate and irreversible in the
short-run because there is insufficient time
for either [party] to adequately adapt to the
changed circumstance produced by the rate
change and, as a consequence, such adverse
impacts threaten the viability of the music
delivery service currently offered to
consumers under this license.
Id. I adopt and apply in this
Determination the same Factor D test as
set forth above.
The Services are advocating broadly
for essentially the same rate structure
that now exists, except for the
elimination of the Mechanical Floor.
See SJPFF at 1. My proposed rate
structure is consistent with that
position, except that I would maintain
the Mechanical Floor. I would also
maintain the existing rates. Because this
result would continue the existing
structure and rates, neither the services
nor Copyright Owners can reasonably
complain of disruption under the
standard quoted above. Indeed, a
continuation of the present rate
structure and rates reflects constancy
rather than disruption.
More particularly, the fact that
interactive streaming services are failing
to realize an accounting profit under
this structure does not demonstrate that
the rate structure proposed would
PO 00000
Frm 00112
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
threaten their viability. As noted supra,
such year-over-year accounting losses
are consistent with a long-run
competition for the market, during
which losses can be endured as a cost
of doing business. Indeed, the services
remain in business despite the existence
of chronic losses. In that regard, a
financial expert engaged jointly by the
Services testified that he was ‘‘not aware
of a single standalone digital music
service that has sustained profitability
to date,’’ Testimony of David B. Pakman
¶ 23 (Pakman WDT), yet that lack of
sustained profitability has not
materially diminished the ranks of
interactive streaming services nor
dampened competition from new
entrants into the market.
Moreover, the record indicates that
the services are not as concerned with
short-term rates as they are with longterm market share, or what the services
call ‘‘scaling,’’ in their Schumpeterian
competition for the market. This point
was made clearly by [REDACTED]
(emphasis added). Of course,
[REDACTED]. Katz CWRT ¶ 204.
The point is well-recognized by
Google as well. See Joyce WDT ¶ 20
([REDACTED]) (emphasis added). This
acknowledgement was echoed by one of
Copyright Owners’ economic expert
witnesses, who explained that the
services’ competitive posture was
typical of internet-based entities that
accept short-term losses to build
economies of scale through, for
example, investing in customer loyalty.
Rysman WDT ¶ 32.
Moreover, another expert economic
witness for the Services, Dr. Leonard,
candidly acknowledged that ‘‘[a]n
argument may be made that the services
expect to be profitable eventually,
otherwise they would go out of business
and Spotify, for example, would not
have positive market value.’’ Leonard
AWDT 101, n.153. Likewise, Pandora
notes that it can ‘‘achieve the growth it
projects . . . under a continuation of
existing rates and terms . . . .’’
Pandora’s Introductory Rebuttal
Memorandum at 3 (emphasis added).
This inability of the services to
become profitable will persist based on
the record, under existing competitive
conditions. As Mr. Pakman testified:
[N]o current music subscription
service—including marquee brands like
Pandora, Spotify and Rhapsody—can
ever be profitable, even if they execute
perfectly . . . .’’ Pakman WDT 23 n.5
(citation omitted). Although Mr.
Pakman blames the lack of profitability
(in part) on the level of mechanical
royalties, id., I find, based on the
Services’ own acknowledgement, that
the lack of profitability is a function of
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
a lack of scale (which is another way of
indicating that market share is divided
among too many competing interactive
streaming services). In fact, Mr. Pakman
himself recognizes the importance of
scale to long-run profitability. Pakman
WDT ¶ 26 n.11 (‘‘Scale is a magic word
for so many cloud-based companies and
services. . . . It may be that Spotify will
gain some power over the royalties it
pays once it has a critical mass of
customers . . . .’’). Pakman WDT ¶ 26
n.11 (emphasis added).
Given the paramount importance of
scaling to the long-term success of
interactive streaming, lowering
mechanical royalties in this
proceeding—simply to mitigate or
prevent shorter-term losses by
interactive streaming services—would
constitute an unwarranted subsidy to
these services at the expense of
Copyright Owners.357
Also, although the services have
indicated their ability to withstand
short-term losses as they compete for
scale/market share, the record also
indicates that there is a limit to such
losses—however imprecise and
unknown—beyond which services will
be unable to attract capital and survive
until the long run market de´nouement.
In this regard, Mr. Joyce noted that,
[REDACTED], at some point
[REDACTED]. Joyce WDT ¶ 18. As Dr.
Leonard testified, ‘‘[REDACTED].’’
Leonard AWDT ¶ 101 n.151. This
testimony reflects the well-understood
principle that ‘‘[t]here is no specific
time period . . . that separates the short
run from the long run.’’ R. Pindyck & D.
Rubinfeld, Microeconomics at 190 (6th
ed. 2005). Thus, although the services
appear able to withstand current rates,
a rate increase of the magnitude sought
by Copyright Owners would run the
very real risk of preventing the services
from surviving the ‘‘short-run,’’
threatening the type of disruption Factor
D is intended to prevent.358
Moreover, the 44% rate increase
adopted by the majority likewise places
357 In this regard, Copyright Owners argue that
the services could attempt to cut their non-content
costs in order to remain sustainable. They suggest
that the services emulate Sirius XM, which
successfully reduced its non-content costs as a
percent of revenue. See Rysman WDT ¶ ¶ 98–100.
However, as Spotify’s CFO, Mr. McCarthy notes,
Sirius and XM (the pre-merger predecessors to
Sirius XM) ‘‘nearly bankrupted themselves and
merged in order to survive.’’ McCarthy WRT ¶ 42.
Moreover, not only were Sirius XM’s content costs
lower as a percent of revenue, but also its ‘‘costs
declined as a percentage of revenue as they grew
their subscriber base. . . . . Their costs declined as
they achieved scale.’’ Id. Once again, the necessity
of scale remains paramount.
358 That is, the potentially profitable long-run cost
curve, from scaling, may never be attainable if the
interactive streaming services remain on perpetual
loss-inducing short-run cost curves.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
the services in quite unchartered waters
regarding the disruptive impact of that
increase. The majority actually
recognizes that the increase is so
draconian that it cannot be
implemented immediately. See Majority
Opinion, supra. Instead, the majority
leaches the increase into the rates yearby-year, as if one can simply assume
that the disruptive impact of such a rate
increase is ameliorated in this manner.
Without a record to consider the impact
of that rate increase, the majority may
simply be substituting a slow bleed for
a fatal blow.359
With regard to the Mechanical Floor,
I do not find that the continuation of
this element of the existing rate
structure would be disruptive under the
applicable standard. As discussed
supra, the risks of fractionalized
licenses and publisher withdrawals
have receded, belying any reasonable
assertion that such events are on the
‘‘immediate’’ horizon. Further, given
that musical works royalties are a
fraction of the total royalties paid by
interactive streaming services, the
triggering of the Mechanical Floor
would be unlikely to ‘‘threaten the
viability’’ of the interactive market.’’
Further, because the Mechanical Floor
was a bargained-for feature of the
benchmark structure on which the
Services rely, and because that
provision protects the funds available to
provide liquidity to songwriters in the
form of advances, removal of the
Mechanical Floor would more likely
disrupt ‘‘prevailing industry practices.’’
The continuation of the Mechanical
Floor avoids that disruption.
With regard to the impact on
Copyright Owners, I find that the
adoption of a rate structure based on the
2012 benchmark would not be
disruptive under the standard quoted
above. The record indicates that music
publishers have been profitable while
this standard has been in effect, and that
interactive streaming has contributed to
that profitability. Although that
profitability is generated by a
combination of mechanical and
performance royalties paid by
interactive streaming services, the fact
359 Of course, it is possible that the majority may
be correct that rolling out this rate increase over five
years will ameliorate its disruptive impact. But it
is equally possible that the rate and structure
remain disruptive even when introduced in this
extended manner. The salient point, again, is that
the fact this rate structure and these rates were
adopted post-hearing with the absence of a record
to support them makes the analysis too speculative.
The parties deserve an opportunity, and are entitled
to one under the statute, to challenge the rates and
rate structure, whether as inconsistent with Factor
D or as inconsistent with any other requisite set
forth in section 801(b)(1).
PO 00000
Frm 00113
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2029
that those two rights are—without
dispute—perfect complements, means
that the profitability of Copyright
Owners must be viewed economically
in the context of royalties realized from
both rights (especially given the ‘‘AllIn’’ aspect of the mechanical royalty).
Indeed, Copyright Owners’ principal
complaint is that, although their
mechanical royalty revenue has
increased, it has not increased as fast as
the increase in the number of musical
works streamed via sound recordings
performed on interactive services.
However, as noted, supra, the record
reflects that the increase in streams is
itself a function of the price
discriminatory rate structure that
incentivizes downstream services that
can move ‘‘down the demand curve’’
and offer streaming services to listeners
with a low WTP. 3/13/17 Tr. 701 (Katz).
Such a structure will produce an
increase in royalties, even as it may
produce a lower effective royalty per
stream but, as Professor Hubbard
explained, that comparison misses the
salient economic point. 4/13/17 Tr.
5971–73 (Hubbard).
Further, the current rate structure has
allowed for rates to exceed the 10.5%
headline rate. For example,
[REDACTED]. Accord, 3/29/17 Tr. 3637
(Israelite (‘‘I don’t even think we
thought of them as minima. We thought
of them as alternate rates. And we
would get the greatest of three different
rates.’’). In this regard, the existing
‘‘greater of’’ structure incorporates the
benefits that the Copyright Board of
Canada identified (as discussed supra)
as tilted in favor of rights holders,
although the existing structure,
established via settlement, ameliorates
that impact by providing a ‘‘lesser-of’’
approach in the second rate prong.)
In sum, I find no evidentiary basis to
support a Factor D adjustment to the
rates I have otherwise proposed in this
Dissent.
Because I have rejected Copyright
Owners’ rate proposal, the potential
disruptive impact of their proposal is
moot, given my decision to consider the
‘‘reasonable’’ rate structure and rate
issues before considering the four
itemized factor of section 801(b)(1).
However, if I had incorporated this
disruption consideration within the
‘‘reasonable rate’’ analysis, my finding
would be the same, i.e., that Copyright
Owners’ rate proposal would be
unreasonable because it would be
disruptive under the Factor D standards.
That disruptive effect is captured by
the following summary of the rate
changes for the several services if
Copyright Owners’ proposal were to be
implemented:
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2030
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
FIGURE 3—IMPACT OF COPYRIGHT OWNERS’ PROPOSAL ON SPOTIFY’S ROYALTIES
[In thousands except percentages, 2H2015–1H2016]
[REDACTED]
FIGURE 4—ESTIMATED IMPACT OF THE COPYRIGHT OWNERS’ PROPOSAL ON OTHER STREAMING SERVICES, 2015
Current
Copyright Owner’s proposal
Impact of Copyright Owners’
proposal
Service name
Mechanical
royalties
Musical works
royalties
Mechanical
royalties
Musical works
royalties
% increase in
mechanical
royalties
Google ....................................
Amazon Prime .......................
Rhapsody ...............................
Apple Music ...........................
TIDAL .....................................
Deezer ....................................
Other ......................................
Average ..................................
[REDACTED] ....
[REDACTED] ....
$7,323,476 .......
[REDACTED] ....
$755,522 ..........
$438,412 ..........
$4,478,824 .......
$5,277,869 .......
[REDACTED] ....
[REDACTED] ....
$10,253,216 .....
[REDACTED] ....
$1,754,546 .......
$563,412 ..........
$11,255,046 .....
$8,311,074 .......
[REDACTED] ....
[REDACTED] ....
$11,230,793 .....
[REDACTED] ....
$1,600,723 .......
$822,541 ..........
$16,709,012 .....
$16,098,189 .....
[REDACTED] ....
[REDACTED] ....
$14,160,533 .....
[REDACTED] ....
$2,599,747 .......
$947,540 ..........
$23,485,234 .....
$19,131,394 .....
[REDACTED] ....
[REDACTED] ....
53% ..................
[REDACTED] ....
112% ................
88% ..................
273% ................
194% ................
Marx WRT at 8–9.
These increases are on an order of
magnitude that indicates to me that
such increase would clearly implicate
the applicable disruption standard.
The knock-on effects of this proposal
would be disruptive under the
applicable standard. Pandora indicates
it would have little choice but to
eliminate its limited offering Pandora
Plus product. See Herring WRT ¶ 10.
Under Copyright Owners’ proposed per
user rate, it would pay [REDACTED] the
amount it now pays for both mechanical
and performance royalties, and royalties
would be even higher on the other
prong—based on the number of songs
played, Herring WRT ¶ 7, even though
the overwhelming majority of streams
on Pandora Plus are noninteractive and
do not implicate the mechanical right.
See Herring WRT ¶ 16. Mr. Herring
further testified that, under Copyright
Owners’ proposal, [REDACTED].
Consequently, he notes that Pandora
would lack any resources to invest in its
burgeoning interactive streaming service
offerings. Herring WDT ¶ 58.
[REDACTED]. Marx WRT ¶ 16 & Fig.
1.
In similar fashion, Google claims that
Copyright Owners’ rate proposal would
[REDACTED] rates it pays for interactive
streaming on its Google Play Music
service. More particularly, if Google had
paid Copyright Owners’ proposed rates
from June 2013 to June 2016,
[REDACTED], Leonard WRT ¶ 9. On
dollar terms, Google estimates that it
would have paid $[REDACTED] for
musical works rights under Copyright
Owners’ proposal, compared with
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
[REDACTED] it paid during that period
under existing rates. Id. ¶ ¶ 8, 9.
Apple also claims that Copyright
Owners’ proposal would lead to a
shutdown of one of its services.
Specifically, Apple asserts that it would
not continue to offer its purchased
content locker service if it were subject
to Copyright Owners’ per-user proposal
and that Apple would never offer a paid
content locker again if the Copyright
Owners’ rates were in place. 3/22/17 Tr.
2526 (Dorn).
Copyright Owners argue that the
services could ameliorate any disruptive
impact from these rates by estimating
the number of plays per user, raising
rates and/or limiting functionality (e.g.,
by capping listening). See Rysman WRT
¶ 75. However, there is no sufficient
evidence in the record that the services
could engage in such modifications and
estimations in order to offset the
draconian rate increases that would
result from Copyright Owners’ proposal.
Copyright Owners argue that the
current status of the interactive
streaming market indicates that neither
their proposed rate structure nor their
proposed higher rates would be
disruptive pursuant to Factor D or the
Judges’ application of that factor. In that
regard, Copyright Owners make three
points with regard to ongoing market
developments:
1. Ongoing entry of new interactive
streaming services indicates that the market
is healthy and expanding;
2. The entry in particular of large entities
with comprehensive product ‘‘ecosysems’’
(i.e., Amazon, Apple and Google) specifically
demonstrates the opportunity for profitable
interactive streaming; and
3. [REDACTED].
PO 00000
Frm 00114
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
% increase in
musical works
royalties
[REDACTED]
[REDACTED]
38%
[REDACTED]
48%
68%
109%
109%
4/4/17 Tr. 4647–49 (Eisenach).
I find these three points inapposite
with regard to the issue of whether
Copyright Owners’ proposed rate
structure and rate increase would
minimize disruption. Simply put,
Copyright Owners’ proposed changes
are not yet in existence, so any evidence
of changes that have occurred
previously cannot reflect the potential
impact of Copyright Owners’ proposals.
Of particular note, Copyright Owners’
proposal would eliminate the ‘‘All-In’’
feature of the mechanical rate, resulting
in the disruption from ‘‘doublecounting’’ the value of perfect
complements that the ‘‘All-In’’ feature is
designed to avoid.
And again, I return to Copyright
Owners’ endorsement of the bargaining
room theory and their concomitant
acknowledgement that they might well
engage in bargaining, by which they
would agree to lower rates to
accommodate different services catering
to differing listener segments. That
argument at least implicitly
acknowledges that Copyright Owners’
‘‘one-size-fits-all’’ rate is a misnomer,
and that their proposal is designed to
handle potential disruptive impacts
through negotiation that were not
subject to an application of any of the
section 801(b)(1) factors.
In sum, even if I had integrated my
disruption analysis into my reasonable
rate analysis (as opposed to treating it
separately), I would have rejected
Copyright Owners’ rate structure and
rate proposal as inconsistent with Factor
D.
I also find that Apple’s per play rate
structure would be disruptive,
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
essentially for the same reason that
Copyright Owners’ proposed structure
would be disruptive. For example,
Apple’s proposed per-play rate would
increase Spotify’s royalty payments on
its ad-supported service to
[REDACTED]% of revenue, threatening
the continuation of that service—the
only one to provide a monetarily free
service. See Written Rebuttal Testimony
of Paul Vogel (on behalf of Spotify USA
Inc.) ¶ 48. In this regard, the senior
director of Apple Music, David Dorn,
indicated in colloquy with the Judges,
that [REDACTED]. See 3/22/17 Tr. 2538
(Dorn) ([REDACTED]). Of course, the adsupported Spotify service, and the
[REDACTED], for example, are designed
to [REDACTED], so Apple’s proposed
rate structure and rates would
disincentivize such distribution
channels, impeding the ‘‘future’’ listener
conversion Mr. Dorn anticipates.
Moreover, such low WTP listeners on an
ad-supported or other free-to-thelistener service generate royalties that
would otherwise not be paid. See
Written Rebuttal Testimony of Will Page
(On behalf of Spotify USA Inc.) ¶ 48
([REDACTED]); see also 4/7/17 Tr. 5503
(Marx) ([REDACTED]).
4. Conclusion
For the foregoing reasons, I
respectfully dissent.
Issue Date: November 5, 2018.
David R. Strickler,
Copyright Royalty Judge.
List of Subjects in 37 CFR Part 385
Copyright, Phonorecords, Recordings.
Final Regulations
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, the Copyright Royalty Judges
revise 37 CFR part 385 to read as
follows.
■
PART 385—RATES AND TERMS FOR
USE OF NONDRAMATIC MUSICAL
WORKS IN THE MAKING AND
DISTRIBUTING OF PHYSICAL AND
DIGITAL PHONORECORDS
Subpart A—Regulations of General
Application
Sec.
385.1 General.
385.2 Definitions.
385.3 Late payments.
385.4 Recordkeeping for promotional or
free trial non-royalty-bearing uses.
Subpart B—Physical Phonorecord
Deliveries, Permanent Digital Downloads,
Ringtones, and Music Bundles
385.10
385.11
Scope.
Royalty rates.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
Subpart C—Interactive Streaming, Limited
Downloads, Limited Offerings, Mixed
Service Bundles, Bundled Subscription
Offerings, Locker Services, and Other
Delivery Configurations
385.20 Scope.
385.21 Royalty rates and calculations.
385.22 Royalty floors for specific types of
offerings.
Subpart D—Promotional and Free-to-theUser Offerings
385.30 Scope.
385.31 Royalty rates.
Authority: 17 U.S.C. 115, 801(b)(1),
804(b)(4).
PART 385—RATES AND TERMS FOR
USE OF NONDRAMATIC MUSICAL
WORKS IN THE MAKING AND
DISTRIBUTING OF PHYSICAL AND
DIGITAL PHONORECORDS
Subpart A—Regulations of General
Application
§ 385.1
General.
(a) Scope. This part establishes rates
and terms of royalty payments for the
use of nondramatic musical works in
making and distributing of physical and
digital phonorecords in accordance with
the provisions of 17 U.S.C. 115. This
subpart contains regulations of general
application to the making and
distributing of phonorecords subject to
the section 115 license.
(b) Legal compliance. Licensees
relying on the compulsory license
detailed in 17 U.S.C. 115 shall comply
with the requirements of that section,
the rates and terms of this part, and any
other applicable regulations. This part
describes rates and terms for the
compulsory license only.
(c) Interpretation. This part is
intended only to set rates and terms for
situations in which the exclusive rights
of a Copyright Owner are implicated
and a compulsory license pursuant to 17
U.S.C. 115 is obtained. Neither the part
nor the act of obtaining a license under
17 U.S.C. 115 is intended to express or
imply any conclusion as to the
circumstances in which a user must
obtain a compulsory license pursuant to
17 U.S.C. 115.
(d) Relationship to voluntary
agreements. The rates and terms of any
license agreements entered into by
Copyright Owners and Licensees
relating to use of musical works within
the scope of those license agreements
shall apply in lieu of the rates and terms
of this part.
§ 385.2
Definitions.
Accounting Period means the monthly
period specified in 17 U.S.C. 115(c)(5)
and any related regulations.
PO 00000
Frm 00115
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2031
Affiliate means an entity controlling,
controlled by, or under common control
with another entity, except that an
affiliate of a record company shall not
include a Copyright Owner to the extent
it is engaging in business as to musical
works.
Bundled Subscription Offering means
a Subscription Offering providing
Licensed Activity consisting of Streams
or Limited Downloads that is made
available to End Users with one or more
other products or services (including
products or services subject to other
subparts) as part of a single transaction
without pricing for the subscription
service providing Licensed Activity
separate from the product(s) or
service(s) with which it is made
available (e.g., a case in which a user
can buy a portable device and one-year
access to a subscription service
providing Licensed Activity for a single
price),
Copyright Owner(s) are nondramatic
musical works copyright owners who
are entitled to royalty payments made
under this part pursuant to the
compulsory license under 17 U.S.C.
115.
Digital Phonorecord Delivery or DPD
has the same meaning as in 17 U.S.C.
115(d).
End User means each unique person
that:
(1) Pays a subscription fee for an
Offering during the relevant Accounting
Period; or
(2) Makes at least one Play during the
relevant Accounting Period.
Family Plan means a discounted
subscription to be shared by two or
more family members for a single
subscription price.
Free Trial Offering means a
subscription to a Service’s transmissions
of sound recordings embodying musical
works when:
(1) Neither the Service, the Record
Company, the Copyright Owner, nor any
person or entity acting on behalf of or
in lieu of any of them receives any
monetary consideration for the Offering;
(2) The free usage does not exceed 30
consecutive days per subscriber per
two-year period;
(3) In connection with the Offering,
the Service is operating with
appropriate musical license authority
and complies with the recordkeeping
requirements in § 385.4;
(4) Upon receipt by the Service of
written notice from the Copyright
Owner or its agent stating in good faith
that the Service is in a material manner
operating without appropriate license
authority from the Copyright Owner
under 17 U.S.C. 115, the Service shall
within 5 business days cease
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2032
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
transmission of the sound recording
embodying that musical work and
withdraw it from the repertoire
available as part of a Free Trial Offering;
(5) The Free Trial Offering is made
available to the End User free of any
charge; and
(6) The Service offers the End User
periodically during the free usage an
opportunity to subscribe to a non-free
Offering of the Service.
GAAP means U.S. Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles in effect at the
relevant time, except that if the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission
permits or requires entities with
securities that are publicly traded in the
U.S. to employ International Financial
Reporting Standards in lieu of Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles, then
that entity may employ International
Financial Reporting Standards as
‘‘GAAP’’ for purposes of this subpart.
Interactive Stream means a Stream,
where the performance of the sound
recording by means of the Stream is not
exempt from the sound recording
performance royalty under 17 U.S.C.
114(d)(1) and does not in itself, or as a
result of a program in which it is
included, qualify for statutory licensing
under 17 U.S.C. 114(d)(2).
Licensee means any entity availing
itself of the compulsory license under
17 U.S.C. 115 to use copyrighted
musical works in the making or
distributing of physical or digital
phonorecords.
Licensed Activity, as the term is used
in subpart B of this part, means delivery
of musical works, under voluntary or
statutory license, via physical
phonorecords and Digital Phonorecord
Deliveries in connection with
Permanent Digital Downloads,
Ringtones, and Music Bundles; and, as
the term is used in subparts C and D of
this part, means delivery of musical
works, under voluntary or statutory
license, via Digital Phonorecord
Deliveries in connection with
Interactive Streams, Limited
Downloads, Limited Offerings, mixed
Bundles, and Locker Services.
Limited Download means a
transmission of a sound recording
embodying a musical work to an End
User of a digital phonorecord under 17
U.S.C. 115(c)(3)(C) and (D) that results
in a Digital Phonorecord Delivery of that
sound recording that is only accessible
for listening for—
(1) An amount of time not to exceed
one month from the time of the
transmission (unless the Licensee, in
lieu of retransmitting the same sound
recording as another limited download,
separately and upon specific request of
the End User made through a live
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
network connection, reauthorizes use
for another time period not to exceed
one month), or in the case of a
subscription plan, a period of time
following the end of the applicable
subscription no longer than a
subscription renewal period or three
months, whichever is shorter; or
(2) A number of times not to exceed
12 (unless the Licensee, in lieu of
retransmitting the same sound recording
as another Limited Download,
separately and upon specific request of
the End User made through a live
network connection, reauthorizes use of
another series of 12 or fewer plays), or
in the case of a subscription
transmission, 12 times after the end of
the applicable subscription.
Limited Offering means a subscription
plan providing Interactive Streams or
Limited Downloads for which—
(1) An End User cannot choose to
listen to a particular sound recording
(i.e., the Service does not provide
Interactive Streams of individual
recordings that are on-demand, and
Limited Downloads are rendered only as
part of programs rather than as
individual recordings that are ondemand); or
(2) The particular sound recordings
available to the End User over a period
of time are substantially limited relative
to Services in the marketplace providing
access to a comprehensive catalog of
recordings (e.g., a product limited to a
particular genre or permitting
Interactive Streaming only from a
monthly playlist consisting of a limited
set of recordings).
Locker Service means an Offering
providing digital access to sound
recordings of musical works in the form
of Interactive Streams, Permanent
Digital Downloads, Restricted
Downloads or Ringtones where the
Service has reasonably determined that
the End User has purchased or is
otherwise in possession of the subject
phonorecords of the applicable sound
recording prior to the End User’s first
request to use the sound recording via
the Locker Service. The term Locker
Service does not mean any part of a
Service’s products otherwise meeting
this definition, but as to which the
Service has not obtained a section 115
license.
Mixed Service Bundle means one or
more of Permanent Digital Downloads,
Ringtones, Locker Services, or Limited
Offerings a Service delivers to End
Users together with one or more nonmusic services (e.g., internet access
service, mobile phone service) or nonmusic products (e.g., a telephone
device) of more than token value and
provided to users as part of one
PO 00000
Frm 00116
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
transaction without pricing for the
music services or music products
separate from the whole Offering.
Music Bundle means two or more of
physical phonorecords, Permanent
Digital Downloads or Ringtones
delivered as part of one transaction (e.g.,
download plus ringtone, CD plus
downloads). In the case of Music
Bundles containing one or more
physical phonorecords, the Service
must sell the physical phonorecord
component of the Music Bundle under
a single catalog number, and the
musical works embodied in the Digital
Phonorecord Delivery configurations in
the Music Bundle must be the same as,
or a subset of, the musical works
embodied in the physical phonorecords;
provided that when the Music Bundle
contains a set of Digital Phonorecord
Deliveries sold by the same Record
Company under substantially the same
title as the physical phonorecord (e.g., a
corresponding digital album), the
Service may include in the same bundle
up to 5 sound recordings of musical
works that are included in the standalone version of the set of digital
phonorecord deliveries but not included
on the physical phonorecord. In
addition, the Service must permanently
part with possession of the physical
phonorecord or phonorecords it sells as
part of the Music Bundle. In the case of
Music Bundles composed solely of
digital phonorecord deliveries, the
number of digital phonorecord
deliveries in either configuration cannot
exceed 20, and the musical works
embodied in each configuration in the
Music Bundle must be the same as, or
a subset of, the musical works embodied
in the configuration containing the most
musical works.
Offering means a Service’s
engagement in Licensed Activity
covered by subparts C and D of this part.
Paid Locker Service means a Locker
Service for which the End User pays a
fee to the Service.
Performance Royalty means the
license fee payable for the right to
perform publicly musical works in any
of the forms covered by subparts C and
D this part.
Permanent Digital Download or PDD
means a Digital Phonorecord Delivery in
a form that the End User may retain on
a permanent basis and replay at any
time.
Play means an Interactive Stream, or
play of a Limited Download, lasting 30
seconds or more and, if a track lasts in
its entirety under 30 seconds, an
Interactive Stream or play of a Limited
Download of the entire duration of the
track. A Play excludes an Interactive
Stream or play of a Limited Download
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
that has not been initiated or requested
by a human user. If a single End User
plays the same track more than 50
straight times, all plays after play 50
shall be deemed not to have been
initiated or requested by a human user.
Promotional Offering means a digital
transmission of a sound recording, in
the form of an Interactive Stream or
Limited Download, embodying a
musical work, the primary purpose of
which is to promote the sale or other
paid use of that sound recording or to
promote the artist performing on that
sound recording and not to promote or
suggest promotion or endorsement of
any other good or service and:
(1) A Record Company is lawfully
distributing the sound recording
through established retail channels or, if
the sound recording is not yet released,
the Record Company has a good faith
intention to lawfully distribute the
sound recording or a different version of
the sound recording embodying the
same musical work;
(2) For Interactive Streaming or
Limited Downloads, the Record
Company requires a writing signed by
an authorized representative of the
Service representing that the Service is
operating with appropriate musical
works license authority and that the
Service is in compliance with the
recordkeeping requirements of § 385.4;
(3) For Interactive Streaming of
segments of sound recordings not
exceeding 90 seconds, the Record
Company delivers or authorizes delivery
of the segments for promotional
purposes and neither the Service nor the
Record Company creates or uses a
segment of a sound recording in
violation of 17 U.S.C. 106(2) or
115(a)(2);
(4) The Promotional Offering is made
available to an End User free of any
charge; and
(5) The Service provides to the End
User at the same time as the
Promotional Offering stream an
opportunity to purchase the sound
recording or the Service periodically
offers End Users the opportunity to
subscribe to a paid Offering of the
Service.
Purchased Content Locker Service
means a Locker Service made available
to End User purchasers of Permanent
Digital Downloads, Ringtones, or
physical phonorecords at no
incremental charge above the otherwise
applicable purchase price of the PDDs,
Ringtones, or physical phonorecords
acquired from a qualifying seller. With
a Purchased Content Locker Service, an
End User may receive one or more
additional phonorecords of the
purchased sound recordings of musical
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
works in the form of Permanent Digital
Downloads or Ringtones at the time of
purchase, or subsequently have digital
access to the purchased sound
recordings of musical works in the form
of Interactive Streams, additional
Permanent Digital Downloads,
Restricted Downloads, or Ringtones.
(1) A qualifying seller for purposes of
this definition is the entity operating the
Service, including affiliates,
predecessors, or successors in interest,
or—
(i) In the case of Permanent Digital
Downloads or Ringtones, a seller having
a legitimate connection to the locker
service provider pursuant to one or
more written agreements (including that
the Purchased Content Locker Service
and Permanent Digital Downloads or
Ringtones are offered through the same
third party); or
(ii) In the case of physical
phonorecords:
(A) The seller of the physical
phonorecord has an agreement with the
Purchased Content Locker Service
provider establishing an integrated offer
that creates a consumer experience
commensurate with having the same
Service both sell the physical
phonorecord and offer the integrated
locker service; or
(B) The Service has an agreement with
the entity offering the Purchased
Content Locker Service establishing an
integrated offer that creates a consumer
experience commensurate with having
the same Service both sell the physical
phonorecord and offer the integrated
locker service.
(2) [Reserved]
Record Company means a person or
entity that:
(1) Is a copyright owner of a sound
recording embodying a musical work;
(2) In the case of a sound recording of
a musical work fixed before February
15, 1972, has rights to the sound
recording, under the common law or
statutes of any State, that are equivalent
to the rights of a copyright owner of a
sound recording of a musical work
under title 17, United States Code;
(3) Is an exclusive Licensee of the
rights to reproduce and distribute a
sound recording of a musical work; or
(4) Performs the functions of
marketing and authorizing the
distribution of a sound recording of a
musical work under its own label, under
the authority of the Copyright Owner of
the sound recording.
Relevant Page means an electronic
display (for example, a web page or
screen) from which a Service’s Offering
consisting of Streams or Limited
Downloads is directly available to End
Users, but only when the Offering and
PO 00000
Frm 00117
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2033
content directly relating to the Offering
(e.g., an image of the artist, information
about the artist or album, reviews,
credits, and music player controls)
comprises 75% or more of the space on
that display, excluding any space
occupied by advertising. An Offering is
directly available to End Users from a
page if End Users can receive sound
recordings of musical works (in most
cases this will be the page on which the
Limited Download or Interactive Stream
takes place).
Restricted Download means a Digital
Phonorecord Delivery in a form that
cannot be retained and replayed on a
permanent basis. The term Restricted
Download includes a Limited
Download.
Ringtone means a phonorecord of a
part of a musical work distributed as a
Digital Phonorecord Delivery in a format
to be made resident on a
telecommunications device for use to
announce the reception of an incoming
telephone call or other communication
or message or to alert the receiver to the
fact that there is a communication or
message.
Service means that entity governed by
subparts C and D of this part, which
might or might not be the Licensee, that
with respect to the section 115 license:
(1) Contracts with or has a direct
relationship with End Users or
otherwise controls the content made
available to End Users;
(2) Is able to report fully on Service
Revenue from the provision of musical
works embodied in phonorecords to the
public, and to the extent applicable,
verify Service Revenue through an
audit; and
(3) Is able to report fully on its usage
of musical works, or procure such
reporting and, to the extent applicable,
verify usage through an audit.
Service Revenue. (1) Subject to
paragraphs (2) through (5) of this
definition and subject to GAAP, Service
Revenue shall mean:
(i) All revenue from End Users
recognized by a Service for the
provision of any Offering;
(ii) All revenue recognized by a
Service by way of sponsorship and
commissions as a result of the inclusion
of third-party ‘‘in-stream’’ or ‘‘indownload’’ advertising as part of any
Offering, i.e., advertising placed
immediately at the start or end of, or
during the actual delivery of, a musical
work, by way of Interactive Streaming or
Limited Downloads; and
(iii) All revenue recognized by the
Service, including by way of
sponsorship and commissions, as a
result of the placement of third-party
advertising on a Relevant Page of the
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2034
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
Service or on any page that directly
follows a Relevant Page leading up to
and including the Limited Download or
Interactive Stream of a musical work;
provided that, in case more than one
Offering is available to End Users from
a Relevant Page, any advertising
revenue shall be allocated between or
among the Services on the basis of the
relative amounts of the page they
occupy.
(2) Service Revenue shall:
(i) Include revenue recognized by the
Service, or by any associate, affiliate,
agent, or representative of the Service in
lieu of its being recognized by the
Service; and
(ii) Include the value of any barter or
other nonmonetary consideration; and
(iii) Except as expressly detailed in
this part, not be subject to any other
deduction or set-off other than refunds
to End Users for Offerings that the End
Users were unable to use because of
technical faults in the Offering or other
bona fide refunds or credits issued to
End Users in the ordinary course of
business.
(3) Service Revenue shall exclude
revenue derived by the Service solely in
connection with activities other than
Offering(s), whereas advertising or
sponsorship revenue derived in
connection with any Offering(s) shall be
treated as provided in paragraphs (2)
and (4) of this definition.
(4) For purposes of paragraph (1) of
this definition, advertising or
sponsorship revenue shall be reduced
by the actual cost of obtaining that
revenue, not to exceed 15%.
(5) In instances in which a Service
provides an Offering to End Users as
part of the same transaction with one or
more other products or services that are
not Licensed Activities, then the
revenue from End Users deemed to be
recognized by the Service for the
Offering for the purpose of paragraph (1)
of this definition shall be the lesser of
the revenue recognized from End Users
for the bundle and the aggregate
standalone published prices for End
Users for each of the component(s) of
the bundle that are Licensed Activities;
provided that, if there is no standalone
published price for a component of the
bundle, then the Service shall use the
average standalone published price for
End Users for the most closely
comparable product or service in the
U.S. or, if more than one comparable
exists, the average of standalone prices
for comparables.
Stream means the digital transmission
of a sound recording of a musical work
to an End User—
(1) To allow the End User to listen to
the sound recording, while maintaining
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
a live network connection to the
transmitting service, substantially at the
time of transmission, except to the
extent that the sound recording remains
accessible for future listening from a
Streaming Cache Reproduction;
(2) Using technology that is designed
such that the sound recording does not
remain accessible for future listening,
except to the extent that the sound
recording remains accessible for future
listening from a Streaming Cache
Reproduction; and
(3) That is subject to licensing as a
public performance of the musical work.
Streaming Cache Reproduction means
a reproduction of a sound recording
embodying a musical work made on a
computer or other receiving device by a
Service solely for the purpose of
permitting an End User who has
previously received a Stream of that
sound recording to play the sound
recording again from local storage on
the computer or other device rather than
by means of a transmission; provided
that the End User is only able to do so
while maintaining a live network
connection to the Service, and the
reproduction is encrypted or otherwise
protected consistent with prevailing
industry standards to prevent it from
being played in any other manner or on
any device other than the computer or
other device on which it was originally
made.
Student Plan means a discounted
Subscription to an Offering available on
a limited basis to students.
Subscription means an Offering for
which End Users are required to pay a
fee to have access to the Offering for
defined subscription periods of 3 years
or less (in contrast to, for example, a
service where the basic charge to users
is a payment per download or per play),
whether the End User makes payment
for access to the Offering on a
standalone basis or as part of a Bundle
with one or more other products or
services.
Total Cost of Content or TCC means
the total amount expensed by a Service
or any of its affiliates in accordance
with GAAP for rights to make
interactive streams or limited
downloads of a musical work embodied
in a sound recording through the
Service for the accounting period,
which amount shall equal the
applicable consideration for those rights
at the time the applicable consideration
is properly recognized as an expense
under GAAP. As used in this definition,
‘‘applicable consideration’’ means
anything of value given for the
identified rights to undertake the
Licensed Activity, including, without
limitation, ownership equity, monetary
PO 00000
Frm 00118
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
advances, barter or any other monetary
and/or nonmonetary consideration,
whether that consideration is conveyed
via a single agreement, multiple
agreements and/or agreements that do
not themselves authorize the Licensed
Activity but nevertheless provide
consideration for the identified rights to
undertake the Licensed Activity, and
including any value given to an affiliate
of a record company for the rights to
undertake the Licensed Activity. Value
given to a Copyright Owner of musical
works that is controlling, controlled by,
or under common control with a Record
Company for rights to undertake the
Licensed Activity shall not be
considered value given to the Record
Company. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, applicable consideration shall
not include in-kind promotional
consideration given to a Record
Company (or affiliate thereof) that is
used to promote the sale or paid use of
sound recordings embodying musical
works or the paid use of music services
through which sound recordings
embodying musical works are available
where the in-kind promotional
consideration is given in connection
with a use that qualifies for licensing
under 17 U.S.C. 115.
§ 385.3
Late payments.
A Licensee shall pay a late fee of 1.5%
per month, or the highest lawful rate,
whichever is lower, for any payment
owed to a Copyright Owner and
remaining unpaid after the due date
established in 17 U.S.C. 115(c)(5) and
detailed in part 210 of this title. Late
fees shall accrue from the due date until
the Copyright Owner receives payment.
§ 385.4 Recordkeeping for promotional or
free trial non-royalty-bearing uses.
(a) General. A Licensee transmitting a
sound recording embodying a musical
work subject to section 115 and subparts
C and D of this part and claiming a
Promotional or Free Trial zero royalty
rate shall keep complete and accurate
contemporaneous written records of
making or authorizing Interactive
Streams or Limited Downloads,
including the sound recordings and
musical works involved, the artists, the
release dates of the sound recordings, a
brief statement of the promotional
activities authorized, the identity of the
Offering or Offerings for which the zerorate is authorized (including the internet
address if applicable), and the beginning
and end date of each zero rate Offering.
(b) Retention of records. A Service
claiming zero rates shall maintain the
records required by this section for no
less time than the Service maintains
records of royalty-bearing uses
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
involving the same types of Offerings in
the ordinary course of business, but in
no event for fewer than five years from
the conclusion of the zero rate Offerings
to which they pertain.
(c) Availability of records. If a
Copyright Owner or agent requests
information concerning zero rate
Offerings, the Licensee shall respond to
the request within an agreed, reasonable
time.
Subpart B—Physical Phonorecord
Deliveries, Permanent Digital
Downloads, Ringtones, and Music
Bundles
§ 385.10
Scope.
This subpart establishes rates and
terms of royalty payments for making
and distributing phonorecords,
including by means of Digital
Phonorecord Deliveries, in accordance
with the provisions of 17 U.S.C. 115.
§ 385.11
Royalty rates.
(a) Physical phonorecord deliveries
and Permanent Digital Downloads. For
every physical phonorecord and
Permanent Digital Download the
Licensee makes and distributes or
authorizes to be made and distributed,
the royalty rate payable for each work
embodied in the phonorecord or PDD
shall be either 9.1 cents or 1.75 cents
per minute of playing time or fraction
thereof, whichever amount is larger.
(b) Ringtones. For every Ringtone the
Licensee makes and distributes or
authorizes to be made and distributed,
the royalty rate payable for each work
embodied therein shall be 24 cents.
(c) Music Bundles. For a Music
Bundle, the royalty rate for each
element of the Music Bundle shall be
the rate required under paragraph (a) or
(b) of this section, as appropriate.
Subpart C—Interactive Streaming,
Limited Downloads, Limited Offerings,
Mixed Service Bundles, Bundled
Subscription Offerings, Locker
Services, and Other Delivery
Configurations
§ 385.20
Scope.
This subpart establishes rates and
terms of royalty payments for Interactive
Streams and Limited Downloads of
musical works, and other reproductions
or distributions of musical works
through Limited Offerings, Mixed
Service Bundles, Bundled Subscription
Offerings, Paid Locker Services, and
2035
Purchased Content Locker Services
provided through subscription and
nonsubscription digital music Services
in accordance with the provisions of 17
U.S.C. 115, exclusive of Offerings
subject to subpart D of this part.
§ 385.21
Royalty rates and calculations.
(a) Applicable royalty. Licensees that
engage in Licensed Activity covered by
this subpart pursuant to 17 U.S.C. 115
shall pay royalties therefor that are
calculated as provided in this section,
subject to the royalty floors for specific
types of services described in § 385.22.
(b) Rate calculation. Royalty
payments for Licensed Activity in this
subpart shall be calculated as provided
in paragraph (b) of this section. If a
Service includes different Offerings,
royalties must be calculated separately
with respect to each Offering taking into
consideration Service Revenue and
expenses associated with each Offering.
(1) Step 1: Calculate the all-In royalty
for the Offering. For each Accounting
Period, the all-in royalty shall be the
greater of the applicable percent of
Service Revenue and the applicable
percent of TCC set forth in the following
table.
TABLE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b)(1)—2018–2022 ALL-IN ROYALTY RATES
2018
(%)
Royalty year
Percent of Revenue .............................................................
Percent of TCC ....................................................................
(2) Step 2: Subtract applicable
Performance Royalties. From the
amount determined in step 1 in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, for each
Offering of the Service, subtract the total
amount of Performance Royalty that the
Service has expensed or will expense
pursuant to public performance licenses
in connection with uses of musical
works through that Offering during the
Accounting Period that constitute
Licensed Activity. Although this
amount may be the total of the Service’s
payments for that Offering for the
Accounting Period, it will be less than
the total of the Performance Royalties if
the Service is also engaging in public
performance of musical works that does
not constitute Licensed Activity. In the
case in which the Service is also
engaging in the public performance of
musical works that does not constitute
Licensed Activity, the amount to be
subtracted for Performance Royalties
shall be the amount allocable to
Licensed Activity uses through the
relevant Offering as determined in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
2019
(%)
11.4
22.0
2020
(%)
12.3
23.1
relation to all uses of musical works for
which the Service pays Performance
Royalties for the Accounting Period.
The Service shall make this allocation
on the basis of Plays of musical works
or, where per-play information is
unavailable because of bona fide
technical limitations as described in
step 3 in paragraph (b)(3) of this section,
using the same alternative methodology
as provided in step 4 in paragraph (b)(4)
of this section.
(3) Step 3: Determine the payable
royalty pool. The payable royalty pool is
the amount payable for the reproduction
and distribution of all musical works
used by the Service by virtue of its
Licensed Activity for a particular
Offering during the Accounting Period.
This amount is the greater of:
(i) The result determined in step 2 in
paragraph (b)(2) of this section; and
(ii) The royalty floor (if any) resulting
from the calculations described in
§ 385.22.
(4) Step 4: Calculate the per-work
royalty allocation. This is the amount
payable for the reproduction and
PO 00000
Frm 00119
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
2021
(%)
13.3
24.1
2022
(%)
14.2
25.2
15.1
26.2
distribution of each musical work used
by the Service by virtue of its Licensed
Activity through a particular Offering
during the Accounting Period. To
determine this amount, the Service must
allocate the result determined in step 3
in paragraph (b)(3) of this section to
each musical work used through the
Offering. The allocation shall be
accomplished by dividing the payable
royalty pool determined in step 3 for the
Offering by the total number of Plays of
all musical works through the Offering
during the Accounting Period (other
than Plays subject to subpart D of this
part) to yield a per-Play allocation, and
multiplying that result by the number of
Plays of each musical work (other than
Plays subject to subpart D of this part))
through the Offering during the
Accounting Period. For purposes of
determining the per-work royalty
allocation in all calculations under step
4 in this paragraph (b)(4) only (i.e., after
the payable royalty pool has been
determined), for sound recordings of
musical works with a playing time of
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
2036
Federal Register / Vol. 84, No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 / Rules and Regulations
over 5 minutes, each Play shall be
counted as provided in paragraph (c) of
this section. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the Service is not capable
of tracking Play information because of
bona fide limitations of the available
technology for Offerings of that nature
or of devices useable with the Offering,
the per-work royalty allocation may
instead be accomplished in a manner
consistent with the methodology used
by the Service for making royalty
payment allocations for the use of
individual sound recordings.
(c) Overtime adjustment. For purposes
of the calculations in step 4 in
paragraph (b)(4) of this section only, for
sound recordings of musical works with
a playing time of over 5 minutes, adjust
the number of Plays as follows.
(1) 5:01 to 6:00 minutes—Each play =
1.2 plays.
(2) 6:01 to 7:00 minutes—Each play =
1.4 plays.
(3) 7:01 to 8:00 minutes—Each play =
1.6 plays.
(4) 8:01 to 9:00 minutes—Each play =
1.8 plays.
(5) 9:01 to 10:00 minutes—Each play
= 2.0 plays.
(6) For playing times of greater than
10 minutes, continue to add 0.2 plays
for each additional minute or fraction
thereof.
(d) Accounting. The calculations
required by paragraph (b) of this section
shall be made in good faith and on the
basis of the best knowledge,
information, and belief of the Licensee
at the time payment is due, and subject
to the additional accounting and
certification requirements of 17 U.S.C.
115(c)(5) and part 210 of this title.
Without limitation, a Licensee’s
statements of account shall set forth
each step of its calculations with
sufficient information to allow the
Copyright Owner to assess the accuracy
and manner in which the Licensee
determined the payable royalty pool and
per-play allocations (including
information sufficient to demonstrate
whether and how a royalty floor
pursuant to § 385.22 does or does not
apply) and, for each Offering the
Licensee reports, also indicate the type
of Licensed Activity involved and the
number of Plays of each musical work
(including an indication of any overtime
adjustment applied) that is the basis of
the per-work royalty allocation being
paid.
§ 385.22 Royalty floors for specific types
of offerings.
(a) In general. The following royalty
floors for use in step 3 of
§ 385.21(b)(3)(ii) shall apply to the
respective types of Offerings.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
20:31 Feb 04, 2019
Jkt 247001
(1) Standalone non-portable
Subscription—streaming only. Except as
provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this
section, in the case of a Subscription
Offering through which an End User can
listen to sound recordings only in the
form of Interactive Streams and only
from a non-portable device to which
those Streams are originally transmitted
while the device has a live network
connection, the royalty floor is the
aggregate amount of 15 cents per
subscriber per month.
(2) Standalone non-portable
Subscription—mixed. Except as
provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this
section, in the case of a Subscription
Offering through which an End User can
listen to sound recordings either in the
form of Interactive Streams or Limited
Downloads but only from a non-portable
device to which those Streams or
Limited Downloads are originally
transmitted, the royalty floor for use in
step 3 of § 385.21(b)(3)(ii) is the
aggregate amount of 30 cents per
subscriber per month.
(3) Standalone portable Subscription
Offering. Except as provided in
paragraph (a)(4) of this section, in the
case of a Subscription Offering through
which an End User can listen to sound
recordings in the form of Interactive
Streams or Limited Downloads from a
portable device, the royalty floor for use
in step 3 of § 385.21(b)(3)(ii) is the
aggregate amount of 50 cents per
subscriber per month.
(4) Bundled Subscription Offerings. In
the case of a Bundled Subscription
Offering, the royalty floor for use in step
3 of § 385.21(b)(3)(ii) is the royalty floor
that would apply to the music
component of the bundle if it were
offered on a standalone basis for each
End User who has made at least one
Play of a licensed work during that
month (each such End User to be
considered an ‘‘active subscriber’’).
(b) Computation of royalty rates. For
purposes of paragraph (a) of this section,
to determine the royalty floor, as
applicable to any particular Offering,
the total number of subscriber-months
for the Accounting Period, shall be
calculated by taking all End Users who
were subscribers for complete calendar
months, prorating in the case of End
Users who were subscribers for only
part of a calendar month, and deducting
on a prorated basis for End Users
covered by an Offering subject to
subpart D of this part, except in the case
of a Bundled Subscription Offering,
subscriber-months shall be determined
with respect to active subscribers as
defined in paragraph (a)(4) of this
section. The product of the total number
of subscriber-months for the Accounting
PO 00000
Frm 00120
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
Period and the specified number of
cents per subscriber (or active
subscriber, as the case may be) shall be
used as the subscriber-based component
of the royalty floor for the Accounting
Period. A Family Plan shall be treated
as 1.5 subscribers per month, prorated
in the case of a Family Plan
Subscription in effect for only part of a
calendar month. A Student Plan shall be
treated as 0.50 subscribers per month,
prorated in the case of a Student Plan
End User who subscribed for only part
of a calendar month.
Subpart D—Promotional and Free-tothe-User Offerings
§ 385.30
Scope.
This subpart establishes rates and
terms of royalty payments for
Promotional Offerings, Free Trial
Offerings, and Certain Purchased
Content Locker Services provided by
subscription and nonsubscription
digital music Services in accordance
with the provisions of 17 U.S.C. 115.
§ 385.31
Royalty rates.
(a) Promotional Offerings. For
Promotional Offerings of audio-only
Interactive Streaming and Limited
Downloads of sound recordings
embodying musical works that the
Record Company authorizes royalty-free
to the Service, the royalty rate is zero.
(b) Free Trial Offerings. For Free Trial
Offerings for which the Service receives
no monetary consideration, the royalty
rate is zero.
(c) Certain Purchased Content Locker
Services. For every Purchased Content
Locker Service for which the Service
receives no monetary consideration, the
royalty rate is zero.
(d) Unauthorized use. If a Copyright
Owner or agent of the Copyright Owner
sends written notice to a Licensee
stating in good faith that a particular
Offering subject to this subpart differs in
a material manner from the terms
governing that Offering, the Licensee
must within 5 business days cease
Streaming or otherwise making
available that Copyright Owner’s
musical works and shall withdraw from
the identified Offering any End User’s
access to the subject musical work.
Dated: December 18, 2018.
Suzanne M. Barnett,
Chief Copyright Royalty Judge.
Approved by:
Carla D. Hayden,
Librarian of Congress.
[FR Doc. 2019–00249 Filed 2–4–19; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 1410–72–P
E:\FR\FM\05FER3.SGM
05FER3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 84, Number 24 (Tuesday, February 5, 2019)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 1918-2036]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2019-00249]
[[Page 1917]]
Vol. 84
Tuesday,
No. 24
February 5, 2019
Part III
Library of Congress
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright Royalty Board
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
37 CFR Part 385
Determination of Royalty Rates and Terms for Making and Distributing
Phonorecords (Phonorecords III); Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 84 , No. 24 / Tuesday, February 5, 2019 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 1918]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS
Copyright Royalty Board
37 CFR Part 385
[Docket No. 16-CRB-0003-PR (2018-2022)]
Determination of Royalty Rates and Terms for Making and
Distributing Phonorecords (Phonorecords III)
AGENCY: Copyright Royalty Board, Library of Congress.
ACTION: Final rule and order.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Copyright Royalty Judges announce their final
determination of the rates and terms for making and distributing
phonorecords for the period beginning January 1, 2018, and ending on
December 31, 2022.
DATES:
Effective Date: February 5, 2019.
Applicability Date: The regulations apply to the license period
beginning January 1, 2018, and ending December 31, 2022.
ADDRESSES: The final determination is posted in eCRB at https://app.crb.gov/. For access to the docket to read the final determination
and submitted background documents, go to eCRB and search for docket
number 16-CRB-0003-PR (2018-2022).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Anita Blaine, CRB Program Assistant,
by telephone at (202) 707-7658 or by email at crb@loc.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Final Determination
The Copyright Royalty Judges (Judges) commenced the captioned
proceeding to set royalty rates and terms to license the copyrights of
songwriters and publishers in musical works made and distributed as
physical phonorecords, digital downloads, and on-demand digital
streams. See 81 FR 255 (Jan. 5, 2016). The rates and terms determined
herein shall be effective during the rate period January 1, 2018,
through December 31, 2022. Under the Copyright Act, royalty rates for
uses of musical works shall end ``on the effective date of successor
rates and terms, or such other period as the parties may agree.'' 17
U.S.C. 115(c)(3)); The Judges included the designation (2018-2022) in
the docket number for this proceeding for the purpose of designating
the relevant five-year period with the knowledge that affected parties
may agree to successor rates and terms for a different or additional
period. In this proceeding, each party included in its Proposed
Findings of Fact (PFF) and Proposed Conclusions of Law (PCL) a
designation of the rate period as January 1, 2018, through December 31,
2022. The Judges, therefore, adopt that agreed rate period.
For the reasons detailed in this Determination,\1\ the Judges
establish the following section 115 royalty rate structure, and rates,
for the period 2018 through 2022.
For licensing of musical works for all service offerings, the all-
in rate for performances and mechanical reproductions shall be the
greater of the percent of service revenue and Total Content Cost (TCC)
rates in the following table.
2018-2022 All-In Royalty Rates
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2018 2019 2020 2021 2022
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent of Revenue.............. 11.4 12.3 13.3 14.2 15.1
Percent of TCC.................. 22.0 23.1 24.1 25.2 26.2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Judges also adopt for the new rate period existing royalty
floors in effect for certain streaming configurations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ This rate determination is not unanimous. Judge Strickler
prepared, to a disproportionately large degree, the initial drafts
of this Determination. Notwithstanding the Judges' concurrence on
most of the factual recitation and economic analysis, they were
unable to reach consensus on their conclusions. Judge Strickler's
dissenting opinion is appended to and is a part of this rate
determination. Note that all redactions in this publication were
made by the Copyright Royalty Judges and not by the Federal
Register.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the Initial Determination issued on January 27, 2018, the Judges
promulgated regulatory terms that made changes in style and substance
of the regulatory terms governing administration of the section 115
licenses. In February 2018, the Judges received a motion from Copyright
Owners (Owners' Motion) and a joint motion from four Services
(Services' Motion) seeking clarification of regulatory terms
promulgated with the Initial Determination.\2\ The Judges treated both
motions as general motions governed by 37 CFR 350.4 and issued their
ruling on the motions by separate Order dated October 29, 2018. The
Judges incorporate the reasoning and rulings in that Order and to the
extent necessary for clarity, include portions of that Order in this
Final Determination. The final text of the amended regulations is set
out below this SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section.
I. Background
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ National Music Publishers' Association and Nashville
Songwriters Association International together filed the Copyright
Owners' Motion for Clarification or Correction . . . (Owners'
Motion). Amazon Digital Services, LLC; Google Inc.; Pandora Media,
Inc. and Spotify USA Inc. filed a Joint Motion for Rehearing to
Clarify the Regulations (Services' Motion). The Judges did not treat
the motions as motions for rehearing under 17 U.S.C. 803(c)(2), as
neither requested a literal rehearing of evidence or legal argument.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. Statute and Regulations
The Copyright Act (Act) establishes a compulsory license for use of
musical works in the making and distribution of phonorecords. 17 U.S.C.
115. For purposes of section 115, phonorecords include physical and
digital sound recordings embodying the protected musical works, digital
sound recordings that may be downloaded or streamed on demand by a
listener, and downloaded telephone ringtones. Entities offering bundled
music services and digital music lockers are also permitted to do so
under the section 115 compulsory license.
The section 115 compulsory license created in 1909, reflected
Congress's attempt to balance the exclusive rights of owners of
copyrighted musical works with the public's interest in access to the
protected works. However, Congress made that right subject to a
compulsory license because of concern about monopolistic control of the
piano roll market (and another burgeoning invention, phonorecords). 17
U.S.C. 1
[[Page 1919]]
(1909); see also H.R. Rep. No. 60-2222, at 9 (1909). This license is
often referred to as the ``phonorecords'' license, but is also
identified, synonymously, as the ``mechanical'' license.
Congress revised the mechanical license in its 1976 general
revision of the copyright laws. The 1976 revision also created a new
entity, the Copyright Royalty Tribunal (CRT), to conduct periodic
proceedings to adjust the royalty rate for the license.\3\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ In 1993, Congress abolished the CRT and replaced it with
copyright arbitration royalty panels (CARPs). Copyright Royalty
Tribunal Reform Act of 1993, Public Law 103-198, 107 Stat. 2304. In
2004, Congress abolished the CARP system and replaced it with the
Copyright Royalty Judges. Copyright Royalty and Distribution Reform
Act of 2004, Public Law 108-419, 118 Stat. 2341.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In 1995, Congress passed the Digital Performance Right in Sound
Recordings Act (DPRA),\4\ extending the mechanical license to ``digital
phonorecord deliveries'' (DPDs), which Congress defined as each
individual delivery of a phonorecord by digital transmission of a sound
recording which results in a specifically identifiable reproduction by
or for any transmission recipient of a phonorecord of that sound
recording, regardless of whether the digital transmission is also a
public performance of the sound recording or any nondramatic musical
work embodied therein. 17 U.S.C. 115(d). Accordingly, the section 115
mechanical license now covers DPDs, in addition to physical copies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ Public Law 104-39, 109 Stat. 336.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
By statute, the Judges commence a proceeding to determine royalty
rates and terms for the section 115 license every fifth year. See 17
U.S.C. 803(b)(1)(A)(i)(V). The Act favors negotiated settlements among
interested parties, but in absence of a settlement, the Judges must
determine ``reasonable rates and terms of royalty payments. . . .'' The
Judges must further set rates that comport with the itemized statutory
policy considerations described in section 801(b)(1) of the Act. Rates
and terms for the mechanical license are codified in chapter III, part
385, title 37, Code of Federal Regulations.
As currently configured, the applicable regulations are divided
into three subparts.\5\ Subpart A regulations govern licenses for
reproductions of musical works (1) in physical form (vinyl albums,
compact discs, and other physical recordings), (2) in digital form when
the consumer purchases a permanent digital copy (download) of the
phonorecord (PDD), and (3) inclusion of a musical work in a purchased
telephone ringtone. Subpart B regulations include licenses for (1)
interactive streaming and limited downloads. The regulations in subpart
C relate to limited offerings, mixed bundles, music bundles, paid
locker services, and purchased content locker services. The current
regulations resulted from a negotiated settlement of the previous
mechanical license proceeding.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ For clarity, references to the regulations applicable to the
sec. 115 license are to the regulations as configured before
conclusion of the present proceeding. The Judges discuss appropriate
regulatory changes in section VII of this determination.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Prior Proceedings
Until 1976, Congress legislated royalty rates for the mechanical
reproduction of musical works and notes. In 1980, the CRT conducted the
first contested proceeding to set rates for the section 115 compulsory
license. The CRT increased the then-existing rate by more than 45%,
from the statutory 2.75[cent] rate per phonorecord to 4[cent] per
phonorecord. 45 FR 63 (Jan. 2, 1980).\6\ By 1986, the CRT had increased
the mechanical rate to the greater of 5[cent] per musical work or
.95[cent] per minute of playing time or fraction thereof. 46 FR 66267
(Dec. 23, 1981); see 37 CFR 255.3(a)-(c). The next adjustment of the
section 115 rates was scheduled to begin in 1987. However, the parties
entered into a settlement setting the rate at 5.25[cent] per track
beginning on January 1, 1988, and the CRT established a schedule of
rate increases generally based on positive limited percentage changes
in the Consumer Price Index every two years over the following 10
years. See 52 FR 22637 (June 15, 1987). The rate increased until 1996,
when the rate was set at 6.95[cent] per track or 1.3[cent] per minute
of playing time or fraction thereof. See 37 CFR 255.3(d)-(h).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ The United States Court of Appeals for the District of
Columbia Circuit affirmed the CRT. Recording Industry Ass'n. of
America v. Copyright Royalty Tribunal, 662 F.2d 1 (D.C. Cir. 1981)
(1981 Phonorecords Appeal) (remanded on other grounds).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The rates set by the 1987 settlement were to expire on December 31,
1997. The Librarian of Congress announced a negotiation period for
copyright owners and users of the section 115 license in late 1996. The
parties reached a settlement regarding rates for another ten-year
period to end in 2008.\7\ Under the settlement, ultimately adopted by
the Librarian, the parties agreed to a rate for physical phonorecords
of 7.1[cent] per track and established a schedule for fixed rate
increases every two years for a 10-year period. At the beginning of
January 2006, the mechanical rate was the larger of 9.1[cent] per track
or 1.75[cent] per minute of playing time or fraction thereof. See 37
CFR 255.3(i)-(m); see also 63 FR 7288 (Feb. 13, 1998).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ The Librarian initiated the 1996 proceeding during the CARP
period, when controversies regarding royalty rates and terms were
referred to privately retained arbitrators.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In 2006, with expiration of the previous settlement term nearing,
the Judges commenced a proceeding to adjust the mechanical rates under
section 115. On January 26, 2009, they issued a Determination,
effective March 1, 2009. In that Determination, the Judges noted that
the parties had settled their dispute regarding rates and terms for
conditional downloads, interactive streaming, and incidental digital
phonorecord deliveries (i.e., rates in the new subpart B) (2008
Settlement). See Mechanical and Digital Phonorecord Delivery Rate
Determination, 74 FR 4510, 4514 (Jan. 26, 2009) (Phonorecords I). The
parties who negotiated the 2008 Settlement included the National Music
Publishers Association (NMPA) and the Digital Music Association (DiMA),
the trade association representing its member streaming services.
Written Direct Testimony of Rishi Mirchandani, Trial Ex. 1, at ] 59
(Mirchandani WDT).
The 2008 Settlement rates that the Judges adopted maintained the
existing rate and rate structure at the greater of 9.1[cent] per song
or 1.75[cent] per minute of playing time (or fraction thereof) for
physical phonorecords and permanent digital downloads (PDD). The Judges
also adopted a license rate of 24[cent] per ringtone, a newly regulated
product. 74 FR at 4515. Physical sales, PDDs, and ringtones were
included in subpart A of the regulations.
In 2011, the Judges commenced a proceeding to again determine
section 115 royalty rates and terms. See 76 FR 590 (Jan. 5, 2011). The
participants in that proceeding negotiated a settlement (2012
Settlement) that carried forward the existing rates and added a new
subpart C to the regulations to cover several newly regulated service
offering categories, viz., limited offerings, mixed service bundles,
music bundles, paid locker services, and purchased content locker
services.\8\ The Judges adopted the participants' settlement in 2013.
See Adjustment of Determination of Compulsory License Rates for
Mechanical and Digital Phonorecords, 78 FR 67938 (Nov. 13, 2013)
(Phonorecords II).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ Once again, the parties to the negotiations included the
NMPA and DiMA. Mirchandani WDT at ] 59.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The present section 115 proceeding is the third since the
establishment of the Copyright Royalty Board (CRB) program
[[Page 1920]]
under the Copyright Royalty and Distribution Reform Act of 2004.\9\ In
the Phonorecords II settlement, the parties agreed that any future rate
determination presented to the Judges for subparts B and C service
offering configurations would be a de novo rate determination. See 37
CFR 385.17, 385.26 (2016).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ Public Law 108-419, 118 Stat. 2341.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Statement of the Case
In response to the Judges' notice commencing the present
proceeding, 21 entities filed Petitions to Participate.\10\ The
participants engaged in negotiations and discovery. On June 15, 2016,
some of the participants \11\ notified the Judges of a partial
settlement with regard to rates and terms for physical phonorecords,
PDDs, and ringtones, the service offerings covered by the extant
regulations found in subpart A of part 385. The Judges published notice
of the partial settlement \12\ and accepted and considered comments
from interested parties.\13\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ Initial Participants were: Amazon Digital Services, LLC
(Amazon); Apple, Inc. (Apple); Broadcast Music, Inc. (BMI); American
Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers (ASCAP); David Powell;
Deezer S.A. (Deezer); Digital Media Association (DiMA); Gear
Publishing Company (Gear); George Johnson d/b/a/GEO Music Group
(GEO); Google, Inc. (Google); Music Reports, Inc. (MRI); Pandora
Media, Inc. (Pandora); Recording Industry Association of America,
Inc. (RIAA); Rhapsody International Inc.; SoundCloud Limited;
Spotify USA Inc.; ``Copyright Owners'' comprised of National Music
Publishers Association (NMPA), The Harry Fox Agency (HFA), Nashville
Songwriters Association International (NSAI), Church Music
Publishers Association (CMPA), Songwriters of North America (SONA),
Omnifone Group Limited; and publishers filing jointly, Universal
Music Group (UMG), Sony Music Entertainment (SME), Warner Music
Group (WMG).
\11\ The settling parties were: NMPA, NSAI, HFA, UMG, and WMG.
As part of the settlement agreement, UMG and WMG withdrew from
further participation in this proceeding.
\12\ See 81 FR 48371 (Jul. 25, 2016).
\13\ Three parties filed comments. American Association of
Independent Music (A2IM), Sony Music Entertainment (SME), and George
Johnson dba GEO Music Group (GEO). A2IM urged adoption of the
settlement and SME approved of all but one provision of the
settlement. GEO objected to the settlement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
On October 28, 2016, NMPA, Nashville Songwriters Association
International (NSAI), and Sony Music Entertainment (SME) filed a Motion
to Adopt Settlement Industry-Wide. The motion asserted that SME, NMPA,
and NSAI had resolved the issue raised by SME in its response to the
original notice. The Judges evaluated the remaining objection to the
settlement filed by George Johnson dba GEO Music Group (GEO) and found
that GEO had not established that the settlement agreement ``does not
provide a reasonable basis for setting statutory rates and terms.'' See
17 U.S.C. 801(b)(7)(A)(iii). As a part of the second settlement, SME
withdrew from this proceeding. The Judges published the agreed subpart
A regulations as a Final Rule on March 28, 2017.\14\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ See 82 FR 15297 (Mar. 28, 2017).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
During the course of the present proceeding, the Judges dismissed
some participants and other participants withdrew. Remaining
participants at the time of the hearing were NMPA and NSAI,
representing songwriter and publisher copyright owners (Copyright
Owners) and GEO, a songwriter/publisher/copyright owner, appearing pro
se. Copyright licensees appearing at the hearing were Amazon Digital
Services, LLC (Amazon), Apple Inc. (Apple), Google, Inc. (Google),
Pandora Media, Inc. (Pandora), and Spotify USA Inc. (Spotify),
(collectively, the Services).
Beginning on March 8, 2017, the Judges conducted a hearing that
concluded on April 13, 2017. During the course of the hearing, the
Judges heard oral testimony from 37 witnesses.\15\ The Judges admitted
over 1,100 exhibits, exclusive of demonstrative or illustrative
materials the participants offered to explicate oral testimony. The
participants submitted Proposed Findings of Fact (PFF) and Proposed
Conclusions of Law (PCL) on May 12, 2017, and Replies to those filings
on May 26, 2017. Under 37 CFR 351.4(b)(3), a participant may amend its
rate proposal at any time up to and including the time it files
proposed findings and conclusions. In this proceeding, Copyright Owners
and Google filed amended rate proposals contemporaneously with their
respective PFF and PCL. The parties delivered closing arguments on June
7, 2017.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ By stipulation of the participants, the Judges also
accepted and considered written testimony from six additional
witnesses who did not appear. Amazon designated and other
participants counter-designated testimony from the Phonorecords I
proceeding, which was admitted as Exhibits 321 and 322.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Based on the record of this proceeding, the Judges have determined
that the mechanical license rate shall be an All-In rate derived from a
Greater-Of rate structure. Weighing the advantages and disadvantages
highlighted by the participants in this proceeding, the Judges conclude
that a rate that balances a percent-of-service revenue with a percent-
of-TCC (total cost of content) shall be the basis for the All-In
phonorecords royalty. The mechanical portion of the royalty shall be
the greater of those figures, less the actual amount services pay for
the phonorecord performance right. The Judges have no role in setting
the performance right license rates. Further, performance right
licensees pay the performance royalties to music publishers and
songwriters. Services pay mechanical royalties primarily to music
publishers.
II. Context of This Proceeding
A. Changes in Music Consumption Patterns and Revenue Allocation
In recent years, music consumption patterns have undergone profound
shifts--first from purchases of physical albums to downloads of digital
singles, and then from downloads to on-demand access through digital
streaming services. These shifts in music consumption patterns have led
to corresponding changes in the magnitude and relative mix of income
streams to copyright owners; in particular, copyright owners note an
increased reliance on performance royalties as compared to reproduction
and distribution royalties. Witness Statement of David M. Israelite,
Trial Ex. 3014, ] 63 (Israelite WDT).
While earlier format changes (piano rolls to wax cylinders to
lacquer or vinyl discs to CDs) had altered the way households consumed
music, they did not fundamentally alter the distribution of music. For
all these music formats, copyright owners distributed music to
consumers physically, either directly or through record stores. In
addition, with the exception of ``singles,'' after conversion to the
vinyl format, purveyors of music typically distributed a bundle of
songs (an album). Witness Statement of Bart Herbison, Trial Ex. 3015, ]
20 (Herbison WDT).
By the early 2000s, digital data compression and higher-bandwidth
internet connections allowed relatively fast transmission of recorded
music files over the internet, drastically altering the distribution
and consumption of music. Music services \16\ began to offer individual
tracks or songs online as ``digital downloads.'' In 2008, approximately
435 million albums were sold in the U.S. (both digital and physical).
By 2015, that number fell to 249 million.\17\ Sales of singles, by
[[Page 1921]]
contrast, have remained fairly stable over the same period, averaging
approximately one billion per year from 2008 to 2015 (with a peak of
1.4 billion in 2012). Expert Report of Jeffrey A. Eisenach, Trial Ex.
3027, at ] 67 & Table 4 (Eisenach WDT).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\16\ Digital download sales gained popularity in 2003 when Apple
introduced the iTunes Music Store. The iTunes Store provided a
convenient way for iTunes users to purchase a song or an entire
album, legally, with a single click of the computer mouse. The
iTunes Store also allowed users of Apple's iPod to sync songs
directly to the device. Expert Report of Jui Ramaprasad, Trial Ex.
1615, at 25-26 (Ramaprasad WDT). Prior to the launch of the iTunes
Music Store, virtually all music was sold as albums. Eisenach WDT at
44, n.58.
\17\ Some evidence in the record suggests, however, that since
2013, with the inclusion of ``streaming equivalent'' albums, overall
album consumption may have increased. See Katz WDT at 42.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Changes in consumption patterns have had an impact on industry
revenues. For example, between 2004 and 2015, record label revenues
from physical sales declined from $15.3 billion to $2 billion, while
digital revenues increased from $230 million to about $4.8 billion. Id.
at ] 44. In 2004, over 98% of music industry revenue was the result of
physical sales. Copyright and the Music Marketplace: A Report of the
Register of Copyrights 70 (Feb. 2015) (Register's Report), citing RIAA-
sourced chart.\18\ Digital downloads made up most of the remaining
revenue. Id. By 2013, revenues from physical sales fell to 35% of
industry total revenues.\19\ Digital downloads, which made up 1.5% of
industry revenues in 2004, had climbed to 40% of industry revenues.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ The Judges cite the Register's Report as a source of
industry background, developed by the Register of Copyrights
following public hearings held nationwide in 2013 and 2014. The
Judges do not base their conclusions in this Determination on any
background information from the Register's Report that the parties
did not also present as evidence in this proceeding.
\19\ Industry total revenues in this analysis include digital
downloads (40%), physical sales (35%), subscription and streaming
(21%), and ringtones and ringbacks (1%). Copyright and the Music
Marketplace at 70, citing RIAA-sourced chart.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Changes in music consumption patterns have coincided with an
increase in the use of musical works. Review of relevant market factors
imply, however, that the ways in which those works are used currently
do not compensate copyright owners as well as they did in the past. See
Register's Report at 72-74.\20\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\20\ Musical works copyright owners complain that streaming
services are at least partially responsible for the paucity of
revenues that the musical works generate for writers and publishers.
They blame streaming services' business practices that favor growth
in user base and market share over maximizing profitability. Digital
services counter that they pay a substantial portion of the revenues
they receive to license copyrighted works and compete with
terrestrial radio, which is exempt from paying performance
royalties. Digital services and broadcasters also argue that the
lack of royalty compensation that makes its way to content creators
is due in large part to the content creators' agreements with
intermediaries, which, they argue, keep a large portion of royalties
earned by content creators for their own account or to recoup
advances. Id. at 76-77.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Emergence of New Streaming Services
Many diverse enterprises have launched music streaming services to
meet growing consumer demand for streaming. Currently, there are at
least 31 music streaming services available from 20 identifiable
providers. Some of the well-known of these include: Amazon, Apple,
Google (and its recently acquired YouTube), Deezer (partnered with
Cricket/AT&T), iHeartRadio, Napster, Pandora, SoundCloud, Spotify, and
Tidal (partnered with Sprint). Written Rebuttal Testimony of Jim
Timmins, Trial Ex. 3036, ] 20 (Timmins WRT). Most of the companies
entering the on-demand streaming music market have done so recently.
Id. ] 21. In the last five years, new entrants to the market have
initiated at least five interactive streaming services, joining Spotify
which launched in the United States in 2011. See id. ] 22.
The largest players in the interactive streaming market by song
catalog are Apple Music, Google Play, and Spotify, each of which each
has a catalog that exceeds [REDACTED] million songs. Tidal, which
provides an outlet for unsigned artists,\21\ has a catalog of over 40
million songs. See Written Direct Testimony of Michael L. Katz, Trial
Ex. 885, ] 34, Table 1 (Katz WDT). By one estimate, in 2016 there were
18 million U.S. on-demand subscribers: Spotify accounted for [REDACTED]
million, followed by Apple Music (4 million), Rhapsody and Tidal (2
million each) and all others accounting for the remaining 4 million.
See id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\21\ An ``unsigned artist'' is one recording music but not under
contract to a recording company.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Some of the services that offer music streaming are pure-play music
providers, such as Spotify and Pandora.\22\ Others, such as Amazon,
Apple Music, and Google Play Music, are part of wider economic
``ecosystems,'' in which a music service is one part of a multi-
product, multi-service aggregation of activities, including some that
are also related to the provision of a retail distribution channel for
music. For example, Amazon is a multi-faceted internet retail business.
Amazon offers a buyers' program for an annual fee (Amazon Prime) that
affords loyalty benefits to members, such as free or reduced rate
shipping or faster delivery on the products members purchase. Amazon
Prime reportedly has approximately [REDACTED] subscribers.\23\ For its
music service offering, Amazon bundles interactive streaming at no
additional cost with its Prime membership. In addition to the Prime
Music service offering, Amazon's U.S.-based business also includes a
physical music store, a digital download store, a purchased content
locker service, Amazon Music Unlimited (a full-catalog subscription
music service), and Amazon Music Unlimited for Echo (a full-catalog
subscription service available through a single Wi-Fi enabled device,
Amazon Echo).\24\ In launching Prime Music, Amazon relied on the
section 115 license as it did for Amazon Music Unlimited and Amazon
Music Unlimited for Echo.\25\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\22\ Until late 2016, Pandora operated as a noninteractive
streaming service that, did not incur a compulsory license fee for
mechanical royalties. Pandora recently began offering more
interactive features, including a full on-demand tier. Pandora WDS
Introductory Memo at 1-2; Written Direct Testimony of Christopher
Phillips, Trial Ex. 877, at 8 (Phillips WDT).
\23\ Amazon Prime is a $99-per-year service that offers Amazon
customers access to a bundle of services including free two-day
shipping, video streaming, photo storage and e-books, in addition to
Prime Music. Expert Report of Glenn Hubbard, Trial Ex. 22, at 15
(Hubbard WDT).
\24\ Mirchandani WDT at 5.
\25\ 3/15/17 Tr. 1315-16 (Mirchandani).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Google describes its ``Google Play'' offerings as its ``one-stop-
shop'' for the purchase of Android applications. The Google Play Store
allows users to browse, purchase, and download content, including
music. Google Play Music is Google Play's entire suite of music service
offerings. Google Play Music, launched in 2011, is bundled with the
YouTube Red video service subscription.\26\ It includes several
functionalities: (1) A Music Store; (2) a cloud-based locker service;
(3) an on-demand digital music streaming service; and (4) a section 114
compliant non-interactive digital radio service (in the U.S.).\27\
Levine WDT, Trial Ex. 692, ] 43.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\26\ Google's experience with music licensing dates at least far
back as 2006, when it acquired YouTube. Written Direct Testimony of
Zahavah Levine, Trial Ex. 692, at 3 (Levine WDT). Google's music
services were part of Google's Android Division but were recently
combined within the YouTube business unit. Id. at 3-4.
\27\ Section 114 of the Act includes requirements for the
compulsory license to perform digitally sound recordings over
noninteractive internet music streaming services.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The evidence is conflicting regarding whether the market for
streaming services is faring poorly financially or performing about the
same as other emerging industries. See, e.g., Timmins WRT, Trial Ex.
3036, ]] 16-17; Levine WDT ] 16 (``streaming music services generally
remain unprofitable businesses'' with content acquisition costs being
``the biggest barrier to profitability.'') For example, Spotify, one of
the largest pure-play streaming services, has reportedly [REDACTED].
Katz WDS at ] 65. Some estimates place
[[Page 1922]]
Spotify's market value at more than $8 billion, suggesting perhaps,
investors' expectations regarding future profits. Written Rebuttal
Testimony of Marc Rysman, Trial Ex. 3032, ] 11, n.3 (Rysman WRT).\28\
Spotify forecasts being profitable in [REDACTED]. Id. at ] 65 n.80.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\28\ In 2016, Spotify had over [REDACTED] million monthly active
users, [REDACTED]% of which were in the U.S. [REDACTED] million of
those U.S. users were also Premium subscribers. Written Direct
Testimony of Barry McCarthy, Trial Ex. 1060, ] 2 (McCarthy WDT).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Effects of Streaming on Publishers' and Songwriters' Earnings
Although many songwriters perform their own musical works, it is
also common for songwriters to compose songs to be performed by others.
Songwriters typically enter into contractual arrangements with music
publishers, which promote and license the songwriters' works and
collect royalties on their behalf. Music publishers and songwriters
negotiate a split of the royalty payments. In some cases, songwriters
are commissioned to write a song and are compensated with a flat fee
for the work in exchange for giving up ownership rights to the song and
any royalties it might earn.
The four largest publishers--Sony/ATV, Warner/Chappell, Universal
Music Publishing Group, and Kobalt Music Publishing--collectively
accounted for just over 73 percent of the top 100 radio songs tracked
by Billboard \29\ as of the second quarter in 2016. In addition, there
are several other significant publishers, including BMG and Songs Music
Publishing, and many thousands of smaller music publishers and self-
publishing songwriters. See Katz WDT ] 46.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\29\ This Billboard measure tracks songs played on AM-FM
terrestrial radio broadcasters, which are not required to license
the works or the sound recordings they play.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Songwriters have three primary sources of ongoing royalty income,
which they generally share with music publishers: Mechanical royalties,
synchronization (``synch'') royalties for use of their works in
conjunction with video or film, and performance royalties.\30\ See Katz
WDT ] 41; Copyright and the Music Marketplace at 69. Songwriters who
are also recording artists receive a share of revenues from their
record labels for the fixing of the musical work in a sound recording.
Sound recording royalties include those from the sale of physical and
digital albums and singles, sound recording synchronization, and
digital performances. Id. Recording artists can also derive income from
live performances, sale of merchandise, and other sources. Id. at 69-
70.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ Another revenue source is folio licenses, lyrics, and
musical notations in written form. See Katz WDT ] 31.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The shift in consumption from physical sales to streaming coincided
with a reallocation of publisher revenue sources. In 2012, 30% of U.S.
music publisher revenues came from performance royalties and 36% from
mechanical royalties, with the rest coming from synch royalties and
other sources. See Register's Report at 70. By 2014, 52% of music
publisher revenues came from performance royalties \31\ while 23% came
from musical works mechanical royalties, with the remainder coming from
synchronization royalties and other sources. Id at 71, n.344, citing
NMPA press release. By one estimate, mechanical license revenues from
interactive streaming services accounted for only [REDACTED] percent of
total music publishing revenues in 2015. Katz WDT ] 42.\32\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\31\ Performance royalties are administered primarily by
Performing Rights Organizations acting as collectives and
clearinghouses for songwriters and publishers as licensors, and
broadcasters and streaming services as licensees.
\32\ It is noteworthy that the shift from mechanical royalties
to performance royalties coincides with the shift from sales of
physical phonorecords (e.g., CDs) and downloads, for which no
performance royalty is required, to the use of interactive
streaming, which pays both a mechanical royalty (when a DPD results)
and a performance royalty, and to the use of noninteractive
streaming, which historically pays only a performance royalty but no
mechanical royalty.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Evidence in the present record indicates that total publishing
revenue declined by [REDACTED] percent between 2013 and 2014, but
increased by [REDACTED] percent between 2014 and 2015. See Katz WDT ]
58. Large publishers, such as Sony/ATV, UMPG, and Warner Chappell, were
[REDACTED] in 2015, earning a combined $[REDACTED] million from U.S.
publishing operations for that year. Id. ] 59.
III. The Present Rate Structure and Rates
Subpart B of the current regulations contains mechanical royalty
rates payable for the delivery and offering of interactive streams and/
or limited downloads. There are three product distinctions within the
subpart B rate structure:
Portable vs. Nonportable Services
Bundled vs. Unbundled Services
Subscription vs. Ad-Supported Services
37 CFR 385.13. The regulations also separate certain promotional uses
for separate treatment, setting the rate for those promotional uses at
zero.
Each of these offering characteristics can be combined
independently with almost every other characteristic, resulting in a
very complex web of rate calculations. In the 2012 Settlement, the
parties structured rate calculations for both subpart B and subpart C
into three arithmetic segments.
In the first step of the calculation, the parties determine the
All-In royalty pool; that is, the royalty that would be payable based
on a formula balancing the greater of a percent-of-service revenue and
a percentage of one of two other expense measures. One expense measure
if a percent-of-royalties services pay to record companies for sound
recording performance rights, differing depending upon whether the
sound recording licenses are pass-through or not pass-through. For
certain subscription services, the percent-of service revenue is
balanced against the lesser of two or three other potential
mathematical outcomes.\33\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\33\ The lesser-of prongs include a per-subscriber per month
prong and percent-of-service payments for sound recording royalties,
differing depending upon whether the sound recording licenses are
pass-through or not pass-through.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The second calculation reduces the All-In royalty pool to the
``payable'' royalty pool in a two-step process. First the parties
subtract royalties the services pay for musical works performance
rights from the All-In royalty established in the first calculation.
This remainder is considered the payable royalty pool for certain
service offerings; viz., non-subscription, ad-supported, purchased
content lockers, mixed service bundles, and music bundles. For
subscription service offerings, whether standalone or bundled, and
depending upon whether the offering is portable or non-portable,
streaming only or mixed use, determining the payable royalty pool
requires a balancing of the mechanical remainder against a set rate for
``qualified'' subscribers per month to determine the greater-of result.
The set rate for qualified subscribers differs for each variation of
subscription offering.
The final step in the rate determination for each service offering
is an allocation among licensors based upon the number of plays from
each licensor's catalog.\34\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\34\ Calculation of royalties for paid locker services varies
slightly from this formula, but the complexity is similar.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Services, the licensor participants in the present proceeding,
refer to this convoluted process as the establishment of royalty rates
with ``minima.'' According to the Services, these minima are designed
to protect copyright owners from the potential downside of Services'
business models that might
[[Page 1923]]
minimize service revenue and thus manipulate the percent-of-service
revenue rate standard. The Services, whose current royalty payments are
determined under the minima prongs of the formulae, point to the minima
as a reason to keep the percent-of-service revenue ``headline'' rate
low, reasoning that the headline rate is not, or is rarely, binding in
any event.
Notwithstanding the parties' prior agreement to the apparent
complexity, the alternative calculation methods, or the variations in
the descriptions of the service offerings, evidence presented in this
proceeding does not support continuing the fractionalization of the
rate determination for the service offerings at issue. At the
conclusion of the tortured rate calculations required by the present
regulations, the evidence suggests that differences in the rates
Services pay are not great enough to justify the complexity of the
formulae. Some of the rate determination prongs are rarely if ever
triggered. Despite the myriad configurations of rate calculations, some
of the service offerings are incapable of categorization under the
extant rate structure. Apple and Google entered the digital music
delivery marketplace by negotiating direct licenses covering several
compulsory licenses, avoiding the regulatory scheme entirely.
IV. Analysis of Rate Structure Proposals
A. Parties' Proposals
1. The Services (Excluding Apple and Google)
The Services propose rates and rate structures that, while varying
in their particulars, share a number of common elements. Broadly, the
Services propose a rate structure that, in the main, continues the
current rate structure. More particularly, the Services' proposals
share core elements: (1) An ``All-In'' rate for mechanical and
performance rights; (2) based upon a 10.5 percent-of-service revenue
headline rate with minima; (3) without a ``Mechanical Floor.''
a. Amazon
In its Proposed Rates and Terms (Amazon Proposal), Amazon proposes
that the rate structure as currently in the applicable regulations
rollover into the 2018-22 rate period, except: (1) The per subscriber
minimum and/or subscriber-based royalty floors for a ``family account''
should equal 150% of the per subscriber minimum and/or subscriber-based
royalty floor for an individual account; (2) a student subscription
account discount of 50% should be included in the regulations to the
per subscriber minimum and subscriber-based royalty floor that would
otherwise apply under the current regulations; (3) a discount for
annual subscriptions equal to 16.67% of the minimum royalty rate (or
rates) and subscriber-based royalty floor (or floors) that would
otherwise apply under Sec. 385.13; and (4) 15% discount to the minimum
royalty rate (or rates) and subscriber-based royalty floor (or floors)
to reflect a service's actual ``app store'' and carrier billing costs,
not to exceed 15% for each. Amazon Proposal at 1-2.
b. Pandora
Pandora's amended proposed rates and terms (Pandora Amended
Proposal),\35\ seek the following changes from the current regulations:
(1) Elimination of the ``Mechanical Floor;'' (2) elimination of the
alternative computation of sub-minima I and II now in Sec. 385.13 and
in Sec. 385.23 (for subparts B and C, respectively) ``in cases in
which the record company is the section 115 licensee;'' (3) A
broadening of the present ``not to exceed 15%'' reduction of ``Service
Revenues'' in Sec. 385.11 to reflect, in toto, an exclusion of costs
attributable to ``obtaining'' revenue, ``including [but not expressly
limited to] credit card commissions, app store commissions, and similar
payment process charges;'' \36\ and (4) a discount on minimum royalties
for student plans ``not to exceed 50%'' off minimum royalty rates set
forth in Sec. 385.13. Id. at 1, 7.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\35\ The Pandora Amended Proposal superseded its original
proposal filed on November 1, 2016, by adding definitions (for
``fraudulent streams'' and ``play'') that do not directly relate to
the royalty rates. See Pandora PFF/PCL, Appx. C.
\36\ Pandora does not expressly describe this change as a change
in rates per se.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
c. Spotify
In its amended proposed rates and terms, Spotify proposed the
following changes from the current regulations: (1) Removal of the
``Mechanical Floor'' for all licensed activity; and (2) a broadening of
the present ``not to exceed 15%'' reduction of ``Service Revenues'' in
Sec. 385.11 to reflect, in toto, an exclusion of the actual costs
attributable to ``obtaining'' revenue, ``including [but not expressly
limited to] credit card commissions, app store commissions similar
payment process charges, and actual carrier billing cost.'' See Second
Amended Proposed Rates and Terms of Spotify USA Inc., passim.
2. Apple
Apple proposed that the Services pay $0.00091 for each
nonfraudulent stream of a copyrighted musical work lasting 30 seconds
or more. Apple Inc. Proposed Rates and Terms (as amended) at 3-4 (Apple
Amended Proposal). Apple proposed defining a use as any play of a sound
recording of a copyrighted work lasting 30 seconds or more.
Additionally, Apple proposed an exemption for a ``fraudulent stream,''
which it defined as ``a stream that a service reasonably and in good-
faith determines to be fraudulent.'' Id. at 2. For paid locker
services, Apple proposes a $0.17 per subscriber fee, also as a
component of an All-In musical works royalty rate that would include
the ``subpart C'' royalty. Id. at 7-8. For purchased content locker
services, Apple proposed a zero royalty fee. Id. at 7.
3. Google
In its amended proposed rates and terms (Google Amended
Proposal),\37\ Google parts company with the other Services and
proposes that the rate structure ``eliminat[e] . . . different service
categories'' in both subparts B and C and replace them with ``a single,
greater-of rate structure between 10.5% of net service revenue and an
uncapped 15-percent TCC component.'' Google Amended Proposal at 1.\38\
That 15% TCC rate is reduced to 13% for pass-through licenses (i.e.,
where a record company is the licensee under section 115, and the
record company has granted streaming rights to a service). Id. at 33-
34. Google's proposed rate does not include a ``Mechanical Floor.''
Similar to one of Amazon's proposals, Google also seeks a discount in
rates for ``carrier billing costs'' and ``app store commissions,'' plus
``credit card commissions'' and ``similar payment process charges,''
all not to exceed 15%. Id. at 6 (for subpart B); 26 (for subpart
C).\39\ In addition, Google's proposal includes a zero rate for certain
free trial periods. Id. at 35-37.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\37\ The Google Amended Proposal amended its original proposal
filed on November 1, 2016. Google originally proposed a subpart B
rate structure that generally followed the existing structure.
Google Written Direct Statement, Introductory Memorandum at 3 (Nov.
1, 2016).
\38\ ``TCC'' is an industry acronym for ``Total Content Cost'',
a shorthand reference to the extant regulatory language describing
generally the amount paid by a service to a record company for the
section 114 right to perform digitally a sound recording. Google's
proposed regulatory terms retain some of the distinctions in service
offerings for purposes of computing per-work royalty allocations.
See, e.g., id. at 29-31. This does not affect the total royalty
charged to the service.
\39\ Google describes this proposed change as a change in the
definition of ``Service Revenue,'' unlike Amazon, which described
its proposed 15% discount as a change in rates. The difference is
mathematically irrelevant.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 1924]]
4. Copyright Owners (Excluding GEO)
The Copyright Owners proposed that the Judges adopt a unitary rate
structure for all interactive streaming and limited downloads that are
currently covered by subparts B and C.\40\ Copyright Owners' Amended
Proposed Rates and Terms, at 3 (May 11, 2017) (CO Amended Proposal).
The Copyright Owners structured the proposal as the greater-of a usage
charge and a per-user charge. Specifically, under the Copyright Owners'
proposal, each month the licensee would pay the greater of (a) a per-
play fee ($0.0015) multiplied by the number of interactive streams or
limited downloads during the month and (b) a per-end user \41\ fee
($1.06) multiplied by the number of end users during the month. Id. at
8. The license fee would be for mechanical rights only, and would not
be offset by any performance royalties that the licensee paid for the
same activity. Id.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\40\ The Copyright Owners' rate proposal would apply the subpart
A rates to so-called ``music bundles'' (``offerings of two or more
subpart A products to end users as part of one transaction'') which
are currently covered by subpart C. Id. at 3 nn. 2 & 4.
\41\ The proposal would consider each paying subscriber to a
service, or each active user, to be an ``end user.'' Id. at 8-9.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. GEO Music Group
The Judges accepted written and oral testimony from Mr. George
Johnson dba GEO Music Group. Mr. Johnson appeared pro se. Mr. Johnson
is a self-employed songwriter, music publisher, and performer, who
formerly operated his own recording company.\42\ The other participants
in the proceeding agreed to preserve objections to Mr. Johnson's
testimony to avoid interruptions and to submit any objections in
writing after his testimony.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\42\ At the time of hearing in the present proceeding, Mr.
Johnson had stepped back from his music business and was employed in
real estate. See 3/9/17 Tr. 418-19 (Johnson).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The crux of Mr. Johnson's case is that ``songs and copyrights have
real intrinsic value in dollars'' and that current royalty rates do not
fairly account for that value. Second Amended Written Direct Statement
of George D. Johnson (GEO) for Proposed Subpart C or New Subpart D
Rates and Terms at 3 (Johnson Second AWDS). Mr. Johnson proposes what
he refers to as a ``Buy Button'' or ``Paid Permanent Digital Song
Sale'' (PDS) under a newly created subpart C or subpart D of the
applicable regulations. Id. at 2. Mr. Johnson contends that the PDS
would ``eliminate the unpaid limited download in 37 CFR 385, Subparts B
and C.'' Id. at 3. Under Mr. Johnson's proposal all ``interactive and
non-interactive Subpart B and C streaming services'' would be required
to include a ``buy button'' that ``allows customers to voluntarily buy
or purchase a work as a permanent paid digital download.'' Sec. 385
Regulation Redline and Changes of George D. Johnson (GEO) at 4 (Feb.
20, 2017) (Johnson Redline and Changes). Mr. Johnson proposes that the
cost to the consumer for these permanent paid digital song sales would
be, for 2018: $1.00; 2019: $1.50; 2020: $2.00; 2021: $2.50; 2022:
$3.00. Id.
Mr. Johnson also proposes that proceeds from sales of permanent
downloads purchased through the proposed ``buy button'' be allocated to
the following groups of interested parties under one of two
alternatives (A or B): Artist ($.19 or $.18 per dollar paid by the
consumer), ``record'' (presumably the label or record company) ($.21 or
$.20), ``AFM'' (presumably American Federation of Musicians) ($.01),
``AFTRA'' (presumably American Federation of Television and Radio
Artists) ($.01), Songwriter ($.21 or $.20), Publishers ($.21 or $.20),
and Services ($.16 or $.20). Id. Mr. Johnson refers to the alternative
allocations as royalties but they appear instead to be shares of sales
proceeds that he would allocate to what he believes are all of the
interested parties. He does not explain why or when alternative A
should be applied as opposed to alternative B.
The allocations he proposes would include royalties for the section
112/114 licenses and the section 115 license, divided equally between
the section 115 and section 114 copyright owners. Johnson Redline and
Changes at 4. However, under his proposal the copyright users (the
Services) would still pay a mechanical royalty for streaming
performances of ``$.0015, etc.'' Johnson Second AWDS at 4. It is
unclear what year the $.0015 rate would apply to and what the ``etc.''
means.\43\ In short, Mr. Johnson proposes two alternatives for
allocating revenues from sales that might occur if a customer were to
buy a song directly from a Service. Under Alternative A, the Services
would effectively pay in the aggregate 84% of the PDS revenues to all
copyright owners for licenses under both the section 114 (which
includes section 112 royalties) and 115. Under Alternative B, the
Services would pay 80% of PDS revenues for the same two licenses.
Johnson Second AWDS at 4-5.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\43\ In his oral testimony, Mr. Johnson appears to concede that
if a customer purchased a song and paid whatever price he proposes
that an additional streaming rate might not be necessary. 3/9/17 Tr.
432: 14-17 (Johnson) (``my proposal is that if you paid up front . .
. you might not need those Subpart B [streaming] rates.'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In his written direct statement Mr. Johnson does not propose any
benchmark or other evidence that would justify a ``buy button''
requirement with a rate of 80% or 84% of PDS revenues. He does assert,
however, that it is the ``only reasonable proposal that captures the
true value of a music copyright today and historically.'' Johnson
Second AWDS at 5. Ultimately, Mr. Johnson concedes that the Judges
previously rejected his proposal to combine the section 112/114 and 115
rates in Web IV and that the proposal continues to be impracticable. 3/
9/17 Tr. 433: 2-3, 11-12 (Johnson) (``that didn't happen in Web IV and
. . . it won't happen here . . . it's so segmented, all the different
licenses, it's probably impossible.'').
While the Judges appreciate Mr. Johnson's participation in the
proceeding, they must view his proposal through the prism of the
Copyright Act. Nothing in section 115 would authorize the Judges to
require all Services availing themselves of the section 115 license to
include a mandatory ``buy button'' as part of any service offering.
Services may install a ``buy button'' if they wish, but the Judges
cannot mandate that service business innovation as Mr. Johnson
proposes.
Likewise, the Judges have no authority to set the price that
Services charge consumers for purchasing a download whether from a PDD
service offering or through Mr. Johnson's proposed buy button. Even if
the Judges had the authority to impose a ``buy button'' requirement on
the Services, it is unclear what purpose that button would serve other
than to alert consumers to the possibility of buying a song they happen
to stream. The Judges believe consumers of music are already aware that
if they want to buy a song they can do so. Perhaps Mr. Johnson believes
with a buy button, consumers might be more willing to click on the
button and buy the song than if the button were not visible and readily
available. Mr. Johnson provides no evidence to support that premise. As
for the 80% or 84% combined royalty that Mr. Johnson proposes for the
section 112/114 and 115 licenses, he provides no evidence upon which
the Judges might base such a royalty other than his belief that it is
the ``only reasonable proposal that captures the true value of a music
copyright today and historically.'' See Johnson Second AWDS at 5. Mr.
Johnson's opinion alone is insufficient evidence upon which to support
his ``buy button'' proposal.
Given the lack of sufficient substantial and persuasive evidence to
support the
[[Page 1925]]
GEO proposal, the Judges will not further analyze it.\44\ The Judges
respectfully decline to adopt Mr. Johnson's proposed approach to rate
setting.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\44\ Mr. Johnson's oral testimony went well beyond his ``buy
button'' proposal and included criticism of the current Copyright
Act as well as criticism of the Services' rate proposals and
business models and other concerns about the music industry more
generally. While the Judges considered Mr. Johnson's testimony in
determining the appropriate royalty rates for the upcoming rate
period, as a lay witness sponsored by no party other than himself
the Judges placed little weight on his opinions regarding the
various rate proposals of the Services and the condition of the
industry. As for his criticism of the Copyright Act, those opinions
are more appropriately directed to Congress.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Arguments Concerning Elements of the Proposed Rate Structures
1. Per-Unit Rate
Copyright Owners and Apple emphasize that a per-play royalty rate
structure, as compared with a percent-of-revenue structure, provides
transparency and simplicity in reporting to songwriters and publishers,
because it requires only one metric besides the rate itself, i.e., the
number of plays, making it much easier to calculate, report, and
understand. See, e.g., Expert Report of Marc Rysman, Trial Ex. 3026, ]
56 (Rysman WDT); Wheeler WDT, Trial Ex. 1613, ] 19; Expert Report of
Anindya Ghose, Trial Ex. 1617, ]] 83-84 (Ghose WDT); Expert Report of
Jui Ramaprasad, Trial Ex. 1615, ] 41 (Ramaprasad WDT); Witness
Statement of Peter Brodsky, Trial Ex. 3016, ] 76 (Brodsky WDT); 3/22/17
Tr. 2476-78 (Dorn); 3/23/17 Tr. 2855-56 (Ghose). Relatedly, Copyright
Owners argue that a transparent metric tied to actual usage is superior
because, under the alternative percent-of-revenue approach, services
might manipulate revenue through bundling, discounting, and accounting
techniques, or might defer service revenues and emphasize increasing
market share rather than profits. See Rysman WDT ]] 43-45.
Copyright Owners and Apple contrast their proposed per play
approaches with the current rate structure, which they characterize as
cumbersome and convoluted. They emphasize that under the current rate
structure, the Services must perform a series of different greater of
and lesser of calculations, depending on a service's business model, to
determine which prong of the rate structure is operative. See Copyright
Owners' Proposed Findings of Fact (COPFF) (and record citation
therein). Copyright Owners assert that because of this complexity,
publishers and songwriters cannot easily verify the accuracy of data
the Services input when calculating royalty payments. See Brodsky WDT ]
76; Ghose WDT ]] 80, 81, 82; Ramaprasad ]] 4, 38, 42-44; Rysman WDT ]
57; Tr. 2865 (Ghose); Tr. 824 (Joyce); Tr. 247778 (Dorn).
Beyond the issue of complexity, Copyright Owners and Apple argue
that interactive streaming services do not need the present upstream
rate structure in order to adopt any particular downstream business
model. Rather, Copyright Owners and Apple assert that a per-play
structure would establish a level of equality in the royalty rates
across the Services, without regard to business models. Songwriters and
publishers would be paid on the same transparent, fixed amount without
advantaging any one business model over another. 3/23/17 Tr. 2849, 2863
(Ghose). Thus, Copyright Owners and Apple maintain that a royalty based
on the number of plays aligns the compensation paid to the creators of
the content with actual demand for and consumption of their content.
Ghose WDT ] 84; Rysman WDT ]] 9, 58; Testimony of David Dorn, Trial Ex.
1611, ] 33 (Dorn WDT).
Copyright Owners further argue that the present rate structure's
failure to measure royalties based on per-play consumption is
counterintuitive, because it permits a decreasing effective per-play
rate even as the quantity of songs listeners consume via interactive
streaming is increasing. Israelite WDT ] 39. Copyright Owners note, for
example, that listening to [REDACTED] increased from [REDACTED] streams
in July 2014 to [REDACTED] streams in December 2016, a [REDACTED]
increase in the number of streams. Rebuttal Report of Glenn Hubbard,
Trial Exs. 132-33, Ex. 1 and ] 2.22 (Hubbard WRT); 4/13/17 Tr. 5971-72
(Hubbard). However, contemporaneously [REDACTED]'s mechanical royalty
payments to the Copyright Owners only increased [REDACTED], from
$[REDACTED] in mechanical royalties in July 2014 to only $[REDACTED] in
December 2016. Hubbard WRT ] 3.9; 4/13/17 Tr. 5971-73 (Hubbard). The
upshot, Copyright Owners assert, is that, as streaming consumption
increased dramatically from 2014 to 2016, the effective per stream
mechanical royalties paid by [REDACTED] to Copyright Owners decreased
from [REDACTED] per hundred streams in July 2014 to [REDACTED] per
hundred streams in December 2016--only [REDACTED]% of the effective per
stream rate in July 2014. 4/13/17 Tr. 5972-73 (Hubbard).
The Services made four arguments in opposition to the use of a per-
play royalty rate. The overarching theme of these arguments is that an
inflexible ``one size fits all'' rate structure would be ``bad for
services, consumers, and the copyright owners alike.'' See Services'
Joint Proposed Findings of Fact (SJPFF) at 89.
First, the Services argued that an upstream per-play rate would not
align with the downstream demand for ``all-you-can-eat'' streaming
services. As Professor Marx testified, a per stream fee introduces a
number of distortions and inefficiencies, encouraging a capping of
downstream plays and reduces incentives for services to meet the demand
of consumers ``who are going to stream a lot of music.'' Written Direct
Testimony of Leslie Marx, Trial Ex. 1065, ]] 130-131 (Marx WDT). In
this vein, Pandora's then-president, Michael Herring, noted that a per-
play consumption-based model where the revenue is fixed creates
uncertainty and volatility, which discourage investment and hamper
profitability. 3/14/17 Tr. 894-95 (Herring). Mr. Herring noted that
this is a general economic problem that occurs when a retail
subscription business has fixed subscription revenues per customer, but
variable (and unpredictable) costs derived from variable (and
unpredictable) downstream usage. Written Rebuttal Testimony of Michael
Herring, Trial Ex. 888, at ] 17 (Herring WRT); 3/14/17 Tr. 894-98
(Herring); see Mirchandani WDT ] 39 (one-size-fits-all rate is not
``offering agnostic'' as Copyright Owners claim, but rather is
``offering determinative.'').
Second, the Services argued that there is no ``revealed
preference'' in the marketplace for a per-play royalty rate structure
for licensing musical works or sound recordings rights, as opposed to a
percent-of-revenue (with minima) royalty structure. In particular, they
contended that mechanical royalties have never been set on a per-play
basis. See Herring WRT ] 19. The Services also pointed to the
interactive services' direct licenses with music publishers, PROs and
record companies, claiming that all rely on a percent-of-revenue
royalty calculation. SJPFF ]] 174-175 (and record citations therein).
They acknowledged that some of the direct license agreements with
record companies contain alternative per-user prongs but they noted
that this is consistent with the existing rate structure which already
contains a per-subscriber minimum, but not a per-play prong. Id. ] 175.
Further, the Services noted that Apple, which is proposing a per-play
rate, in fact has [REDACTED]. See 3/23/17 Tr. 2857 (Ghose); 3/22/17 Tr.
2479 (Dorn).
[[Page 1926]]
Third, the Services discounted the argument that Copyright Owners'
proposed rate structure is superior to the present rate structure
because the latter is too complicated or cumbersome. They characterized
this criticism as ``overblown'' and assert that any problems arising in
the use of a revenue-based headline rate is mitigated by the inclusion
of per subscriber and TCC minima. SJPFF ] 174. They further noted that
section 801(b)(1) does not list as a criterion or objective that the
rates be simple, easy to understand, or otherwise ``transparent.''
Services' Joint Reply to Apple PFF (SJR(Apple)) at 34, 36. Thus, they
argued, the Judges cannot jettison an otherwise appropriate rate
structure because some unquantified segment of the songwriting
community might be uncertain as to how their royalties were computed.
Separate from these four arguments against per-play rate proposals,
the Services noted a practical problem related to Apple's specific
proposal: Apple's proposal calls for deducting performance royalties
from the per-play mechanical royalty, yet it does not explain how to
convert the typical percent-of-revenue performance royalty into a per
play rate in order to perform that computation.\45\ The Services noted
that Apple Music's Senior Director, David Dorn, was unable to explain
how this calculation would be made. See 3/22/17 Tr. 2508-09 (Dorn).
Thus, the Services asserted that Apple's proposal would introduce
``more complexity, not less,'' SJR (Apple) at 34.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\45\ This problem is irrelevant to Copyright Owners' proposal,
because they propose the elimination of the All-In provision in the
rate structure.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Flexible Rate
The Services propose a rate structure for configurations in extant
subparts B and C that follows the structure in the existing regulations
adopted after the 2012 Settlement.\46\ The Services asserted that they
are not advocating preservation of the basics of the settlement rate
structure merely to preserve the status quo. See 3/13/17 Tr. 564
(Katz). Rather, the Services, through their economic experts, argue
that the settlement rate structure as an appropriate benchmark for the
Judges to weigh, consider, adjust (if appropriate), and apply or
reject, as they would any proffered benchmark. The Services note that
considering the current rate structure as a benchmark is instructive
because it allows for identification of market value by analogy. The
Services assert that examination of a comparable circumstance obviates
the need for experts and the Judges to build a theoretical model from
the ``ground up.'' See 3/13/17 Tr. 691-2 (Katz).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\46\ Except when it doesn't. The Services seek the elimination
of the ``Mechanical Floor,'' a significant departure from the
existing structure.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Services' experts opine that, for a number of reasons, the 2012
rate structure is a highly appropriate benchmark. First, they note that
it applies to (1) the same rights; (2) the same uses; and (3) the same
types of market participants. See 3/15/17 Tr. 1082-83 (Leonard); 3/13/
17 Tr. 551, 566-67 (Katz). Additionally, the Services maintain that
because the 2012 rate structure resulted from a negotiated settlement,
it reflects market forces, including an implicit consensus on such
issues as substitutional effects. See 3/13/17 Tr. 580, 722 (Katz). More
broadly, the Services assert the 2012 Settlement demonstrates the
``revealed preferences'' of these economic actors. See 3/15/17 Tr. 1095
(Leonard); see also Amended Written Direct Statement of Gregory K.
Leonard, Trial Ex. 695, ] 72 (Leonard AWDT) (direct license agreements
that track statutory structure evidence ``revealed preference'').
Finally, the Services assert that the 2012 Settlement rate structure as
benchmark is relevant and helpful because, although it was adopted five
years ago, it is nonetheless a relatively recent agreement, covering
the current rate period. See Katz WDT ]] 6, 71; 3/13/17 Tr. 608-09
(Katz); Leonard AWDT ] 45 et seq.; 3/15/17 Tr. 1082 (Leonard).
The Services' experts candidly acknowledge that the rate structure
they advocate cannot be construed economically as the ``best'' approach
to pricing in this market. See, e.g., 4/7/17 Tr. 5574-76 (Marx).
Rather, the Services' experts uniformly link the fact that the marginal
physical cost of streaming is zero to the need for a flexible rate
structure, such as now exists. See, e.g., 3/20/17 Tr. 1829 (Marx); 3/
13/17 Tr. 558 (Katz); 3/15/17 Tr. 122 (Leonard). Indeed, Copyright
Owners' economic experts acknowledge this underlying fact. See, e.g.,
3/30/17 Tr. 4086 (Gans) (streamed music is ``non-rival good.''); 3/27/
17 Tr. 3167 (Watt); 4/3/17 Tr. 4318 (Rysman); 4/13/17 Tr. 5917-18
(Hubbard).
Professor Katz noted that the existing revenue-based rate structure
captures important specific aspects of the economics of the interactive
streaming market, accounting for the variable willingness to pay (WTP)
among listeners and the corollary variable demand for streaming
services. See 3/13/17 Tr. 586-87 (Katz); see also Written Rebuttal
Testimony of Leslie M. Marx, Trial Ex. 1069, ]] 239 et seq. (Marx WRT);
4/7/17 Tr. 5568 (Marx) (present structure serves customer segments with
variety of preferences and WTP).\47\ Professor Rysman, an expert for
Copyright Owners, hypothesized that under the current rate regime
overall revenues might be increasing because of movements ``down the
demand curve'' (i.e., changes in quantity demanded in response to lower
prices), rather than because of, or in add